0% found this document useful (0 votes)

141 views498 pages

NEP BBE-BMS Syllabus 2024-25 All Semesters

Uploaded by

vanshikaaaa407

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

141 views498 pages

NEP BBE-BMS Syllabus 2024-25 All Semesters

Uploaded by

vanshikaaaa407

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 498

UNIVERSITY OF DELHI

CNC-II/093/1(22)/2022-23/222
Dated: 11.10.2022
NOTIFICATION

Sub: Amendment to Ordinance V

[E.C Resolution No. 18-1/ (18-1-8) dated 18.08.2022]

Following addition be made to Appendix-II-A to the Ordinance V (2-A) of the Ordinances of

the University;

Add the following:

Syllabi of Semester-I of the following departments under Faculty of Applied Social

Sciences & Humanities based on Under Graduate Curriculum Framework -2022 to be
implemented from the Academic Year 2022-23.

FACULTY OF APPLIED SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES

(FASSH)

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE & BUSINESS ECONOMICS

Bachelor in Management Studies (Honours)

Category I

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE -1 (DSC-1) – FUNDAMENTALS

OF MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE

COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility

Pre-
Code course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice (if any)
DSC-1 4 3 1 NIL CLASS XII NIL
FUNDAMENTALS
OF
PASS
MANAGEMENT

Page 1
Learning Objectives

The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:

● To acquaint the students with the fundamentals of managing business
● To introduce the broad functions of management
● Enable students to identify the contemporary issues and challenges in the field of
management and ethical workplace practices.

Learning outcomes

On completion of this course students will be able to:

● Summarize the elementary concepts, principles and theories of management
● Examine the managerial functions having an impact on the organizational
effectiveness
● Identify the contemporary issues and challenges in management

SYLLABUS OF DSC-1

UNIT – I: Introduction to Management (12 hours)

Definition – nature, process and significance of management – Role of managers –
Managerial Skills and Roles - Evolution of Management Thought: Classical Management
Approaches, Behavioural Management Approaches, Quantitative Management Approach,
Modern Management Approaches - Management as a Science or Art - Management as a
profession- Administration and Management Functions of Management – Functional Areas
of Management.

UNIT - 2: Planning and Decision Making (12 hours)

Planning - Nature and Importance of Planning- Types of Plans - Levels of Planning - Steps in
planning – Making Effective Plans- Objectives and Management by Objective (MBO) –
Management by Exception (MBE) - Policy and Strategy- Forecasting and Decision Making -
Nature of decision making - Types of decisions – Decision Making Process – Rational
Perspectives and Behavioural Aspects of decision making.

UNIT- 3: Organizing, Directing and Controlling (16 hours)

Organizing, Principles of Organization - Organisational Structure and Design – Line, Staff
and functional authority. Departmentation - Span of control – Authority – Types of
Departmentalization – Contemporary Organizational Designs, Responsibility and
Accountability - Principles of Delegation - Steps - Centralization Vs Decentralization –
Factors determining the degree of Decentralization of authority. Directing – Nature of
Directing function - Principles – Importance of Effective Direction. Controlling - Concept,
Nature and Importance- Techniques of Managerial control.

UNIT- 4: Contemporary Perspectives of Indian Management Thought (20 hours)

Relevance of gurukul concepts in modern corporate world-shadowing, mentoring and
coaching; roots of Indian Wisdom-welfare-oriented economy based on moral values. Unique

Page 2
Indian Business Scenarios-population density, crowd behavior, role of the unorganized sector
in trade and commerce, cultural issues in India, infrastructure development, public private
partnerships and regulation, how taxation drives business behavior, logistics management,
saving habits of Indians. Indian Business Practices-community-based business management
(Chettias of Tamil Nadu, Marwaris of Rajasthan, Angadias of Gujrat), Indian Family
Business Management, Community level success stories-Gupta Empire, Gujrati, Marwari,
Punjabi traders.Studying Indian Business Success Stories such as dabbawallas, Amul,
Swachh Bharat, Atmanirbhar Bharat, PLI Scheme Initiaties, Indian Corporates working
abroad, success of Indians as individuals abroad- in domains such as IT, Merchant Navy,
Higher Education, Medicine. Indian perspectives on sustainability, creativity, inter-personal
skills, business ethics, environment.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Stephen P. Robbins & Mary Coulter, Management. 13th Ed. Pearson
2. Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr. (2014). Management (6th edition), New Delhi: Prentice Hall
India.
3. Koontz, H., & Weihrich, H. Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill Publishers.
4. Mahadevan, B., Bhat, V. R., Pavana, N. (2022) Introduction to Indian Knowledge System
Concepts and Applications. PHI Learning

Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 2 (DSC-2):

STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Prerequisites of the Course

Course Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite

title & Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Code Practice (if any)
DSC-2 4 3 1 NIL CLASS NIL
STATISTI XII WITH
CS FOR MATHE
BUSINESS MATICS
DECISIO
NS

Learning Objectives

The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:

Page 3
● To familiarize the students with various Statistical Data Analysis tools that can be
used for effective decision making.
● To learn the application of the statistical concepts to various financial and managerial
situations.
● The course will enhance students’ critical thinking and problem solving that rests on
Statistical Methods and Data Analysis approaches.

Learning outcomes

On completion of the course students will be able to:

● Summarize data sets using Descriptive statistics
● Analyze the relationship between two variables of various managerial situations and
geometrically Interpret Correlation and Regression
● Develop managerial decision problems using Probability Density Functions and
Cumulative Density Functions

SYLLABUS OF DSC- 2

UNIT- 1: Data and its Descriptive Analysis (12 hours)

Quantitative and Qualitative Data, Attributes and variables, Scales
of measurement: nominal, ordinal, interval and ratio, Measures of Central Value: Mean,
Median, Mode, Measures of Dispersion: Absolute and Relative measures of dispersion –
Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation, Moments, Skewness,
Kurtosis. Visualization of Data: Histograms, Stem and Leaf Plots, Five Number Summary
and Box Plots. Introduction to Big Data: Characteristics and Stages.

UNIT- 2: Correlation and Regression Analysis (20 hours)

Correlation Analysis: Meaning and significance. Correlation and Causation, Types of
Correlation, Methods of studying Simple correlation - Scatter diagram, Karl Pearson’s
coefficient of correlation, Spearman’s Rank correlation coefficient.
Regression Analysis: Meaning and significance, Regression vs. Correlation, Simple
Regression model: Linear Regression, Assumptions for simple linear regression model,
Violations of the assumptions of the model, R-square and MSE in Regression, Geometric
Interpretation of Regression.

UNIT- 3: Random Variable Analysis (16 hours)

Probability: Meaning and need, Conditional probability, Bayes’ theorem, Random Variable-
discrete and continuous. Probability Distribution: Meaning, characteristics (Expectation and
variance) of Binomial, Poisson, Exponential and Normal distribution, z-score, Chebyshev and
empirical rule, Central limit theorem.

UNIT-4: Introduction to Estimation and Hypothesis Testing (12 hours)

Page 4
Estimation: Point and Interval estimation of population mean, Confidence intervals for the
parameters of a normal distribution (one sample only), Hypothesis Testing: Level of
Significance; Type I and Type II error, Test of hypothesis concerning Mean: z-test & t-test.
Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Gupta, S.P., Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand & Sons
2. Levine, D., Stephan, D., & Szabat, K., Statistics for Managers using MS Excel, Pearson
India
3. Keller, G., Statistics for Management and Economics, Cengage Learning, New Delhi
4. Stine, R. and Foster, D., Statistics for Business (Decision making and Analysis). Pearson
India
5. Evans, J., Business Analytics, Pearson India

Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE– 3 (DSC-3) FINANCIAL

ACCOUNTING AND ANALYSIS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite

title & Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Code Practice (if any)
DSC-3 4 3 1 NIL CLASS NIL
FINANCI XII PASS
AL
ACCOUN
TING
AND
ANALYSI
S

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● To familiarize students with the mechanics of preparation of Financial Statements
● To enable understanding of Corporate Financial Statements in the light of IFRS or
Indian Accounting Standards, their analysis and interpretation
● Equip students with understanding of beyond Balance Sheet indicators to project
corporate performance; prediction of financial crisis of a business enterprise.

Page 5
Learning outcomes
On completion of this course students will be able to
● Understand the process of recording and classifying business transactions and events
● Creating and understanding Financial Statements of Sole Proprietor, viz., Profit &
Loss Account, Balance Sheet; Understand the financial statements of company as per
IFRS/Ind-AS
● Analyse the Financial Statements from the perspective of different stakeholders using
Ratio analysis, Cash flow analysis, Net working capital analysis , Trend analysis and
learning to use beyond balance sheet indicators for analysing corporate performance
● Understanding of financial distress or bankruptcy prediction, introduction to earnings
management

SYLLABUS OF DSC-3

UNIT-1:Introduction to Financial Accounting. Basic Concepts and Conventions

(16 hours)
Business Entity, Dual Aspect, Going Concern, Accounting Period, Money Measurement,
Accrual, Disclosure, Materiality, Consistency, and Conservatism. The Accounting Equation.
Understanding Assets, Liabilities, Revenues, and Expenses. Understanding Capital
Expenditure, Revenue Expenditure, Deferred Revenue Expenditure, Capital Receipts, and
Revenue Receipts. Nature of Accounts and Rules of Debit and Credit. Recording transactions
in General Journal. Preparation of Ledger Accounts. Opening and Closing Entries.
Preparation of Trial Balance.

UNIT- 2: Preparation of Financial Statements (16 hours)

Preparing Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account and Balance Sheet for a Sole Proprietor.
Format for preparing financial statements for IND-AS companies as per Division II, Schedule
III, Companies Act, 2013. Understanding of Financial Statements of a Joint Stock Company
as per new accounting standards: IND-AS (Balance sheet, Profit & Loss, Statement of
Comprehensive Income, Cash Flow Statement); Understanding the contents of a Corporate
Annual Report (Actual latest annual reports to be used).

UNIT-3: Global Accounting Standards/IFRS (12 hours)

Meaning & need for globalisation of accounting standards, Adoption versus Convergence,
need for convergence of Indian GAAP with IFRS; Benefits of achieving Convergence with
IFRS to different stakeholders in India. Salient features of Ind-AS/IFRS (Fair Value
Accounting, Substance versus form, Time value of money). Introduction to Indian
Accounting Standards (Ind-AS); Understanding IND-AS 1: Presentation of Financial
Statements, IND-AS 7: Cash Flow Statement, IND-AS 109: Financial Instruments.

UNIT- 4: Analysing Financial Statements (16 hours)

Objectives of Financial Statement Analysis; Sources of information; Standards of
Comparison; Techniques of Financial Statement Analysis (Through a case study of real
company) - Ratio analysis, Cash flow analysis, Net working capital analysis, Trend analysis.

Page 6
Use of ratios to predict financial crisis of a company by using Altman Z –score. Use of
Beyond the Balance Sheet indicators of analysing financial position of a company.
Introduction to Earnings Management.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Narayanaswamy R. Financial Accounting: A Managerial Perspective. PHI Learning
Private Limited, Delhi.
2. Robert N. Anthony, David F. Hawkins, Kenneth A. Merchant. Accounting- Text and
Cases. McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi.
3. Garg CA Kamal, and Sehrawat Neeraj Kumar. Beginner`s Guide to Ind-AS & IFRS.
Bharat Law House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Maheshwari S.N., Maheshwari Suneel K., and Maheshwari Sharad K. An Introduction to
Accountancy. Vikas Publishing House Private Limited, Noida.
5. Bhattacharyya Asish K. Corporate Financial Reporting and Analysis. PHI Learning
Private Limited, Delhi.

Suggestive readings
1. Lal Jawahar. Corporate Financial Reporting: Theory, Practice & Cases. Taxmann
Publications Private Limited.
2. Patricia M. Dechow, Richard G. Sloan and Amy P. Sweeney: Detecting Earning
Management, the Accounting Review. 70, No. 2 (Apr., 1995), pp. 193-225.

Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

Page 7
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES
Category IV

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-1): MANAGEMENT WISDOM FROM INDIA

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibilit Pre- Department

title & Lecture Tutorial Practical/ y criteria requisite offering the
Code Practice of the course
course
GE-1 4 3 1 NIL CLASS NIL MANAGE
MANA XII MENT
GEME PASS STUDIES
NT
WISD
OM
FROM
INDIA

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● This course aims to bring management education and research in India in line with
its needs to tackle contemporary challenges
● The course helps students develop management models that are rooted in India’s
spiritual and cultural ethos.
● This course attempts to highlight relevant contemporary issues.

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
● Understand the various theories, concepts and ideas that constitute ‘received
knowledge’ of Indian Management.
● Learn how to compare and contrast Indian management thought with Western
concepts.
● Apply Indian management thought more effectively in an organisation setting.
● Understand how Indian thoughts help enable growth and development of the self,
organisations, society and environment in the present as well as future context.

SYLLABUS OF GE-1

UNIT- 1: Indian Wisdom (12 hours)

Understand the principles of materialism (abhyudhaya), spiritualism (nisreyasa), nivṛtti
(spiritual contemplation), pravṛtti (worldly duties), coexistence (loka sagraham), cohesion

Page 8
(samanva), arkashastra (Analysis, Reasoning, Argumentation), Diversity Management
(Anekanthavada). Relevance of Gurukul concepts in modern corporate world - shadowing,
mentoring and coaching; Roots of Indian wisdom - welfare-oriented economy based on
moral values. Using Indian wisdom to solve modern management problems.

UNIT- 2: Management Paradigms from Ancient Texts (16 hours)

Relevant concepts: Spiritual dimensions, Karma, Organisation tension, Positive thinking,
Integrity, Leadership, Work Ethic. Management learnings from the Bhagavad Gita.
Interpersonal Relations in Ramayana and Mahabharata. Pauranic Jagruti and Tourism
Management. Management principles from the Guru Granth Sahib. Management learning
and Organisational Policies from the Thirukural. Government administration from
Kautilya's Arthasastra. Learnings from a study of Manusmriti.

UNIT- 3: Indian Management Practices (20 hours)

Uniquely Indian business scenarios – population density, crowd behaviour, role of the
unorganized sector in trade and commerce, or cultural issues in business, infrastructure
development, public private partnerships and regulation, how taxation drives business
behaviour, logistics management, saving habits of Indians. Indian business practices-
Community-based Business Management (Chettiars in Tamil Nadu, Marwaris of Rajasthan,
Angadias of Gujarat), Indian family business management, community level success stories-
Gupta empire, Gujarati, Marwari, Punjabi traders. Studying Indian business success stories
such as Dabbawallas, Amul, Swachh Bharat, Atmanirbhar Bharat, PLI scheme initiatives,
Indian corporates working abroad, success of Indians as individuals abroad in domains such
as IT, Merchant Navy, Higher Education, Medicine.

UNIT-4: Future for Indian Management Thoughts (12 hours)

Indian models like OSHA, Theory K and Corporate Rishi Model. Management education
should be based on four Ds (decision, direction, determination and dedication) and four Es
(explore, experience, enjoy and excel) in students. Indian perspectives on sustainability,
creativity, interpersonal skills, business ethics, environment friendly.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings:
1. Srinivasan, V.: New Age Management Philosophy from Ancient India. Lotus.
2. Peetham, Sri Sharada: Ancient Wisdom for Modern Management. Springer.
3. Bansal, Ipshita: Management Concepts In Ancient Indian Psycho-Philosophic
Thought. Wisdom-Banasthali Vidyapith.
4. Sharma, Subhash: Indian Management. New Age International.
5. Swami Ranganathananda, (2001), “Universal Message of the Bhagavad Gita”, 3
Volumes, Advaita Ashrama, Kolkata.
6. Swami Dayananda Saraswati, (2007), “The value of values”, Arsha Vidya Research
& Publication Trust, Chennai.

Page 9
Suggestive readings:
1. Mahadevan, B. Writings on Gita & Management,
http://www.iimb.ernet.in/webpage/b‐ mahadevan/bhagavad‐gita‐amp‐management.
2. Swami Chinmayananda, (1996), “Holy Geeta”, Central Chinmaya Mission Trust,
Mumbai.
3. Bhattathiri, M.P. “Bhagavad Gita and Management”.
4. Houston, D.J. and Cartwright K.E. (2007), “Spirituality and Public Service”. Public
Administration Review, Jan. – Feb., 2007, 88 – 102.
5. Poole, E. (2007). “Organizational Spirituality – A literature review”, Journal of
Business Ethics, 84, pp. 577 – 588.
6. Mahadevan, B., (2013). "Inspirational Leadership: Perspectives from Gītā",
Chapter 13 in Sanskrit and Development of World Thought, Kutumba Sastry V.
(Ed.), D K Print World, New Delhi, pp 199 ‐ 210.
7. Ehrenfeld, J. R. (2005). “The Roots of Sustainability”, MIT Sloan Management
Review, 46 (2), pp. 23‐25.

Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-2:) FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANISATION

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course Credit Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite

title & s Lecture Tutoria Practical/ criteria of the course
Code l Practice
GE-2 4 3 1 NIL CLASS NIL
FUNDAM XII PASS
ENTALS
OF
ORGANIS
ATION
BEHAVIO
R

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● Explain the concepts in Organisational behaviour
● Understand application of its concepts to improve the understanding of human
behaviour
● Link human and group behavior with enhancing the functioning of an organizational

Page 10
unit.
Learning outcomes

At the completion of the course students will be able to:

● Identify and define organisational behaviour concepts
● Explain how individual differences—such as personalities, perceptions, and learning
affect employee performance
● Analyse motivation and leadership styles and determine their effectiveness in
employee situations
● Develop an understanding of group behaviour and group dynamics

SYLLABUS OF GE-2

UNIT- 1: Fundamental Concepts in OB (16 hours)

Importance and Key concepts in OB. Perception, Factors affecting Perception, Perceptual
Process, and Errors in Perception. Personality: Concept and Factors affecting personality.
Learning: Concept and Theories of Learning, Concept of Reinforcement.

UNIT- 2: Motivation and Interpersonal Relations (16 hours)

Motivation: Concepts and their application, Content theories (Maslow and Herzberg’s
Theories); Process theories (Expectancy theory). Managing Interpersonal Relationships;
Transactional Analysis; Ego states, Types of Transactions, Importance of Transactional
Analysis. Johari window.

UNIT- 3: Group Processes and Leadership at Work (16 hours)

Leadership: Trait Approach, Behavioural theories (Ohio and Michigan State Studies, and
Blake & Mouton’s Managerial grid), and Concept of Situational/Contingency approach to
Leadership. Groups: Definition Stages of Group Development, Group Processes-Group
Cohesiveness.

UNIT-4: Organizational Dynamics of Politics, Conflict and Change (12 hours)

Organisational Power: Concept, Sources of Power, Tactics to gain power in Organizations.
Conflict: Concept, Sources, Types, Stages of conflict, Management of conflict.
Organisational Change: Concept, Resistance to change, managing resistance to change,
Implementing Change.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Stephen P. Robbins, T. A. Organisational Behavior. Pearson
2. Aswathappa, K., & Reddy, G. S. (2009). Organisational behaviour . Mumbai:
Himalaya Publishing House.
3. Luthans Fred, Organisational Behaviour, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
4. Singh Kavita, Organisational Behaviour, Pearson.

Page 11
5. Greenberg Jerald and Baron Robert A.: Behavior in Organisations: Understanding
and Managing Human side of work, Prentice Hall of India

Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

Page 12
Bachelor of Business Administration (Financial Investment Analysis)BBA (FIA)

Category I

DSC 1: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING & ANALYSIS

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if any

Credits L T P Criteria/
Prerequisite

Financing 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Accounting and Pass
Analysis

Course Objectives: To familiarize students with the mechanics of preparation of Financial

Statements; understanding Corporate Financial Statements in the light of IFRS or Indian
Accounting Standards, their analysis and interpretation; understanding of beyond Balance
Sheet indicators to project corporate performance; prediction of financial crisis of a business
enterprise.

Learning Outcomes: with this course the student will:

Understand the process of recording and classifying business transactions and events,
Creating and understanding Financial Statements of Sole Proprietor, viz., Profit & Loss
Account, Balance Sheet. Understand the financial statements of company as per IFRS/Ind-
AS. Analyse the Financial Statements from the perspective of different stakeholders using
horizontal and vertical analysis tools; and learning to use beyond balance sheet indicators for
analysing corporate performance. Understanding of financial distress or bankruptcy
prediction, introduction to earnings management
Course Contents:

Unit 1 (16 hours)

Introduction to Financial Accounting. Basic Concepts and Conventions: Business Entity,
Dual Aspect, Going Concern, Accounting Period, Money Measurement, Accrual, Disclosure,
Materiality, Consistency, and Conservatism. The Accounting Equation. Understanding
Assets, Liabilities, Revenues, and Expenses. Understanding Capital Expenditure, Revenue
Expenditure, Deferred Revenue Expenditure, Capital Receipts, and Revenue Receipts. Nature
of Accounts and Rules of Debit and Credit. Recording transactions in General Journal.
Preparation of Ledger Accounts. Opening and Closing Entries. Preparation of Trial Balance.

Unit 2 (16 hours)

Preparation of Financial Statements: Preparing Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account and
Balance Sheet for a Sole Proprietor. Format for preparing financial statements for IND-AS
companies as per Division II, Schedule III, Companies Act, 2013. Understanding of Financial
Statements of a Joint Stock Company as per new accounting standards: IND-AS (Balance

Page 13
sheet, Profit & Loss, Statement of Comprehensive Income, Cash Flow Statement);
Understanding the contents of a Corporate Annual Report (Actual latest annual reports to be
used).

Unit 3 (12 hours)

Global Accounting Standards/IFRS: Meaning & need for globalisation of accounting
standards, Adoption versus Convergence, Needfor convergence of Indian GAAP with IFRS;
Benefits of achieving Convergence with IFRSs to different stakeholders in India. Salient
features of Ind-AS/IFRS (Fair Value Accounting, Substance versus form, Time value of
money). Introduction to Indian Accounting Standards (Ind-AS); Understanding IND-AS 1:

Presentation of Financial Statements, IND-AS 7: Cash Flow Statement, IND-AS 109:

Financial Instruments.

Unit 4 (16 hours)

Analysing Financial Statements: Objectives of Financial Statement Analysis; Sources of
information; Standards of Comparison; Techniques of Financial Statement Analysis
(Through a case study of real company) - Ratio analysis, Cash flow analysis, Net working
capital analysis, Trend analysis. Use of ratios to predict financial crisis of a company by
using Altman Z –score. Use of Beyond the Balance Sheet indicators of analysing financial
position of a company. Introduction to Earnings Management.

Essential Readings: Latest editions of the following to be used:

1. Narayanaswamy R. Financial Accounting: A Managerial Perspective. PHI
LearningPrivate Limited, Delhi.
2. Robert N. Anthony, David F. Hawkins, Kenneth A. Merchant. Accounting- Text
andCases. McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi.
3. Garg CA Kamal, and Sehrawat Neeraj Kumar. Beginner`s Guide to Ind-AS &
IFRS.Bharat Law House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Maheshwari S.N., Maheshwari Suneel K., and Maheshwari Sharad K. An
Introduction to Accountancy. Vikas Publishing House Private Limited, Noida.

Additional Readings: Latest editions of the following to be used:

1. Lal Jawahar. Corporate Financial Reporting: Theory, Practice & Cases. Taxmann
Publications Private Limited.
2. Patricia M. Dechow, Richard G. Sloan and Amy P. Sweeney: Detecting Earning
Management, the Accounting Review. 70, No. 2 (Apr., 1995), pp. 193-225.

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lectures, Case study discussion, Numerical problem solving, Class presentation
on the assigned topic by students - individually or in groups, Workshops and Tutorials.

Assessment
Total Marks: 100
Internal Assessment: 25 Marks

Page 14
End Semester University Exam: 75 Marks
The Internal Assessment of the course may include Class participation, Assignments, Class
tests, Projects, Field Work, Presentations, amongst others as decided by the faculty.

Key Words
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, Financial Statements, Financial Ratios, IFRS,
Indian Accounting Standards.

DSC 2: MICROECONOMICS

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if any

Credits L T P Criteria/
Prerequisite

4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Microeconomics
Pass

Course Objectives: The purpose of this course is to apply micro economic concepts and
techniques in evaluating business decisions taken by firms. The emphasis is on explaining
how tools of standard price theory can be employed to formulate a decision problem, evaluate
alternative courses of action and finally choose among alternatives.

Learning Outcomes:
• Explain the mechanics of supply and demand in allocating goods and services
andresources.
• Understand the choices made by a rational consumer.
• Identify relationships between production and costs.
• Define key characteristics and consequences of different forms of markets.

Course Contents:

Unit 1 (12 hours)

Individual demand, market demand, individual supply, market supply, market equilibrium;
Elasticities of demand and supply; Price elasticity of demand, income elasticity of demand,
cross price elasticity of demand, elasticity of supply.

Unit 2 (16 hours)

Cardinal utility theory; ordinal utility theory: in difference curves, budget line, consumer
choice, price effect, substitution effect , income effect for normal, inferior and giffen goods.

Unit 3 (16 hours)

Optimizing behaviour in short run: product curves, law of diminishing margin productivity,
stages of production; optimizing behaviour in long run: isoquants, isocost line, optimal
combination of resources; traditional theory of cost: short run and long run; modern theory of
cost.

Unit 4 (16 hours)

Perfect competition: basic features, short run equilibrium of firm/industry, long run

Page 15
equilibrium of firm/industry, monopoly: basic features, short run equilibrium, long run
equilibrium, comparison with perfect competition, welfare cost of monopoly; price
discrimination; monopolistic competition: basic features, demand and cost, short run
equilibrium, long run equilibrium, excess capacity; oligopoly kinked demand curve model,
dominant price leadership model.

Essential Readings:
1. Dominick Salvatore (2009): Principles of Microeconomics (5th edition), Oxford
University Press.
2. Pindyck, Rubinfeld and Mehta (2009): Micro Economics (7th Edition), Pearson.

Additional Readings:
Lipsey and Chrystal (2008): Economics (11thedition), Oxford University. Please Note: Latest
edition of the readings to be used.

Teaching Learning Process:

Lectures, problems and numerical, term paper, presentations, case studies

Assessment
Total Marks: 100
Internal Assessment: 25 Marks
End Semester University Exam: 75 Marks
The Internal Assessment of the course may include Class participation, Assignments, Class
tests, Projects, Field Work, Presentations, amongst others as decided by the faculty.

Key Words
Equilibrium, Rationality, Utility Maximization, Profit Maximization, Market Form.

DSC 3: STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if any

Credits L T P Criteria/
Prerequisite

Statistics for 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Business Decisions Pass

Course Objectives: To familiarize the students with various Statistical Data Analysis tools
that can be used for effective decision making. Emphasis will be on the application of the
concepts learnt to various financial and managerial situations.
Learning outcomes: After the end of the course, students should be able to
 Summarize data sets using Descriptive statistics.
 Analyze the relationship between two variables of various managerial situations.
 Geometrically Interpret Correlation and Regression.

Page 16
 Develop managerial decision problems using Probability Density Functions and
Cumulative Density Functions.

Critical thinking and problem solving: The course will help students understand the
characteristics of Analytical thinking that rests on Statistical Methods and Data Analysis
approaches.
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Data and its Descriptive Analysis (12 hours)
Quantitative and Qualitative Data, Attributes and variables, Scales of measurement: nominal,
ordinal, interval and ratio, Measures of Central Value: Mean, Median, Mode, Measures of
Dispersion: Absolute and Relative measures of dispersion – Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean
Deviation, Standard Deviation, Moments, Skewness, Kurtosis. Visualization of Data:
Histograms, Stem and Leaf Plots, Five Number Summary and Box Plots. Introduction to Big
Data: Characteristics and Stages.
Unit 2: Correlation and Regression Analysis (16 hours)
Correlation Analysis: Meaning and significance. Correlation and Causation, Types of
Correlation, Methods of studying Simple correlation – Scatter diagram, Karl Pearson’s
coefficient of correlation, Spearman’s Rank correlation coefficient.
Regression Analysis: Meaning and significance, Regression vs. Correlation, Simple
Regression model: Linear Regression, R-square and MSE in Regression, Geometric
Interpretation of Regression.
Unit 3: Random Variable Analysis (16 hours)
Probability: Meaning and need, Conditional probability, Bayes’ theorem, Random Variable-
discrete and continuous. Probability Distribution: Meaning, characteristics (Expectation and
variance) of Binomial, Poisson, Exponential and Normal distribution, z-score, Chebyshev and
empirical rule, Central limit theorem.
Unit 4: Introduction to Estimation and Hypothesis Testing (16 hours)
Estimation: Point and Interval estimation of population mean, Confidence intervals for the
parameters of a normal distribution (one sample only), Hypothesis Testing: Null and
Alternate Hypothesis, One Tail and Two tail tests, Level of Significance, Type I and Type II
error, Test of hypothesis concerning Mean: z-test & t-test.

Essential Readings:
1. Gupta, S.P., Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand & Sons.
2. Levine, D., Stephan, D.,& Szabat, K., Statistics for Managers using MS Excel, Pearson
India.
3. Miller, I., & Miller, M., John E. Freund’s Mathematical Statistics with Applications,
Pearson India.
Suggested Readings:
1. Keller, G., Statistics for Management and Economics, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
2. Stine, R. and Foster, D., Statistics for Business (Decision making and Analysis). Pearson
India.

Page 17
3. Levin, R. and Rubin, D., Statistics for Management, Pearson India.
4. Evans, J., Business Analytics, Pearson India.

Recommendation:
The students are encouraged to solve real life case studies using Spreadsheet.

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lectures, Case study discussion, Numerical problem solving, Class presentation
on the assigned topic by students - individually or in groups, Workshops and Tutorials.

Key Words
Descriptive Statistics, Inferential Statistics, Central Tendency, Measures of Dispersion,
Correlation, Regression, Random Variable, Probability Distribution, Testing of Hypothesis.

Page 18
GENERIC ELECTIVE (GE) COURSES
Category-IV

GE1: FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if any Department offering

Credits L T P Criteria the course

Fundamentals 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL Finance and

of Financial Pass Business Economics
Management

Course Objectives: To provide an understanding of the essential elements of the financial

environment in which the business firm operates. To acquaint students with the techniques of
financial management and their applications for business decision making.

Learning Outcome: At the end of this course, students will be equipped with the basic
concepts of financial management. Students would understand how to coordinate various
decisions to maximise wealth of an organisation in today`s financial environment. Students
will be equipped to arrive at strategic corporate finance decisions with the required accuracy
which will be aided by using various excel functions.

Course Contents:

Unit 1 (12 hours)

Nature of Financial Management: Finance and related disciplines; Scope of Financial
Management; Functions of finance – Finance Decision, Investment Decision, Dividend
Decision; Objectives of Financial Management; Organisation of finance function; Concept of
Time Value of Money – present value, future value, annuity.

Unit 2 (20 hours)

Strategic Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting -; Nature and meaning of capital
budgeting; Principles and Process; Estimation of relevant cash flows and terminal value;
Evaluation techniques– Payback period, Accounting Rate of Return, Net Present Value,
Internal Rate of Return, Net Terminal Value, Profitability Index Method.
Cost of Capital: Meaning and concept, Measurement of cost of capital – Cost of debt, Cost of
Equity Share; Cost of Preference Share; Cost of Retained Earning; Computation of over-all
cost of capital based on Historical and Market weights (WACC).

Unit 3 (16 hours)

Page 19
Guidelines for capital structure planning, Link between capital structure and capital
budgeting. Dividend Decisions: Factors determining dividend policy, Theories of dividend-
Gordon model, Walter model, MM Hypothesis. Dividend policies in practice.

Unit 4 (12 hours)

Working Capital Management: Determination of Working Capital. Determining financing
mix of working capital. Receivables Management – Objectives; Credit Policy, Cash
Discount, Debtors Outstanding and Ageing Analysis; Costs – Collection Cost, Capital Cost,
Default Cost, Delinquency Cost. Management of Cash (Theory only) – Need for Cash, Cash
Management Techniques (Lock box, Concentration Banking). Inventory Management
(Theory only) – ABC Analysis; Minimum Level; Maximum Level; Reorder Level; Safety
Stock; EOQ (Basic Model).

Essential Readings:
1. Berk and DeMarzo, 5th ed., Pearson - Prentice Hall.
2. Horne, James C V. and John M. Wachowicz, Jr. “Fundamentals of Financial
Management.13th ed; FT Prentice Hall, Pearson Education.
3. Pandey, I.M. Financial Management, Pearson.

Additional Readings:
1. Khan, M.Y. & Jain, P.K. Financial Management Text Problem and Cases, Tata
McGrawHill Publishing Co. Ltd.
2. Brealey, R. R., Myers. S., Allen, F., & Mohanty, P.. Principles of Corporate Finance.
NewDelhi: Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

Teaching – Learning Process:

The teaching-learning process for this paper would include classroom lectures and tutorials;
Case study discussions; class presentations; Workshops.

Assessment
Total Marks: 100
Internal Assessment: 25 Marks
End Semester University Exam: 75 Marks
The Internal Assessment for the course may include Class participation, Assignments, Class
tests, Projects, Field Work, Presentations, amongst others as decided by the faculty.

Key Words
Finance, Capital Budgeting, Wealth Maximisation, Cost of Capital, Dividends, Leverage,
Working Capital Management.

Page 20
GE 3: FUNDAMENTALS OF STOCK TRADING

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if any Department offering

Credits L T P Criteria the course

Fundamentals of 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL Finance and

Stock Pass Business Economics
Trading

Course Objectives: To familiarize students with the essential concepts and skills needed to
be able to appropriately choose securities and operate in Stock markets.

Learning Outcomes: On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
 Understand the fundamentals of investments and the investment environment.
 Able to compare and evaluate different investment opportunities.
 Comprehend the structure and composition of Indian Securities market.
 Learn the mechanism involved in online stock trading.
 Grasps the concepts associated with investing in Mutual funds.

Course Contents
Unit 1: Basics of Investment & Investment Environment (12 hours)
Fundamentals of Investment, Features of Investment, Investment Environment. Principles of
sound Investment. The Investment Decision Process. Modes of Investment – Direct Investing
and Indirect Investing, Approaches to Investing – Active Investing and Passive Investing.
Risk Return Trade Off. Types of Securities – Equity Shares, Bonds and Debentures, and
Government Securities. Alternative Investments (Briefly) – Mutual Funds, Derivatives, Unit
Linked Insurance Policy (ULIP), Exchange-traded funds (ETFs), Collective Investment
Schemes (CIS), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs). Criteria for Evaluation of Investment
Alternatives.

Unit 2: Indian Securities Market (16 hours)

Securities Market – Capital Market and Money Market, Difference between Capital and
Money Market, Primary and Secondary Market, Difference between Primary and Secondary
Market. Over the Counter (OTC) and Exchange Traded market. Modes of offering Equity
Shares – Initial Public Offering (IPO), Follow-on Public Offering (FPO), Difference between
IPO and FPO, Difference between Offer for sale (OFS) and Public offer (IPO/FPO). Methods
of IPO Pricing – Fixed Price Method and Book Building Method, The Book Building
Process, Fixed Price method v/s Book building Method. Market Participants – Issuer of
Securities, Investors, and Intermediaries. Role of Stock Exchange. Stock Exchanges in India.
Securities (Stock) Indices – Broad Market Indices, Sectoral Indices and Thematic Indices.

Unit 3: Online Security Trading (16 hours)

Page 21
Trading Mechanism on Exchanges, Trading and Settlement at NSE – National Securities
Clearing Corporation Limited (NSCCL), Clearing Mechanism, Clearing & Settlement
(Equities).
Online Trading – Introduction, Online Trading Mechanism. Online Real Time Price
Quotations – Bid Price, Ask Price, Bid-Ask Spread, Tick Size, LTP, ATP. Circuit Breakers –
Upper Circuit, Lower Circuit, NSE rules regarding Circuit Breaks. Price Bands, Rules
regarding Price Bands on NSE. Electronic Order Book. Types of Orders – Market Order,
Limit Order, Stop Loss Order, Stop Loss (Limit) Order, Stop Loss (Market) Order, After
Market Order (AMO). Order Conditions – Price related conditions, Time related conditions,
Quantity related conditions. Placing an Order, View/Modify/Cancel an Order.

Unit 4: Investing in Mutual Funds (16 hours)

Concept of Mutual Funds, Mutual Funds are an Indirect Mode of Investment, Evolution of
Mutual Funds in India, Structure of Mutual Funds (Sponsor, Board of Trustees, AMC and
Custodian). Advantages of Investing in Mutual Funds, Limitations of Investing in Mutual
Funds. Types of Mutual Fund Schemes – Open ended, Close ended, and Interval funds;
Domestic Funds and Off-Shore funds; Growth funds, Income funds and Balanced funds;
Equity Fund schemes, Debt fund schemes, Gilt Funds, Money Market Funds, Tax Saving or
Equity Linked Savings Scheme (ELSS), Index schemes, Sectoral Funds, Ethical Funds, Load
and No-Load Fund, Fund of Funds, Systematic Investment Plans (SIP), Systematic
Withdrawal Plans (SWP), Systematic Transfer Plans (STP), and Exchange Traded Funds. Net
Asset Value, Cost incurred and Return from Mutual funds, Types of Loads. Performance
Evaluation of Mutual Funds. Factors affecting choice of Mutual funds. Mutual funds in India.
CRISIL and their Rankings for mutual funds – Ranking Methodology and Usage of Mutual
Fund Rankings.

Essential Readings:
1. Tripathi, Vanita and Panwar, Neeti: Investing in Stock Markets. Taxmann Publications.
2. Chandra, Prasanna: Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. McGraw Hill
Education.

Additional Readings:
1. Rustagi, R.P., Investment Management. Sultan Chand Publications.
2. Tripathi, Vanita: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Taxmann Publications.

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lecture, Numerical Problem solving, Case study discussion, Class presentation on
the assigned topic by students individually or in group, Workshop, Tutorials, Role play.

Assessment
Total Marks: 100
Internal Assessment: 25 Marks
End Semester University Exam: 75 Marks
The Internal Assessment for the course may include Class participation, Assignments, Class

Page 22
tests, Projects, Field Work, Presentations, amongst others as decided by the faculty.

Key Words
Investments, Indian Securities Market, Initial Public Offer (IPO), Online Security Trading,
and Investing in Mutual Funds.

GE5: ESSENTIALS OF FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if any Department offering

Credits L T P Criteria the course

Essentials of 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL Finance and

Financial Pass Business Economics
Investments

Course Objectives: To familiarize students with the essential concepts and fundamentals of
financial investments. The course will enable them to understand and make informed choice
about thevarious available financial investment alternatives.

Learning Outcomes: On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
 Understand the fundamentals of financial investments and the investment decision
process.
 Able to compute various measures of risk and return, and understand their role
forevaluating investments.
 Understand and carry out security analysis using different approaches.
 Learn basic approaches to valuation of securities and carry out portfolio analysis.

Course Contents

Unit 1: Investments – An Overview (12 hours)

Concept of Investment, Financial Investment Vs. Real Investment, Investment Vs
Speculation, Objectives or Features of Investment, Risk Return Trade Off, Investment
Environment – Overview of Securities Market and Different Types of Financial Investment.
Investment Decision Process, Direct Investing Vs Indirect Investing, Approaches to Investing
– Active Vs Passive. Diversification, Hedging and Arbitrage.

Unit 2: Risk – Return Analysis (16 hours)

Concepts of Return and Risk, Types of Return - their Calculation & Utility: Absolute Return,
Average Return, Expected Return, Portfolio Return, Holding Period Return, Effective
Annualized Return, Risk-Adjusted Return. Causes (or Sources) and Types of Risk –
Systematic and Unsystematic Risk, Components of Systematic and Unsystematic Risk,
Calculation of Total, Systematic and Unsystematic Risk. Impact of Taxes and Inflation on
Investment – Computation of Post Tax and Real Returns.

Unit 3: Security Analysis (16 hours)

Page 23
Approaches to Security Analysis – Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis, and Efficient
Market Hypothesis (EMH). Fundamental Analysis – EIC Framework, Economic Analysis,
Industry Analysis, and Company Analysis. Technical Analysis – Basic Tenets of Technical
Analysis, Tool of Technical Analysis – Charts, and Technical Indicators, Limitations of
Technical Analysis. Difference between Fundamental Analysis and Technical Analysis.
Efficient Market Theory (EMH) – Concept, Forms of Market Efficiency, Weak Form
Hypothesis, Semi Strong Form, and Strong Form of Market Efficiency. Implications of EMH.

Unit 4: Fundamentals of Valuation and Portfolio Analysis (16 hours)

Valuation of Equity Shares – Peculiar features of Equity Shares, Dividend Discount Model,
Earning Multiplier or Price-Earnings (P/E) Model, and Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM).
Valuation of Fixed Income Securities – Bond Fundamentals, Types of Bonds, Bond
Valuation. Portfolio Analysis – Portfolio Management Process, Portfolio Analysis –
Markowitz Model, Portfolio Risk, Portfolio Return.

Essential Readings:
1. Tripathi, Vanita: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Taxmann Publications.
2. Chandra, Prasanna: Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. McGraw Hill
Education.

Additional Readings:
1. Rustagi, R.P., Investment Management. Sultan Chand Publications.
2. Reilly, F. K. & Brown, K.C. Analysis of Investments and Management of Portfolios,
Cengage India Pvt. Ltd.

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lecture, Numerical Problem solving, Case study discussion, Class presentation on
the assigned topic by students individually or in group, Workshop, Tutorials, Role play.

Key Words
Financial Investment, Risk and Return, Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis, Efficient
Market Hypothesis, Portfolio Analysis, Valuation of Securities.

Page 24
GE7: EMERGING BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if any Department offering

Credits L T P Criteria the course

Emerging 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL Finance and

Banking and Pass Business Economics
Financial
Services

Course Objective: The objective of this paper is to familiarize students with banking
reforms in the last decade, concept of neo banks, rising issue of non-performing asset and its
impact on day-to-day functioning. They will learn about financial services such as Leasing,
Hire Purchase, Credit Rating, Securitization and Venture Capital Financing.
Learning Outcomes: On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
 Understand the relevance of financial reforms introduced in Indian banking sector.
 Understand the rising problem of non-performing assets in Indian banking sector.
 Learn the importance of neo banks and M&A in Indian banking sector.
 Understand the various financial services available in India along with the latest
innovations andtechnological integration in the field of finance.

Course Contents:

Unit 1 (16 hours)

An overview of the Indian Banking system; Major Banking Reforms in the last decade:
Payment banks, Monetary Policy Committee, MCLR Based Lending, Innovative Remittance
Services; Issues in financial reforms and restructuring; Future agenda of reforms: Assessing
Non- Performing Assets in Indian Banking, Previous methodologies for recovery, Impact of
Gross NPAs on a bank’s bottom line – burning need for bad banks, Functioning of Bad Banks,
Government backingfor bad banks - National Asset Reconstruction Company Ltd. (NARCL).

Unit 2 (16 hours)

Introduction to neobanks, Functions of neobanks, Operating Model of neobanks, Regulatory
requirements for setting up and running neobanks, Emerging need for neobanks, neo banks vs
traditional banks. Merger & Acquisition: Introduction, Benefits of mergers, Synergies
accruing out ofmergers, Regulatory mechanisms surrounding M&A in banking, Case-studies
of recent banking mergers and related outcomes.

Unit 3 (20 hours)

Page 25
Lessor’s perspective, Hire Purchase interest &Instalment, difference between Hire Purchase
& Leasing, Choice criteria between Leasing and Hire Purchase, mathematics of HP.

Unit 4 (12 hours)

Venture Capital: Concept, history and evolution of VC, the venture investment process,
various steps in venture financing, incubation financing. Credit Ratings: Introduction, types
of credit rating, advantages and disadvantages of credit ratings, Credit rating agencies and
their methodology, International credit rating practices. Securitization: Concept and Process,
Credit Enhancement parties to a Securitization Transaction, Instruments of Securitization,
Types of Securities, Securitization in India.

Essential Readings:
1. Pathak, B. Indian Financial System (4th ed). Pearson Publication.
2. Khan, M. Y. (2013). Financial services. New Delhi: McGraw Hill Education.
3. Machiraju, H. R. (2002). Indian financial system. New Delhi, Vikas Publication House.

Additional Readings:
1. Verma, J. C. (1996). Bharat’s manual of merchant banking: Concept, practices and
procedures with SEBI clarifications, guidelines, rules and regulations. New Delhi: Bharat
Law House.
2. K. Sriram: Hand Book of Leasing, Hire Purchase & Factoring, ICFAI, Hyderabad.
3. Ennew. C. Trevor Watkins & Mike Wright: Marketing of Financial Services,
Heinemann Professional.

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lecture, Numerical Problem solving, Case study discussion, Class
presentation on the assigned topic by students individually or in group, Workshop, Tutorials,
Role play.

Key Words
Banking, Merger and Acquisition, Neo banks, NPA, Leasing, Hire Purchase, Credit
Ratings,Securitization, Venture Capital.

Page 26
GE9: ECONOMIC LEGISLATION

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if Department offering

Credits L T P Criteria any the course

Economic 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL Finance and

Legislation Pass Business
Economics

Course Objective(s): It focuses on laws related to competition in Indian business and trade
environment. The course relies predominantly on Insolvency and bankruptcy code, money
laundering and foreign exchange management laws.

Learning Outcomes:
• Recognise the economic issues in a legal problem and apply the economic way of
thinking to analyse it.
• Assess the efficiency effects of legal rules and policies.
• Practice case analyses and evaluation of corporate conduct.

Course Contents:

Unit 1: Competition Act and Fugitive Economic Offenders Act (20 hours)
The Competition Act, 2002: Introduction, Prohibition of certain agreements, abuse of
dominant position and regulation of combinations, Competition Commission of India, Duties,
Powers and Functions of Commission, Penalties, Appellate Tribunal.
The Fugitive Economic Offenders Act: Scope and applicability of Act, Confiscation of
property, Powers of Directors, Power of Survey, Search and Seizure, notice, procedure for
hearing application, Declaration of Fugitive Economic Offender, Power to disallow civil
claims, Management of properties confiscated under this Act, Rules of evidence, Appeals.
Unit 2: The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (12 hours)
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016: Introduction of Insolvency and bankruptcy
code, Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process, Liquidation Process, Fast Track Insolvency
Resolution for Corporate Persons, Voluntary Liquidation of Corporate Persons, Adjudicating
Authority for Corporate Persons, Offences and Penalties, Insolvency resolution and
bankruptcy for individuals and partnership firms, Regulation of Insolvency professionals,
agencies and information utilities.
Unit 3: The Prevention of Money Laundering Act (16 hours)
The prevention of money laundering Act, 2002: Introduction and definitions, Punishment for
the offence of Money Laundering, Attachment, Adjudication and Confiscation, Obligation of
Banking Companies, Financial Institutions and Intermediaries, Summons, Searches And
Seizures, Appellate Tribunal and Special Courts, Recovery of fine or penalty.

Unit 4: The Foreign Exchange Management Act (12 hours)

The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999: Introduction of FEMA, Difference between

Page 27
FERA and FEMA, Application and Commencement of FEMA, Regulation and Management
of Foreign Exchange, Authorised Person, Contraventions and Penalties, Compounding of
Offences, Adjudication and Appeal, Directorate of Enforcement.

Essential Readings:
1. Maheshwari & Maheshwari, Principle of Mercantile Law, National Publishing Trust.
2. Aggarwal Rohini, Mercantile & Commercial Law, Taxmann
3. Kucchal M. C., Mercantile Law, Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.
4. Kapoor N. D., Elements of Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand,

Teaching – Learning Process:

Lecture, Discussion, Power Point Presentations. Course contents shall be discussed in the
light of relevant case laws.

Key Words
CCI, Prevention of Money Laundering, Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, FEMA, Fugitive
Economic Offenders Act.

Page 28
B.A. (Hons.) Multi Media and Mass Communication

Category-I
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 1: Communication, Media & Society

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE

COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility

Pre-
Code course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice (if any)
Communication, 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL
Media & Society Pass

Learning Objectives

1. To familiarize the student with the nature of communication, mediated by societal

mores, culture, structures of power and the technology of multimedia and mass
communication.
2. To emphasise the process of coding of messages at all levels of human and societal
existence using both verbal language and paralanguage.
3. To explain the process of decoding messages, with its dependence on reception, target
group profile and means of transmission.
4. Analysis of the communication chain to understand how and why messages are
generated and ways in which these are consumed.

Learning outcomes

1. Understanding the problematics of language, paralanguage, silence etc. in the

communication chain and contexts.
2. Understanding of cultural codes, semiotics and technology in the communicative
process.
3. Understanding the relationship between ideology and communication, encoding and
decoding and reception and audiences.
4. Critical evaluation of some traditional theories and models.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-1

UNIT – I (20 hours)

Introduction to Communication
• Defining Communication, Encoding and Decoding
• Modes of Communication: Verbal (oral and written), Non-Verbal, Intra-personal,
Interpersonal, Group, Public and Mass Communication
• Barriers to Communication: Culture, Codes, Medium, Literacy, Technological
Challenges, Barrier Free Technology, Fluid Identities
• Communication as Subversion: Silence, Satire, Subterfuge

Page 29
UNIT – II (20 hours)

Determinants and Shifting Paradigms

• Ideology: Communication, Media and Political Economy
• Culture and Communication: Critical Cultural Theory
• Semiotics and Communication: Critical Theory and Practice (sign, object,
interpretant/ icon, index and symbol, signifier and signified)
• Communicating in Cyberspace: Interactivity, Hypertextuality, Multimodality and
Multimediality

UNIT – III (20 hours)

Mass Communication Theory and Models

• Early Theories: Bullet Theory, Two Step, Multi Step Theory, Cognitive Dissonance
Theory
• Media Effect Theories: Agenda Setting, Spiral of Silence, Uses and Gratification,
Cultivation Theory
• Normative Theories
• Models: George Gerbner’s Model, Wilbur Schramm’s Model, Laswell’s Model,
Shannon-Weaver’s Mathematical Model

Essential Readings

● Fiske, J. (2011). Introduction to communication studies. London: Routledge.

● Gupta, N. (2006). Cultural studies. New Delhi: World View Publishers.
● Hall, S. (1984). Encoding/Decoding. Culture, media, language. Ed. S. Hall, D.
Hobson, A. Lowe, and P. Wills. London: Hutchinson.
● Hall, S., & Morley, D. (2019). Essential essays. Durham: Duke University Press.
● Herman, E. S., & Chomsky, N. (2010). Manufacturing consent: the political economy
of the mass media. London: Vintage Digital.
● Kumar, K. J. (2000). Mass communication in India. Mumbai: Jaico Publishing House.
● McQuail, D. (2012). Mass communication theory. Los Angeles: Sage.
● Narula, U. (2008). Mass communication: Theory and practice. New Delhi: Har-
Anand Publications.
● Saraf, B.M. (2008). In Search of the Miracle Women: Returning the Gaze. Translation and
Interpreting Studies (TIS), Vol.Nos.1 and 2, Spring/Fall 2008.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 2: Application & Project Work

(Training to Write for Media)

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE

COURSE

Course title Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility

Pre-requisite
& Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Application 4 0 0 4 Class XII NIL
&Project Pass
Work
(Training
to Write
for Media)

Learning Objectives

1. To train students to undertake specific forms of writing suited to the demands of

different kinds of media and their specific forms.
2. To emphasise on writing grammatically with correct expressions and other
requirements like word limits and number of characters.
3. To train students to write for different formats like reviews and editorials, geared
towards multiple forms of media used in mass communication.

Learning outcomes

1. Understanding of the rules of good grammar, punctuation, spelling, registers and

idioms of language.
2. Learning to write creatively for multi-media formats.
3. Learning to read and edit proofs on specialized programmes.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-2

UNIT – I (5 weeks)

Introduction- Back to Basics

• A-B-C-D of Media Writing: Authenticity, Brevity, Clarity and Discernment
• Media Styles: Print, Radio, TV, Cinema, Digital Media
• Language Input Tools for Scripting

Page 31
• Editing a Document on MS Word, Speech to Text
• Ethical Writing and Disclaimers, Confidentiality of Interlocutors

UNIT – II (5 weeks)
Writing for Multi Media
• Writing for Print: News, Feature, Editorial, Story
• Scripting for Radio: News, Feature, Discussion, Talk
• Scripting for Television: Storyboard
• Screenplay for Cinema: The Audio-Visual Format
• Writing for New Media: Messaging, Social Media, Blog, Emoticons

UNIT – III (5 weeks)

Specialized Writing
• Book Review
• Film Review
• Press Release
• Reportage

Essential Readings

● Abend-David, D. (2014). Media and translation: An interdisciplinary approach,

London: Bloomsbury
● Goldstein, N. (2007). Associated press stylebook and briefing on media law. Basic
Books.
● Briggs, M. (2009). Journalism Next: A practical guide to digital reporting and
publishing. Washington D.C: CQ Press
● Burgess, G., et al. (2009). YouTube: Online video and participatory culture.
Cambridge: Polity Press
● Desjardins, R. (2017). Translation and social media: In theory, in training and in
professional practice. London: Palgrave Macmillan
● Garrand, T. P. (2017). Writing for multimedia and the web: A practical guide to
content development for interactive media. Oxford: Routledge.
● Gillmor, D. (2006). We the media: Grassroots journalism by the people, for the
people. Massachusetts: O’Reilly Media, Inc
● Hilliard, R.L. (2011). Writing for television, radio, and new media (Broadcast and
Production). Boston: Cengage Learning
● Johnson, M. C. (2000). New script writers journal. Oxford: Focal Press.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 3: Print Media Production

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE

COURSE

Course Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility

Pre-requisite
title & Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Code Practice (if any)
Print 4 2 0 2 Class XII NIL
Media Pass
Production

Learning Objectives

1. To study the historic growth and changing dynamics of print media in India.
2. To understand different forms of print journalism and reporting formats.
3. Designing the layout and formats for print media production.
4. To use various software for producing newsletters and magazine pages.

Learning outcomes

1. Understand the structure and functions of a news organisation.

Page 33
2. Understand the relationship between the political economy and editorial policy.
3. Gain practical knowledge of the technology and skills necessary to produce a
4. newspaper.
5. Practical knowledge of planning, designing & editing a newspaper.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-3

UNIT – I (15 hours)

Print Journalism
• Determinants of News Values: Meaning of News, Types (hard and soft
newsobjective, interpretative and investigative)
• Dignity, Ethics and Journalistic Responsibilities
• Ownership, Revenue and Editorial Policy
• News Agencies and News Pools

UNIT – II (15 hours)

The News Room

• Structure of a News Organization
• Allocation of Tasks: Roles, Skills and Sourcing
• Functions and Responsibilities of an Editor
• Planning, Dummy and Design, Typography, Preparing a Copy

UNIT – III (15 hours)

Print Technology and Newspaper Production

• Introduction to Publishing Software: Adobe InDesign, other Open Sources
• Use of Graphics, Photographs, Cartoons and Print Info-graphics
• Page Layout (print and electronic copy), Size, Anatomy, Grid Design, Frontpage,
Editorial page and Supplements, Single and Multiple Editions
• Printing Process: Letter Press, Screen, Offset Style Sheet, Handling Text (headlines,
pictures, advertisements)

Practical (30 hours)

Producing a Newsletter using Design Software

Essential Readings

● Ahuja, B. N. (1996). History of Indian press: Growth of newspapers in India. New

Delhi: Surjeet Publications.
● Davis, M. (2012). Graphic design theory. London: Thames and Hudson
● Gupta, V. S. Aggarwal, V. B. (2001). Handbook of journalism and mass
communication. India: Concept.
● Graham, L. (2012). Basics of design: Layout & typography for beginners. United
States: Cengage Learning.
● Raman, U. (2009). Writing for the media. India: Oxford University Press.
● Sarkar, N. N. (2013). Art and print production. India: OUP India.

Page 34
Suggested Readings

● Natarajan, J. (1955). History of Indian journalism. New Delhi: Publications Division,

Ministry of Information and Broadcasting.
● Keeble, R. (2005). Print journalism a critical introduction. Routledge.
● Sarkar, N. N. (1998). Designing print communication. India: Sagar Publications.
● Luttropp, J. C., & Greenwald, M. L. (2009). Designing for print production: Essential
concepts. United States: Delmar/Cengage Learning.
● Hiteshi, B., & Ahuja, C. (2016). Print Journalism: A complete book of
journalism. United States: Author Solutions, Incorporated.
● Joss, M. & Nelson, L. (1977). Graphic design tricks and techniques. Ohio: North
Light Books.
● Kenly, E. & Beach, M. (2004). Getting it printed. United States: F+W Media.

Page 35
LIST OF GENERIC ELECTIVE COURSES

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-1) – Social Media

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite Department
title & Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course offering the
Code Practice course
Social 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL Finance and
Media Pass Business
Economics

Learning Objectives

The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:

1. To enable student to understand the new paradigms of social media like technology
and literacy, nuances of digital experience and ethics.
2. To familiarize student with various social media technologies and applications like
3. digitization of media and media convergence.
4. To understand the impact of social media on society, individual and democracy.

Learning outcomes

The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:

1. Ability to define new paradigms of social media.
2. Familiarizing with the different types of social media.
3. Understanding social media technologies and its application.
4. Learn to critically evaluate the impact of social media.

SYLLABUS OF GE-1

UNIT – I (20 hours)

Social Media: A New Paradigm

• Technology and Literacy Redefined: Internet, Intranet, WWW (Web 1.0, 2.0, 3.0)
• The Digital Experience: Mobile, Cyberspace and Apps
• The User and The Fourth Screen: Representation and Reproduction
• Media Convergence: ICT - Scope and Role

UNIT – II (20 hours)

• Social Networking Platforms

• Blogging and Vlogging
• Video Conferencing, Webcasting, Podcasting
• Social Bookmarking

Page 36
UNIT – III (20 hours)

Impact of Social Media

• Internet/Online Activism
• Citizen Journalism
• Cyber Crimes and Ethics
• Democratization/Digital Divide

Essential Readings

• Barker, M. S., Barker, D., Bormann, N. F., Neher, K. (2013). Social media marketing:
A strategic approach. New York: Cencage Leraning.
• Castells, M. (2005). The network society: A cross-cultural perspective. Cheltenham:
Edward Elgar.
• D. Satish, Rajesh Prabhakar Kaila. (2006). Blogs: Emerging communication media.
The ICFAI University Press.

Suggestive Readings

• Forsyth, T. (2011). Encyclopaedia of international development. Milton Park.

Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.
• Lister, M. (2009). New media: A critical introduction. London: Routledge.
• Mishra, R.C., (2008). Cyber-crime: Impacts in the new millennium. Author Press.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

Page 37
B.A. (HONS.) BUSINESS ECONOMICS

Category-I

DSC - 1: Microeconomics – I

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if

Credits L T P Criteria any

Class XII NIL

Microeconomics-I 4 3 1 0 Pass

DSC - 1: Microeconomics – I
Objectives
This is the first course in a group of two that together cover the basic concepts
of Microeconomics. This course covers the areas of consumer demand, production,
cost and different types of commodity markets. It introduces the concept of
economics, market equilibrium, elasticity, and consumer and producer behaviour at
the basic level. It is a core foundation paper giving the students a micro aspect of
different economic activities.
Learning Outcomes
· To analyse the market behaviour by understanding the basic concepts of
microeconomics.
· To provide students with an understanding of the standard theoretical analysis
of consumer and producer behaviour.
· To know the applications of theory of production and cost structure

Course Structure
Unit 1: Basic Concepts (8 hours)
Scope and method of microeconomics; Scarcity and Choice; Positive and normative
economics; Production possibility frontier, concepts of opportunity cost, rate of growth;
Demand, Supply and Market equilibrium; Market Failure: Public goods and externalities;
types of externalities – production and consumption externalities, asymmetric information
and moral hazard: principal agent problem.

Page 38
Unit 2: Theory of Consumer Behaviour (20 hours)
Elasticity: Price elasticity of demand, price elasticity of supply, cross elasticity and income
elasticity of demand; Preference; utility; budget constraint; Cardinal theory & Ordinal theory:
Budget sets and Preferences under different situations; Utility; Indifference curves:
Consumer equilibrium; utility maximization; Engels curve, Derivation of demand curve,
Income and substitution effects: Hicks and Slutsky equation; inferior, normal and Giffen
goods Applications of indifference curves to other economic problems; Revealed preference
theory; revealed preference: weak axiom, compensated law of demand; consumer surplus,
equivalent variation and compensating variation, WARP, SARP.
Unit 3: Choice under Uncertainty (10 hours)
Choice under uncertainty – Comparative statics, utility function and expected utility,
measures of risk, risk aversion and risk preference; intertemporal choice: savings and
borrowing; Duality in consumption.
Unit 4: Technology, Production and Cost (30 hours)
Technology; isoquants; production functions with one and more variable inputs; returns to
scale; Law of variable proportion, total, average and marginal product, marginal rate of
technical substitution, iso-cost line and firm‘s equilibrium, elasticity of substitution; cost
minimization; expansion path, short run and long run costs; various cost curves in the short
run and long run and its relation; economies of scale; increasing and decreasing cost
industries; envelope curve; economies of scale. Prices as parameters: Firm equilibrium and
profit; short and long-run supply function; taxes and subsidies.
References
Essential
1. McConnell et al. (2021). Microeconomics. McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Varian, H.R. (2020). Intermediate Microeconomics: A modern approach. W. W. Norton.
3. Bernheim, B. and Whinston, M. (2009). Microeconomics. Tata McGraw- Hill.
Additional
1. Hall, Robert E. and Lieberman, Marc (2009). Microeconomics - Principles and
Applications. South Western Educational Publishing.
2. Snyder, C., Nicholson, W. (2010). Fundamentals of Microeconomics. Cengage Learning.
3. Pindyck, Robert, Rubinfeld, Daniel (2017). Microeconomics (Eighth Edition). Pearson
Teaching - Learning Process
3 Lectures and 1 tutorial each week.
Assignments, Term Paper, Presentations, Project, Classroom discussions
Assessment Method
Total Marks: 100

Page 39
Practical: 0
Internal Assessment: 25 Marks
End Semester Exam: Duration: 3 Hours & Maximum Marks: 75
Keywords
Demand, Supply, Elasticity, Market failure, Externalities, Consumer Preference, Production,
Cost

DSC - 2: Accounting for Managers

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if

Credits L T P Criteria any

Accounting for 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Managers Pass

DSC - 2: Accounting for Managers

Course Objectives
The course imparts knowledge of accounting principles particularly in the context of
the preparation of financial statements and cost information of a business entity. The
course concerns analysis and interpretation of these statements and their applications
to managerial decision- making.
Learning Outcomes
· To understand the process of financial, cost and management accounting.
· To make a critical analysis of the financial statements of a business entity.
· To identify the steps for rational managerial decision making with respect to financial
and cost aspects of a business.
Course Structure
Unit 1: Financial Accounting (16 hours)
Meaning of Financial Accounting, Functions and Limitations of Financial Accounting, Users
of Financial Accounting Information, Basis of Accounting: Cash and Accrual. Principles of
Financial Accounting (GAAP), Overview of International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) and Ind AS.
Overview of Process of Financial Accounting: Journalizing, Ledger Posting and Preparation
of Trial Balance.
Preparation of final Accounts (with adjustments) of a Sole Proprietor: Trading and Profit and
Loss Account and Balance Sheet.

Page 40
Understanding the Financial Statements of a Joint Stock Company: Format of Income
Statement and Position Statement as per revised schedule VI of Companies Act, 2013.
Unit 2: Analysis and Interpretation of Financial Statements (12 hours)
Financial Statements: Meaning and types, importance and limitations of Financial Analysis
Techniques of Analysis: Cash Flow Statement (Indirect Method as per Revised AS 3):
Preparation, Utility and Limitations.
Ratio Analysis with emphasis on the purpose and interpretation of the ratios: Liquidity,
Turnover, Profitability and Solvency Ratios. Advantages and Limitations of Ratio Analysis.
Unit 3: Cost and Management Accounting (20 hours)
Cost and Management Accounting: Meaning, Functions, Utility and Limitations, Financial
Accounting vs Cost Accounting, Financial Accounting vs Management Accounting, Tools of
Management Accounting, Methods of Costing, Techniques of Costing, Basic Cost Concepts,
Classification of Costs, Absorption Vs Marginal Costing.
Unit Costing: Preparation of Cost Sheet and computation of profits.
Cost Volume Profit Analysis, Break-even Analysis, Margin of Safety.
Managerial Decisions involving Alternate Choices: fixing the selling price, exploring new
markets, make or buy decision, product/ sales mix decision (with and without key factor),
shut down or continue.
Unit 4: Planning and Control (12 hours)
Meaning of Standard Costing, process of determination of Standard Costs.
Meaning of Budget and Budgetary Control, Benefits and Limitations of Budgetary Control,
Classification of Budgets, Preparation of Master Budget, Fixed and Flexible Budgets,
Difference between Standard and Budgeted Costs.
Variance Analysis: Cost Variances: problems related to Material and Labour Variances.
References:
Essential
1. Arora, M.N. Accounting For Management. Himalaya Publishing House
2. Lal, J. Accounting For Management. Himalaya Publishing House (P) Ltd.
3. Maheshwari, S.N. Accounting for Management. Vikas Publishing House.
4. Sahoo, B.P. Accounting for Managers. Wisdom Publications.
Additional
1. Gupta, R.L. Introductory Corporate Accounting. Sultan Chand & Sons.
2. Horngren, C.T., Sundem,G.L., Burgstahler, D. Schatzberg, J.O. Introduction to
Management Accounting. Pearson.
3. Monga, J.R. Financial Accounting Concepts and Applications. Mayur Paperbacks.

Page 41
4. Monga, J.R. Basic Corporate Accounting. Mayur Paperback.
5. Rustagi, R.P. Fundamentals of Management Accounting. Taxmann.
6. Singh, S. Management Accounting. PHl Learning
7. Stice, J. & Stice, E.K. Financial Accounting Reporting and Analysis. Cengage Learning

Teaching - Learning Process

3 Lectures and 1 tutorial each week.
Emphasis on interpretation and applications of accounting methods and techniques for taking
managerial decisions. Assignments, Term Paper, Presentations, Project, Classroom
discussions
Assessment Method
Total Marks: 100
Practical: 0
Internal Assessment: 25
End Semester Exam: Duration: 3 Hours & Maximum Marks: 75
Key Words
Financial Accounting, Final Accounts, Management Accounting, Cost Accounting, Cost
Sheet, Cost Volume Profit Analysis, Variance Analysis.

DSC - 3: Mathematics for Business Economics – I

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if any
Credits L T P Criteria

Mathematics for 4 3 0 1 Class NIL

Business XII
Economics-I Pass

DSC - 3: Mathematics for Business Economics - I

Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to provide instruction on basic mathematics that enables
the study of economic theory and business applications at the undergraduate level. This
shall be required for the teaching of the courses on microeconomic theory,
macroeconomic theory, statistics, and econometrics set out in this syllabus. This course
introduces mathematical techniques that will be new to most students through examples
of their application to economic concepts. The economic and business models are a
means for illustrating the method of applying mathematical techniques to economic
theory and business applications in general. Mathematics has become the language of

Page 42
modern analytical economics and it quantifies the relationship between economic
variables and among economic actors.

Learning Outcomes
· To build the mathematical base necessary for other courses and to understand the
basic functional forms used in economic analysis.
· To develop the mathematical knowledge required in business decision-making and
to study the mathematics in which economic theories are expressed.
· To make and refute arguments by developing mathematical understanding.

Course Structure
Unit 1: Introduction (9 hours)
Algebra concepts, number systems, inequalities, mathematical logic, proof techniques; sets
and set operations; functions and their properties.
Unit 2: Univariate Analysis (16 hours)
Curves and graphs; elementary functions: linear, quadratic, polynomial, power, exponential,
logarithmic; sequences and series: convergence, algebraic properties and applications;
Continuous functions: characterisations, properties with respect to various operations and
applications; Differentiable functions: characterisations, properties with respect to various
operations and applications; Second and higher order derivatives: properties and applications.
Geometric properties of functions: convex functions, their characterisations and applications;
local and global optima: geometric and calculus-based characterisations, and applications.
Unit 3: Linear Algebra (12 hours)
Linear Algebra: Vector spaces: algebraic and geometric properties, scalar products, norms,
orthogonality; linear transformations: properties, matrix representations and elementary
operations; systems of linear equations: properties of their solution sets; determinants:
characterization, properties and applications. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization,
Spectral Theorem.
Unit 4: Integration (8 hours)
Integrals: indefinite and definite. Methods of integration. Economic applications.
Readings
Essential
1. Sydsaeter, K., Hammond, P. (2002). Mathematics for Economic Analysis. Pearson
Education.
Additional
1. Chiang, Alpha C., and Wainwright, K.(2005). Fundamental Methods of Mathematical
Economics. Boston, Mass: McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Page 43
2. Hoy, Michael, Livernois John, McKenna Chris, Ray Rees, and Thanasis
Stengos. (©2011) Mathematics for Economics. Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press
3. Lay, David C., Judi J. McDonald, Steven R. Lay.(2022). Linear Algebra and Its
Applications. Pearson.

Practical : 30 Hours

Teaching - Learning Process

3 Lectures and 1 practical each week.
Assignments, Tests, Presentations, Classroom discussions.
Spreadsheet Software for logical and other functions. Problem solving.
Assessment Methods
Total Marks: 100
Practical: 25
Internal Assessment: 25 Marks
End Semester Exam: Duration: 3 Hours & Maximum Marks: 50
Key Words
Set theory, Univariate, Limits, Continuity, Optimisation, Calculus, Differentiation,
Concavity, Convexity, Optimisation, Spreadsheet

Page 44
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVE COURSES
Category-IV

GE - 1: Principles of Economics

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if

Credits L T P Criteria any

Principles of 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Economics Pass

GEC - 1: Principles of Economics

Course Objectives
This course aims to offer basic understanding of the principles of economics. Specifically,
this course intends to expose the student to the basic principles and concepts in
Microeconomics and in Macroeconomics. In this course the students are introduced to the
problem of scarcity and choice, demand and supply, elasticity, basic consumer theory,
production and costs, definition, measurement of the macroeconomic variables -- GDP,
consumption, savings, investment, money and credit etc.
Learning Outcome:
· To understand the principles of economics of the modern economy.
· To understand the consumer theory, production, and costs etc.
· To understand the basic principles of macroeconomics, national income accounting and
determination of GDP.
· To understand the functioning of the money market.
Course Structure
Unit 1: Introduction (8 hours)
Problem of scarcity and choice: scarcity, choice and opportunity cost; production possibility
frontier; economic systems.
Demand and supply: law of demand, determinants of demand, shifts of demand versus
movements along a demand curve, market demand, law of supply, determinants of supply,
shifts of supply versus movements along a supply curve, market supply, market equilibrium.
Applications of demand and supply: price rationing, price floors, consumer surplus, producer
surplus.
Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculating elasticity, determinants of price elasticity,
other elasticities.

Page 45
Unit 2: Consumer Theory (12 hours)
Budget constraint, concept of utility, diminishing marginal utility, Diamond-water paradox,
income and substitution effects; consumer choice: indifference curves, derivation of demand
curve from indifference curve and budget constraint.
Unit 3: Production and Costs (12 hours)
Production: behaviour of profit maximising firms, production process, production functions,
law of variable proportions, choice of technology, isoquant and isocost lines, cost minimizing
equilibrium condition.
Costs: costs in the short run, costs in the long run, revenue and profit maximizations,
minimizing losses, short run industry supply curve, economies and diseconomies of scale,
long run adjustments.
Unit 4: Introduction to Macroeconomics (8 hours)
What is macroeconomics? Macroeconomic issues in an economy.
Unit 5: National Income Accounting (8 hours)
Concepts of GDP Aggregates and National Income; measurement of national income and
related aggregates; nominal and real income; GDP and welfare and the limitations of the
GDP concept.
Unit 6: Determination of GDP (8 hours)
Actual and potential GDP; aggregate expenditure; consumption function; investment
function; equilibrium GDP; concepts of MPS, APS, MPC, APC; autonomous expenditure;
Concept of multiplier.
Unit 7: Money and Credit (4 hours)
Money in a Modern Economy: Concept of money in a modern economy; monetary
aggregates; demand for money; quantity theory of money; liquidity preference and rate of
interest; money supply and credit creation; monetary policy

References:
1. Case, K.E., Fair, R. C., and Oster, S. E. (2017). Principles of Economics (12th Ed.).
Pearson.
2. Dornbusch, R., Fischer, S. and Startz. R. Macroeconomics (11th Edition). McGraw-
Hill.
3. Mankiw, N.G. (2021). Principles of Economics, (9th Edition). Cengage Learning.

Teaching - Learning Process

Assessment Method

Page 46
Total Marks: 100
Practical: 0
Internal Assessment: 25
End Semester Exam: Duration: 3 Hours & Maximum Marks: 75
Keywords
Principles of Economics, Scarcity, Consumer Theory, Production, Costs, Gross Domestic
Product, money and credit.
GE - 3: Legal Environment of Business

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if

Credits L T P Criteria any

Legal 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Environment of Pass
Business

GEC - 3
Legal Environment of Business
Pre requisites: None
Course Objective(s): The course intends to familiarize the student with the legal
environment which govern business for its efficient conduct and to apply them in real life
situations. The purpose is to widen their scope of knowledge by appreciating the different
branches of law covering some important legislations from Indian Contract Act, Companies
Act, LLP Act, Consumer Protection Act, Sale of Goods Act and IT Act including the relevant
cases and amendments.
Learning Outcomes:
The students will be able:
· To understand the basic rules and provisions of Contract and Agreements.
· To know the provisions to Formation and functioning of company and LLP.
· To understand the significance and role of law of sale of goods act
· To have in- depth knowledge of Information Technology Act And legal framework of
right to Privacy, Data Security and Data Protection.
· Apply the law correctly to different facts and in different contexts

Page 47
Unit 1: Indian Contract Act (16 hours)
Meaning and Essentials of a Contract; Valid, Void and Voidable Contract; Offer and
Acceptance; Consideration; Capacity of Parties; Free Consent; Discharge of Contract and
Remedies for Breach of a Contract.
Unit 2: Companies Act (16 hours)
Meaning and Nature of Company; Promotion and Incorporation of a Company;
Memorandum of Association; Articles of Association; Misleading Prospectus and remedies
available to the parties; Board of Directors and their qualification, duties, powers. Company
Meetings and Resolutions.
Unit 3: Sale of Goods Act and Consumer Protection Act (16 hours)
Essentials of a Contract of Sale; Sale and Agreement to Sell, Conditions and Warranties;
Transfer of Title by Non-Owners; Doctrine of Caveat Emptor; Rights of Unpaid Seller.
Consumer Protection Act 2009: Scope and Applicability of the Act. Rights of consumer.
Procedure for complaints. Duties and power of Central Consumer Protection Authority.
Unit 4: Limited Liability Partnership Act and IT Act (12 hours)
Meaning and nature of LLP; LLP and Company; LLP Agreement, Partners and Designated
Partners, Incorporation of LLP; Partners and their Relations, Extent and limitation of liability
of LLP. Information Technology Act 2000 Concept and role; Digital signature, Electronic
governance, Attribution, Acknowledgement and dispatch of electronic records, Regulation of
certifying authorities, Digital signatures certificates, Duties of subscribers, Penalties and
adjudication, Appellate Tribunal , Offences.
Essential References:
1. Bansal, V & Arora, A. Corporate Laws. Vikas Publishing, House (P) Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Kuchhal M.C & Vivek K. Business Legislation for Management. VIKAS Publishing
House (P) Ltd.
3. Kumar, A. Corporate Laws. International Book House (P) Ltd.
4. Bare Acts relating to the laws.
Additional References
1. Chadha, R,. Chadha, S. Corporate Laws. Mayur Paperbacks. New Delhi.
2. Maheshwari & Maheshwari. Business Law. National Publishing House. New Delhi.
3. Singh, Avtar. The Principles of Mercantile Law. Eastern Book Company. Lucknow.
4. Tulsian, P.C. Business Law. Tata McGraw Hill. New Delhi
Teaching - Learning Process:
3 lectures and One Tutorial class per week. Classroom teaching with interactive discussion of
relevant case laws to enable student to have better understanding of legal text and to prepare
them to present legal arguments in the cases of real life situations.

Page 48
Assessment Methods:
Total Marks 100
Practical NA
Internal Assessment 25
End semester exam: Duration:3 Hours Marks: 75

Key Words: Contract, LLP, Goods, Company, Information technology, Consumer, Digital
signature.
GE - 5: Quantitative Techniques in Management
Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if
Credits L T P Criteria any

Quantitative 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Techniques in Pass
Management

GEC - 5: Quantitative Techniques in Management

Course Objectives
To apprise students with the construction of mathematical models for managerial decision
making. The emphasis is on understanding the concepts, formulation and interpretation of
linear programming methods and its application in diverse problems. An introduction to
game theory and network analysis forms part of the course.
Learning Outcomes
· Identify and develop operational research models from the verbal description of the real
system.
· Understand the mathematical tools that are needed to solve optimization problems.
· Develop critical thinking and use PERT and CPM techniques to improve decision
making.
Course Structure
Unit 1: Introduction - Operations Research, Linear Programming (20 hours)
(i) Introduction to Operations Research, characteristics, Phases, Methodology, Applications
and scope
(ii) Formulation of Linear Programming problems, Graphical Solutions (Special cases:
Multiple optimal solution, infeasibility, unbounded solution); Simplex Method, Special cases,
Big-M method and Two-phase method; Duality (emphasis on formulation & economic
interpretation); Sensitivity Analysis. (Excel Solver application)

Page 49
Unit 2: Transportation and Assignment Problem (16 hours)
(i) Transportation Problem: Formulation, Solution by N.W. Corner Rule, Least Cost
method, Vogel’s Approximation Method (VAM), Modified Distribution Method; Special
cases: Multiple Solutions, Maximization case, unbalanced case, prohibited routes.
(ii) Assignment Problem: Hungarian Method, Special cases: Multiple Solutions,
Maximization case, Unbalanced case, Restrictions on assignment.
Unit 3: Network Analysis (12 hours)
Basic Concept, Construction of the Network diagram, Critical Path Analysis, float and slack
analysis (Total float, free float, independent float), probability consideration in PERT
(Interface with Project Management open-source software)
Unit 4: Decision Theory: (12 hours)
(i) Decision making environment, Construction of Pay off Table, Opportunity Loss Table,
Decision under uncertainty. Decision under Conflict: Game Theory, Two-person Zero-Sum
games, Maximin Minimax Principle, Games without Saddle point - Mixed strategy,
Dominance Rule.
References:
1. Vohra, N.D., Quantitative Techniques in Management (5th ed.). Tata McGraw Hill
2. Swarup, K., Gupta, P.K. and Mohan, Man, Introduction to Management Science
Operations Research (19th ed.). Sultan Chand & Sons.
3. Sharma, J.K., Operations Research: Theory and Applications (6th ed.). Trinity.
4. Taha, H.A., Operations Research: An Introduction (9th ed.). Pearson.
Teaching - Learning Process
Three lectures and one tutorial class per week. Lectures devoted to teaching the theory of
operations research and solving of numerical problems.
Assessment Method
Total Assessment Marks: 100
Practical exam: 0 marks
Internal Assessment: 25 marks
End semester exam 75 marks
Keywords
Linear programming, simplex method, duality, transportation problem, assignment problem,
network analysis, PERT, CPM, decision making, game theory

Page 50
GE - 7: Economics of Startups
Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if
Credits L T P Criteria any

Economics of 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Startups Pass

GEC – 7 Economics of Startups

Pre-requisites: None
Course Objective:
To give the students an overview of startups and its types that would help students to
understand basics of starting up new ventures. The challenges they could face while starting
up with new business. To enable students to explore, launch entrepreneurial ventures in their
own areas of interest.

Learning Outcomes
After successful compilation of the course students will be able to
· Understand the process and working of a startup.
· Identify the different ways in which entrepreneurs manifest in start-ups.
· Know how to create one’s own business venture and the various factors that
influence successful set-up and sustainable operations.
· Explore the funding and other institutions supporting small business units.
Course Structure
Unit 1: Startup, Generation & Experimentation (12 hours)
Concept of Startup, Role of digital technologies, Startup ecosystems, the startup movement in
India; Generating a value proposition, how valuable are new ideas, Design thinking
principles; Experimenting with the prototype, Introduction to lean start-ups, Lean startup
principles, Learning and failing fast.
Unit 2: Building the Business Plan (20 hours)
Beginning Considerations: Building a competitive advantage. The strategic management
processes. Conducting a feasibility analysis. Forms of Business ownership. Franchising and
entrepreneurship. Buying an existing business, marketing and financial considerations:
Building a powerful marketing plan. E-commerce and Entrepreneur. Pricing strategies.
Creating a successful financial plan. Choosing the right location and layout.

Page 51
Unit 3: Crafting business models and Lean Start-ups: (16 hours)
Introduction to business models; Creating value propositions-conventional industry logic,
value innovation logic; customer focused innovation; building and analysing business
models; Business model canvas, Business Pitching.
Unit 4. Institutions Supporting Small Business Enterprises and ethics: (12 hours)
Central level institutions. State level institutions. Other agencies. Industry Associations. Class
exercise- discussions on current government schemes supporting entrepreneurship and
finding out which scheme will most suit the business plan devised by the student. Importance
of Ethical Entrepreneurship, value of ethics to an entrepreneur.
References:
1. Scarborough, N. M., Cornwall, J. R., & Zimmerer, T. (2016). Essentials of
entrepreneurship and small business management. Boston. Pearson Publications.
2. Hisrich, R.D., Manimala, M.J., Peters, M.P., Shepherd, D.A., Entrepreneurship, Tata
McGraw Hill.
3. Shukla, M.B., Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. Kitab Mahal
Publishers.
Additional Readings
1. Hishrich, R.D. and Peters, M. Entrepreneurship. Irwin Publications.
2. Barringer, B.R. and Ireland, R. Duane. Entrepreneurship: Successfully launching new
ventures. (6th Edition) Pearson
3. Kuratko, D.F., and Rao, T.V., Entrepreneurship: A South-Asian Perspective. Cengage
Publications.
4. Shankar, R., Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice. Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Kathleen, R Allen. Launching New Ventures: An Entrepreneurial Approach. Cengage
Learning.
6. Fisher, Steve and Duane, Ja-Nae. The Startup Equation - A Visual Guidebook for Building
Your Startup. Mc Graw Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd.
Teaching - Learning Process
Three lecture and one tutorial per week. Case study discussion, Class presentation on the
assigned topic by students individually or in group, Workshop, Role play.
Class exercise- select an industry that has several competing small firms in your area. Contact
these firms and compare their approaches to determining prices, financial plan and location.
Based on this analysis build your “own” business plan
Assessment Method
Total Marks – 100
Practical – 0
IA -25
End semester exam - 75

Page 52
Keywords
Entrepreneurship process, Start-up Idea, Entrepreneurial Venture, Business Incubators
GE - 9: International Economics
Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if
Credits L T P Criteria any

International 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Economics Pass

GEC – 9 International Economics

Pre-requisites: Basic courses in Microeconomics and Macroeconomics
Course Objectives
This course aims at inculcating basic understanding of fundamentals of international
economics. It will enable students to identify basis and gain from international trade with the
help of different theoretical models and their applications to real world challenges and its
solutions.
Learning Outcomes :
● To understand basic concept and origin of International economics through the
prism of classical and new classical trade theories
● To understand different terms of trade and their applicability
● To differentiate between Modern and Classical Trade theories.
● To gain knowledge about the foreign exchange markets and its working
● To learn about global capital market
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Introduction to International Trade [16 hours]
Globalization and its growing importance in the world economy; Impact of globalization;
International business contrasted with domestic businesses; Cost and benefit analysis of
tariff, Effective rate of protection and welfare arguments of tariff and developing countries.
Foreign direct investment (FDI) in world economy: Trends, Direction, and flow of FDI;
Theories of FDI; Political ideology and FDI.
Unit 2: International Trade Theory [20 hours]
World Trade: An overview; Theories of international trade – Mercantilism; Absolute
advantage theory, Comparative advantage theory, Factory proportion theory and Leontief
paradox, Product life cycle theory, New trade theory, National competitive advantage:
Porter’s diamond. International Business Environment: Economic, Demographic, Cultural
and Political-legal environment.

Page 53
Unit 3: Balance of Payment (BoP) [8 hours]
Balance of Payment : Meaning, Components (Current, Capital and Official reserve), Reasons
for disequilibrium in BoP, Measures to correct disequilibrium, Understanding India’s BoP
and comparing it with markets like USA and China.
Unit 4: Foreign Exchange and Global Capital Market [16 hours]
Exchange Rate Determination: Currency Demand and Supply Curves, Factors Affecting
Exchange Rate, Global Capital Market: Introduction, Benefits of global capital market,
Growth of global capital market, Global capital market risk, Eurocurrency market, Global
bond market, Global equity market, Exchange rate risk, Managing exchange rate risk,
Methods of Financing International Trade.
References:
1. Hill, C. (2021). International business: Competing in the global market place (13th
Edition). Strategic Direction.
2. Krugman, P. R., & Obstfeld, M. (2009). International economics: Theory and policy.
Pearson Education.
3. Levi, M.D. (2009). International Finance (5th Edition), Taylor and Francis Ltd.
4. Madura, J. (2020). International financial management. Cengage Learning.
Teaching-Learning
Three lecture and one tutorial class per week. Classroom teaching with assignment, tests,
presentation.
Assessment Method
Total Marks: 100
Practical: 0
IA: 25
End semester exam: 75
Keywords
International Trade, Exchange rate, FDI, Balance of Payment.

Page 54
GE - 11: Economic Policy Framework

Course Title Total Components Eligibility Prerequisite if

Credits L T P Criteria any

Economic Policy 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL

Framework Pass

GEC-11: Economic Policy Framework

Pre-Requisites: None
Course Objectives
This course will help students to understand the importance of macroeconomic policies. Each
section is complemented with contemporary issues in the sphere of these policies.
Learning Outcome:
· To learn the basic concept of macroeconomics
· To understand how different parameters of macroeconomics work under Indian
economy.
· To understand how monetary and fiscal policy works.
· To know different exchange rate regimes.

Unit 1: Meaning and objectives of economic policy (16 hours)

Tools and goals (objectives and instruments of policy) Circular flow of income (start with a
two sector model and go up to a five sector model); National Income aggregates and the
related concepts of national income; input-output table to calculate national income using the
income, expenditure and the value added methods.
Unit 2: Fiscal policy (16 hours)
Objectives and meaning; effect of fiscal policy - role of tax policy (T) and government
expenditure (G), Aggregate Demand, Meaning of the multiplier. Government expenditure
multiplier and balanced budget multiplier Budget –meaning and purpose – example of India’s
latest Budget (and various heads). Meaning of fiscal, revenue and primary deficits.
Unit 3: Monetary policy (12 hours)
Meaning and objectives; money and credit – credit creation and instruments of credit control;
Inflation targeting, Banking in India – structure, recent developments; issues of NPAs and
how to resolve it.

Page 55
Unit 4: Exchange rate policy (16 hours)
Structure of BOP; meaning of current account deficit and trade deficit; exchange rate
definition (real and nominal); fixed vs flexible exchange rate, efficacy of fiscal/monetary
policy under fixed and flexible exchange rate , effect of a change in exchange rate on the
current account (imports and exports); structure of capital account and role of capital
outflows and inflows.
References:
1. Gupta G.S (2016), Macroeconomics - Theory and Applications (4th edition). McGraw
Hill,
2. Shapiro, Edward (1982), Macroeconomic Theory, 5th edition
3. Mankiw, Gregory N. (2010), Macroeconomics (7th edition), Worth Publishers.
4. Sikdar, Soumyen (2011), Principles of Macroeconomics, Oxford University Press
5. Krugman, P.R., Obstfeld, M. and Melitz, M. (2015). International Economics: Theory
and Policy, Pearson Education Limited.
6. Dua, P. (2020). Monetary Policy Framework in India, Indian Economic Review, 55(1),
June 2020, pp. 117-154.
7. http://www.inclusivejournal.in/about.html.
8. Sengupta, R. and Vardhan, H., Non-Performing Assets in Indian Banks, Economic and
Political Weekly, 52(12) March 25, 2017, Money, Banking and Finance Special.
9. Economic Survey, India, latest issue
10. Union Budget Statement, India, Latest issue

Additional References:
1. Abel, Andrew, Bernanke, Ben and Croushore, Dean (2011). Macroeconomics (7th
edition). Pearson
2. Ghate, C., & Kletzer, K. M. (eds.) (2016). Monetary policy in India: A modern
macroeconomic perspective. Springer.
3. Kaul, Vivek (2020) Bad Money: Inside the NPA Mess and how it threatens the Indian
Banking System, Harper Collins Publisher India.
4. Chhibber, Ajay and Anees, Salman Soz (2021) India’s Financial Sector: A Whodunnit.
In Unshackling India. Haper Collins Publishers India.

Teaching - Learning Process

The teaching learning process has internal assessment based on performance of students in
class tests, projects including group activity based projects as well as external end semester
assessment.

Page 56
UNIVERSITY OF DELHI

CNC-II/093/1(23)/2022-23/452
Dated: 03.03.2023
NOTIFICATION
Sub: Amendment to Ordinance V
[E.C Resolution No. 38-1/ (38-1-8) dated 08.12.2022]

Following addition be made to Appendix-II-A to the Ordinance V (2-A) of the Ordinances of the
University;

Add the following:

Syllabi of Semester-II of the Department of Finance & Business Economics under Faculty of
Applied Social Sciences & Humanities based on Under Graduate Curriculum Framework -2022 to
be implemented from the Academic Year 2022-23.

CATEGORY-I
Business Economics Course for Undergraduate Programme of study with Business Economics as
a Single Core Discipline
(B.A. Honours in Business Economics in three years)

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 4: MACROECONOMICS-I

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
Macroeconomics – I 4 3 1 0 Class XII Nil
DSC-4

Learning Objectives

This course aims at inculcating basic understanding of the fundamentals of macroeconomics. It will
enable students to identify major macroeconomic issues, their applicability to the real economy.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

• To understand the basic concept of circular flow of income in four sector economies and
different approaches to measurement of National Income.
• To introduce basic concepts of the money market including demand and supply aspects of
money.

1
• To apply the closed economy Hicks- Hansen (IS-LM) model for effectiveness of Fiscal and
Monetary policies in the short run.
• To identify macroeconomic issues of developing countries in a global macro setting and its
difference from issues of developed countries.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-4

UNIT–I: Introduction to Macroeconomics and National Income Accounting (6 Hours)

Origin of macroeconomics; Income, expenditure and the circular flow in three and four sectoral
economies; real versus nominal GDP; price indices; measurements of gross domestic product;
national income accounting for closed economy and for open economy and National Income
Identity; balance of payments accounts and its components.

UNIT – II: Theory of Income Determination (9 Hours)

An introduction to Classical and Keynesian systems; Simple Keynesian Theory of Income
Determination, Consumption function – MPC and APC, changes in equilibrium, Paradox of Thrift and
Investment multiplier.

UNIT – III: Money, Interest and Monetary Policy (12 Hours)

Meaning and nature of money, Primary and secondary functions of money; Quantity Theory of
Money–Cambridge version, Classical theory of interest rate, Loanable fund Theory and Keynesian
Theory of Liquidity Preference and interest rate, Liquidity Trap; Credit Creation and Money
Multiplier Determination of money supply and demand; credit creation; money multiplier,
monetary base; tools of monetary policy

UNIT – IV:IS-LM Analysis and Aggregate Demand (12 Hours)

Goods market and money market, graphical derivations of the Hicks-Henson model (IS and LM
functions); Properties of IS-LM curves, factors affecting the position and slope of IS-LM curves,
determination of equilibrium income and interest rates; Studying the impact of fiscal and monetary
policies using IS-LM framework;Macro policy in a global setting and developing countries

Unit V: Inflation (6 Hours)

Inflation: meaning; demand and supply side factors; natural rate theory; monetary policy-output
and inflation (monetarist view); Phillips curve: short run and long run.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Abel Andrew B., Bernanke Ben and Croushore Dean (2011). Macroeconomics (7th edition).
Pearson
2. Schiller Bradley R. and Gebhardt Karen (2019) Macro economy Today (14th edition), McGraw
Hill
3. Froyen Richard T. (2013). Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies (10th ed.), Pearson.

2
4. Blanchard O. (2017). Macroeconomics (7th edition). Pearson
5. Dornbusch R., FischerS., and Startz R. Macroeconomics (11th edition). McGraw-Hill
6. Colander David C. (2017) Macroeconomics (9th edition), McGraw Hill

Suggested readings
1. Gordwin, Harris, Nelson, Roach and Torris (2017) Macroeconomics in context (2nd edition),
Routledge Taylor and Francis Pub Indian Edition
2. Government of India (GOI) (Latest Year), Economic Survey, Ministry of Finance New Delhi.
3. Government of India (GOI) (Latest Year), Handbook of Indian Economy, RBI Publication New
Delhi.
4. Mankiw N. Gregory,Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers.
5. Chugh, S. (2015) Modern Macroeconomics, MIT Press.
6. D‘Souza, E, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 5: FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of

& Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Financial 4 3 1 0 Class XII Nil
Institutions
and
Markets
DSC-5

Learning Objectives

This course provides an understanding of the existing financial institutions and markets in the Indian
financial system. Students will be equipped with the knowledge of primary and secondary segments of
the equity, money, and debt markets.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will able to:

• To understand the role of banking and non-banking financial institutions in India.

3
• To learn the methods for companies to raise funds in the primary market
• To use the methodology to create stock price indices in India.
• To analyze the process of issuance, trading, and settlement in equity, debt and money
market instruments.

SYLLABUS OF DSC- 2

UNIT – I:Financial Institutions in India (9 Hours)

• Overview of Formal Financial System: Financial Institutions, Financial Markets, Financial
Instruments, Financial Services, Role of Financial System in Economic Development.
• Banking and Non-Banking Institutions: Scheduled Commercial Banks in India, Risk
Management Process in Banks, Non-Performing Assets, Tools to Manage Non-Performing
Assets, Payment Banks.
• Credit Rating Agencies: Meaning, Methodology and Agencies in India.
• Housing Finance: Housing Finance Companies in India, Repricing of Loan, Floating vs. Fixed
Rate, The Rest Method, Problems in Housing Finance.
• NBFCs in India: Objectives, Functions, Types, Difference between NBFCs and Banks, Role of
NBFCs in Indian Economy.
• Regulatory Institutions: Reserve Bank of India (RBI), Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI)

UNIT – II:Primary Market for Corporate Securities in India (15 Hours)

• Financial Markets: Role and Importance of Financial Markets, Types of Financial Markets-
Equity Market, Debt market, Money market, Forex Market.
• Procedure of an IPO: Entry Norms for IPOs -Profitability Route, QIB Route, Appraisal Route;
Intermediaries to an Issue, Pricing Methods-Fixed Price Process, Book Building Mechanism
(Book Building Process, Bidding Process, Reverse Book Building, Limitations), Green Shoe
option.
• Methods of Raising Funds: Venture Capital, Private Equity, Public Issues- IPO, FPO, offer for
sale; Rights Issue, Private Placement -Preferential Issue, Qualified Institutional Placements,
Disinvestment of PSU- Objectives, Sell-off methods.
• Raising of Funds from International Markets-ADRs, GDRs, FCCB and Euro Issues, Masala
Bonds.
• Listing and Delisting of Corporate Stocks in Indian Stock markets.

UNIT – III:Secondary Market in India (12 Hours)

• Overview of Secondary Market: Functions of Secondary Market, Demutualization of Stock
Exchange, Bulls and Bears in Stock Markets, Volatility and Circuit Breakers in stock Market,
Stock exchanges in India; International stock exchanges, Capital Market Scams.
• Market Mechanism: Financial Instruments-Equity Shares, Debentures & Bonds, Derivatives.
Types of Brokers, Depository Process in India.
• Trading, Clearing and Settlement of securities: Types of orders, Contract Note, Clearing
Corporations (ICCL, NSCCL), Depositories (NSDL, CDSL), Settlement Mechanism.
• Risk Management: Margin Requirement and Capital requirement of a Broker, MTM and VaR
Margins, Margin Trading and Margin Adjustments.

4
• Indian Stock Indices: Major Indices in India (Sensex and Nifty), Market Capitalization (free
float, full float methodology), Calculation Methodology (Price weighted, Equal weighted,
Fundamental weighted, Market Capitalisation weighted Index), Classification of Securities to
be included in the Index, Impact of corporate actions (Rights, Bonus, and Stock split) on
security prices and indices.

UNIT – IV: Money Markets & Debt Market in India (9 Hours)

• Money Market: Characteristics, Functions and Benefits of Efficient Money Market,
Participants in money markets, Money Market Instruments- Auctioned Treasury Bills
(Features, Types, and Issuance/Sale by Auction), Commercial Paper (Guidelines and Process
for Issuance), Commercial Bills (Features and Types), Certificate of Deposits (Guidelines and
Process for Issuance), Call/Notice Money (Reason of volatility and Process of Issuance) Repo,
Reverse Repo.
• Long Term Debt Market: Participants and Instruments in Debt market, Private Corporate
Debt Market-Issue and listing of Debt Securities; Govt Securities Market-Issuers, Investors
and Types; Govt Dated Securities- Issuance, Trading and Settlement. RBI Direct Portal for
retail investors for Government Securities

Notes:
1. The relevant rules, regulations and guidelines of the RBI, the SEBI and other regulators for all of
the above topics should be covered.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Khan M. Y. Indian Financial System. Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Kannan, R., Shanmugam, K.R., &Bhaduri, S. Non-Banking Financial Companies-Role in
India’s Development. Springer.
3. Pathak, B. Indian Financial System. Pearson.
4. Eakins, Stanley G. Finance: Investments, Institutions and Management. Addison-wesley
Publications.
5. National Stock Exchange of India (2003), “Indian Securities Market: A Review”, NSE,
Mumbai.
6. RBI Website- https://www.rbi.org.in/Scripts/NotificationUser.aspx?Id=12179&Mode=0
7. NSE website: https://www.nseindia.com/resources/publications-indian-securities-ismr

Suggested readings
1. Desai, V. Indian Financial System and Development. Himalaya Publishing House.
2. Gordan, E. Natarajan, K. Indian Financial System. Himalaya Publishing House.
3. Madura, J. Financial Markets and Institutions. Cengage Learning.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.
5
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 6: STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS
Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course(if
Practice any)
Statistics for 4 3 0 1 Class XII Nil
Business
Economics -I
DSC-6

Learning Objectives

This course aims to introduce different kinds of data, its visual representation, and descriptive measures
to analyse and describe times series data along with a theory and practice of indices.

Learning outcomes
By studying this course, students will be able to:

• To organize, manage, present data to gain proficiency in using statistical software for data
analysis.
• To prepare a technical report/statistical analysis and interpret results to enhance the
ability for broader implication of application in the statistical field.
• To conduct the survey in proper way to collect data on specific economic problem and to
grasp different variety of probability/nonprobability sampling methods for selecting a
sample from a population.
• To make intelligent judgments and informed decisions in the presence of uncertainty and
variation.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-3

UNIT – I Descriptive Statistics (12 Hours)

Sources of data, census and sample, methods of collection, types of data. Graphical representation
– Simple Charts, Box Plot, Histogram; Measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewnessand .
Moments.

UNIT – II Probability and distribution (15 Hours)

Sample space, event and probability. Types of events: joint, conditional and independence. Theories
of probability - Classical Theory of Probability; Relative Frequency Theory of Probability; Subjective
Theory of Probability and Axiomatic Theory of Probability, Random variable - Discrete and
continuous, mass and density functions, cumulative distributions and properties. Joint distributions,
marginal and conditional distributions. Bayes Theorem; Mathematical expectation and variance.

6
Theoretical Discrete and Continuous Probability Distributions – Binomial, Poisson and Normal
distributions

UNIT – III Time Series (6 Hours)

Components. Measurement of trend: linear, exponential and growth. Change in origin and scale.
Measurement of seasonal fluctuations.

UNIT – IV Index Numbers (6 Hours)

Types of index number systems and their relations. Fixed and chain-base. Tests of adequacy. Base
shifting, splicing and deflating. Consumer price index, GDP deflator and Stock Prices indices – BSE
Sensex and Nifty Fifty.

UNIT – V Correlation and Regression (6 Hours)

Covariance & Correlation – Bivariate Analysis: Cross-tabulations and Scatter Plot; Rank Correlation
and Pearson’s Correlation; Impact of origin shift and change in scale of Correlation; Linear
Regression – Simple and Multiple.

Practical component (30 hours)- Laboratory work using spreadsheet software. Projects using
primary or secondary data.
Assessment Method
Total Marks: 100
Practical: 25
Internal Assessment: 25
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours; Maximum Marks: 50

Essential/recommended readings

1. Devore, Jay L., (2012). Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the sciences. 8th
Edition, Cengage Learning.

COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES OFFERED BY THE

DEPARTMENTS

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-1): INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL MARKETING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite

& Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice
Introduction 4 3 1 0 Class XII Nil
to Digital
Marketing
GEC-2

Learning Objectives
To acquaint the students with the tools and techniques used by the digital marketers for driving the
marketing decisions to attain marketing objectives and understand its integration with traditional
marketing.

Learning outcomes
By studying this course, students will be able to:

• To understand the concept of digital marketing and its integration with traditional marketing.
• To understand customer value journey in digital context and behaviour of online consumers.
• To learn email, content and social media marketing and apply the learnings to create digital media
campaigns.
• To examine various tactics for enhancing a website’s position and ranking with search engines
and search advertising.

SYLLABUS OF GE-1

UNIT – I:Fundamentals of Marketing (6 Hours)

Importance of marketing; Core marketing Concepts; Company Orientations; Concept of
Segmentation, Targeting-Positioning; 7 P’s Framework; Product Life cycle; Pricing strategies, Types
of distribution channels; Promotion Mix.

8
UNIT – II:Marketing in the Digital World (9 Hours)
Digital marketing: Concept, Features, Difference between traditional and digital marketing, Moving
from traditional to digital Marketing; Digital Marketing Channels: Intent Based- SEO, Search
Advertising; Brand Based- Display Advertising; Community Based-SMM; Others- Affiliate, Email,
Content, Mobile; Customer Value Journey: 5As Framework; The Ozone O3 Concept Key; Traits of
online consumer

UNIT – III: Content, Email and Social Media Marketing (15 Hours)
Content Marketing: Developing a content marketing strategy; Email Marketing: Types of Emails in
email marketing, Email Marketing best practices; Social Media Marketing: Building Successful Social
Media strategy; Social Media Marketing Channels; Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube (Concepts and
strategies)

UNIT – IV: Search Marketing (15 Hours)

Detailed contentsIntroduction of SEM: Working of Search Engine; SERP Positioning; Search Engine
Optimization: Overview of SEO Process; Goal Setting-Types On-Page Optimization: Keyword
Research, SEO Process -Site Structure, Content, Technical Mechanics, Headings, Image & Alt text,
Social Sharing, Sitemaps, Technical Aspects-Compatibility, Structured Data Markup.
Off Page Optimization: Link Formats, Link Building, Content Marketing, Social Sharing; Black and
White Hat Techniques
Search Advertising: Overview of PPC Process; Benefits of Paid Search; Basis of Ranking; Goal Setting-
Objectives; Account Setting-Creation of Google Ads, Campaign architecture, Campaign setup,
Targeting, Bid Strategy, Delivery, Ad Scheduling, Ad Rotation, Keyword Selection; Ad Copy
composition, Ad Extension
Overview of Display Advertising: Working of Display Advertising; Benefits and challenges.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Dodson, I. (2016). The art of digital marketing: the definitive guide to creating strategic,
targeted, and measurable online campaigns. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Kartajaya, H., Kotler, P., & Setiawan, I. (2016). Marketing 4.0: moving from traditional to
digital. John Wiley & Sons.
3. Ryan, Damien. Understanding Digital Marketing - Marketing Strategies for Engaging the
Digital Generation. Kogan Page Limited.

Suggested readings
1. Kotler, P. (2009). Marketing management: A south asian perspective. Pearson Education,
India.
2. Maity, Moutusy. Internet Marketing: A practical approach in the Indian Context. Oxford
Publishing.
3. Gupta, Seema. Digital Marketing. McGraw Hill
4. Ultimate guide to digital Marketing. Digital Marketer
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination
Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.
9
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-2): STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of

& Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice
Statistics 4 3 0 1 Class XII Nil
for
Business
GEC-4

Learning Objectives
The objective is to enable students develop understanding of data and statistical tools available to
describe it which shall facilitate to make evidence-based decisions using inferential statistics that are
based on well-reasoned statistical arguments.

Learning outcomes
By studying this course, students will be able to:

• To learn tools and concepts of statistical analysis and interpretation.

• To comprehend fundamentals of probability theory.
• To develop skills in statistical computing, statistical reasoning and inferential methods.
• To comprehend and analyse real data like real indices.

SYLLABUS OF GE-2
UNIT – I Descriptive Statistics and Exploratory Data Analysis (9 Hours)
• Types of Variables (Quantitative, Qualitative, discrete, continuous), Scales of Data
Measurement (nominal, ordinal, Interval & Ratio), Variable-; Primary & secondary Data.
• Frequency distributions, Relative Frequency, Cumulative Distributions, Percentiles,
Quartiles; Graphical representation of data- bar charts, pie, histograms, box plots.
• Measures of central tendency: Mean, median, mode, Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean,
Weighted Mean & their properties. Selection of a measure of central tendency.
• Measures of Dispersion: Range, inter-quartile range, quartile deviation, mean deviation,
standard deviation, variance, coefficient of variance, properties of standard deviation.
Moments.
• Skewness and Kurtosis: Meaning, measures- Karl Pearson, Bowley, Kelly’s, Kurtosis- meaning
and measurement of Kurtosis

UNIT – II Probability (12 Hours)

• Axioms of probability; Review of counting rules, experiments, sample space, simple and
complex events; Addition and multiplication rules; Concepts of Mutually exclusive events,
independent events; Concepts of Joint, marginal and conditional probability; Bayes
Theorem.

10
• Concept of Discrete and continuous Random Variables; Expected value and variance;
Theoretical Discrete and Continuous Probability Distributions – Binomial, Poisson and
Normal distributions

UNIT – III Sampling, Estimation and Hypotheses Testing (12 Hours)

• Population versus Sample; Sample Statistics versus population parameters; Definition and
Statistical properties of a Random Sample; Point and Interval Estimation and Small Sample
Properties of Estimators (unbiasedness, efficiency); Central Limit Theorem. (Interval
estimation for mean for large samples)
• Basic concepts of Hypotheses Testing: Formulation of Null and Alternate Hypotheses; One-
tailed and two-tailed Tests about population Mean; Concepts of Type I and Type II errors.
(Hypothesis testing for mean and difference between mean for large samples only)

UNIT – IV: Index Numbers (6 Hours)

• Index Numbers: Use and construction of Laspeyres and Paasche index numbers; Fixed and
chain base index numbers; Base shifting, splicing and deflating. Construction of real indexes:
Consumer Price Index and Stock Market Indices – BSE SENSEX and NSE Nifty.

UNIT – V Correlation and Regression (6 Hours)

• Covariance & Correlation: Bivariate Analysis: Cross-tabulations and Scatter diagram; Rank
Correlation and Pearson’s Correlation; Linear Regression – Simple.

Practical component (30 hours)- Laboratory work using relevant software for statistical data
analysis. Projects using primary or secondary data.
Practical component –yes
Assessment Method
Total Marks: 100
Practical: 25
Internal Assessment: 25
End Semester Exam: Duration: 3 Hours & Maximum Marks: 50

Essential/recommended readings
1. Spiegel, M.R.(2003). Theory & Problems of Statistics, Schaum‘s outline series, McGraw Hill.
2. Levin, Richard I. and Rubin, David (1998). Statistics for Management (7th Edition), Pearson.
3. Gupta, S.C. (2018). Fundamentals of Statistics, Himalaya Publishing House
4. Spiegel, M. and Stephens, Larry (2017). Statistics (Schaum’s Outline Series), Tata-Mcgraw-Hill,
New Delhi
Suggested readings

1. Nagar, A. L. and Das. R. K.. Basic Statistics (2nd Edition), Oxford University Press
2. Karmel, P. H. and Polasek, M. (1978). Applied Statistics for Economists (4th edition), Pitman.
3. Larsen, Richard J. and Marx, Morris L. (2011). An Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and its
Applications. Prentice Hall.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination
Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.
11
Category I
BACHELOR OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES

[UG Programme for Bachelor in Management Studies (Honours) degree in three years]

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE -4 (DSC-4)– : COST AND

MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● The rapidly changing business environment requires managers to make informed decisions.
● This paper will equip the students with cost and management accounting concepts, techniques and
practices which will help them in planning and controlling business operations and management
decision making.

Learning Outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● Understand and distinguish various types of costs in manufacturing and service organizations.
● Determine the costs of products and services.
● Identify relevant costs for decision making and undertake different analysis of various types of
decisions.
● Prepare budgets and analyse variances from standard cost to identify areas in need of control.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-4
Unit 1: Nature, Scope of Management Accounting (9 Hours)
Meaning, nature and scope of Cost Accounting and Management Accounting; Comparison between
Cost Accounting & Management Accounting; Cost Control, Cost Reduction & Cost Management,
Components of Total Cost & Preparation of Cost Sheet. Cost Ascertainment: Cost Unit and Cost
Center. Overheads: Meaning, Cost Drivers, Accumulation, Allocation, Apportionment and
Absorption.

12
Classification of Costs: Fixed, Variable, Mixed Cost; Product, and Period Costs; Direct and Indirect
Costs; Relevant and Irrelevant Costs; Shut-down and Sunk Costs; Controllable, and Uncontrollable
Costs; Avoidable, and Unavoidable Costs; Imputed / Hypothetical/Implicit Costs and Out-of-pocket
Costs; Opportunity Costs; Expired, and Unexpired Costs.

Unit 2: Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis (15 Hours)

Relevant Costs and Decision Making such as: Key Factor, Pricing, Product Profitability, Dropping a
product line, Make or Buy, Export Order, Shut down vs. Continue operations.

Unit 3: Budgets and Budgetary Control (9 Hours)

Meaning, Steps in Budgetary Control, Types of Budgets: Sales budget, Production Budget, Raw
material consumption Budget, Raw Material Purchase Budget, Overhead Budgets, Cash Budget, and
Master Budget. Fixed and Flexible Budgets, Zero based budgeting.

Unit 4: Standard Costing and Variance Analysis (9 Hours)

Meaning of Standard Cost and Standard Costing, Advantages, Limitations and Applications; Material
Cost Variance, Price and Usage Variance and Mix and yield Variance; Labor Cost Variance, Rate and
Usage Variance, Idle time, Mix and Yield variance.

Unit 5: Contemporary Issues in Cost Accounting and Management Accounting (3 Week)

Introduction to the concept of Target Costing, Life Cycle Costing, Quality Costing, and Activity based
Costing.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/Recommended Readings: Latest editions of the following to be used:

1.Horngren's Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis. Pearson.
2. Arora, M.N. (2016) A Textbook of Cost and Management Accounting. Vikas Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd.
3. Maheshwari, S.N. and Mittal, S.N. (2016) Cost Accounting: Theory and Problems. Shree Mahavir
Book Depot.

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Prerequisites of the Course

Course Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility

Pre-requisite
title & Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Code Practice (if any)
Microecon 4 3 1 0 CLASS XII NIL
omics PASS
(DSC 5)

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● To learn application of micro economic concepts and techniques in evaluating business decisions
taken by firms.
● To explain how tools of standard price theory can be employed to formulate a decision problem,
evaluate alternative courses of action and finally choose among alternatives.

Learning outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● Apply the knowledge of the mechanics of supply and demand to explain working of markets.
● Understand the choices made by a rational consumer.
● Explain relationships between production and costs.
● Define key characteristics and consequences of different forms of markets.

SYLLABUS OF DSC- 5
Unit 1: Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium (9 Hours)
Individual demand, market demand, individual supply, market supply, market equilibrium;
Elasticities of demand and supply; Price elasticity of demand, income elasticity of demand, cross
price elasticity of demand, elasticity of supply.

Unit 2: Theory of Consumer Behaviour (12 Hours)

Cardinal utility theory; ordinal utility theory (indifference curves, budget line, consumer choice,
price effect, substitution effect, income effect for normal, inferior and giffen goods).

Unit 3: Producer and Optimal Production Choice (12 Hours)

Optimizing behaviour in short run (product curves, law of diminishing margin productivity, stages of
production); optimizing behaviour in long run (isoquants, isocost line, optimal combination of
resources); traditional theory of cost (short run and long run); modern theory of cost.

14
Unit 4: Market Structures (12 Hours)
Perfect competition: basic features, short run equilibrium of firm/industry, long run equilibrium of
firm/industry, monopoly: basic features, short run equilibrium, long run equilibrium, comparison
with perfect competition, welfare cost of monopoly; price discrimination; monopolistic
competition: basic features, demand and cost, short run equilibrium, long run equilibrium, excess
capacity; oligopoly kinked demand curve model, dominant price leadership model.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Dominick Salvatore (2009). Principles of Microeconomics (5th Edition). OxfordUniversity
Press
2. Pindyck, Rubinfeld and Mehta (2009). Micro Economics (7th Edition) Pearson.

Suggested Readings
1. Lipsey and Chrystal (2008). Economics. (11th Edition). Oxford University Press

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE– 6 (DSC-6): PRINCIPLES OF

MARKETING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility

Pre-requisite
title & Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Code Practice (if any)
Principles 4 3 1 0 CLASS XII NIL
of PASS
Marketing
(DSC 6)

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● This course aims to familiarize students with the marketing function in
organizations.
● It will equip the students with understanding of the Marketing Mix elements and
sensitise them to certain emerging issues in Marketing.

Learning outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● Understand the concept of marketing and related concepts.
15
● An in-depth understanding to various elements marketing mix for effective functioning of an
organization.
● Learn some of the tools and techniques of marketing with focus on Indian experiences,
approaches and cases.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-6
Unit 1:Introduction (12 Hours)
Nature, Scope and Importance of Marketing, Evolution of Marketing; Core marketing concepts;
Company orientation – Production concept, Product concept, Selling concept, Marketing concept,
Holistic marketing concept. Marketing Environment: Demographic, Economic, Political, Legal, Socio
cultural, Technological environment (Indian context); Portfolio approach – Boston Consulting Group
(BCG) matrix.

Unit 2: Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning (12 Hours)

Concept; Levels of Market Segmentation, Basis for Segmenting Consumer Markets; Product
decisions: Concept of Product Life Cycle (PLC), PLC marketing strategies, Product Classification,
Product Line Decision, Product Mix Decision, Branding Decisions, Packaging & Labelling.

Unit 3: Pricing, Promotion and Marketing Channel Decisions (15 Hours)

Pricing Decisions: Determinants of Price, Pricing Methods (Non-mathematical treatment), Adapting
Price. Promotion Decisions: Factors determining promotion mix, Promotional Tools –Fundamentals
of advertisement, Sales Promotion, Public Relations & Publicity and Personal Selling. Marketing
Channel Decision: Channel functions, Channel Levels, Types of Intermediaries: Wholesalers and
Retailers.

Unit 4: Marketing of Services (6 Hours)

Unique characteristics of services, marketing strategies for service firms – 7Ps.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., Agnihotri, P. Y., &UlHaq, E.: Principles of Marketing: A South Asian
Perspective, Pearson.
2. Kotler, P. & Keller, K. L.: Marketing Management, Pearson. (15th Edition)

Suggested readings
1. Ramaswamy, V. S. &Namakumari, S.: Marketing Management: Global Perspective-Indian
Context, Macmillan Publishers India Limited.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

16
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-7): FAMILY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cre Credit distribution of the Eligibili Pre-
dit course ty requisite
s Lectu Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the
re Practice course
Family Business and 4 3 1 0 CLASS NIL
Management (GE 7) XII
PASS

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● Students will develop an understanding of the dynamics of joining a family firm
● Explore and secure values and opportunities within the family business.

Learning outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● To understand the various concepts of family business.
● Plan the growth and sustainability of family business.
● Describe the government support available for business.

SYLLABUS OF GE-7

Unit - 1: Family-Owned Business (12 Hours)

Define family-owned business, nature, importance, and uniqueness of family business. Classic
systems of a family enterprise (the family system, the ownership system, the enterprise
system). Governance systems (enterprise governance, family governance - family council,
owner governance - ownership form); creating a governance structure. Systems approach to
family interaction (triangle, scapegoat, homeostasis, boundaries). Great families in business:
building trust and commitment.

Unit -2: Diagnosing Family Entanglements (12 Hours)

Family genogram. Developing Business family’s genogram, the role of genograms and family
messages to understand the family system. Using the Genogram to identify family scripts and
themes. Family emotional intelligence - The ECI-U Model. Circumplex model of marriage and
family systems (understanding family cohesion and family flexibility), Application of

17
circumplex model, clinical rating scale and developing circumplex model.

Unit - 3: Family-Owned Business and Readiness (12 Hours)

Personal Readiness (Identity, Change in Capacity, Temperament, Health), System Readiness –
Family (Spouse, Children, Extended Family), System Readiness – Business (Enterprise Itself,
Owners, Successors), System Readiness – Social and Cultural Context (Community and
Cultural Norms).

Unit - 4: Succession Planning in Family-Owned Business (9 Hours)

Succession Planning. Advice to successes and successor. Moores and Barrett’s 4L framework
of family business leadership. the future of family business: new leaders of the evolution -
three states of evolution - continuity and culture - changing the culture - commitment
planning - organic competencies and business’s future - thriving through competition -
institutionalizing the change.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Leach, P.: Family Business: The Essentials, Profile Books Ltd.
2. Sudipt Dutta, Family Business in India, Sage Publications, 1997.

Suggested readings
1. DeVries, M. F. K., & Carlock, R. S. (2010). Family Business on the Couch: A Psychological
Perspective. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Hall, A. (2012). Family business dynamics: a role and identity-based perspective. Edward
Elgar Publishing.
3. Gimeno, A., Bualenas, G. and Coma-Cros, J., Family Business Models.
4. De Pontet, S. B. (2017). Transitioning from the Top: Personal Continuity Planning for the
Retiring Family Business Leader. Springer.
5. Liebowitz, B. (2011). The family in business: The dynamics of the family-owned firm.
Business Expert Press.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

18
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-8): FINANCIAL PLANNING FOR
INDIVIDUALS
Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-
ts course y requisite of
Lectu Tutori Practical/ criteria the course
re al Practice
Financial Planning 4 3 1 0 CLASS NIL
For Individuals (GE XII
8)

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● To equip students with the knowledge and practical understanding of important
dimensions of managing one’s personal finance.
● To enable students’ understand and plan their tax liabilities, investments, insurance
coverage, and retirement.

Learning outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● Understand the fundamentals of Personal Financial Planning.
● Learn the basics of managing personal tax liabilities.
● Able to ascertain and choose appropriate insurance policies for managing personal risks.
● Appreciate the importance of choosing the right investments for managing personal
finance.
● Learn the basic concepts and underlying principles for Retirement Planning.

SYLLABUS OF GE-8
Unit -1: Basics of Personal Finance and Tax Planning (12 Hours)
Understanding Personal Finance. Rewards of Sound Financial Planning. Personal Financial
Planning Process. Personal Financial Planning Life Cycle. Making Plans to Achieve Your
Financial Goals. Common Misconceptions about Financial Planning. Personal Tax Planning –
Fundamental Objectives of Tax Planning, Tax Structure in India for Individuals, Common Tax
Planning Strategies – Maximizing Deductions, Income Shifting, Tax-Free and Tax- Deferred
Income.

Unit -2: Managing Insurance Needs (12 Hours)

Insuring Life – Benefits of Life Insurance, Evaluating need for Life Insurance, Determining the
Right Amount of Life Insurance. Choosing the Right Life Insurance Policy – Term Life Insurance,

19
Whole Life Insurance, Universal Life Insurance, Variable Life Insurance, Group Life Insurance,
Other Special Purpose Life Policies. Buying Life Insurance – Compare Costs and Features,
Select an Insurance Company, and Choose an Agent. Life Insurance Contract Features.
Insuring Health – Importance of Health Insurance Coverage. Making Health Insurance
Decision – Evaluate Your Health Care Cost Risk, Determine Available Coverage and Resources,
Choose a Health Insurance Plan. Types of Medical Expense Coverage. Policy Provisions of
Medical Expense Plans. Property Insurance – Basic Principles, Types of Exposure, Principle of
Indemnity, and Coinsurance.

Unit -3: Managing Investments (12 Hours)

Role of Investing in Personal Financial Planning, Identifying the Investment Objectives,
Different Investment Choices. The Risks of Investing, The Returns from Investing, The Risk-
Return Trade-off. Managing Your Investment Holdings – Building a Portfolio of Securities,
Asset Allocation and Portfolio Management, Keeping Track of Investments. Investing in Equity
– Common Considerations, Key Measures of Performance, Types of Equity Stock, Market
Globalization and Foreign Stock, Making the Investment Decision. Investing in Bonds –
Benefits of Investing in Bonds, Bonds Versus Stocks, Basic Issue Characteristics, The Bond
Market, Bond Ratings. Investing in Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) – Concept
of Mutual Funds and ETFs, Benefits of Investing in Mutual Funds or ETFs, Some Important Cost
Considerations, Services Offered by Mutual Funds, Selecting appropriate Mutual Fund and
ETF investments, Evaluating the performance of Mutual Funds and ETF.

Unit 4: Investing in Real Estate and Retirement Planning (9 Hours)

Investing in Real Estate – Some Basic Considerations. Modes of Real Estate Investment – Raw
Land, Commercial Properties, Residential Properties, Real Estate Investment Trusts
(REITs)and Infrastructure Investment Trust (InvITs).
Planning for Retirement – Role of Retirement Planning in Personal Financial Planning, Pitfalls
to Sound Retirement Planning, Estimating Income Needs, Sources of Retirement Income

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Randall S. Billingsley, Lawrence J. Gitman, and Michael D. Joehnk (2017): Personal
Financial Planning. Cengage Learning.
2. Susan M. Tillery, and Thomas N. Tillery: Essentials of Personal Financial Planning.
Association of International Certified Professional Accountants.
Suggested readings -
1. Introduction to Financial Planning (4th Edition 2017) – Indian Institute of Banking &
Finance.
2. Sinha, Madhu. Financial Planning: A Ready Reckoner. July 2017. Mc Graw Hill

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.
20
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-9) INTRODUCTION TO
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-
ts course y criteria requisite of
Lectur Tutori Practical/ the course
e al Practice
Introduction to 4 3 1 0 CLASS NIL
International Business XII PASS
(GE 9)

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● The course would introduce students to international trading and investment environment
● Create awareness about emerging issues such as outsourcing and sustainable development
in the context of international business.

Learning outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● Understand the process of globalization and its impact on growth of international business.
● Appreciate the changing dynamics of the diverse international business environment.
● Analyse the theoretical dimensions of international trade as well as intervention measures
adopted.
● Describe the forms of foreign direct investment and analyse benefits and costs of FDI.
● Demonstrate awareness about emerging issues in international business such as
outsourcing and sustainable development.

SYLLABUS OF GE-9

Unit 1: Introduction to International Business (9 Hours)

Globalization – concept, significance and impact on international business; international
business contrasted with domestic business; complexities of international business;
internationalization stages and orientations; modes of entry into international businesses.

Unit 2: International Trade (12 Hours)

Theories of international trade – Theory of Absolute Advantage theory, Theory of
Comparative Advantage, Factory Proportions theory and Leontief paradox, Product Life Cycle
theory, Theory of National Competitive Advantage; Instruments of trade control.

Unit 3: International Business Environment (12 Hours)

Role of political and legal systems in international business; cultural environment of
21
international business; implications of economic environment for international business.
International Economic Organisations: WTO- functions, structure and scope; World Bank
and IMF.

Unit 4: International Finance and Contemporary Issues (12 Hours)

Types of FDI - Greenfield investment, Mergers & Acquisition, strategic alliances; benefits and
drawbacks of FDI. Overview of Exchange Rate systems. Contemporary issues in international
business: Outsourcing and its potential for India; international business and sustainable
development.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Bennett, R. International Business, Delhi: Pearson.
2. Cavusgil, S. T., Knight, G. & Riesenberger. International Business:
Strategy, Management and the New Realities. Pearson India.
3. Charles, W L Hill & Jain, A. K. International Business, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.

Suggested readings
1. Daniels, J. D., Radenbaugh, L. H. & Sullivan, D. P. International Business, Pearson
Education.
2. Griffin, R. W &Pustay, M. W. International Business - A Managerial Perspective. Prentice
Hall.
3. Menipaz, E., Menipaz A. and Tripathi S.S. International Business : Theory and Practice.
New Delhi. Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to tim

22
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-10) PERSONAL SELLING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credit Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite
s course criteria of the course
Lectur Tutoria Practical/
e l Practice
Personal Selling (GE 4 3 1 0 CLASS XII NIL
10) PASS

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● To familiarize the students with the concept and practice of personal selling process,
techniques and methods in the modern organizational setting.

Learning outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● Understand the concept of personal selling and related terms.
● An in-depth understanding of various stages in the selling process and the catalytic role of
sales persons in the effective functioning of an organization.
● Learn some of the tools and techniques of selling process.

SYLLABUS OF GE-10
Unit 1: Personal Selling (12 Hours)
An overview of personal selling; functions of a sales person, characteristics of a sales person,
Sales as a career. Importance and role of Personal Selling, Building trust and Sales Ethics.

Unit 2: Theories of Selling (9 Hours)

Personal Selling situations; Theories: AIDAS, Right set of circumstances theory, buying formula
theory, Behavioural Equation Theory.

Unit 3: Selling Process (15 Hours)

Prospecting: Need and Methods; Pre approach: Sales Knowledge; Sales presentation:
methods, elements, the approach; Handling Objections: categories and techniques; Closing
the sale: techniques; Post sale follow up, Communication for Relationship Building.

Unit IV: Sales Territory (9 Hours)

Sales territory concept, reasons for establishing sales territories, procedure for setting up
sales territories.
23
Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Charles Futrell: Fundamentals of Selling, McGraw Hill (13th Edition).
2. Still, Cundiff &Govani: Sales Management, Prentice Hall of India (2nd Revised Edition).
3. Charles Futrell, ABC's of Relationship Selling through Service", McGraw Hill Publications
(Latest Edition).

Suggested readings
1. Rolph E. Anderson, Essentials of personal selling: the new professionalism, Prentice Hall,
1995 (3rd Edition)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-11) BASICS OF HUMAN RESOURCE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credit Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite
s course criteria of the course
Lectur Tutoria Practical/
e l Practice
Basics of Human 4 3 1 0 CLASS XII NIL
Resource Management PASS
(GE 11)

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● The objective of this course is to help the students to develop an understanding of the
concept and functions of human resource management.
● The course also aims to explore the recent practices and trends inhuman resource
management.

Learning outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● Enhance the understanding of role of human resource management and explore the
recent trends of human resource management.

24
● Develop an understanding of human resource management functions and practices.
● Enhance awareness of certain important issues in industrial relations.

SYLLABUS OF GE-11
Unit -1: Introduction to Human Resource Management (9 Hours)
Introduction, Concept and Importance of Human Resource Management, Functions and
Role of Human Resource Management; Globalization and its Impact on HR trends of Human
Resource in India; Work life balance; Human Resource Information Systems; Overview of
International HRM polycentric geocentric ethnocentric approaches.

Unit -2: Recruitment and Selection (12 Hours)

Human Resource Planning, Need and process, HR Forecasting Techniques Skill inventories;
Job analysis-Uses, methods, Job description & Job specifications; Recruitment: Factors
affecting recruitment, internal & external sources; Selection process; Orientation: Concept
and process.

Unit -3: Training and Development (12Hours)

Training: Concept, Training Process, Methods of training; Management development:
Concept & Methods; Performance Management System: Concept, uses of performance
appraisal, performance management methods; Career planning: Importance and stages.
Compensation: Components of pay, factors influencing compensation, steps in determining
compensation, job evaluation; Incentives: Importance and types; Benefits: Need, types of
benefits.

Unit -4: Industrial Relations (12 Hours)

Introduction to Industrial Relations; Industrial disputes: concept, causes & machinery for
settlement of disputes; Employee Grievances- concept, causes, grievance redressal
procedure; Discipline-concept, aspects of discipline & disciplinary procedure; Collective
bargaining: concept, process, problems, essentials of effective collective bargaining.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Dessler Gary, Warkkey Biju, Human Resource Management, Pearson.
2. Decenzo and Robbins, Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, John Wiley and
sons.
3. Chhabra T.N, Human Resource Management Concept & Issues, Dhanpat Rai and
company.

Suggested readings
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time
25
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-12) ETHICS AND GOVERNANCE IN
BUSINESS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credit Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite

Code s course criteria of the course
Lectur Tutoria Practical/
e l Practice
Ethics and 4 3 1 0 CLASS XII NIL
Governance in PASS
Business (GE 12)

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
● The objective of this paper is to develop skills for recognizing and analyzing ethical issues
in business and to equip students with moral reasoning for ethical decision making.
● The course aims to acquaint the students with basic concept and standards of corporate
governance.

Learning outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
● Determining ethical dilemmas in common business situation and finding ways to solve it.
● Examine the role of ethics in different functional areas of business.
● Understand the importance of corporate governance in ensuring fairness, accountability
and transparency in the organization.

SYLLABUS OF GE-12
Unit -1: Business Ethics (9 Hours)
Introduction, meaning of ethics, moral and ethics, types of business ethical issues, why ethical
problems occur in business, ethical dilemmas in business; Normative theories – Egoism,
Utilitarianism, Ethics of duty, Ethics of rights and justice, Virtue ethics and ethics of care;
Gandhian Ethics and its relationship with normative theories.

Unit -2: Ethical Issues in Functional Areas of Business (15 Hours)

Finance: ethical issues in accounting, finance, banking, takeovers; Whistle blowing: kinds of
whistle blowing, whistle blowing as morally prohibited, permitted and required, corporate
disclosure; Insider trading.
HRM: Discrimination, affirmative action and reverse discrimination; Inclusion and preferential
hiring; Sexual harassment.
Marketing: Green marketing; Product recalls; Ethics and Advertising.
Production: Safety and acceptable risk;, Product safety and corporate liability; Green
production..

26
Information technology : Cyber-crime; Privacy and internet ethics

Unit -3: Corporate Governance (12 Hours)

Concept, need to improve corporate governance standards, pillars of good governance; Role
played by the Government as a regulator to improve corporate governance with reference
to provisions introduced in the Companies Act. 2013; Board of Directors and their role in
governance; Duties and responsibilities of auditors; Rights and privileges of shareholders,
investor’s problem and protection; Corporate governance rating process and parameters.

Unit -3: Corporate Governance Models and Committees (9 Hours)

Models of corporate governance; Committees on Corporate Governance: UK scenario
(Cadbury Committee), US scenario (Sarbanes Oxley Act), OECD principles; Indian experience:
An overview of recommendations of corporate governance committees in India - CII Code of
Best Practices, Kumar Mangalam Birla Committee, Naresh Chandra Committee, Narayan
Murthy Committee, Kotak Committee, SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2015 with reference to composition and role of Board of Directors, and Role of
independent directors

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended readings
1. Fernando, A.C., “Business Ethics and Corporate Governance”, Pearson Education India.
(Chapter 1, 2)
2. Velasquez, Manuel G.,“Business Ethics- Concepts and Cases”, PHI. (Chapter 1, 2)
3. Fernando, A.C., “Business Ethics – An Indian Perspective”, Pearson. (Chapter 1 to, 4; 9 to
12, 14,15,18))
4. Crane, Andrew and Matten, Dirk., “Business Ethics”, Oxford. (Chapter 1, 7, 8)
5. Ghosh, B N.,“Business Ethics and Corporate Governance,” Mc Graw Hill. (Chapter 8, 9,
11)
6. De George, Richard T., “Business Ethics”, Pearson. (Chapter 3, 4, 13 to 16)
7. Sharma, J. P.,“Corporate Governance, Business Ethics and CSR”, Ane Books. (Chapter 12)
8. Stanwick, Peter and Stanwick, Sarah, “ Understanding Business Ethics”, Sage
Publications. (Chapter 10)
9. Arnold, Denis G., Beauchamp, Tom L., and Bowie, Norman E., “ Ethical Theory and
Business”, Pearson Education ( Chapter 7)

Suggested readings
1. Fernando, A.C.- Business Ethics, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition.
2. Crane, Andrew and Matten, Dirk - Business Ethics, Oxford Publications.
3. Davies, Adrain – Best Practices in Corporate Governance (Gower), Latest Edition.
4. Fernando, A.C. – Corporate Governance :Principles, Policies, and Practices (Pearson
Education).
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time
27
Category I
Bachelor of Business Administration (Financial Investment Analysis) [BBA (FIA)]

(Provide the details of the Discipline Specific Coursesoffered by your department for the UG
Programme with your disciplineas the Single Core Discipline)

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 4 (DSC-4):

COST & MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
& Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Cost & 4 3 1 0 Class XII Nil
Management Pass
Accounting
(DSC-4)
Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
• The rapidly changing business environment requires managers to make informed decisions.
• This paper will equip the students with cost and management accounting concepts, techniques and
practices which will help them in planning and controlling business operations and management
decision making.

Learning Outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
• Understand and distinguish various types of costs in manufacturing and service organizations.
• Determine the costs of products and services.
• Identify relevant costs for decision making and undertake different analysis of various types of
decisions.
• Prepare budgets and analyse variances from standard cost to identify areas in need of control.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-4

Unit 1: Nature, Scope of Management Accounting (12 Hours)

Meaning, nature and scope of Cost Accounting and Management Accounting; Comparison between
Cost Accounting & Management Accounting; Cost Control, Cost Reduction& Cost Management,
Components of Total Cost & Preparation of Cost Sheet. Cost Ascertainment: Cost Unit and Cost
Center. Overheads: Meaning, Cost Drivers, Accumulation, Allocation, Apportionment and
Absorption.

28
Classification of Costs: Fixed, Variable, Mixed Cost; Product, and Period Costs; Direct and Indirect
Costs; Relevant and Irrelevant Costs; Shut-down and Sunk Costs; Controllable, and Uncontrollable
Costs; Avoidable, and Unavoidable Costs; Imputed / Hypothetical/Implicit Costs and Out-of-pocket
Costs; Opportunity Costs; Expired, and Unexpired Costs.

Unit 2: Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis (12 Hours)

Absorption Costing and Marginal costing, Contribution. Profit Volume Ratio, Break-even Analysis:
Break-even Point, Composite Break-even Point, Cash Break-even Point, Margin of safety. Angle of
Incidence.
Relevant Costs and Decision Making such as: Key Factor, Pricing, Product Profitability, Dropping a
product line, Make or Buy, Export Order, Shut down vs. Continue operations.

Unit 3: Budgets and Budgetary Control (9 Hours)

Unit 4: Standard Costing and Variance Analysis (9 Hours)

Unit 5: Contemporary Issues in Cost Accounting and Management Accounting (3 hours)

Introduction to the concept of Target Costing, Life Cycle Costing, Quality Costing, and Activity based
Costing.
Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/Recommended Readings: Latest editions of the following to be used:

Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch, University
of Delhi, from time to time.
29
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 5 (DSC-5): MACROECONOMICS
Credit distribution, Eligibility and Prerequisites of the Course
Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the EligibilityPre-
course criteria requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ of the
Practice course
(if any)
MACROECONOMICS 4 3 1 0 Class XII Nil
(DSC-5) Pass

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
• This course deals with the principles of Macroeconomics.
• The coverage includes determination of and linkages between major economic variables, level of
output and prices, inflation, interest rates and exchange rates.
• The course is designed to study the impact of monetary and fiscal policy on the aggregate behaviour
of individuals.

Learning Outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
• Understand the determination of key macroeconomic variables.
• Describe models of determination of equilibrium outputs, prices and rate of interest.
• Analyse the role of the Government in an economy and examine how it uses its fiscal and
monetary policy to influence macro-economic variables.
• Explain the working of an open economy.

SYLLABUS OF DSC –5

Unit 1: Introduction to Macroeconomics and National Income Accounting (6 Hours)

Origin of macroeconomics; Income, expenditure and the circular flow in three and four
sectoral economies; real versus nominal GDP; price indices; measurements of gross
domestic product; national income accounting for open economy; National Income Identity.

Unit 2: Theory of Income Determination and Interest Rate (18 Hours)

Classical theory of income and employment and Simple Keynesian Theory of Income Determination,
changes in equilibrium, Paradox of Thrift and Investment multiplier.

30
Quantity Theory of Money–Cambridge version, Classical theory of interest rate and Keynesian
Theory of Liquidity Preference and interest rate, Liquidity Trap; Credit Creation and Money
Multiplier

Unit 3: Inflation (9 Hours)

Inflation: meaning; demand and supply side factors; natural rate theory; monetary policy-output
and inflation (monetarist view); Phillips curve: short run and long run.

Unit 4: Balance of Payment and International Trade (12 Hours)

Brief introduction to Balance of Payment (BOP) account; market for foreign exchange and exchange
rate; monetary and fiscal policy in open economy; Mundell Fleming model: perfect capital mobility
and imperfect capital mobility under fixed and flexible exchange rate.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/Recommended Readings
1. Froyen, R. P. (2011): Macroeconomics-theories and policies (8th Edition). Pearson.
2. Dornbusch and Fischer (2010): Macro economics (9th Edition).Tata McGraw Hill.
3. N Gregory Mankiw (2010). Macro economics (7th Edition).Worth Publishers

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

31
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE– 6 (DSC-6): QUANTITATIVE
TECHNIQUES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of

Code course criteria the course(if
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ any)
Practice
QUANTITATIVE 4 3 1 0 Class XII Nil
TECHNIQUES Pass
(DSC-6)

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
• To apprise students with the construction of mathematical models for managerial decision situations
and to use spreadsheets or computer software packages to obtain a solution wherever applicable.
• The emphasis is on understanding the concepts, formulation and interpretation.

Learning Outcomes: After the end of the course, students should be able to
• Identify, formulate and solve Linear Programming Problems graphically, mathematically and by
using excel solver.
• Solve optimization problems like transportation and assignment problem.
• Develop critical thinking and use PERT and CPM techniques to improve decision making.
• Identify different types of decision-making environments and choose the appropriate decision-
making approaches for each.

SYLLABUS OF DSC – 6

Unit 1: Optimization: Linear Programming Problem (12 Hours)

Formulation of Linear Programming Problems, Graphical Solutions (Special cases: Multiple optimal
solution, infeasibility, unbounded solution); Simplex Method, Big-M method and Two-phase
method; Special cases, Duality (emphasis on formulation & economic interpretation); Post-
optimality and Sensitivity Analysis. Applications of linear programming to Marketing, Finance,
Operations Management, Data Envelopment Analysis etc.,
Unit 2: Transportation and Assignment Problem (9 Hours)

32
Transportation Problem: Formulation, Solution by N.W. Corner Rule, Least Cost method, Vogel’s
Approximation Method (VAM), Modified Distribution Method; Degeneracy, Special cases: Multiple
Solutions, Maximization case, Unbalanced case, Prohibited routes.
Assignment Problem: Hungarian Method, Special cases: Multiple Solutions, Maximization case,
Unbalanced case, Restrictions on assignment.
Unit 3: Network Analysis (12 Hours)
Basic Concept, Construction of AOA Network diagram, Critical Path Analysis, float and slack analysis
(Total float, free float, independent float, Safety Float), probability consideration in PERT, Time-Cost
Trade-off in Project.
Unit 4: Decision Theory (12 Hours)
Decision making environment, Construction of Pay off Table, Opportunity Loss Table, Decision under
uncertainty, Decision under Risk: EMV, EOL, EVPI.
Decision under Conflict: Game Theory, Two-person Zero-Sum games, Maximin Minimax Principle,
Games without Saddle point- Mixed strategy, Dominance Rule; Reduction of m x n game and
solution of 2x2, 2 x s, and r x 2 cases by Graphical Method.
Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/Recommended Readings
1. Vohra, N. D., Quantitative Management, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Kanti Swarup, Gupta, P. K., & Man Mohan, Operations Research, Sultan Chand & Sons.

Suggested readings
1. Taylor, B. W., Introduction to Management Science, Pearson India.
2. Hillier, M. S., & Hillier, F. S., Introduction to Management Science, Pearson India.

Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used.

COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-4): FUNDAMENTALS OF ECONOMETRICS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility
Pre-
course criteria requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ of the
Practice course
FUNDAMENTALS OF 4 3 0 1 Class XII Nil
ECONOMETRICS (GE-4) Pass

33
Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
• This course provides a comprehensive introduction to basic econometric concepts and techniques.
• It covers estimation and diagnostic testing of simple, multiple regression models, panel data models,
and dummy variable regression with qualitative response regression models.

Learning Outcomes
The Learning Outcomes of this course are as follows:
• Understanding of basic econometrics and its assumptions and the impact of violations of
classical assumptions.
• Interpretation of functional forms of regression model.
• Understanding of models using dummy variables and Qualitative Response Regression Models.

SYLLABUS OF GE-4

Unit 1 (12 Hours)

Introduction to Econometrics and an overview of its applications; Simple Regression with Classical
Assumptions; Properties of estimators,Least Square Estimation and BLUE, Multiple Regression
Model and Hypothesis Testing Related to Parameters – Simple and Joint. Functional forms of
regression models.

Unit 2 (9 Hours)
Understanding the impact of change in scale of variables on output. Indicators of Goodness of fit of
a model; Understanding and calculation of R Square and adjusted R Square.Understanding and
calculation of information criteria for model selection: AIC, BIC, and HQC. Understanding of outliers
and their impact on the model’s output.

Unit 3 (12 Hours)

Violations of Classical Assumptions: expected value of error term is zero, normality,
multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, and model specification errors, their
identification, their impact on parameters; tests related to and impact on the reliability and the
validity of inferences in case of, violations of Assumptions; methods to take care of violations of
assumptions.

Unit 4 (12 Hours)

Dummy variables: Intercept dummy variables, slope dummy variables, Interactive dummy variables,
Use of Dummy Variables to model qualitative/Binary/Structural changes, Response Regression
Models or Regression Models with Limited Dependent Variables - Use of Logit, and Probit Models.

Practical component (30 Hours) –Recommendation Computer Package to be used: Use of softwares
like E-Views, R, and STATA to solve real-life problems and check assumptions, taking care of

34
assumption violations, and test goodness of fit, and for estimation of Logit, and Probit Models is
recommended.

Essential/Recommended Readings:
1. Christopher Dougherty. Introductory Econometrics. Oxford University Press.
2. Gujarati, N. Damodar. Basic Econometrics. New Delhi: McGraw Hill.
3. Gujarati, N. Damodar. Econometrics by Examples. New Delhi: McGraw Hill.

Suggested Readings:
1. Pindyck, Robert S. and Daniel L. Rubinfeld Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts.
Singapore: McGraw Hill.
2. Ramanathan, Ramu (2002). Introductory Econometrics with Applications (5th ed.). Thomson
South-Western.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

35
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-5): ESSENTIALS OF FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility
Pre-
course criteria requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ of the
Practice course
Essentials of Financial 4 3 1 0 Class XII Nil
Investments (GE-5) Pass

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
• To familiarize students with the essential concepts and fundamentals of financial investments.
• The course will enable them to understand and make informed choice about the various available
financial investment alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the fundamentals of financial investments and the investment decision process.
• Able to compute various measures of risk and return, and understand their role for evaluating
investments.
• Understand and carry out security analysis using different approaches.
• Learn basic approaches to valuation of securities and carry out portfolio analysis.
SYLLABUS OF GE-5

Unit 1: Investments – An Overview (9 Hours)

Concept of Investment, Financial Investment Vs. Real Investment, Investment Vs Speculation,
Objectives of Investment, Risk Return Trade Off, Investment Environment – Overview of Securities
Market and Different Types of Financial Investment. Investment Decision Process, Direct Investing
Vs Indirect Investing, Approaches to Investing – Active Vs Passive. Diversification, Hedging and
Arbitrage.

Unit 2: Risk – Return Analysis (9 Hours)

Concepts of Return and Risk, Types of Return - their Calculation & Utility: Absolute Return, Average
Return, Expected Return, Portfolio Return, Holding Period Return, Effective Annualized Return, Risk-
Adjusted Return. Causes (or Sources) and Types of Risk – Systematic and Unsystematic Risk,
Calculation of Total, Systematic and Unsystematic Risk. Impact of Taxes (discuss relevant provisions
of Income Tax Act, 1961) and Inflation on Investment – Computation of Post Tax and Real Returns.

36
Unit 3: Security Analysis (15 Hours)
Approaches to Security Analysis – Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis, and Efficient Market
Hypothesis (EMH). Fundamental Analysis – EIC Framework, Economic Analysis, Industry Analysis,
and Company Analysis. Technical Analysis – Basic Tenets of Technical Analysis, Tool of Technical
Analysis – Charts, and Technical Indicators, Limitations of Technical Analysis. Difference between
Fundamental Analysis and Technical Analysis. Efficient Market Theory (EMH) – Concept, Forms of
Market Efficiency, Weak Form Hypothesis, Semi Strong Form, and Strong Form of Market Efficiency.
Implications of EMH.

Unit 4: Fundamentals of Valuation and Portfolio Analysis (12 Hours)

Valuation of Equity Shares – Peculiar features of Equity Shares, Dividend Discount Model, Relative
Valuation - Earning Multiplier or Price-Earnings (P/E) Model and Price to Book Ratio; Capital Asset
Pricing Model (CAPM) – its assumptions and limitations. Valuation of Fixed Income Securities – Bond
Fundamentals, Types of Bonds, Determination of Bond Prices and Bond Yield. Portfolio Analysis –
Portfolio Management Process, Portfolio Analysis – Portfolio Risk, Portfolio Return, Markowitz
Model.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/Recommended Readings:
1. Tripathi, Vanita: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Taxmann Publications.
2. Chandra, Prasanna: Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. McGraw Hill Education.

Suggested Readings:
1. Rustagi, R.P., Investment Management. Sultan Chand Publications.
2. Reilly, F. K. & Brown, K.C. Analysis of Investments and Management of Portfolios, Cengage
India Pvt. Ltd.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch, University
of Delhi, from time to time.

37
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-6): PERSONAL FINANCE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
PERSONAL FINANCE 4 3 1 0 Class XII Nil
(GE-6) Pass

Learning Objectives
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
• To equip students with the knowledge and practical understanding of important dimensions of
managing one’s personal finance.
• They would be able to understand and do planning for their tax liabilities, investments, insurance
coverage, and retirement.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the fundamentals of Personal Financial Planning.
• Learn the basics of managing personal tax liabilities.
• Able to ascertain and choose appropriate insurance policies for managing personal risks.
• Appreciate the importance of choosing right investments for managing personal finance.
• Learn the basic concepts and underlying principles for Retirement Planning.

SYLLABUS OF GE-6

Unit 1: Basics of Personal Finance and Tax Planning (12 Hours)

Understanding Personal Finance. Rewards of Sound Financial Planning. Personal Financial Planning
Process. Personal Financial Planning Life Cycle. Making Plans to Achieve Your Financial Goals.
Common Misconceptions about Financial Planning. Financial Planning as a career choice. The
Financial Planning Environment. Personal Tax Planning – Tax Avoidance versus Tax Evasion,
Fundamental Objectives of Tax Planning, Tax Structure in India for Individuals, Common Tax
Planning Strategies – Maximizing Deductions, Income Shifting, Tax-Free and Tax-Deferred Income.

Unit 2: Managing Insurance Needs (12 Hours)

Basics Concepts – Risks, Risk Management and Underwriting. Insuring Life – Benefits of Life
Insurance, evaluating need for Life Insurance, Determining the Right Amount of Life Insurance.
Choosing the Right Life Insurance Policy – Term Life Insurance, Whole Life Insurance, Universal Life
Insurance, Variable Life Insurance, Group Life Insurance, Other Special Purpose Life Policies. Buying
Life Insurance – Compare Costs and Features, Select an Insurance Company, and Choose an Agent.
Life Insurance Contract Features. Insuring Health – Importance of Health Insurance Coverage.
38
Making Health Insurance Decision – Evaluate Your Health Care Cost Risk, Determine Available
Coverage and Resources, Choose a Health Insurance Plan. Types of Medical Expense Coverage.
Policy Provisions of Medical Expense Plans. Property Insurance – Basic Principles, Types of Exposure,
Principle of Indemnity, and Coinsurance.

Unit 3: Managing Investments (12 Hours)

Role of Investing in Personal Financial Planning, Identifying the Investment Objectives, Different
Investment Choices. The Risks of Investing, The Returns from Investing, The Risk-Return Trade-off.
Managing Your Investment Holdings – Building a Portfolio of Securities, Asset Allocation and
Portfolio Management, Keeping Track of Investments. Investing in Equity – Common
Considerations, Key Measures of Performance, Types of Equity Stocks, Market Globalization and
Foreign Stock, Making the Investment Decision. Investing in Bonds – Benefits of Investing in Bonds,
Bonds Versus Stocks, Basic Issue Characteristics, The Bond Market, Bond Ratings. Investing in
Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) – Concept of Mutual Funds and ETFs, Benefits of
Investing in Mutual Funds or ETFs, Some Important Cost Considerations, Services Offered by Mutual
Funds, Selecting appropriate Mutual Fund and ETF investments, Evaluating the performance of
Mutual Funds and ETF.

Unit 4: Investing in Real Estate and Retirement Planning (9 Hours)

Planning for Retirement – Role of Retirement Planning in Personal Financial Planning, Pitfalls to
Sound Retirement Planning, Estimating Income Needs, Sources of Retirement Income.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/Recommended Readings:
1. Randall S. Billingsley, Lawrence J. Gitman, and Michael D. Joehnk (2017): Personal Financial
Planning. Cengage Learning.
2. Susan M. Tillery, and Thomas N. Tillery: Essentials of Personal Financial Planning. Association of
International Certified Professional Accountants.

Suggested Readings:
1. Introduction to Financial Planning (4th Edition 2017) – Indian Institute of Banking & Finance.
2. Sinha, Madhu. Financial Planning: A Ready Reckoner. July 2017. Mc Graw Hill

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

39
BA (Hons.) Multi Media and Mass Communication
Communication Research
DSC – 4

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
Communication 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL
Research Pass
Course Objectives

1. To understand the role and functions of media research: aims, subjects, fields, primary and
secondary sources.
2. To introduce various methodologies of research.
3. To introduce ways of analysing data generated by different kinds of research.
4. To develop a research proposal for academic and professional purposes.

Course Learning Outcomes

i. Undertaking research for mass communication, understanding objectives.

ii. Data collection and ethics of research.
iii. Understand the various methodologies of research.
iv. Develop a research proposal: structured format, citation of sources.

Unit 1: Introduction to Communication Research (12 Hours)

● Definition, Role and Functions of Research

● Role of Theory in Research
● Primary and Secondary Data
● Types of Communication Research: Market Research, Consumer Research, Media Research,
Archival Research, Online Research and Opinion Polls

Unit 2: Research Methodology (18 Hours)

● Quantitative and Qualitative Methodology

● Quantitative Methods: Survey, Sample, Questionnaire Design
● Qualitative Methods: Content Analysis, Ethnographic Methods, Interview
● Tools of Data Analysis: Presentation and Visualisation of Data

Unit 3: Developing a Proposal (15 Hours)

● Research Objectives, Aims and Questions, Review of Literature
● Feasibility: Field Access, Size of Sample, Time and Funding

40
● Ethical Issues and Questions: Informed consent, privacy issues, protection of sources,
anonymity, Human Rights, IPR- Permission, Acknowledgement, Plagiarism
● Budget, Bibliography and Citation

References

Essential Readings

● Berger, A. A. (1998). Media research techniques. London: Sage.

● Hansen, A. (2011). Mass communication research methods. London: Sage.
● Kothari, C. R. (2004). Research methodology methods & techniques. New Delhi: New Age
International
● Wimmer, R. D., & Dominick, J. R. (2009). Mass media research: An introduction. New York:
Thomson Wadsworth.

Additional Resources:

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

41
Still Photography
DSC – 5

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
Still Photography 4 2 0 2 Class XII NIL
Pass

Course Objectives

1. To train students with hands-on skills using different types of still cameras.
2. To train them for digital editing and manipulation in photography.
3. To familiarize students with the contemporary image making techniques.
4. To make them understand the theoretical perspective behind politics of an image.
5. To prepare students to use photography as a tool of creative expression.

Course Learning Outcomes

i. Understanding and interpreting the photograph as a historical and technological artefact.

ii. Familiarity with the elements of a still cameras and techniques of their usage.
iii. Production with a still camera.
iv. Skill acquisition of lighting techniques and digital editing for photography.
v. Production of a theme based photography project.

Unit 1: The Photograph (8 Hours)

● Photography, Photograph and Culture

● The Black and White; Colour and its Impact
● Image and Text: The Captioned Photo
● The Photograph in Virtual Spaces: Instagram, Pinterest, Snapchat, Flickr

Unit 2: Camera- Controls and Tools (10 Hours)

● Image and the Camera

● Photographic Optics: Lenses- Types and Specifications
● Exposure: Aperture, Shutter Speed, ISO, Depth of Field, Perspective, Use of Filters
● Camera Settings: Menu and Resolution
● Shooting Modes: Point and Shoot, SLR, DSLR, SLD, SLT, Mirrorless and Mobile

Unit 3: Lighting Techniques and Editing (12 Hours)

● Fundamental Lighting Concepts and Techniques: Colour Temperature and On-camera Flash
42
● White Balance and its Uses
● External Lighting Techniques
● Digital Editing: Adobe Photoshop, Lightroom, Apps and Open Sources

Practical (60 Hours):

• Hands-on with a DSLR and other professional-grade camera

• Application of Lighting Techniques and understanding Equipment in photograph
• Enhancing Skills in Digital photo Editing and other manipulation techniques using different
software applications and mobile applications
• Improving skills in using mobile phones for digital photography applications

References

Essential Readings

● Ang, T. (2018). Digital photography: an introduction. United Kingdom: Dorling Kindersley

Limited.

● Barthes, R., & Dyer, G. (2010). Camera lucida: Reflections on photography. United
Kingdom: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.

● Barthes, R. (1977). Image, music, text. United Kingdom: Fontana Press.

● Berger, J. (2008). Ways of seeing. United Kingdom: Penguin Books Limited.
● Fox, A. (2015). Langford's basic photography: The guide for serious photographers. United
States: Taylor & Francis.
● Edwards, S. (2006). Photography: A very short introduction. United Kingdom: OUP
Oxford.
● Sontag, S. (2008). On Photography. Penguin.

Additional Resources:

● Berger, J., & Dyer, G. (2013). Understanding a photograph. Penguin.

● Adams, A. (2018). The Camera. United States: Little, Brown.

● Szarkowski, J. (2007). The Photographer's Eye. United Kingdom: Museum of Modern Art.
● Smith, R. S., Fox, A., & Langford, M. (2007). Langford's basic photography: The guide for
serious photographers. Germany: Elsevier/Focal Press.
● Kelby, S. (2020). The digital photography book. United States: Rocky Nook, Inc.

43
Teaching Learning Process

● Blended, interactive classroom teaching

● Hands-on equipment use in the Photography Lab
● Hands-on software training in the Multi Media Lab
● Production of photography Project
● Workshops
● Internships

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

44
DESIGNING VISUAL COMMUNICATION
DSC – 6

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
Designing Visual 4 2 0 2 Class XII NIL
Communication Pass

Course Objectives

1. To train students to understand various visual mediums of design.

2. To develop skills to use and interpret graphics for communication.
3. To understand the function of various design elements used for effective visual
communication.
4. To acquire comprehensive skills in designing and creating layouts using manual techniques.
Course Learning Outcomes
i. Understanding of graphics and images as visual communication.
ii. Design and graphics as communication.
iii. Acquiring comprehensive skills in designing.
iv. Capacity to use acquired skills and knowledge to produce a book cover/ poster

Unit 1: Communication and Graphics (8 Hours)

● What is Visual Communication?

● Elements and Principles of Design
● Roles and Responsibilities of a Graphic Designer
● Ethical Issues and Legal Implications in Visual Communication: Morphing and
Manipulation

Unit 2: Colour Theory and Typography (10 Hours)

● Introduction to the Theory of Colours: Primary, Secondary and Tertiary

● Colour Composition and Schemes
● Font Types and Font Families
● Character Settings in a Design

Unit 3: Technology in Visual Communication (12 Hours)

● File Formats of Images

● Vector, Raster and Bitmap Graphics
● Working with Images

45
● Visual Communication: Photographs, Traditional and Folk Media, Films, Radio, Television
and New Media

Practical (60 Hours):

• Visual Communication Warm Up- Exercise on Ideation : On a blank sheet of paper, make
a random mark…a squiggle, pass the sheet to the person on your right, take the sheet from
the person on your left and add something more…whatever occurs to you. Continue
drawing and passing the sheets for about 3 minutes. Keep it moving! Objective- Only basic
information is needed to convey the idea.

• Exercise on Elements of design- Create a Line Drawing using basic elements of design

• Exercise on design Principles & Colour Theory- Draw a Poster using negative and
positive space, colour it using primary colours.

• Exercise on Typography- Type/ create a font in an image style.

• Exercise on Illustration- Illustrate 5 phrases you hear at College

• Group Activity - Storytelling exercise using shapes

•
Think of visuals as a language that has its own alphabet made up of basic shapes like squares and
circles. Combine simple drawings to form visual words, sentences, and more complex thoughts like
stories.

References

Essential Readings

● Davis, M. (2012). Graphic design theory. London: Thames and Hudson. Ohio
● Joss, M., & Nelson, L. (1977). Graphic design tricks and techniques: North Light Books.
● Sarkar, N. N. (2012). Art and print production. Canada: Oxford University Press.
● Villamil, J., & Molina, L. (1999). Multimedia: An introduction. Indianapolis: Que
Education.
● White, A. W. (2002). Elements of graphic design: Space, unity, page architecture, and type.
New York, NY: Allworth Press.

Additional Resources:
Suggested Readings

● Ambrose, G., & Harris, P. (2019). Design thinking for visual communication. Bloomsbury
Visual Arts.
● Lester, P. M. (2021). Visual communication: Images with messages. Lex Publishing.

E-resources

46
● http://design.tutsplus.com/graphic Design Illustration Tutorials
● http://www.springer.com/in/book/9783540673262
● https://stuyhsdesign.wordpress.com/web-design/elements-and-principles-of-design/
● https://99designs.com/blog/tips/principles-of-
design/?clickid=yodxCa3ROxyLW2ZwUx0Mo3Z0UkBxWtS7kziWXI0&utm_medium=27

Teaching Learning Process

● Blended, interactive classroom teaching
● Media-lab work
● Hands on Software Training
● Class work application demos
● Production of Book Cover/ Poster/ Brochure
● Internships

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

47
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVE

Public Service Broadcasting

GE – 2
Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
Public Service 4 3 1 0 Class XII NIL
Broadcasting Pass

Course Objectives

1. To know about the global overview of Public Service Broadcasting.

2. To understand the functioning and role of various government agencies like Prasar Bharati,
AIR, Doordarshan, Films Division etc.
3. To know about the latest technology adopted in various Public Service Broadcasting agencies.
4. To have an understanding about the global revenue models of Public Service Broadcasting.

Course Learning Outcomes

i. Understanding the concept of Public Service Broadcasting

ii. Critical evaluation of global revenue models in Public Service Broadcasting
iii. Understanding of role and functions of Prasar Bharati and other agencies

Unit 1: Introduction to Public Service Broadcasting (15 Hours)

● Global Overview of Public Service Broadcasting

● Model Public Service Broadcasting Law, UNESCO
● Public Service Model in India: An Overview
● Early Public Service Broadcasting in India: Prasar Bharati, All India Radio, Doordarshan,
Films Division

Unit 2: Revenue Models of PSB (15 Hours)

● Government Grants Model

● License Fee Model
● Hybrid Model
● Advertising Model

Unit 3:Public Service Broadcasting in the Digital Age (15 Hours)

● Radio and the Digital Age

● PSB Television and Webcasting
● Direct to Home Public Service Broadcasting
48
● Curriculum Broadcasting in the Digital Age: E-pathshalas

References

Essential Readings

● Chatterji, P. C. (1991). Broadcasting in India. New Delhi: Sage.

● Ghosal, H. R. (1962). An outline history of the Indian people. Delhi: Publications Division,
Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Govt. of India.
● Saxena, A. (2011). Radio in new avatar: AM to FM. New Delhi: Kanishka, Distributors.

Additional Resources:
Suggested Readings

● Fleming, C. (2010). The radio handbook. London: Routledge.

● Luthra, H. R. (1986). Indian broadcasting. New Delhi: Publications Division, Ministry of
Information and Broadcasting, Govt. of India.
● Natarajan, J. (1955). History of Indian journalism. Delhi: Publications Division, Ministry of
Information and Broadcasting.

E-resources
● http://osou.ac.in/eresources/Deveopment%20of%20Public%20Srvice%20Bradcasting%20in
%20India.pdf
● https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000141584

Teaching Learning Process

● Blended, interactive classroom teaching

● Illustrations with vase studies
● Multi-media students presentations
● Self-study
● Written assignment

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

REGISTRAR

49
UNIVERSITY OF DELHI
CNC-II/093/1(25)/2023-24/65

Dated: 29.05.2023

NOTIFICATION
Sub: Amendment to Ordinance V
[E.C Resolution No. 60/ (60-1-9) dated 03.02.2023]
Following addition be made to Appendix-II-A to the Ordinance V (2-A) of the
Ordinances of the University;
Add the following:
Syllabi of Semester-III of the Department of Finance & Business Economics under
Faculty of Applied Social Sciences & Humanities based on Under Graduate
Curriculum Framework -2022 implemented from the Academic Year 2022-23.

Bachelor of Business Administration (Financial Investment Analysis) [BBA (FIA)]

(FASSH)
DSC 7: CORPORATE FINANCE
Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course
Course title Credit Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
& Code s criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice (if any)

DSC 7: 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

CORPORAT
E FINANCE

Course Objectives:
• To provide an understanding of the essential elements of the financial environment in
which the business firm operates.
• To acquaint students with the techniques of financial management and it’s
applications for business decision making.
• It aims to give and develop in the students the viewpoint of the CFO of a firm, though
it will also be useful in developing relevant skills for various strategic finance roles
in the modern business entities.

1
Learning Outcome:
After studying this course, the student will be able to:
• Understand the basic concepts of financial management.
• Understand how to coordinate various decisions to maximize wealth of an
organisation in today`s financial environment.
• Equipped to arrive at strategic corporate finance decisions with the required accuracy
which will be aided by using various excel functions.

Course Contents:
Unit 1 (8 Hours)
Nature of Financial Management: Finance and related disciplines; Scope of Financial
Management; Profit Maximization, Wealth Maximization. Functions of Finance – Finance
Decision, Investment Decision, Dividend Decision; Risk-Return Trade-off in Finance
Functions. Organisation of finance function; Concept of Time Value of Money – present value,
future value, annuity, growing annuity, perpetuity, growing perpetuity, excel functions of time
value of money.

Unit 2 (16 Hours)

Strategic Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting– Nature and meaning of capital

budgeting; Principles and Process; Estimation of relevant cashflows and terminal value;
Evaluation techniques– Payback period, Accounting Rate of Return, Payback Period, Net
Present Value, Internal Rate of Return & MIRR, NPVvs.IRR, Net Terminal Value, Profitably
Index Method, Risk analysis in Capital Budgeting-Sensitivity and Scenario analysis, Certainty
Equivalent Approach, RADR, Real options, excel functions of capital budgeting techniques.
Cost of Capital: Meaning and concept, Measurement of cost of capital-Cost of debt; Cost of
Equity Share; Cost of Preference Share; Cost of Retained Earning; Computation of over-all
cost of capital based on Historical and Market weights(WACC); Adjusting cost of capital for
risk.

Unit 3 (12 Hours)

Strategic Financing Decisions – Capital Structure, Theories and Value of the firm –
NetIncome approach, Net Operating Income approach, Traditional approach, Modigliani
Miller (MM) model, HAMADA model; Determining the optimal capital structure, Checklist
for capital structure decisions, Costs of bankruptcy and Financial distress, Trade off models,
Pecking Order Theory.
Leverage analysis and EBIT-EPS Analysis: Concept of leverage, Types of leverage:
Operating leverage, Financial leverage, Combined leverage; EBIT-EPS Analysis, Guidelines
for capital structure planning, Link between capital structure and capital budgeting
Dividend Decisions: Factors determining dividend policy, Theories of dividend – Gordon
model, Walter model, MM Hypothesis, Signaling Theory, Forms of dividend–Cash dividend,
Bonus shares, Stock split, Dividend policies in practice, Patterns observed in payout policies
worldwide.

Unit 4 (9 Hours)

2
Working Capital Management
Working Capital Management: Determination of Working Capital. Determining financing mix
of working capital. Receivables Management – Objectives; Credit Policy, Cash Discount,
Debtors Outstanding and Ageing Analysis; Costs – Collection Cost, Capital Cost, Default Cost,
Delinquency Cost. Management of Cash (Theory only) – Need for Cash, Cash Management
Techniques (Lock box,Concentration Banking). Inventory Management (Theory only) – ABC
Analysis; Minimum Level; Maximum Level; Reorder Level; Safety Stock; EOQ (Basic
Model).

Essential Readings: (Latest editions of the following to be used)

1. Berk, J., & DeMarzo, P. (5th ed.).Corporate Finance, Pearson - Prentice Hall.
2. Horne, J. C. V., & Wachowicz, J. M., Jr. (13th ed.). Fundamentals of Financial
Management. Prentice Hall, Pearson Education.
3. Pandey, I. M. (n.d.). Financial Management. Pearson.

Additional Readings:
1. Khan, M.Y. & Jain, P.K.(n.d.) Financial Management Text Problem and Cases, Tata Mc
Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
2. Brealey, R.R., Myers.S., Allen, F.,&Mohanty, P.(n.d.)Principles of Corporate Finance.
New Delhi: Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
Teaching – Learning Process
The teaching-learning process for this paper would include classroom lectures and tutorials;
Case study discussions; class presentations; Workshops.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words
Finance, Capital Budgeting, Wealth Maximization, Cost of Capital, Dividends, Leverage.

3
DSC 8: FINANCIAL MARKETS & INSTITUTIONS
Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Code criteria the course (if any)
Lecture Tutorial Practical/

Practice

DSC 8: 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

FINANCIAL
MARKETS &
INSTITUTIONS

Course Objectives:

• The objective of this paper is to introduce students to role and functioning of

financialmarkets,financialproductsthataretradedinsuchfinancialmarketsandinstitutions
associatedwithfinancialmarkets.
• It explains the role of financial system on economic development. Various conceptual
issues related to risk and return, the role of regulatory bodies, mechanism of commercial
banking, operations of insurance companies and mutual funds are discussed
elaborately. This will enable them to take the rational decision in financial environment.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course, the student will be able to:
• Financial architecture of an economy and its keyplayers.
• The fabrication of Indian Financial markets.
• Working of Capital market, debt market, money market in India
• FunctioningofdifferentplayersinfinancialmarketincludingRegulators.

Course Contents:
Unit1: IndianFinancialSystemand majorInstitutions (12 Hours)
Structure of Indian Financial System: An overview of the Indian financial system, major
reforms in the last decade: Payment banks, GST, innovative remittance services, Insolvency
and Bankruptcy code. Regulatory Institutions in India: RBI, SEBI, IRDA, PFRDA.
Commercial Banking: Role of Banks, NPA, Risk Management in Banks. Universal Banking:
need and importance, Core banking solution (CBS), NBFCs and its types; comparison between
Banks and NBFCs.
Unit 2: Financial Markets in India (9 Hours)
Introduction to Financial Markets in India: Role and Importance of Financial Markets, Types
of Financial Markets: Money Market; Capital Market; Linkages Between Economy and
Financial Markets, Integration of Indian Financial Markets with Global Financial Markets,
Primary Market: Instruments, book building process (numerical). Merchant Bank: role and
types, Mutual Fund: types of Mutual Funds and different types of schemes. Corporate

4
Listings:Listing and Delisting of Corporate Stocks, Foreign Exchange Market: Introductory,
only Conceptual.
Unit 3: Capital Market in India (12 Hours)
Introduction to Stock Markets, Regional and Modern Stock Exchanges, International Stock
Exchanges, Demutualization of exchanges, Indian Stock Indices and their construction. Major
Instruments traded in stock markets: Equity Shares, Debentures, Exchange Traded Funds.
Trading of securities on a stock exchange; Selection of broker, capital and margin
requirementsofabroker,MTMandVARMargins(withnumerical),kindsofbrokers,openingofanac
counttotradeinsecurities,DEMATSystem,placinganorderforpurchase/sale of shares, contract
note and settlementof contracts, Commodity Markets – Structure.
Unit4: MoneyMarkets&DebtMarketsinIndia (12 Hours)
MoneyMarket:Meaning,roleandparticipantsinmoney markets,Segmentsofmoneymarkets, Call
Money Markets, Repos and reverse Repo concepts, Treasury Bill Markets, Certificateof
Deposit and Commercial Paper (with numerical). Debt Market: Introduction and meaning,
Primary Market for Corporate Securities in India:Issue of Corporate Securities,
Secondarymarket for government/debt securities (NDS-OM), Auction process (with
Numerical), CorporateBondsvs. Government Bonds. Retail Participation in Money and Debt
Market-RBI Retail Direct platform.
Essential Readings
1. Bhole, L. M., & Mahakud, J. (2018). Financial Institutions and Markets: Structure,
Growth and Innovations (6th Edition). McGraw Hill Education.
2. Saunders, A., & Cornett, M. M. (2007). Financial Markets and Institutions (3rd ed.). Tata
McGraw Hill.
3. Pathak, B. V. (2008). Indian Financial System: Markets, Institutions and Services (2nd
ed.). Pearson Education.
4. Khan, M. Y. (n.d.). Financial Services. McGraw Hill Education.
AdditionalReadings:
1. Madura, J. (2008). Financial Institutions and Markets. Cengage Learning EMEA.
2. Kohn, M. G. (2004). Financial Institutions and Markets. Oxford University Press.
3. Fabozzi, F. J., & Modigliani, F. (2005). Capital Markets: Institutions and Markets (3rd
ed.). Prentice Hall of India.

Teaching Learning Process: Lecture, discussion, Power Point presentations, Course

Contents: may be discussed in light of latest SEBI regulations and RBI guidelines.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words: Indian Financial System, Financial Markets, Financial Institutions, Capital
Market, Money Market, Debt Markets.

5
DSC 9: CORPORATE LAW
Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Code criteria the course (if any)
Lecture Tutorial Practical/

Practice

DSC 9: 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

CORPORATE
LAW

Course Objective(s):

In view of increasing emphasis on adherence to norms of good corporate governance, Company

Law assumes an added importance in the corporate legislative it deals with structure,
management, administration and conduct of affairs of Companies and to understand the
applications of company laws to practical commercial situations.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course, the student will be able to:
• Identify the different types of contracts and their characteristics.
• Analyze special contracts such as contract of indemnity and guarantee, bailment and
pledge, and agency.
• Acquire theoretical and practical perspective on many aspects of Indian companies Act.
• Understand the concept of formation, functioning, meetings, directors and winding off of
company.
• Develop critical thinking through the use of company law cases.
• Understand consequences of applicability of contract and Insolvency and bankruptcy laws
in business situations.

Course Contents:
Unit 1 (16 Hours)
The Indian Contract Act 1872:Meaning and Essentials of contract; Kinds of contract; law
relating to offer and acceptance, consideration, competency to contract, free consent, void
agreements, performance of contracts, discharge of contracts, breach of contracts and quasi
contract; Special contracts: contract of indemnity and guarantee, bailment and pledge, and
agency.

Unit 2 (12 Hours)

The Companies Act 2013:Meaning and Nature of Company with Emphasis on its Advantages
and Disadvantages over other forms of Business organizations, Comparison between Company

6
and Partnership and Company and Limited Liability Partnership, Kinds of Companies–Public,
Private, Holding, Subsidiary, Limited and Unlimited Companies, Share-holding and Guarantee
Companies, Small company, One person company, Government company and foreign
company.

Unit 3 (12 Hours)

Incorporation and Documents of Company; Incorporation of Company, Procedure of
registration, Certificate of Incorporation, Promoters and their position, Powers, Duties and
Liabilities; Memorandum of Association (MOA), Articles of Association (AOA), Alteration of
MOA and AOA; Prospectus and its Kinds, Directors: Duties of Directors and their Criminal
and Civil liabilities.
Company meetings: Kinds of Meetings, Essential Conditions of a Valid Meeting, Procedure
for Calling Company Meeting; Adjudicatory Bodies: National Company Law Tribunal;
National Company Law Appellate Tribunal – Constitution, Powers, Jurisdiction, Procedure;
Winding up of Companies.
Unit 4 (5 Hours)
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016:Introduction of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code
2016 (IBC), purpose behind enactment of IBC, regulatory mechanism, Insolvency Process,
Adjudicating authority, Committee of creditors, Reorganization, Liquidation.

Essential Readings:
1. Singh, A. (n.d.). Principles of Mercantile Law. Eastern Book Company.
2. Kapoor, G. (n.d.). Business Law. New Age International Pvt. Ltd Publishers.
3. Maheshwari, M., & Maheshwari, S. (n.d.). Principles of Mercantile Law. National
Publishing Trust.
4. Aggarwal, R. (n.d.). Mercantile & Commercial Law. Taxmann.

Teaching – Learning Process: Lecture, Discussion, Presentations, Course contents shall be

discussed in the light of relevant case laws.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words: Indian Contract Act, Companies Act, Insolvency and Bankruptcycode.

7
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE (DSE) COURSES

DSE 1: PROJECT APPRAISAL AND FINANCING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
the course
Practice (if any)

DSE 1: PROJECT 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

APPRAISAL AND
FINANCING

Course Objectives:

• To provide an understanding to the students about identification of a project, feasibility

analysis, alternative project appraisal techniques, Project financing.

Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• Apply various methods of project Appraisal.
• Use Capital Budgeting techniques for financial evaluation and selection of Projects.
• Understand the concept and application of Social Cost and Benefit Analysis.
• Carry out Risk Analysis for business projects and identify alternative sources of financing.
• Apply appraisal techniques for evaluating live projects.

Course Contents

Unit 1: Introduction to Projects and their Appraisal (9 Hours)

Project Definition, Project Identification, Project Life Cycle, Project Stakeholder Analysis,
Feasibility study.Types of Project Appraisal (Brief Overview): Market and Demand Analysis,
Technical Appraisal, Financial Appraisal, Economic Appraisal, Managerial Appraisal, and
Social Appraisal.
Unit 2: Financial and Social Appraisal (15 Hours)
Project Cost and its components, Investment Evaluation Methods (Non-Discounting and
Discounting Methods): Payback Period, Accounting Rate of Return, Discounted Payback
Period,Net Present Value, Profitability Index, Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Modified Internal
Rate of Return (MIRR). Suitability of Methods to different Projects, Investment Evaluation in
Practice. Social Appraisal: Rationale for Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Approaches of SCBA

8
(UNIDO and Little-Mirrlees Approach), Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Social
Impact Assessment (SIA) of Projects. Relevant Case Studies.
Unit 3: Project Risk Analysis (12 Hours)
Risk Analysis and Management: Sources and Measures of Risk. Methods of Assessing Risk –
Sensitivity Analysis, Scenario Analysis, Break-Even Analysis, Simulation Analysis, Decision
Tree Analysis, Project Selection under Risk – Judgmental Evaluation, Payback Period, Risk
Adjusted Discount Rate Method, Certainty Equivalent Method, Strategies for Risk
Management.
Unit 4: Project Financing (9 Hours)
Capital Structure; Choices of Financing; Sources of Financing – Internal Accruals, Equity
Capital, Preference Capital, Debentures (or Bonds), Term Loans, Venture Capital, Private
Equity, Venture Capital Vs Private Equity, Loan Syndication, Consortium Financing, Public
Private Partnership (PPP), Securitization, Crowd Funding; Raising Capital from International
Markets: Foreign Issue, Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), External Commercial Borrowings
(ECB).
Essential Readings:
1. Chandra, P: Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation, and
Review. 2019 Edition. McGraw Hill Education.
2. Agrawal, R., & Mehra, Y. S. (2017). Project Appraisal and Management. Taxman
Publications.
Additional Readings:
1. Goodpasture, C.JQuantitative Methods in Project Management. J. Ross Publishing.
2. Chandra, P,Financial Management: Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Publishing.

Teaching Learning Process:

Key Words
Project Appraisal, Market and Demand Analysis, Technical Appraisal, Financialand
Investment Appraisal, Risk Analysis, Socio-Economic Appraisal, Project Financing.

9
DSE 2: DIGITAL FINANCE
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE
Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
criteria requisite of
Lecture
the course
(if any)

DSE 2: DIGITAL FINANCE 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

Course Objective(s): The goal of the course is to get the students acquainted with the dramatic
changes in the financial sector generated by the digital revolution.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course the student will get the:
• Understanding of the nature of digital revolution in finance.
• Knowledge of key digital technologies and products, and state reaction to the digital
revolution.
• Knowledge of FinTech, big data analytics and new financial business models.

Course Contents:
Unit 1: Digital Transformation of Finance (4 Hours)
A Brief History of Financial Innovation, Digitization of Financial Services, Introduction to
FinTech & Funds, FinTech Transformation, FinTech Typology, Collaboration between
Financial Institutions and Start-ups. Introduction to Regulation and future of RegTech.
Crowdfunding- Role of finance in economy, the role of financial intermediaries, Types and
functioning of crowdfunding markets, Differences between traditional funding models and
crowdfunding markets, Informational problems in the crowdfunding model.

Unit 2: Payment Systems (9 Hours)

Digitalization of the payment system. The historical evolution of the payment system.,
Attributes of a well-functioning payment system., Banks as guarantors of the payment system,
new entrants and new payment models: risks for the banking system. FinTech applications in
Banking & Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs); Insurance; payments; Lending;
Audit; and Compliance. Electronic Clearing Service (ECS) ,Real Time Gross Settlement
(RTGS), National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT), Immediate Payment Service (IMPS),
Unified Payments Interface (UPI), Growth of Digital Payments in India, RBI guidelines on
Digital Payments.

Unit 3: Crypto Assets and Blockchains (16 Hours)

10
currency and blockchain and issuers incentive problems; Proptech: FinTech of Real Estate;
Possible alternative uses of blockchain technology in the economy and difficulties in its
implementation. Use of bitcoin in money laundering., The regulatory debate. Introduction of
Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC). Other Emerging Financial Technologies: Internet of
things (IOT) & AR/VR applications.

Unit 4: FinTech, Big Data Analytics, and new Financial Business Models (16 Hours)
The use of data in traditional credit decisions, the combination of big data and machine learning
to improve financing decisions., Smart accounts, customized financial products, risk
management and fraud prevention., High frequency trading: opportunities and risks.
Digital security, Challenge of confidentiality, integrity and availability, Digital securities as a
new systemic risk in the economy. Regulations on cybersecurity. Latest development in the
field of Digital Finance.

Essential Readings:
1. Lynn, T., Mooney, J. G., Rosati, P., & Cummins, M. (2019). Disrupting finance:
FinTech and strategy in the 21st century. Springer Nature.
2. Beaumont, P. H. (2019). Digital Finance: Big Data, Start-ups, and the Future of
Financial Services. Routledge.
Additional Readings:
1. Phadke, S. (2020). FinTech Future: The Digital DNA of Finance. Sage Publications.
2. Maese, V. A., Avery, A. W., Naftalis, B. A., Wink, S. P., & Valdez, Y. D. (2016).
Cryptocurrency: A primer. Banking LJ, 133, 468.
Teaching – Learning Process:
Lecture, discussion, Power Point presentations, Case Studies, Workshop, Tutorials.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words
Crowdfunding, Bitcoin, Blockchain Technology, Fintech, Digital Security, Cryptocurrency.

11
DSE 3: INSURANCE MANAGEMENT
Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
criteria requisite
Lecture
of the
course (if
any)

DSE 3: INSURANCE 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

MANAGEMENT

Course Objectives: To enable students to identify and manage different types of risks. They
will be able to understand the concepts, types and principles of Insurance. Further, they will
know the important aspects and technical components of management of Insurance business.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
● identify and analyze various types of risks faced by individuals and businesses, evaluate
the role and importance of insurance in mitigating these risks, and differentiate between
different types of insurance
● understand the principles of risk management, techniques for managing risks, and legal
principles governing insurance contracts, and develop an understanding of real-world
risk management scenarios.
● understand the legal Characteristics and components of insurance contracts,
underwriting principles, claims settlement process, and the regulatory framework of
the insurance industry in India.
● comprehend the different aspects of insurance business management, including
reinsurance, alternative risk transfer, investments, rate-making, coinsurance, and
important provisions of insurance policies.

Course Contents
Unit 1: Insurance and Risk (12 Hours)
Risk – Definitions of Risk, Chance of Loss, Peril and Hazard, Classification of Risk, Major
Personal Risks and Commercial Risks, Burden of Risk on Economy and Society. Insurance –
Definition of Insurance, Basic Characteristics of Insurance, Law of Large Numbers,
Characteristics of an Ideally Insurable Risk, Benefits and Costs of Insurance to Society. Life
and General Insurance: Types, Difference between Life and General insurance.

Unit 2: Insurance Principles & Risk Management (12 Hours)

12
Legal Principles – Principle of Indemnity, Principle of Insurable Interest, Principle of
Subrogation, Principle of Utmost Good Faith. Requirements of an Insurance Contract.

Unit 3: Insurance Company Operations (12 Hours)

Requirements of anInsurance Contract, Distinct Legal Characteristics of Insurance Contracts.
Components of Insurance Contracts – Declarations, Definitions, Insuring agreement,
Exclusions, Conditions, and Miscellaneous provisions. Underwriting – Underwriting Policy,
Underwriting Principles, Sources of Underwriting Information. Sales and Marketing activities
of Insurers. Claims Settlement – Basic Objective, Parties Involved & Steps in Settlement
Process. Endorsements and Riders. Deductibles – Concepts and Purpose of Deductibles.
Regulatory Framework of Insurance in India (briefly) – Insurance Legislation and IRDA.

Unit 4: Important Aspects of Insurance Business Management (9 Hours)

Reinsurance – Definitions, Reasons for Reinsurance, Types of Reinsurance – Facultative &
Treaty Reinsurance, Methods of Sharing Losses (Numerical Qs). Alternatives to Traditional
Reinsurance – Securitization of Risk and Catastrophe Bonds. Insurance and Investments – Life
Insurance Investments, Property and Casualty Insurance Investments. Rate Making – Concept,
Objectives, Rate Making Methods (Numerical Qs) – Judgement, Class and Merit Rating
Method. Coinsurance – Nature, Purpose and Problems. Other Important Provisions – Pro
Rata liability, Contribution by Equal Shares, and Primary and Excess Insurance.

Essential Readings:
1. Rejda, G. E., McNamara, M. J., & Rabel, W. H. (2021). Principles of Risk Management
and Insurance. (14th ed.). Pearson Education.
2. Mishra, M. N., & Mishra, S. B. (2016). Insurance Principles and Practice. (14th ed.). S.
Chand and Company.
Additional Readings:
1. Gupta, P. K. (2022). Insurance and Risk Management (2nd ed.). Himalaya Publishing
House.
2. Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. (2021). Diploma in Insurance and Risk
Management [Course modules].

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lecture, Numerical Problem solving, Case study discussion, Class presentation on
the assigned topic by students individually or in group, Workshop, Tutorials, Role play.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.
Key Words
Risk Management, Principles of Insurance, Insurance Contract, Underwriting, Reinsurance,
Rate Making and Coinsurance.

13
DSE 4:INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ARCHITECTURE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
criteria of the course
Lecture
(if any)

DSE 4: INTERNATIONAL 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

FINANCIAL
ARCHITECTURE

Course Objective: This paper will acquaint students with the latest developments in the international
business relationships and agencies funding for country’s development.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this paper:

• Students shall be aware of the latest development in the international business relationships
which will enable them to make better decisions related to international business.
• Students shall have the knowledge of different international investment avenues and
opportunities available.
• Students shall be aware of various regional trading blocks, international institutions and
funding agencies.
Course Contents:

Unit 1(12 Hours)

Review of Economic Theory on International Trade: Basis for international trade; gains from trade;
distributional issues, policy instruments and their impact, political economy. Importance, nature and
scope of international relation, modes of entry into international business, internationalization process
and managerial implications. Domestic, foreign and global environments and their impact on
international business decision; Growing concern forgreen trades.

Unit 2(12 Hours)

International economic & trading environment: Regional integration and trade blocks, regionalism v/s.
multilateralism, European Union.Integration of developing countries – BRICS, ASEAN, SAARC,
SAFTA, NAFTA, G-20. World trade in goods and services – Major trends and developments; World
trade and protectionism – Tariff and non-tariffbarriers; Counter trade, UNCTAD, WTO, GATT, GATS,
TRIM, TRIPS; India’s role in facilitating trade relations under BRICS, SAARC, SAFTA, ASEAN and
to WTO.

14
Unit 3(9 Hours)
International investment: Types and significance of foreign investments, factors affecting international
investment, growth and dispersion of FDI, Cross border mergers and acquisition, foreign investment in
India-Impact of reforms on competitiveness of the Indian Firms, EURO/ADR issues, ECBs; current
economic crises in US/Europe/Asia and its impact on economic growth in India.

Unit 4(12 Hours)

Economic institutions – International Monetary Funds (IMF), World Bank (IBRD, IDA, IFC), Asian
Development Bank, BRICS Development Bank, European Bank for Reconstruction and Development,
Bilateral funding arrangements with special reference to Japan International Cooperation Agencies
(JICA), agencies of USA; Case studies on Bilateral financing arrangements of Indian projects like Delhi
Metro, Dedicated Freight corridor, Nuclear Power Plant etc.

Essential Readings:
1. Radebaugh, L.H., Sullivan, D.P., Salwan, P., & Daniels, J.D. (n.d.). International Business
Environments and Operations (15th ed). Pearson.
2. Hill, W. L., Charles, & Jain, A.K. (2008). International Business (6th ed). India: McGraw Hill.
Additional Readings:
1. Bennet, R. (1999). International Business. Financial Times. London: Pitman Publishing.

2. Vyuptakesh, S. (2003). International Business (2nd ed). India: Pearson Education.

3. Krueger, A. O. (2002). Economic Policy Reforms and the Indian Economy. OUP.

4. Velasquez, M. G. (2012). Business Ethics Concepts and Cases (7th ed.). New Delhi: PHI.

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lecture, Case study discussion, Numerical Problem solving, Class presentation on the
assigned topic by students individually or in group, Workshop, Tutorials, Role play.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words
International Trade, Trade blocks, Foreign investments, ECBs, Bilateral financing, Multilateral
Institutions.

15
GENERIC ELECTIVE (GE) COURSES

GE1: FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Code criteria the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/

Practice

GE1: 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

Fundamental
s of Financial
Management

Course Objectives:

• To provide an understanding of the essential elements of the financial environment in

which the business firm operates.
• To acquaint students with the techniques of financial management and their
applications for business decision making.

Learning Outcome:

Upon completion of the course a learner shall be competent to:

• Understand the concept of time value of money, process of capital budgeting,
concepts of cost of capital and other aspects of financing, dividend and working
capital decisions
• Understand the process of making investments, raising finance for investment in fixed
and current assets and distribution of surplus from business operations.
• Apply the techniques of time value of money in real life situations, techniques of
capital budgeting in investment decisions, process to calculate the cost of capital and
share price based on dividends along with the estimation of working capital and its
components.
• Evaluate the investment opportunities available, the various financing mix that can be
used to derive the maximum value from the investment opportunities, the optimal
dividend payout and monitor the current asset requirements.
• Analyse the evaluation outcomes to choose the best investment opportunity at the
lowest cost of financing and adopt the optimal dividend pay-out along with the
optimal level of liquidity through the working capital route to derive maximum
wealth.
Create a portfolio of investments at the best possible financing and dividend mix with the most
appropriate working capital composition that will create maximum wealth under the given
constraints.

Course Contents:

16
Unit 1 (9 Hours)
Nature of Financial Management: Finance and related disciplines; Scope of Financial
Management; Functions of finance – Finance Decision, Investment Decision, Dividend
Decision; Objectives of Financial Management; Organisation of finance function; Concept of
Time Value of Money – present value, future value, annuity.

Unit 2 (16 Hours)

Strategic Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting -; Nature and meaning of capital budgeting;
Principles and Process; Estimation of relevant cash flows and terminal value; Evaluation
techniques– Payback period, Accounting Rate of Return, Net Present Value, Internal Rate of
Return, Net Terminal Value, Profitability Index Method.
Cost of Capital: Meaning and concept, Measurement of cost of capital – Cost of debt, Cost of
Equity Share; Cost of Preference Share; Costof Retained Earning; Computation of over-all cost
of capital based on Historical and Market weights (WACC).

Unit 3 (12 Hours)

Strategic Financing Decisions- Capital Structure, Theories and Value of the firm – Net Income
approach, Net Operating Income approach, Traditional approach, Modigliani Miller (MM)
model.Leverage analysis and EBIT-EPS Analysis: Concept of leverage, Types of leverage:
Operating leverage, Financial leverage, Combined leverage; EBIT-EPS Analysis. Guidelines
for capital structure planning, Link between capital structure and capital budgeting. Dividend
Decisions: Factors determining dividend policy, Theories of dividend- Gordon model, Walter
model, MM Hypothesis. Dividend policies in practice.

Unit 4 (8 Hours)
Working Capital Management: Determination of Working Capital. Determining financing mix
of working capital. Receivables Management – Objectives; Credit Policy, Cash Discount,
Debtors Outstanding and Ageing Analysis; Costs – Collection Cost, Capital Cost, Default Cost,
Delinquency Cost. Management of Cash (Theory only) – Need for Cash, Cash Management
Techniques (Lock box, Concentration Banking). Inventory Management (Theory only) – ABC
Analysis; Minimum Level; Maximum Level; Reorder Level; Safety Stock; EOQ (Basic
Model).

Essential Readings:
1. Berk, J., & DeMarzo, P. (n.d.). Corporate Finance (5th ed.). Pearson - Prentice Hall.
2. Horne, J. C. V., & Wachowicz, J. M. (n.d.). Fundamentals of Financial Management (13th
ed.). FT Prentice Hall, Pearson Education.
3. Pandey, I. M. (n.d.). Financial Management. Pearson.

Additional Readings:
1. Khan, M. Y., & Jain, P. K. (n.d.). Financial Management Text, Problems, and Cases. Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
2. Brealey, R. R., Myers, S., Allen, F., & Mohanty, P. (n.d.). Principles of Corporate Finance.
New Delhi: Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

17
Teaching – Learning Process:
The teaching-learning process for this paper would include classroom lectures and tutorials;
Case study discussions; class presentations; Workshops.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words
Finance, Capital Budgeting, Wealth Maximisation, Cost of Capital, Dividends, Leverage,
Working Capital Management.

18
GE 3: FUNDAMENTALS OF STOCK TRADING

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/

Practice

GE 3: 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

FUNDAMENT
ALS OF STOCK
TRADING

Course Objectives:
The course will help the learner to:
• Understand the fundamentals of investment, investment environment, and the principles of
sound investment.
• Gain knowledge of the Indian securities market, including primary and secondary markets,
IPOs, stock exchanges, and stock indices.
• Learn about online security trading, including trading mechanisms, settlement processes,
and different types of orders.
• Understand mutual funds, their structure, advantages, and limitations, as well as different
types of schemes and plans.
• Gain knowledge of how to evaluate investment alternatives, including criteria for
evaluating mutual funds, and performance evaluation of mutual funds.

Learning Outcomes:
The course will help the learner to:
• Understand the fundamentals of investment, investment environment and principles of
sound investment, and evaluate different investment alternatives based on criteria such as
risk and return.
• Analyze the Indian securities market, differentiate between capital and money markets,
primary and secondary markets, and comprehend the role of market participants such as
issuers, investors, and intermediaries.
• Explain the trading mechanism on exchanges, online trading mechanisms, and the types of
orders and conditions associated with it.
• Evaluate mutual fund schemes, their structures, advantages, and limitations, and
comprehend the factors affecting the choice of mutual funds.

19
• Analyze the performance evaluation of mutual funds and comprehend the ranking
methodology used by CRISIL for mutual funds.

Course Contents
Unit 1: Basics of Investment & Investment Environment (9 Hours)
Fundamentals of Investment, Features of Investment, Investment Environment. Principles of
sound Investment. The Investment Decision Process. Modes of Investment – Direct Investing
and Indirect Investing, Approaches to Investing – Active Investing and Passive Investing. Risk
Return Trade Off. Types of Securities – Equity Shares, Bonds and Debentures ,and
Government Securities. Alternative Investments (Briefly) – Mutual Funds, Derivatives, Unit
Linked Insurance Policy (ULIP), Exchange-traded funds (ETFs), Collective Investment
Schemes (CIS), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs). Criteria for Evaluation of Investment
Alternatives.

Unit 2: Indian Securities Market (12 Hours)

Securities Market – Capital Market and Money Market, Difference between Capital and Money
Market, Primary and Secondary Market, Difference between Primary and Secondary Market.
Over the Counter (OTC) and Exchange Traded market. Modes of offering Equity Shares –
Initial Public Offering (IPO), Follow-on Public Offering (FPO), Difference between IPO and
FPO, Difference between Offer for sale (OFS) and Public offer (IPO/FPO).Methods of IPO
Pricing – Fixed Price Method and Book Building Method, The Book Building Process, Fixed
Price method v/s Book building Method. Market Participants – Issuer of Securities, Investors,
and Intermediaries. Role of Stock Exchange. Stock Exchanges in India. Securities (Stock)
Indices – Broad Market Indices, Sectoral Indices and Thematic Indices.

Unit 3: Online Security Trading (12 Hours)

Trading Mechanism on Exchanges, Trading and Settlement at NSE – National Securities
Clearing Corporation Limited (NSCCL), Clearing Mechanism, Clearing & Settlement
(Equities).
Online Trading – Introduction, Online Trading Mechanism. Online Real Time Price Quotations
– Bid Price, Ask Price, Bid-Ask Spread, Tick Size, LTP, ATP. Circuit Breakers – Upper
Circuit, Lower Circuit, NSE rules regarding Circuit Breaks. Price Bands, Rules regarding Price
Bands on NSE. Electronic Order Book. Types of Orders – Market Order, Limit Order, Stop
Loss Order, Stop Loss (Limit) Order, Stop Loss (Market) Order, After Market Order (AMO).
Order Conditions – Price related conditions, Time related conditions, Quantity related
conditions. Placing an Order, View/Modify/Cancel an Order.

Unit 4: Investing in Mutual Funds (12 Hours)

20
Domestic Funds and Off-Shore funds; Growth funds, Income funds and Balanced funds; Equity
Fund schemes, Debt fund schemes, Gilt Funds, Money Market Funds, Tax Saving or Equity
Linked Savings Scheme (ELSS), Index schemes, Sectoral Funds, Ethical Funds, Load and No-
Load Fund, Fund of Funds, Systematic Investment Plans (SIP), Systematic Withdrawal Plans
(SWP), Systematic Transfer Plans (STP), and Exchange Traded Funds. Net Asset Value, Cost
incurred and Return from Mutual funds, Types of Loads. Performance Evaluation of Mutual
Funds. Factors affecting choice of Mutual funds. Mutual funds in India. CRISIL and their
Rankings for mutual funds – Ranking Methodology and Usage of Mutual Fund Rankings.

Essential Readings:
• Bhalla, V.K. (2018). Investment Management: Security Analysis and Portfolio
Management. S. Chand Publishing.
• Varshney, R.L., & Bhalla, V.K. (2017). Indian Financial System: Theory and Practice. S.
Chand Publishing.
• Krishnan, R. (2016). Mutual Fund Industry in India: A Study of Investment Behaviour.
Springer.
• Joshi, P.C. (2017). Online Trading: How to Trade Online for Beginners. Createspace
Independent Publishing Platform.

Additional Readings:
• Bodie, Z., Kane, A., & Marcus, A. J. (2018). Investments. McGraw-Hill Education.
• Fabozzi, F. J., Neave, E. H., & Zhou, G. (2019). Investments: analysis and behavior.
Cengage Learning.
• Kapoor, J. R., Dlabay, L. R., & Hughes, R. J. (2017). Personal finance. McGraw-Hill
Education

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lecture, Numerical Problem solving, Case study discussion, Class presentation
on the assigned topic by students individually or in group, Workshop, Tutorials, Role play.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words
Investments, Indian Securities Market, Initial Public Offer (IPO), Online Security Trading, and
Investing in Mutual Funds.

21
GE5: ESSENTIALS OF FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/

Practice

GE5: 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

ESSENTIALS OF
FINANCIAL
INVESTMENTS

Course Objectives:

• Tofamiliarizestudentswiththeessentialconceptsandfundamentalsoffinancialinvestments
.
• To
enablestudentstounderstandandmakeinformedchoiceaboutthevariousavailablefinancial
investment alternatives.

Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:

• Understand the fundamentals of financial investments and the investment decision

process.
• Able to compute various measures of risk and return, and understand their role for
evaluating investments.
• Understand and carry out security analysis using different approaches.
• Understand basic approaches to valuation of securities and carry out portfolio analysis.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Investments – An Overview (9 Hours)
Concept of Investment, Financial Investment Vs. Real Investment, Investment Vs Speculation,
Objectives or Features of Investment, Risk Return Trade Off, Investment Environment –
Overview of Securities Market and Different Types of Financial Investment. Investment
Decision Process, Direct Investing Vs Indirect Investing, Approaches to Investing – Active Vs
Passive. Diversification, Hedging and Arbitrage.
Unit 2: Risk – Return Analysis (12 Hours)
Concepts of Return and Risk, Types of Return - their Calculation & Utility: Absolute Return,
Average Return, Expected Return, Portfolio Return, Holding Period Return, Effective
Annualized Return, Risk-Adjusted Return. Causes (or Sources) and Types of Risk – Systematic
and Unsystematic Risk, Components of Systematic and Unsystematic Risk, Calculation of

22
Total, Systematic and Unsystematic Risk. Impact of Taxes and Inflation on Investment –
Computation of Post Tax and Real Returns.
Unit 3: Security Analysis (12 Hours)
Approaches to Security Analysis – Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis, and Efficient
Market Hypothesis (EMH). Fundamental Analysis – EIC Framework, Economic Analysis,
Industry Analysis, and Company Analysis. Technical Analysis – Basic Tenets of Technical
Analysis, Tool of Technical Analysis – Charts, and Technical Indicators, Limitations of
Technical Analysis. Difference between Fundamental Analysis and Technical Analysis.
Efficient Market Theory (EMH) – Concept, Forms of Market Efficiency, Weak Form
Hypothesis, Semi Strong Form, and Strong Form of Market Efficiency. Implications of EMH.
Unit 4: Fundamentals of Valuation and Portfolio Analysis (12 Hours)
Valuation of Equity Shares – Peculiar features of Equity Shares, Dividend Discount Model,
Earning Multiplier or Price-Earnings (P/E) Model, and Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM).
Valuation of Fixed Income Securities – Bond Fundamentals, Types of Bonds, Bond Valuation.
Portfolio Analysis – Portfolio Management Process, Portfolio Analysis – Markowitz Model,
Portfolio Risk, Portfolio Return.

Essential Readings:

1. Tripathi, V. (n.d.). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Taxmann Publications.

2. Chandra, P. (n.d.). Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. McGraw Hill

Education.

Additional Readings:
1. Rustagi, R. P. (n.d.). Investment Management. Sultan Chand Publications.
2. Reilly, F. K., & Brown, K. C. (n.d.). Analysis of Investments and Management of
Portfolios. Cengage India Pvt. Ltd.

Teaching Learning Process:

Class room lecture, Numerical Problem solving, Case study discussion, Class presentation on
the assigned topic by students individually or in group, Workshop, Tutorials, Role play.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.
Key Words: Financial Investment, Risk and Return, Fundamental Analysis, Technical
Analysis, Efficient Market Hypothesis, Portfolio Analysis, Valuation of Securities.

23
GE7: EMERGINGBANKINGANDFINANCIALSERVICES

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
criteria the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/

Practice

GE7: EMERGING BANKING 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

Course Objective:

• To familiarize students with banking reforms in the last decade, conceptof neo banks, rising
issue of non-performing asset and its impact on day-to-day functioning.
• To make students
learnaboutfinancialservicessuchasLeasing,HirePurchase,CreditRating,SecuritizationandV
enture Capital Financing.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the Indian banking system and latest developments in this sector.
• Analyse the implications of non-performing assets in the banking sector on the economy.
• Evaluate the implications of mergers and acquisitions in the banking system and appreciate
the need for the same.
• Understanding various financial services and using the same in personal banking and non-
banking activities.

Course Contents:
Unit1 (12 Hours)An overview of the Indian Banking system;Major Banking
Reformsinthelastdecade:Paymentbanks,MonetaryPolicyCommittee,MCLRBasedLending,Inn
ovativeRemittanceServices; Issues in financial reforms and restructuring; Future agenda of
reforms: Assessing Non-Performing Assets in Indian Banking, Previous methodologies for
recovery, Impact of Gross NPAsonabank’sbottomline–
burningneedforbadbanks,FunctioningofBadBanks,Governmentbackingforbad banks-
NationalAssetReconstruction CompanyLtd.(NARCL).

Unit 2 (12
Hours)Introductiontoneobanks,Functionsofneobanks,OperatingModelofneobanks,Regulatory
requirements for setting up and running neobanks, Emerging need for neobanks, neo banks
vstraditionalbanks.Merger&Acquisition:Introduction,Benefitsofmergers,Synergiesaccruingou

24
tofmergers, Regulatory mechanisms surrounding M&A in banking, Case-studies of recent
bankingmergersandrelated outcomes.

Unit 3 (12
Hours)Leasing and Hire Purchase: Concepts of leasing, types of leasing – financial &
operating lease,
directleaseandsales&leaseback,advantagesandlimitationsofleasing,Leaserentaldetermination;
Financelease evaluation problems Lessee’s angle (PV and IRR methods) and Lessor’s
perspective, HirePurchase interest &Instalment, difference between Hire Purchase & Leasing,
Choice criteria betweenLeasingand Hire Purchase,mathematics of HP.

Unit 4 (9 Hours)Venture Capital: Concept, history and evolution of VC, the venture
investment process, various
stepsinventurefinancing,incubationfinancing.CreditRatings:Introduction,typesofcreditrating,a
dvantagesanddisadvantagesofcreditratings,Creditratingagenciesandtheirmethodology,Internati
onal credit rating practices. Securitization: Concept and Process, Credit Enhancement partiesto
a Securitization Transaction, Instruments of Securitization, Types of Securities, Securitization
inIndia.

Essential Readings:
1. Pathak,B. (2018). IndianFinancialSystem. Pearson Publication. (5thed).
2. Khan,M.Y.(2017).Financialservices.McGrawHill Education. (6thed).
3. Machiraju,H.R.(2002).IndianFinancial System.VikasPublicationHouse. (5thed).

AdditionalReadings:
1. Verma, J.
(1996).Bharat’smanualofmerchantbanking:Concept,practicesandprocedureswith
SEBIclarifications, guidelines,rules andregulations. BharatLawHouse.
2. Sriram K. HandBookofLeasing,HirePurchase&Factoring. Institute of Chartered Financial
Analysts of India.
3. Wright M., Watkins T. &Ennew C. (2016). MarketingofFinancialServices. Routledge

Teaching Learning Process:

Classroomlecture,NumericalProblemsolving,Casestudydiscussion,Classpresentationonthe
assigned topic bystudentsindividuallyorin group,Workshop, Tutorials, Role play.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words
Banking,MergerandAcquisition,Neobanks,NPA,Leasing,HirePurchase,CreditRatings,Securiti
zation,Venture Capital.

25
GE9: ECONOMIC LEGISLATION

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/

Practice

GE9: 4 3 1 NIL Class XII NIL

ECONOMIC
LEGISLATION

Course Objective(s):

• To familiarise students with various legislations in the areas of foreign trade,

Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the legal framework relating to foreign exchange, competition, insolvency
and fugitive economic offenders.
• Recognise the legal issues in any business transaction and understand lawful way of
conduct of economic activities.
• Analyse the legal implications of any economic decision.
• Evaluate legal remedies available in case of bankruptcy or any wrongdoing.

Course Contents:
Unit 1: Competition Act and Fugitive Economic Offenders Act (15 Hours)
The Competition Act, 2002: Introduction, Prohibition of certain agreements, abuse of dominant
position and regulation of combinations, Competition Commission of India, Duties, Powers
and Functions of Commission, Penalties, Appellate Tribunal.
The Fugitive Economic Offenders Act: Scope and applicability of Act, Confiscation of
property, Powers of Directors, Power of Survey, Search and Seizure, notice, procedure for
hearing application, Declaration of Fugitive Economic Offender, Power to disallow civil
claims, Management of properties confiscated under this Act, Rules of evidence, Appeals.
Unit 2: The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (9 Hours)
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016: Introduction of Insolvency and bankruptcy code,
Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process, Liquidation Process, Fast Track Insolvency
Resolution for Corporate Persons, Voluntary Liquidation of Corporate Persons, Adjudicating

26
Authority for Corporate Persons, Offences and Penalties, Insolvency resolution and bankruptcy
for individuals and partnership firms, Regulation of Insolvency professionals, agencies and
information utilities.
Unit 3: The Prevention of Money Laundering Act (12 Hours)
The prevention of money laundering Act, 2002:Introduction and definitions, Punishment for
the offence of Money Laundering, Attachment, Adjudication and Confiscation, Obligation of
Banking Companies, Financial Institutions and Intermediaries, Summons, Searches And
Seizures, Appellate Tribunal and Special Courts, Recovery of fine or penalty.
Unit 4: The Foreign Exchange Management Act (9 Hours)
The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999:Introduction of FEMA, Difference between
FERA and FEMA, Application and Commencement of FEMA, Regulation and Management
of Foreign Exchange, Authorised Person, Contraventions and Penalties, Compounding of
Offences, Adjudication and Appeal, Directorate of Enforcement.
Essential Readings:
1. Maheshwari & Maheshwari. Principle of Business Law. Himalaya Publishing House
2. Aggarwal R. (2014). Mercantile & Commercial Law. Taxmann Publications
3. Kucchal M. &Kuchhal V. (2018). Mercantile Law. Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.
4. Kapoor N. D. (2018). Elements of Mercantile Law. Sultan Chand Publications
Teaching – Learning Process:
Lecture, Discussion, Power Point Presentations. Course contents shall be discussed in the light
of relevant case laws.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

Key Words
CCI, Prevention of Money Laundering, Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, FEMA, Fugitive
Economic Offenders Act.

27
SEMESTER-III
BACHELOR OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES
DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS,
Faculty of Applied Social Sciences and Humanities
Category I

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE -7 (DSC-7) – : INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS

ANALYTICS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course
Practice (if any)
Introduction to Business 4 3 0 1 Class XII Basics of Statistics
Analytics (DSC 7)

Learning Objectives
● Familiarise students with basics of predictive and prescriptive analytics in order
to solve some business problems using different types of data
● Students should be able to solve business problems, analyse data sets using
various relevant statistical software packages, and interpret and effectively
communicate the results

Learning outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand fundamental concepts in machine learning
● Build basic models in statistical software
● Interpret results
● Compare results of different models to select the best fit
● Drive business decisions using model output

SYLLABUS OF DSC-7
Unit 1: Introduction to Business Analytics and Descriptive Analytics (14 hours)
Introduction to Business Analytics: Role of Analytics for Data Driven Decision Making; Types:
Descriptive Analytics, Predictive Analytics, and Prescriptive Analytics. Introduction to the concepts
of Big Data Analytics, Web and Social Media Analytics. Overview of Machine Learning Algorithms.
Introduction to relevant statistical software packages and carrying out descriptive analysis through it.

28
Unit 2: Predictive Analytics 1 (9 hours)
Simple Linear Regression: Estimation of Parameters, validation of simple linear regression model,
Coefficient of determination, Significance tests, Residual analysis, Confidence and Prediction
intervals.
Multiple Linear Regression: Interpretation of Partial regression coefficients, working with
categorical variables, Multi-collinearity and VIF, Outlier Analysis, Auto-correlation, transformation
of variables, variable selection in regression model building.

Unit 3: Predictive Analytics 2 (9 hours)

Logistic and Multinomial Regression: Logistic function, Estimation of probability using logistic
regression, Omnibus Test, Wald Test, Hosmer Lemshow Test, Pseudo R Square. Model
Performance: Classification table (sensitivity, specificity, accuracy paradox, precision, F score),
Gini coefficient, ROC, AUC, methods for determining the optimal cutoff probability.

Unit 4: Machine Learning Models (13 hours)

Decision Trees: Introduction, Chi-Square Automatic Interaction Detection, Bonferroni Correction,
Classification and Regression Tree, Gini Impurity Index, Entropy, Cost based splitting Criteria,
Ensemble Methods, Random Forest.
Clustering: Introduction, Distance and Dissimilarity measures used in clustering, Quality and
Optimal Number of clusters, Clustering Algorithms, K-Means clustering, Hierarchical Clustering.

Practical component (30 hours)

Practical Exercises:
1. Prepare and import data (financial data of companies, macroeconomic data, primary data
collected through questionnaires). Calculate and interpret descriptive statistics on R/Python.
2. Perform simple OLS regression on R/Python and interpret the results obtained.
3. Test the assumptions of OLS (multicollinearity, autocorrelation, normality etc.) on R/Python.
4. Perform regression analysis with categorical/dummy/qualitative variables on R/Python.
5. Perform probabilistic regression models (logit and probit) along with validation tests and
classification table on R/Python.
6. Apply and interpret the results of decision trees and clustering models on R and Python.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Business Analytics: The Science of Data Driven Decision Making, First Edition (2017), U
Dinesh Kumar, Wiley India.

Suggestive readings
1. Introduction to Machine Learning with Python, Andreas C. Mueller and Sarah Guido, O'Reilly
Media, Inc.
2. Data Mining or Business Analytics – Concepts, Techniques, and Applications in Python.
GalitShmueli, Peter C. Bruce, Peter Gedeck, and Nitin R. Patel. Wiley.
3. Relevant Case Studies from different functional domains of business to be used while covering
the Predictive Analytics and Machine Learning models. Following Case Studies may be taken
up along with the course topics:
■ Merton Truck Company (HBS Case).

29
■ Supply Chain Optimization at Madurai Aavin Milk Dairy (IIMB Case).
■ Red Brand Canners (Stanford Case); Managing Linen at Apollo Hospitals (IIMB Case).

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 8 (DSC-8): MACROECONOMICS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Prerequisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Macroeconomics 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic
(DSC 8) Microeconomics

Learning Objectives
● Determination of and linkages between major economic variables; level of output and prices,
inflation, interest rates and exchange rates.
● The course is designed to study the impact of monetary and fiscal policy on the aggregate
behaviour of individuals.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the determination of key macroeconomic variables.
● Describe models of determination of equilibrium outputs, prices and rate of interest.
● Analyse the role of the Government in an economy and examine how it uses its fiscal and
monetary policy to influence macroeconomic variables.
● Explain the working of an open economy

SYLLABUS OF DSC- 8
Unit 1 (6 hours)
Basic understanding of Ancient Indian Economy, Wealth and its various aspects as per Vedic
Philosophy; Kautilya’s view on Ways of Financial Management and Economic Governance,
Proposition of Welfare states and Good Governance by Kautilya as the foundation of strong Indian
Economy; Relevance of Kautilya’sArthsashtra in making of modern and advanced India.
Unit 2 (18 hours)
Classical theory of income and employment: Quantity Theory of Money–Cambridge version,
Classical aggregate demand curve, Classical theory of interest rate, effect of fiscal and monetary
policy.

30
Simple Keynesian model: goods and money market equilibrium, changes in equilibrium, multiplier,
effect of fiscal and monetary policy; IS-LM model: properties of IS-LM curves, factors affecting the
position and slope of IS-LM curves, determination of equilibrium income and interest rates, effect of
monetary and fiscal policy; slopes of IS-LM curves and effectiveness of fiscal and monetary policies.
Unit 3 (9 hours)
Inflation: meaning; demand and supply side factors; natural rate theory; monetary policy-output and
inflation (monetarist view); Phillips curve: short run and long run.
Unit 4 (12 hours)
Brief introduction to Balance of Payment (BOP) account; market for foreign exchange and exchange
rate; monetary and fiscal policy in open economy; Mundell Fleming model: perfect capital mobility
and imperfect capital mobility under fixed and flexible exchange rate.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Froyen, R. P. (2011): Macroeconomics-theories and policies (8th Edition). Pearson.
2. Dornbusch and Fischer (2010): Macro economics (9th Edition).Tata McGraw Hill.N
3. Gregory Mankiw (2010). Macro economics (7th Edition).Worth Publishers
4. Kautilya’sArthashastra-The way of Financial management and economic governance
(2012)(6th Edition ) Jaico Publishing House

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE– 9 (DSC-9): ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credit Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
s course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutoria Practical the course
l / (if any)
Practice
Organisational 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Behaviour
(DSC 9)

Learning Objectives
● Course presents an integrated view of human behaviour in organisations.
● Building understanding of individual and group behaviour at work for improving the effectiveness
of organisations.

31
Learning outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the importance of Organisational Behaviour as a field of study.
● Understand the role of Perception, personality and learning in explaining Individual behaviour
and to apply different motivational theories and leadership styles to increase the productivity and
job satisfaction of employees.
● Understand the foundations of group behaviour and the framework for
organisational change and development.
● Identify methods to enhance individual and Organisational wellbeing and resolve organisational
problems.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-9
Unit 1: Core Concepts in OB in Managing Individual Behaviour (12 hours)

Conceptual Foundations and Importance of organizational Behaviour. Perception and Attribution:

Concept, Factors affecting Perception, Attribution theory, Perceptual Organization and Errors in
Perception. Personality: Concept, Factors affecting personality and Theories. Learning: Concept and
Theories of Learning, Concept of Reinforcement, Schedules of Reinforcement.

Unit 2: Motivation at work, Interpersonal relations & Change Management (12 hours)
Motivation: Concepts and their application, Content theories (Maslow, McClelland and Herzberg’s
Theories); Process theories (Expectancy theory, Equity theory). Analysis of Interpersonal
Relationship: Transactional Analysis, Johari Window. Organisational Change: Concept, Resistance
to change, managing resistance to change, Kurt Lewin Theory of Change.

Unit 3: Leadership and Group Processes (9 hours)

Leadership: Trait Approach, Behavioural theories (Ohio and Michigan State Studies, and Blake &
Mouton’s Managerial grid), and Contingency theories (Fiedler’s Contingency Model, Hersey &
Blanchard’s Situational Leadership Model) Contemporary Leadership issues: Charismatic,
Transactional and Transformational Leadership. Groups and Teams: Definition, Stages of Group
Development, Group Processes-Group Cohesiveness, Group Think, Group Shift.

Unit 4: Managing Conflict and Enhancing Wellbeing (12 hours)

Organisational Power and Politics: Concept, Sources of Power, Tactics to gain power in
Organizations. Nature of organisational politics. Conflict: Concept, Sources, Types, Stages of
conflict, Management of conflict. Well-being at Work: Importance and Impact of employee
emotions and emotional intelligence in organisations. Work stress and its management.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Stephen P. Robbins, T. A. (2016). Organisational Behavior. Pearson.=’
2. Aswathappa, K., & Reddy, G. S. (2009). Organisational behaviour (Vol. 20). Mumbai:
Himalaya Publishing House
3. Luthans Fred, Organisational Behaviour, Tata Mc Graw Hill.

32
4. Singh Kavita, Organisational Behaviour, Pearson.

Suggestive readings
1. Greenberg Jerald and Baron Robert A.: Behavior in Organisations: Understanding and
Managing Human side of work, Prentice Hall of India

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – MARKETING (DSE-1)

DSE 1: RETAIL MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cre Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
dits course criteria the course
Lectu Tutori Practic
re al al/
Practic
e
Retail Management (DSE 1) 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
marketing

Learning Objectives
● Understand the concept and characteristics of retailing, emerging trends, and the evolution
of the Indian retail industry.
● Gain knowledge about store location selection and store planning, including trading area
analysis, site selection, store design and layout, and effective retail space management.
● Develop an understanding of retail marketing and merchandising, including retail marketing
mix, advertising and sales promotion, CRM, buying organization formats and processes,
merchandise planning, and pricing strategies.
● Acquire knowledge about the various elements/components of retail store operation, store
administration, inventory management, customer service, store maintenance, and store
security.

33
● Develop a retail marketing plan that includes the retail marketing mix, advertising and sales
promotion strategies, store positioning, and CRM strategies.
● Formulate pricing objectives, strategies, and types of pricing based on external factors that
impact a retail price strategy.
● Recognize and understand the operations-oriented policies, methods, and procedures used
by successful retailers in today’s global economy.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 1
Unit 1: Introduction to Retailing and Retail Formats (12 hours)
Introduction to Retailing: Definition, Characteristics, emerging trends in retailing, Evolution of
retailing in India, Factors behind the change of Indian retail industry. Retail Formats: Retail
institutions by ownership, Retail institutions by Store-Based Strategy Mix, Web, Non-store based,
and other forms of Non-traditional Retailing.

Unit 2: Choosing a Store Location and Store Planning (12 hours)

Choosing a Store Location: Trading-Area analysis, characteristics of trading areas, Site selection,
Types of locations, location and site evaluation. Store Planning: Design & Layout, Retail Image Mix,
effective retail space management, floor space management.

Unit 3: Retail Marketing (12 hours)

Retail Marketing: Retail Marketing Mix, Advertising & Sales Promotion, Store Positioning, CRM.
Retail Merchandising: Buying Organization Formats and Processes, Devising Merchandise Plans,
Shrinkage in retail merchandise management, Markup & Markdown in merchandise management.

Unit 4: Merchandise Pricing and Retail Operations (9 hours)

Merchandise Pricing: Concept of Merchandise Pricing, Pricing Objectives, External factors affecting
a retail price strategy, Pricing Strategies, Types of Pricing. Retail Operation: Elements/Components
of Retail Store Operation, Store Administration, Store Manager – Responsibilities, Inventory
Management, Customer Service, Management of Retail Outlet/Store, Store Maintenance, Store
Security.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Berman, B., & Evans, J. R. (2012). Retail management. Pearson Education.
2. Vedamani, G. G. (2010). Retail management: Functional principles & practices. Jaico
Publishing House.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – MARKETING (DSE-2)

DSE 2: MARKETING OF SERVICES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credit Credit distribution of Eligibility Criteria Pre-requisite
s the course of the course
Lectu Tutor Practic
re ial al/
Practic
e
Marketing of Services 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSE 2) Marketing

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the Concept and Importance of Services.
● Discuss the relevance of the services in the Indian economy.
● Examine the characteristics of the services in various industries.
● Analyse the role and relevance of Quality in Services.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 2
Unit 1: Introduction to Services Marketing (9 hours)
Defining a Service; Increasing Importance of Services; Nature of Services; Intangibility;
Distinguishing Features of a Service; Managing Services; The Service Product; Relationship of
Services and the organization; Services as an Opportunity; Service Industry across the world.

35
Unit 2: Relevance of Services (12 hours)
Emergence of The Service Economy; Outsourcing and Services; Overview of The Indian
Economy; Services Sector in The Indian Economy, (Major players, Major services offered,
Major centres; Circumstances that contributed to the Services boom in the Indian economy;
Role and relevance of Services to the Indian economy; Classification of Services; Variety of
Services offered by Indian organizations, Intangible and Tangible Services.

Unit 3: Differentiating Services (12 hours)

Distinguishing Features; The service; Promotion; Price; Place; People; Physical evidence;
Process; Elements of Positioning; Service Differentiation; How Indian companies have been at
the forefront of the Services industry; What do Indian companies offer to companies seeking
Services support; Services as a source of competitive advantage; Increasing integration of
Services with organizational plans and activities; Internal Services and External Services,
Features, Relevance, Examples; Services Trainings and Hiring; Motivation and Employee
Management in the Services sector; Factors affecting attempts of Services Differentiation.

Unit 4: Quality and Strategies (12 hours)

Defining Service Quality; Researching Service Quality; Service Quality Benchmarking
(Servqual, TUV, ISO etc.); Setting Quality Standards; Managing the Marketing Mix for Quality;
Organizing and Implementing Service Quality; Factors affecting Service Quality Management;
Customer and Customer Value Proposition and Value Creation n Services; Managing the
Service Encounter; Blueprinting; Managing Customer Demand, Frequency, Quality, Training,
Content and Context; Developing Relationships with Customers; Distribution Strategy; Pricing
of Services; Promoting Services;. Competitors of the Indian Services Industry; Future of
Services Industry in India and elsewhere; Near-shoring and Reshoring; Services and the Gig
Economy; Growth potential of the Services Industry.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code course Criteria course
Lecture Tuto Practical/
rial Practice

E-Commerce 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Marketing

(DSE 3)

Learning Objectives
● To understand how electronic commerce is affecting business enterprises, governments,
consumers and people in general.
● To understand the working of different types of e-commerce models
● To understand the transition of e-commerce in India
● To evaluate enabling technologies for e-commerce such as the internet, networks, search
engines, software agents, and e-payment systems.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand traditional vs e-retailing and different models of e-retailing.
● Evaluate enabling technologies for e-commerce such as the internet, networks, search
engines, software agents, and e-payment systems.
● Analyze website design, its role in B2C e-commerce, strategies, and goals.
● Analyze the security risks associated with e-commerce and discuss legal and ethical issues.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 3
Unit 1: Introduction to E-Commerce: Business Models and Concepts (12 Hours) E-
Commerce: Meaning and Concept of e-Commerce, Brief history; Transition of e-Commerce in
India; Advantages and Disadvantages of e-Commerce; IT act, 2000. E-Commerce models: B2B,
B2C, C2C, C2B, G2C; Traditional vs e-retailing, Models of e-retailing; e-Services: Categories of e-
services, Web-enabled services, matchmaking services.

Unit 2: Enabling Technologies for E-Commerce (9 Hours)

Technology in e-Commerce, the internet today and future, Networks and internets:
communication switching, Internet protocol suite, IPv6, Search engines, software agents, Internet
service provider, ISP policy in India, e-payment systems. Information selling on the web, E-

37
entertainment

Unit 3: Basic Techniques for E-Commerce (12 hours)

Web Hosting: Webhost-types, VPS-Domain for a website, DNS Information. Webhost: Bandwidth
Control Panels- Statistics- uptime-Ecommerce. Website Design: Introduction, Role of Website in
B2C Ecommerce, Website strategies and Goals. Search Engine Optimization (SEO): Introduction,
Importance of SEO, History of Search Engines, how search Engines Operate, Crawling Techniques.
Basic types of Search Tools, How People use search engines and portals, Page rank, Anatomy of
Hyperlink, Keywords and Queries, how to conduct Keyword Research, Why site structure is
important.

Unit 4: E-Marketing (12 Hours)

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Laudon, Kenneth C.: E-Commerce: Business, Technology, Society, 4th Edition, Pearson.
2. Joseph, S.J.: E-Commerce: an Indian perspective, Prentice-Hall of India.
3. Awad, Elias, M.: Electronic Commerce, Prentice-Hall of India.
4. Pandey, U.S. and Shukla, Saurabh: E-Commerce and Mobile commerce Technologies, S.
Chand.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

38
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-1)

DSE 1: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
course criteria the course
Lectu Tutori Practic
re al al/
Practic
e
Industrial Relations (DSE 1) 4 3 1 0 Class XII None

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Acquire theoretical and practical perspective on different aspects of industrial relations.
● Understand the key participants, institutions, relationships, and processes in industrial
relations.
● Understand employer and employee relations and its management.
● Analyse the rights of labour class in the industrial environment

SYLLABUS OF DSE 1
Unit 1: Industrial Relations (12 hours)
Concept, Objectives of industrial relations, Parties in industrial relations, Aspects of industrial
relations. Trade unions: Objectives, Historical perspective of unionism in India, functions, why
workers join unions, importance, problems of trade unions, structure of trade unions, Trade union
act 1926, Immunity granted to register trade unions, recognition of trade unions.

Unit 2: Industrial Disputes (9 hours)

Concept, Types of industrial disputes, Causes of industrial disputes, Machinery for settlement of
industrial disputes, Industrial disputes act 1947. The industrial employment (standing orders
act1946, coverage, modification, interpretation).

Unit 3: Labour Turnover (12 hours)

Concept, Rate of labour turnover, Costs of labour turnover, Causes of labour turnover, controlling
labour turnover. Absenteeism: Concept, Rate of absenteeism, Causes of absenteeism, Effects of

39
absenteeism, Measures to control absenteeism.

Unit 4: Collective Bargaining (12 hours)

Concept, Essentials of collective bargaining, Problems of collective bargaining, Collective
bargaining procedure. Workers’ participation in Management: Modes of participation, Measures
for successful workers’ participation.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Srivastav S. Industrial relations and Labour laws. Vikas Publishing House.
2. Mallik P. Handbook of Industrial and Labour laws. Eastern Book Company.
3. Saharay H.K. Industrial and Labour Laws of India. Prentice Hall International.
4. Chhabra T. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws. Dhanpat Rai Publishing House.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – FINANCE (DSE-1)

DSE 1: PROJECT APPRAISAL, FINANCING AND CONTROL

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lectur Tutoria Practic
e l al/
Practic
e
Project Appraisal, 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Accounting
Financing and Control and Finance
(DSE 1)

Learning Objectives
● To familiarize learners about identification of a project and feasibility analysis,
● To equip them to apply project appraisal, control & management Techniques,
● To understand and appraise project risk analysis and financing

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of his course, the learners will be able to:
● Understand the process of screening of ideas and carry out appraisal for Projects.
● Use Investment Evaluation Techniques for selection of Projects.
● Carry out Risk Analysis for business projects and identify alternative sources of financing.
● Understand the concept and application of Social Cost benefit Analysis
● Apply project control and management techniques for project success.

40
SYLLABUS OF DSE 1
Unit 1: Introduction to Projects and their Appraisal (9 hours)
Project Definition, Project Identification, Project Life Cycle, Project Stakeholder Analysis, Feasibility
study. Types of Project Appraisal (Brief Overview): Market and Demand Analysis, Technical
Appraisal, Financial Appraisal, Economic Appraisal, Managerial Appraisal, and Social Appraisal.

Unit 2: Financial Appraisal (9 hours)

Components of Project Cost, Investment Evaluation Techniques: Non-Discounting Methods
(Payback Period, Accounting Rate of Return), Discounting Methods (Net Present Value,
Profitability Index, Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Modified Internal Rate of Return (MIRR)).
Comparative analysis of Investment Evaluation Techniques, Investment Evaluation in Practice.

Unit 3: Project Risk Analysis and Project Financing (15 hours)

Risk Analysis and Management: Sources and Measures of Risk. Methods of Assessing Risk –
Sensitivity Analysis, Scenario Analysis, Break-Even Analysis, Simulation Analysis, Decision Tree
Analysis. Strategies for Risk Management.
Sources of Financing – Internal Accruals, Equity Capital, Preference Capital, Debentures (or Bonds),
Term Loans, Venture Capital, Private Equity, Venture Capital Vs Private Equity, Loan syndication.

Unit 4: Social Appraisal and Aspects of Project Management (12 hours)

Social Appraisal: Rationale for Social Cost Benefit Analysis (SCBA), Approaches of SCBA (UNIDO and
Little-Mirrlees Approach Approach), Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Social Impact
Assessment (SIA) of Projects. Relevant Case Studies. Network Techniques for Project Cost and Time
Management (PERT & CPM) (theory only). Pre-Requisites for Successful Project Implementation.
Essentials of a Project Report.

Essential/recommended readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Chandra, Prasanna (2019). Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing,
Implementation, and Review. McGraw Hill Education.
2. Agrawal, R., & Mehra, Y. S. (2021).Project Appraisal and Management.
TaxmannPublications.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Goodpasture, J. C. (2003). Quantitative methods in project management. J. Ross Publishing.
2. Project Management Institute. (2021). A guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge
(PMBOK guide). Project Management Institute.

41
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – FINANCE (DSE-2)

DSE 2: INSURANCE
Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the eligibility Pre-requisite of

Code course criteria the course
Lectu Tutori Practic
re al al/
Practic
e
Insurance (DSE 2) 4 3 1 0 Class XII None

Learning Objectives
● To equip the learners with the basic characteristics of insurance, different kinds of insurance,
and benefits and costs of insurance to society.
● To acquaint the learners with the core concepts of risk management and its objectives.
● To get deep insight into the regulatory environment of IRDA
● To examining the regulatory environment for insurance

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of his course, the learners will be able to:
● Evaluate the different types of Risks and learn the concept and principles of Insurance.
● Understand Risk Management and learn the concept, principles and technical components of
Insurance contracts.
● Comprehend the functioning of Insurance company operations.
● Learn various important and strategic aspects of management of Insurance business.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 2
Unit 1: Insurance and Risk (9 hours)
Risk – Definitions of Risk, Chance of Loss, Peril and Hazard, Classification of Risk, Major Personal
Risks and Commercial Risks, Burden of Risk on Economy and Society.
Insurance – Definition of Insurance, Basic Characteristics of Insurance, Law of Large Numbers,
Characteristics of an Ideally Insurable Risk, Benefits and Costs of Insurance to Society. Insurance
Kinds (briefly) – Life and General Insurance, Difference between Life and General insurance.

Unit 2: Insurance Principles & Risk Management (12 hours)

Risk Management – Meaning of Risk Management, Objectives of Risk Management, Steps in the

42
Risk Management Process, Techniques for Managing Risk, Benefits of Risk Management. Personal
Risk Management. Enterprise Risk Management (briefly) – Concept & Benefits. Case Studies on
Management of different Personal and Business Risk to be discussed. Fundamental Legal Principles
– Principle of Indemnity, Principle of Insurable Interest, Principle of Subrogation, Principle of
Utmost Good Faith. Requirements of an Insurance Contract.

Unit 3: Insurance Company Operations (12 hours)

Requirements of an Insurance Contract, Distinct Legal Characteristics of Insurance Contracts.
Components of Insurance Contracts – Declarations, Definitions, Insuring agreement, Exclusions,
Conditions, and Miscellaneous provisions. Underwriting – Underwriting Policy, Underwriting
Principles, Sources of Underwriting Information. Sales and Marketing activities of Insurers. Claims
Settlement – Basic Objective, Parties Involved & Steps in Settlement Process. Endorsements and
Riders. Deductibles – Concepts and Purpose of Deductibles. Regulatory Framework of Insurance
in India (briefly) – Insurance Legislation and IRDA.

Unit 4: Important Aspects of Insurance Business Management (12 hours)

Reinsurance – Definitions, Reasons for Reinsurance, Types of Reinsurance – Facultative & Treaty
Reinsurance, Methods of Sharing Losses (Numerical Qs). Alternatives to Traditional Reinsurance –
Securitization of Risk and Catastrophe Bonds. Insurance and Investments – Life Insurance
Investments, Property and Casualty Insurance Investments. Rate Making – Concept, Objectives,
Rate Making Methods (Numerical Qs) – Judgement, Class and Merit Rating Method. Coinsurance
– Nature, Purpose and Problems. Other Important Provisions – Pro Rata liability, Contribution by
Equal Shares, and Primary and Excess Insurance.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Rejda, G. E., McNamara, M. J., &Rabel, W. H. (2022). Principles of risk management and
insurance (14th ed). Pearson Education.
2. Mishra, M. N., & Mishra, S. B. (2019). Insurance principles and practice. S. Chand and
company.

DSE 3: FINANCIAL PLANNING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code course criteria course
Lectur Tutoria Practical
e l /
Practice
Financial Planning 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Finance
(DSE 3)

Learning Objectives
● To equip learners with the knowledge and practical understanding of important
dimensions of managing one’s personal finance.
● To provide understanding and planning abilities for their tax liabilities, investments,
insurance coverage, and retirement.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the fundamentals of Personal Financial Planning
● Learn the basics of managing personal tax liabilities
● Learn the basic concepts and underlying principles for Retirement Planning.
● Ascertain and choose appropriate insurance policies for managing personal risks.
● Evaluate various asset classes on the basis of risk-return and personal investment goals
● Create, maintain and grow personal investment portfolio

SYLLABUS OF DSE 3
Unit 1: Basics of Personal Finance and Tax Planning (12 hours)
Understanding Personal Finance. Rewards of Sound Financial Planning. Personal Financial Planning
Process. Personal Financial Planning Life Cycle. Making Plans to Achieve Your Financial Goals.
Common Misconceptions about Financial Planning. Personal Tax Planning –Fundamental
Objectives of Tax Planning, Tax Structure in India for Individuals, Common Tax Planning Strategies
– Maximizing Deductions, Income Shifting, Tax-Free and Tax-Deferred Income.

Unit 2: Managing Insurance Need (12 hours)

44
Insurance Company, and Choose an Agent. Life Insurance Contract Features. Insuring Health –
Importance of Health Insurance Coverage. Making Health Insurance Decision – Evaluate Your
Health Care Cost Risk, Determine Available Coverage and Resources, Choose a Health Insurance
Plan. Types of Medical Expense Coverage. Policy Provisions of Medical Expense Plans. Property
Insurance – Basic Principles, Types of Exposure, Principle of Indemnity, and Coinsurance.

Unit 3: Managing Investments (12 hours)

Role of Investing in Personal Financial Planning, Identifying the Investment Objectives, Different
Investment Choices. The Risks of Investing, The Returns from Investing, The Risk-Return Trade- off.
Managing Your Investment Holdings – Building a Portfolio of Securities, Asset Allocation and
Portfolio Management, Keeping Track of Investments. Investing in Equity – Common
Considerations, Key Measures of Performance, Types of Equity Stocks, Market Globalization and
Foreign Stock, Making the Investment Decision. Investing in Bonds – Benefits of Investing in Bonds,
Bonds Versus Stocks, Basic Issue Characteristics, The Bond Market, Bond Ratings. Investing in
Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) – Concept of Mutual Funds and ETFs, Benefits of
Investing in Mutual Funds or ETFs, Some Important Cost Considerations, Services Offered by
Mutual Funds, Selecting appropriate Mutual Fund and ETF investments, Evaluating the
performance of Mutual Funds and ETF.

Unit 4: Investing in Real Estate and Retirement Planning. (9 hours)

Investing in Real Estate – Some Basic Considerations. Modes of Real Estate Investment – Raw Land,
Commercial Properties, Residential Properties, Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs).
Planning for Retirement – Role of Retirement Planning in Personal Financial Planning, Pitfalls to
Sound Retirement Planning, Estimating Income Needs, Sources of Retirement Income.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Billingsley R., Gitman L., &Joehnk M. (2017). Personal Financial Planning. Cengage Learning.
2. Tillery S., & Thomas N. Tillery. (2017). Essentials of Personal Financial Planning. Association
of International Certified Professional Accountants.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE 1)

45
GLOBAL MARKETING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility criteria Pre-requisite of
course the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ (if any)
Practice
Global Marketing (DSE 1) 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Marketing

Learning Objectives
● This course aims to bring to the fore various cultural and regional variables and their impact
on businesses in the short-term and long-term future.
● It further aims to explore the nuances of international marketing related activities such as
advertising, pricing, supply chain management, market entry, branding and customization
etc. while attempting to bring practical elements into study.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Develop the basic understanding of the factors related to global marketing
● Articulate the various deciding factors at international level which have a significant impact
on international trade and business.
● Identify the Fundamentals of sustainable (profitable) business growth with focus on
international expansion, operating in multiple markets, new business opportunities and
market analysis.
● Comprehend the critical roles of (international pricing, advertising and promotions, policies
for export and international trade, global marketing strategies etc.) in developing a sound
International business relations.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 1

Unit 1: Introduction (9 Hours)
Reasons behind international expansion; types of MNCs; Expatriates and Inpatriates; Stages of
International Exposure; Global Marketing, Using Social Media tools.

Unit 2: International Variables (12 Hours)

National-level variables, regional trading blocs; Physical variables, Geographic distance, Grouping of
industries in specific areas/regions, Environment specific impacts, Distribution of Natural
Resources; Cultural Variables, Impact on doing business (Distance, Power, Decision Making, People
Management, Delegation, Corruption, Quality Benchmarks Etc.), Gender biases, Festivals, Buying

46
Behaviour; PESTEL; Porter’s Diamond Model; Positioning; Protectionism and its impact on
international trade.

Unit 3; International Expansion (12 Hours)

Porter’s Five Forces Model; Ghemawat’s CAGE framework; Globalisation; Demographics and
Segmentation; Assessing Market Potential, How markets behave, Selling in specific markets
(Developed, Developing, Post-Communist); “Right” Market to enter and “Right” Time to enter;
What (mis-selling, outdated products), Where, Why, and How are we selling; Customer needs (of
the new/foreign market); Location of manufacturing facilities; Labelling and Packaging (Export and
Retail); Selling to and in emerging markets; Concerns and issues with available market analysis tools.

Unit 4: International Business (12 Hours)

Strategic (and global) Alliances; Global level of competition; Product Development; E- Commerce
and Changing International Marketing Paradigms; Supply Chain as a source of International
Advantages; Managing International Sales (Channels and Logistics); International Advertising and
Promotions; Pricing for international markets, Pricing wars (War Chests), Approaches – Full-cost v/s
Variable, Skimming v/s Penetration (non-numeric), factors influencing pricing; Implementing a
Global Marketing Strategy; Support Mechanisms for Exports and International Trade, Export
Infrastructure and Assistance in India, ITPO; International Payment Methods, Finance and Raising
Funds, Taxation and Tax Havens, Marine and Cargo Insurance. Managing Risks in International
Trade.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Cateora, R. P., & Graham, L. John (2019). International Marketing.Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Joshi, R. M. (2014). International marketing. Oxford University Press.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Keegan, W. J. (2017). Global marketing management. Pearson Education India.
2. Muhlbacher, Hans. International Marketing-A Global Perspective. Cengage Learning.
3. Bhattacharya, B. and Varshney, R.L. (2022). International Marketing Management. Sultan
Chand & Sons.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch, Universiy
of Delhi, from time to time.

47
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE 2)

GEOPOLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL TRADE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
ts course criteria course
Lecture Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
l Practice
Geopolitics and International 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Marketing
Trade
(DSE 2)

Learning Objectives
● This paper aims at providing the learners with a greater understanding of geopolitics, how it
works, and how it can be used to assess the existing capabilities and building of new plans
in terms of foreign policy orientations focusing the deeper trading relations.
● The course covers the key concepts and ideas of geopolitics and engages with the current
dynamics of building new trade partners and trade networks. It enhances the ability to use
geopolitics for the analysis of the social, political and economic dimensions of international
trade.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Recognise the concept of Geopolitics, Geostrategic and Geopolitical theories, various
theories and their implications for and contemporary applications in the field of
International Relations and trade.
● Interpret the linkages among International Relations, Political Science, National Security
policies, History, Political, Geography and Economy.
● Recall some of the major geopolitical actors and activities in the global political and
economic arena and analyse their impact in the distribution of power and wealth.
● Inspect, analyze and understand the political economy of trade and economic cooperation.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 2

Unit 1: Introducing Geopolitics (9 Hours)
Introduction to roots and theories, Geopolitical theories of land (Mackinder), sea (Mahan), air
(deSeversky) and their contemporary applications, Geopolitical Agency-The concept of Geopolitics
codes, Territorial Geopolitics –Shaky Foundations of the World Political Map, Global Geopolitical
structure-Framing Agency, International Political Economy-Economics Geography and

48
Globalisation. Network Geopolitics-Social Movements and Armed conflicts, Link between
Geopolitics, economics and investments, Measuring Geopolitical risk.

Unit 2: Geopolitics and International Economic Cooperation (12 Hours)

Building a New World Order, IMF and WTO-Are Geopolitical tools?, Free Trade and WTO, Criticism
of Free Trade Agreements, Economic Diplomacy as a Mean to Foster Growth, Globalisation- growth
and inequality. IMF-Compliance, defiance, and the dependency trap: International Monetary Fund
program interruptions and their impact on capital markets.

Unit 3: India & South Asia (12 Hours)

Untapped regional trade integration, political economy of trade. Fall of Kabul – Regional reset,
Potential impact on India’s future plan to reach Central Asian markets, Geopolitical importance of
Iran for India, Trade Potential of Chabaar (Iran) port for India. Shifting trade focus from West to
East-India’s Look East Policy and Geopolitical Gravity in the Indo-Pacific region. India’s Geopolitical
ties with major trade partners-UAE, USA, Saudi Arabia. India and China-From armed conflict to $100
billion trade.

Unit 4: Geopolitics of trade routes (12 Hours)

The Ancient Silk Roads: Historical Perspectives, The Revival of the New Silk Roads by Modern China,
Indo-Pacific and the Maritime Silk Road, China’s Arctic Policy and Polar Silk Road, Geopolitical and
Geo-Economic Patterns of the BRI’s Implementation. Global Paradigm Shift: Towards a World-Land
Bridge. South China Sea and its geostrategic importance for trade.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Flint, Colin. (2016). Introduction to Geopolitics. (3rd edition). Routledge
2. Ahmed, Faisal & Lambert, Alexandre. (2021). The Belt and Road Initiative: Geopolitical and
Geoeconomics Aspects. (1st edition). Routledge.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Mi Park (2018). The IMF and WTO: How does Geopolitics influence Global Finance and
International Trade?. (1st edition). Coal Harbour Publishing
2. Klement, Joachim. (2021). Geo-Economics: The Interplay between Geopolitics, Economics,
and Investments. (1st edition). CFA Institute Research Foundation / Monograph.
3. Kumar, R. (2020). South Asia: Multilateral Trade Agreements and untapped regional trade
integration. International Journal of Finance & Economics, 26(2), 2891–2903.
doi:10.1002/ijfe.1941
4. Kumar, R. (2019). India & South Asia: Geopolitics, regional trade and economic
growth spillovers. The Journal of International Trade & Economic Development,
29(1), 69–88. doi:10.1080/09638199.2019.1636121

49
5. Kumar, R. (2019b). India–china: Changing Bilateral Trade and its effect on economic
growth. The Singapore Economic Review, 67(02), 567–586.
doi:10.1142/s021759081950005x
6. Frandi, Nico. (2019). Paper prepared for the IstitutoAffariInternazionali (IAI), May 2019.
“WTO and geopolitical changes. Multilateralism and coalitions of members between
crisis, adaptation to change and rebirth”, published in September 2018.
7. Reinsberg, B., Stubbs, T. &Kentikelenis, A. (2021). Compliance, Defiance, and the
dependency trap: International monetary fund program interruptions and their impact on
Capital Markets. Regulation & Governance, 16(4), 1022–1041.
doi:10.1111/rego.12422
8. Iwanek, K. (2021, September). India Poised to Lose Influence in Afghanistan. The
Diplomat. Retrieved from https://thediplomat.com/2021/09/india-poised-to-lose-
influence-in-afghanistan/
9. Jamal, Umair. (2021, May). Treacherous Triangle: Afghanistan, India, and Pakistan After
US Withdrawal. The Diplomat. Retrieved from
https://thediplomat.com/2021/05/treacherous-triangle-afghanistan-india-and-pakistan-
after-us-withdrawal/
10. Sood, Rakesh. (2021, November). Redefining India’s role in Afghanistan. ORF. Retreived
from https://www.orfonline.org/research/redefining-indias-role-in-afghanistan/
11. Chatterji, S. K. (2020, March 3). Afghanistan geo-strategically important for India; could
be tapped for defence exportsS. Financial Express. Retrieved from
https://www.financialexpress.com/defence/afghanistan-geo-strategically-important-for-
india-could-be-tapped-for-defence-exports/1887297/
12. Kothari, Raj Kumar. (2020). India’s Strategic Interests In Central Asia. World Affairs: The
Journal of International Issues, Vol. 24, No. 1 , pp. 100-117.
13. Rowden, Rick. (2020, December 18). India’s Strategic Interests in Central Asia and
Afghanistan: Go through Iran. New Lines Institute. Retrieved from
https://newlinesinstitute.org/iran/indias-strategic-interests-in-central-asia-and-
afghanistan-go-through-iran/
14. Pant, H.V. and Deb, A. (2017). India-ASEAN Partnership at 25. Observer Research
Foundation (ORF) Issue Brief, Issue No. 189. New Delhi, India

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi from time to time.

50
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-3)

INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND DOCUMENTATION

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ (if any)
Practice
International Trade and 4 3 1 0 Class XII Understanding of
Documentation (DSE 3) international trade

Learning Objective
● The objective of this course is to acquaint the learners with the basic concepts of
international trade, India‘s foreign trade policies, export assistance and promotion measures
and various aspects of importing.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
• Understand the various theories of international trade, role of government in exchange
control and tariff measures.
• Comprehend the current composition and direction of India’s foreign trade.
• Evaluate the different measures of export promotion adopted and various schemes
launched by the government of India.
• Demonstrate the documentation process under international trade as well use of
information technology in international business.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 3

Unit 1: Introduction to International Trade (9 Hours)
Theories of International Trade- Absolute and comparative Advantage theories- Heckscher- Ohlin
theory- terms of trade- theory of international trade in services, Tariffs- Quotas- dumping-
Antidumping/ countervailing- duties- technical standards- exchange control and other non tariff
measures

Unit 2: India’s Foreign Trade (12 Hours)

Composition and direction of India’s foreign trade- India‘s foreign trade policy- export promotion
infrastructure and institutional set up – deemed exports- rupee convertibility- policy on foreign
collaborations and counter trade arrangements- India‘s joint ventures abroad- project and
consulting exports; Balance of Payments.

51
Unit 3: Export Assistance in India (12 Hours)
Export assistance and promotion measures- ECGC- import facility- duty drawback- duty exemption
schemes- tax concessions- MAI-MDA-100 percent EOUs SEZs, Export Promotion Councils (EPCS),
Vishesh Krishi and Gram Udyog Yojana (Special Agriculture and Village Industry Scheme (VYGUY),
Focus Market Schemes, Advance Authorisation scheme.

Unit 4: International Documentation (12 Hours)

Processing of an export order – methods of payment- negotiations of export bills- pre and post
shipment export credit – Bank guarantees- types and characteristics of export documents,
Procedure for procurement through imports- Import financing-customs clearance of imports-
managing risks involved in importing, Information Technology in International Business - e
procurement, e-marketing, e- logistics

Essential/recommendation Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Cherunilam, F. International Trade and Export Management. Himalaya Publishing House
2. Agarwal, O.P. & Chaudhuri, B.K. Foreign Trade and Foreign Exchange. Himalaya Publishing
House.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Rao, M.B. and Guru, Manjula: WTO and International Trade. Vikas Publishing House
2. Mahajan, V.S.: India’s Foreign Trade and Balance of Payments. Deep & Deep Publications
3. Jeevanandam, C.: Foreign Exchange and Risk Management. Sultan Chand & Sons

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to tim

52
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-1): MANAGEMENT WISDOM FROM INDIA

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cre Credit distribution of Eligibility Pre-requisite of
dits the course criteria the course
Lec Tutor Practical
ture ial /
Practice
Management Wisdom from India 4 3 1 0 Class XII Concepts of
(GE 1) management

Learning Objectives
● This course aims to bring management education and research in India in line with its needs
to tackle contemporary challenges
● The course helps learners develop management models that are rooted in India’s spiritual
and cultural ethos.
● This course attempts to highlight innovative uses of Indian Management thought in the
VUCA world of today.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Interpret the various theories, concepts and ideas that constitute ‘received knowledge’ of
Indian Management.
● Learn how to compare and contrast Indian management thought with Western concepts.
● Illustrate ways of how to apply Indian management thought more effectively in an
organisation setting.
● Judge how Indian thoughts help enable growth and development of the self,
organisations, society and environment in the present as well as future context.

SYLLABUS OF GE-1
UNIT- 1: Indian Wisdom (9 hours)
Understand the principles of materialism (abhyudhaya), spiritualism (nisreyasa), nivṛtti (spiritual
contemplation), pravṛtti (worldly duties), coexistence (lokasagraham), cohesion (samanva),
arkashastra (Analysis, Reasoning, Argumentation), Diversity Management (Anekanthavada).
Relevance of Gurukul concepts in modern corporate world - shadowing, mentoring and coaching;

53
Roots of Indian wisdom - welfare-oriented economy based on moral values. Using Indian wisdom
to solve modern management problems.

UNIT- 2: Management Paradigms from Ancient Texts (12 hours)

Relevant concepts: Spiritual dimensions, Karma, Organisation tension, Positive thinking, Integrity,
Leadership, Work Ethic. Management learnings from the Bhagavad Gita. Interpersonal Relations
in Ramayana and Mahabharata. PauranicJagruti and Tourism Management. Management
principles from the Guru Granth Sahib. Management learning and Organisational Policies from the
Thirukural. Government administration from Kautilya'sArthasastra. Learnings from a study of
Manusmriti.

UNIT- 3: Indian Management Practices (15 hours)

Uniquely Indian business scenarios – population density, crowd behaviour, role of the unorganised
sector in trade and commerce, or cultural issues in business, infrastructure development, public
private partnerships and regulation, how taxation drives business behaviour, logistics
management, saving habits of Indians. Indian business practices- Community-based Business
Management (Chettiars in Tamil Nadu, Marwaris of Rajasthan, Angadias of Gujarat), Indian family
business management, community level success stories- Gupta empire, Gujarati, Marwari, Punjabi
traders. Studying Indian business success stories such as Dabbawallas, Amul, Swachh Bharat,
Atmanirbhar Bharat, PLI scheme initiatives, Indian corporates working abroad, success of Indians
as individuals abroad in domains such as IT, Merchant Navy, Higher Education, Medicine.

UNIT-4: Future for Indian Management Thoughts (9 hours)

Indian models like OSHA, Theory K and Corporate Rishi Model. Management education should be
based on four Ds (decision, direction, determination and dedication) and four Es (explore,
experience, enjoy and excel) in learners. Indian perspectives on sustainability, creativity,
interpersonal skills, business ethics, environment friendly.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Srinivasan, V. (2006). New Age Management Philosophy from Ancient India. (1st edition).
Lotus.
2. Peetham, Sri Sharada. (2016). Ancient Wisdom for Modern Management. (1st edition).
Springer.
3. Bansal, Ipshita. (2003). Management Concepts In Ancient Indian Psycho-Philosophic
Thought. (1st edition). Popular Book Depot.
4. Sharma, Subhash. (2020). Indian Management. (1st edition). New Age International.
5. Swami Ranganathananda. (2001). Universal Message of the Bhagavad Gita. (1st edition).
Advaita Ashrama, Kolkata.
6. Swami Dayananda Saraswati, (2007). The value of values. (1st edition). Arsha Vidya
Research & Publication Trust, Chennai.

54
Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)
1. Mahadevan, B. (2019). Writings on Gita & Management. (1st edition). Kindle edition.
(http://www.iimb.ernet.in/webpage/b‐mahadevan/bhagavad‐gita‐amp‐management)
2. Swami Chinmayananda, (2000). Holy Geeta. (1st edition). Chinmaya Prakashan.
3. Bhattathiri, M.P. (2004). Retrieved from
http://vaikhari.org/downloads/Bhagavad%20Gita%20and%20Management.pdf
4. Houston, D.J. and Cartwright K.E. (2007). Spirituality and Public Service. Public
Administration Review, Jan. – Feb., 2007, 88 – 102.
5. Poole, E. (2007). Organisational Spirituality – A literature review. Journal of Business
Ethics, 84, pp. 577 – 588.
6. Mahadevan, B., (2013). Inspirational Leadership: Perspectives from Gītā. Chapter 13 in
Sanskrit and Development of World Thought, Kutumba Sastry V. (Ed.), D K Print World,
New Delhi, pp 199 ‐ 210.
7. Ehrenfeld, J.R. (2005). The Roots of Sustainability. MIT Sloan Management Review, 46 (2),
pp. 23‐25.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-2:) FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANISATION BEHAVIOR

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
Code course criteria requisite
of the
course
Lecture Tutorial Practic
al/
Practic
e
Fundamentals of 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Organisational
Behaviour
(GE 2)

55
● Develop an understanding of group behaviour, group dynamics and leadership styles.
Devise strategies for effective group management and leadership development.
● Apply the conceptual understanding of organizational level variables which impact
behaviour in organizations in understanding as well as initiating change in organizations.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Comprehend the meaning and nature of organizational behaviour. Understand influences
and factors impacting individual behaviour in organizations.
● Enhance understanding of various organizational and interpersonal processes like
motivation, interpersonal transactions, level of trust etc. Compare and contrast various
theories to develop an understanding of their relevance in different organizational
situations.
Develop and shape organizational strategies to manage these interpersonal processes.
● Analyse and develop greater insight into the behaviour of individuals in groups/teams in
organizations and handle group behaviour and leadership issues in organizations.
● Apply the understanding of organizational dynamics in terms of power; conflict etc. in
managing interpersonal behaviour. Evaluate organizational requirements and create
interventions

SYLLABUS OF GE-2
UNIT- 1: Fundamental Concepts in OB (12 hours)
Importance and Key concepts in OB. Perception, Factors affecting Perception, Perceptual Process,
and Errors in Perception. Personality: Concept and Factors affecting personality. Learning: Concept
and Theories of Learning, Concept of Reinforcement.

UNIT- 2: Motivation and Interpersonal Relations (12 hours)

Motivation: Concepts and their application, Content theories (Maslow and Herzberg’s Theories);
Process theories (Expectancy theory). Managing Interpersonal Relationships; Transactional
Analysis; Ego states, Types of Transactions, Importance of Transactional Analysis. Johari window.

UNIT- 3: Group Processes and Leadership at Work (12 hours)

Leadership: Trait Approach, Behavioural theories (Ohio and Michigan State Studies, and Blake &
Mouton’s Managerial grid), and Concept of Situational/Contingency approach to Leadership.
Groups: Definition Stages of Group Development, Group Processes-Group Cohesiveness.

UNIT-4: Organisational Dynamics of Politics, Conflict and Change (9 hours)

Organisational Power: Concept, Sources of Power, Tactics to gain power in Organizations. Conflict:
Concept, Sources, Types, Stages of conflict, Management of conflict. Organisational Change:

56
Concept, Resistance to change, managing resistance to change, Implementing Change.

Essential/recommended readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Robbins, S. P., Judge, T. A. and Vohra N. (2019). Organisational Behavior (18th
Edition). Pearson
2. Luthans, F., Luthans, K. W., & Luthans, B. C. (2015). Organizational Behavior: An
Evidence- based Approach (13th Edition) Charlotte, North Carolina: Information Age
3. Mcshane, S.L., Von Glinow, M.A., and Sharma, R.R. (2009). Organizational Behaviour.
New Delhi. McGraw-Hill (Special Indian Education).
4. Singh. K. (2010). Organizational Behaviour-Text and Cases. (3rd Edition) New Delhi.
Pearson Education
5. Aswathappa, K. (2005). Organizational Behaviour.Himalaya Publishing House,
Mumbai.
6. Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R.W. (2009). Organizational Behaviour-Managing People
and Organizations (4th Edition). Houghton Miffin Company-New York.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-3): FINANCE FOR NON-FINANCE EXECUTIVES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-
course y criteria requi
site
of the
cours
e
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice
Finance for Non-Finance 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Executives (GE 3)

Learning Objective
● To familiarise non finance executives with the essentials of finance and investments.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand Investment Environment and concept of Return & Risk.

57
● Analyse bond valuation & role of credit rating agencies.
● Examine equity analysis approaches.
● Understand two securities portfolios using the Harry Markowitz model and
understand CAPM.
● Familiarise with Investors’ protection framework.

SYLLABUS OF GE-3
Unit 1: Introduction to Finance (10 hours)
Introduction to Financial Management: Concept and Importance of Finance Function, Objectives
of Financial Management, Financial Decisions and their Risk-Return Trade-off. Time Value of
Money – Concept and Rationale, Compounding & Discounting to obtain Future and Present values.
Types of Risks and Returns. Sources of Finance.

Unit 2: Investment Decisions (12 hours)

Concept and Importance of Capital Budgeting, Objectives and Problems in Capital Budgeting,
Types of Investment Projects and kinds of Investment Decisions, Capital Budgeting Process.
Investment Evaluation Techniques: Payback Period, Discounted Payback Period, Net Present
Value, Profitability Index, Internal Rate of Return. Selection of suitable evaluation techniques.
Unit 3: Financing Decisions (12 hours)
Cost of Capital: Concept, Cost of Debt Capital, Cost of Preference Share Capital, Cost of Equity
Share Capital, Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC). Leverage Analysis: Meaning of Leverage;
Operating Leverage, Financial Leverage, and Combined Leverage. Capital Structure (Theory only):
Concept, Factors affecting Capital Structure, Capital Structure Theories: Net Income Approach, Net
Operating Income Approach, and Traditional Approach.

Unit 4: Dividend Decisions and Working Capital Management (11 hours)

Dividend Decisions: Concept, Relevance of Dividend Decisions: Walter’s Model and Gordon’s
Model. Types of Dividends, Dividend Policies and factors determining the Dividend policy. Working
Capital Management (Theory only): Concept and need for Working Capital, Types of Working
Capital and factors affecting Working Capital requirements.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Singh, S. & Kaur, R. (2020). Fundamentals of Financial Management (7th ed.). Scholar Tech
Press.
2. Bhargav, B. K. (2022). Finance For Non-Finance Managers. Jaiko Publishing House.
3. Chandra, P. (2017). Finance Sense: Finance For Non-Finance Executives (5th ed.). Tata
McGraw Hill.
4. Tripathi, V. (2021). Basic Financial Management (3rd ed.). Taxmann.

58
Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)
1. Chandra, P. (2022). Financial Management – Theory and Practice. (11th ed.). Tata McGraw
Hill.
2. Tripathi, V. (2023). Fundamentals of Investments (6th ed.). Taxmann.
3. Hawawini, G., &Viallet, C. (2008). Finance for Non-Finance Managers. Cengage Learning.
4. Siciliano, G. (2014). Finance for Nonfinancial Managers, 2nd ed. (Briefcase Books Series) .
McGraw-Hill.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-4): WEALTH MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credi Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Code ts criteria requisite
of the
course
Lectur Tutorial Practical/
e Practice
Wealth 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Management
(GE 4)

Learning Objective
● To familiarise learners with the essential concepts and fundamentals of financial
investments. The course will enable them to understand and make informed choice about
the various available financial investment alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Provide an overview of various aspects related to wealth management.
● Understand the fundamentals of financial investments and the investment decision
process.
● Able to compute various measures of risk and return, and understand their role for
evaluating investments.
● Understand and carry out security analysis using different approaches.
● Learn basic approaches to managing portfolios.

59
SYLLABUS OF GE-4
Unit 1: Basics of Wealth Management and Investments (9 hours)
Introduction to Wealth Management, Need for Wealth Management, Components of Wealth
Management, Process of Wealth Management. Concept of Investment, Financial Investment Vs.
Real Investment, Investment Vs. Speculation, Objectives or Features of Investment, Risk Return
Trade Off, Investment Environment – Overview of Securities Market and Different Types of
Financial Investment. Investment Decision Process, Direct Investing Vs Indirect Investing,
Approaches to Investing – Active Vs Passive.

Unit 2: Risk – Return Analysis (12 hours)

Concepts of Return and Risk, Types of Return (their calculation & utility): Absolute Return, Average
Return, Expected Return, Holding Period Return, Effective Annualised Return, Portfolio Return,
Risk-Adjusted Return. Causes (or Sources) and Types of Risk – Systematic and Unsystematic Risk,
Components of Systematic and Unsystematic Risk. Calculation of Total, Systematic and
Unsystematic Risk. Impact of Taxes and Inflation on Investment – Computation of Post Tax and
Real Returns.

Unit 3: Security Analysis (12 hours)

Approaches to Security Analysis – Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis, and Efficient Market
Hypothesis (EMH). Fundamental Analysis – EIC Framework, Economic Analysis, Industry Analysis,
and Company Analysis. Technical Analysis – Basic Tenets of Technical Analysis, Tool of Technical
Analysis – Charts, and Technical Indicators, Limitations of Technical Analysis. Difference between
Fundamental Analysis and Technical Analysis.

Unit 4: Portfolio Management & Estate Planning (12 hours)

Traditional portfolio management for individuals: Objectives, constraints, time horizon, current
wealth, tax considerations, liquidity requirements, and anticipated inflation. Asset allocation:
Asset allocation pyramid, investor life cycle approach. Portfolio management services: Passive –
Index funds, systematic investment plans. Active – market timing, style investing. Portfolio Analysis
– Portfolio Risk and Portfolio Return. Estate Planning – Fundamentals of Estate Planning, Impact
of Property Ownership and Beneficiary Designations, Estate Planning Documents, and Executing
Basic Estate Planning

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Tripathi, V. (2019). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management: Text and Cases. Taxmann
Publications
2. Chandra, P. (2021). Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. (6th ed.). McGraw Hill
Education.

60
Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)
1. Billingsley, R., Gitman, L. J., &Joehnk, M. D. (2020). Personal Financial Planning. (15th ed.).
Cengage Learning.
2. Tillery, S., & Tillery, T. (2018). Essentials of Personal Financial Planning (1st ed.). Wiley.
3. Singh, R. (2017). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (2nd ed.). Excel Books.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-5): FUNDAMENTALS OF MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-
course y criteria requisite
of the
course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice
Fundamentals of 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Marketing
Management
(GE 5)

Learning Objectives
● To introduce the nature, scope, and importance of marketing and its evolution over time.
● To explain the core marketing concepts and the various company orientations.
● To explain the various product decisions, including the product life cycle, product
classification, product line decision, product mix decision, branding decisions, packaging
and labeling.
● To understand the various pricing methods and determinants of price, as well as
promotion decisions and marketing channel decisions.

61
● Learners will be able to make informed decisions regarding product decisions, including the
product life cycle, product classification, product line decision, product mix decision,
branding decisions, packaging and labelling.
● Learners will be able to analyse the various pricing methods and determinants of price, as
well as promotion decisions and marketing channel decisions, to develop effective
marketing strategies.
● Learners will be able to develop marketing strategies for service firms based on an
understanding of the unique characteristics of services.

SYLLABUS OF GE-5
Unit 1: Introduction and Marketing Environment (12 hours)
Introduction: Nature, Scope and Importance of Marketing, Evolution of Marketing; Core marketing
concepts; Company orientation - Production concept, Product concept, Selling concept, Marketing
concept, Holistic marketing concept. Marketing Environment: Demographic, Economic, Political,
Legal, Socio cultural, Technological environment (Indian context); Portfolio approach – Boston
Consulting Group (BCG) matrix.

Unit 2: Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning and Product Decisions (12 hours) Segmentation,
Targeting and Positioning: Concept; Levels of Market Segmentation, Basis for Segmenting
Consumer Markets; Product decisions: Concept of Product Life Cycle (PLC), PLC marketing
strategies, Product Classification, Product Line Decision, Product Mix Decision, Branding Decisions,
Packaging & Labelling.

Unit 3: Pricing, Promotion and Marketing Channel Decisions (12 hours)

Pricing Decisions: Determinants of Price, Pricing Methods (Non-mathematical treatment),
Adapting Price. Promotion Decisions: Factors determining promotion mix, Promotional Tools –
Fundamentals of advertisement, Sales Promotion, Public Relations & Publicity and Personal
Selling. Marketing Channel Decision: Channel functions, Channel Levels, Types of Intermediaries:
Wholesalers and Retailers.

Unit 4: Marketing of Services (9 hours)

Marketing of Services: unique characteristics of services, marketing strategies for service firms –
7Ps.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

● Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., Agnihotri, P. Y., &UlHaq, E. (2019). Principles of marketing: A
South Asian perspective. Pearson.
● Kotler, P., & Keller, K. L. (2015). Marketing management (15th ed.). Pearson.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

62
● Ramaswamy, V.S. & Namakumari, S.: Marketing Management: Global Perspective –
Indian Context, Macmillan Publishers India Limited.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-6): DYNAMICS OF START UPS

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-

Code course criteria requisite
of the
course
Lect Tutorial Practic
ure al/
Practic
e
Dynamics of Start 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Ups
(GE 6)

Learning Objectives
● Understand the concept of entrepreneurship, its different types, and the qualities required
to become a successful entrepreneur.
● Explore the significance of innovation, creativity, and the role they play in the development
and growth of new ventures, particularly in the Indian context.
● Identify and evaluate business opportunities, employing various techniques such as idea
generation, selection, and implementation.
● Conduct feasibility analysis, encompassing marketing, technical, and financial aspects, to
determine the viability of a new venture.
● Gain knowledge of resource mobilization strategies, including different types of resources
and various sources of financing, for successful entrepreneurship. Additionally,
comprehend the government initiatives and support available for entrepreneurs in India,
along with the mechanisms for scaling up and exiting a business.

63
● Assess the feasibility of a new venture through comprehensive analysis of marketing,
technical, and financial factors. (Analysis)
● Develop strategies for resource mobilization and financing options for entrepreneurship.
(Synthesis)
● Evaluate the challenges, government initiatives, and support systems associated with
scaling up and exiting a business. (Evaluation)

SYLLABUS OF GE-6

Unit 1: Entrepreneurship Journey (9 hours)

Unit 2: Business Setup (12 hours)

Characteristics of opportunity, where to look for opportunities, from identification to evaluation,
forms of ownership and suitability, different modes of generating ideas, identification of
opportunities: idea generation, selection and implementation, search for new ideas: techniques
for generating ideas: scamper, brainstorming, mind mapping, storyboarding, role playing. Entry
strategies: new product, franchising, buying an existing firm.

Unit 3: Feasibility and Resource Mobilisation (15

hours)
Feasibility analysis: marketing, technical and financial feasibility analysis, industry and competition
analysis, assessing new venture, economic environment and socio-economic feasibility of the
venture. Resource mobilization for entrepreneurship: what is resource, resources mobilization,
types of resources, process of resource mobilization, sources of financing.

Unit 4: Scaling-up of Business and Entrepreneurship Ecosystem (9 hours)

Scaling ventures – preparing for change, harvesting mechanism and exit strategies, managing
growth, reasons for new venture failures, the entrepreneurial ecosystem, business incubators,
entrepreneurship in India. Government initiatives, government grant and subsidies.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

64
4. Spinelli, S., Adams, R. J., & Timmons, J. A. (2018). New venture creation: Entrepreneurship
for the 21st century (11th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
5. Zimmerer, T. W., Scarborough, N. M., & Wilson, D. (2018). Essentials of entrepreneurship
and small business management (9th ed.). Pearson.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Barringer, B. R., & Ireland, R. D. (2019). Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New
Ventures (6th ed.). Pearson.
2. Hisrich, R. D., Peters, M. P., & Shepherd, D. A. (2020). Entrepreneurship (11th ed.).
McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Kuratko, D. F., & Hodgetts, R. M. (2017). Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process, and Practice
(10th ed.). Cengage Learning.
4. Morris, M. H., Kuratko, D. F., &Covin, J. G. (2019). Corporate Entrepreneurship &
Innovation (4th ed.). Cengage Learning.
5. Timmons, J. A., Spinelli, S., &Zacharakis, A. (2018). New Venture Creation:
Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century (11th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

65
SEMESTER -III
B.A (Hons) BUSINESS ECONOMICS
Category I
(B.A. Honours in Business Economics in three years)

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 7 (DSC-7): MICROECONOMICS-II

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Microeconomics-II (DSC 7) 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None

Learning Objectives
This course aims to provide to the student an understanding of:
• the concepts of a market structure and equilibrium in perfectly and imperfectly
competitive market situations.
• the possible equilibria in factor markets
• equilibrium in all commodity and factor markets
• the concept of economic welfare and its properties.

Learning outcomes
By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Identify different forms of market structure, their resource allocation and

welfare implications.
· Express rational agent desires in a game theoretic framework.
· Analyse profit maximising strategies under different oligopoly models.
· Use a social welfare function to evaluate societal outcomes

SYLLABUS OF DSC-7

UNIT–I: Market Structure (18 hours)

Perfect Competition: Firm equilibrium in the short and long run. Short run supply curve
for the firm and the market, long run industry supply; constant, increasing and decreasing
cost industry; producer and consumer surplus. Monopoly: Profit Maximisation, multi-
plant firm, monopoly power and its measurement, social costs of monopoly, price
discrimination. Monopolistic Competition: product differentiation; equilibrium of the
firm in the industry-with entry of new firms and with price competition, Comparisons.
Oligopoly and Game Theory: Cournot model and reaction curves, Stackelberg‘s model,
Bertrand model, Quantity leadership, Price leadership, Non collusive stable equilibrium,
66
Simultaneous quantity setting, Collusion, Cartels, Concepts of Game Theory: Dominant
strategies and Nash Equilibrium, Mixed strategies, Prisoner's Dilemma.

UNIT – II: Factor Market (10 hours)

Factor pricing in the case of single and many variable factors, demand for labor in a
product market with perfect competition and monopoly, monopsony, bilateral
monopoly and role of labour unions. Economic rent and quasi rent.

UNIT – III: General Equilibrium (9 hours)

Equilibrium and efficiency under pure exchange and production; Edgeworth box; Pareto
optimality conditions; market trade; Walras’ law; existence of equilibrium and
efficiency; Implications of the first and second welfare theorem.

UNIT – IV: Welfare (8 hours)

Social Welfare Function; welfare maximization, Fair allocation, Envy and equity, Arrow's
Impossibility Theorem

Essential/recommended readings

1. Varian, H. R. (2020). Intermediate microeconomics: A modern approach. W. W.

Norton.
2. Bernheim, B., Whinston, M. (2009). Microeconomics. Tata McGraw- Hill.
3. Snyder, C., Nicholson, W. (2010). Fundamentals of Microeconomics. Cengage
Learning
4. Pindyck, Robert S. & Rubinfeld, Daniel L. (2017). Microeconomics. Pearson

Suggestive readings

1. Dr. Robert E. Hall and Dr. Marc Lieberman. (2009).Microeconomics - Principles

and Applications. South Western Educational Publishing.
2. Bergstrom, T., Varian, H. (2014). Workouts in Intermediate Microeconomics. W. W.
Norton.
3. Joseph E. Stiglitz and Carl E. Walsh. (2006). Principles of Microeconomics. W. W.
Norton & Co.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

67
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 8 (DSC-8) MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS
ECONOMICS - II
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Mathematics for Business 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Economics –II (DSC 8)

Learning Objectives

This course aims to introduce to the student the understanding of

• real multivariate functions and their properties

• the optimisation conditions for real multivariate functions
• differential equations and their applications
• difference equations and applications

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will able to:

· To be adept in the use of differential and integral calculus to examine the

properties of functions used in economics and business
· To solve numerical problems of multivariable optimization and properties of the
solutions.
· To model business and economic scenarios in mathematical terminology and to
appreciate economic models by using formal mathematical methods.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-8

UNIT – I:Multivariable Functions (12 hours)

Geometric representations: graphs and level curves; differentiability: characterisations,
properties with respect to various operations and applications; higher order derivatives:
properties and applications; the implicit function theorem and application to
comparative statics problems; homogeneous and homothetic functions:
characterisations and applications

UNIT – II: Multivariable Optimization (15 hours)

Multivariate optimisation: Convex sets; geometric properties of functions: convex
functions, their characterisations, properties and applications; further geometric
properties of functions: quasiconvex functions, their characterisations, properties and
applications; unconstrained optimisation: geometric characterisations, characterisations

68
using calculus and applications. Multivariate Optimization with constraints: Constrained
optimisation with equality constraints: geometric characterisations, Lagrange
characterisation using calculus and applications; properties of value function: envelope
theorem and applications.

UNIT – III: Economic Dynamics -1 (9 hours)

First order differential equations, phase diagrams and stability.

UNIT – IV: Economic Dynamics -2 (9 hours)

First order difference equations, equilibrium and stability

Essential/recommended readings
1. Sydsaeter, K., Hammond, P. (2002). Mathematics for economic analysis. Pearson
Educational.

Suggestive readings
1. Chiang, Alpha C., and Wainwright Kevin. Fundamental Methods of Mathematical
Economics. Boston, Mass: McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2005
2. Hoy, Michael, Livernois, John, McKenna, Chris, Rees, Ray and StengosThanasis
(2011) Mathematics for Economics. Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

69
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 9 (DSC-9): CORPORATE FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Corporate Finance (DSC 9) 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None

Learning Objectives

This course aims to

• introduce the basic concepts of financial management and its objectives.
• provide an understanding of investment decisions and of working capital.
• introduce and discuss the issues in the cost of capital.
• examine the theories and analysis involved in financing decisions and dividend
distribution.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

● To learn the role and objectives of financial management in business corporations.

● To acquire skills to analyse corporate behaviour during procurement and
development of resources.
● To understand capital structure and discuss the factors that financial managers
consider while determining a company’s financing strategy
● To critically discuss the theories relating to dividends policies and cost of capital

SYLLABUS OF DSC-9

UNIT – I: Introduction (6 hours)

Nature and Scope of Financial Management. Traditional and Modern Approach to the
concept of financial management. Functions of finance – Finance Decision, Investment
Decision, Dividend Decision. Objectives of Financial Management - Profit Maximisation
and Wealth Maximisation. Concept of Time Value of Money.

UNIT – II: Investment Decision (15 hours)

Capital Budgeting - Nature and meaning of capital budgeting; Types of decisions: - Accept-
Reject, Replacement, Mutually Exclusive. Estimation of Relevant cash flows. Evaluation
techniques - Accounting Rate of Return, Pay Back, Net Present Value, Internal Rate of
Return, Profitability Index Method.

70
Concepts and Definition of working capital. Determining Financing Mix; Permanent and
temporary working capital; Determinants of working capital; Computation of Working
Capital.

UNIT – III: Cost of Capital (9 hours)

Concept and Measurement of Cost of Capital: Measurement of specific costs - Cost of
debt:- perpetual debt and Redeemable debt; Cost of Preference Share; Cost of Equity
Capital – Dividend valuation model and CAPM; Cost of Retained Earnings. Computation
of Overall Cost of Capital based on book value weights and market value weights.

UNIT – IV: Financing Decision (15 hours)

Leverage Analysis - Operating, Financial, and Combined Leverage, Earning Before
Interest and Tax (EBIT) – Earning Per Share (EPS) analysis, Indifference point. Capital
structures theories - Net income approach; Net operating income approach; Modigliani-
Miller (MM) approach. Factors affecting capital Structure.
Dividend Decision: Relevance and irrelevance of dividends. Residual theory of dividends;
Modigliani and Miller hypothesis; Walter's model; Gordon's model. Factors affecting
Dividend Policy.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Khan, M.Y., & Jain, P.K. Basic Financial Management. Tata McGraw Hill Education
Private Limited.
2. Pandey,I.M. Financial Management. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
3. Rustagi, R. P. Fundamentals of Financial Management, Taxmann publication(Pvt)
Ltd,New Delhi.

Suggestive readings
1. Van Horne, J.C. Financial Management and Policy. Prentice Hall of India.
2. Levy, H. and Sarnat, M. Principles of Financial Management. Prentice Hall.
3. Brealey, Richard, A., & Myers, Stewart, C. Principles of Corporate Finance. Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited.
4. Chandra, Prasanna. Financial Management-Theory and Practice. Tata McGrawHill.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

71
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 1 (DSE-1): INCOME TAX LAW AND PRACTICE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course
Practice (if any)
Income Tax Law and 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Practice (DSE 1)

Learning Objectives

The course aims at

• Introducing basic definitions in Income Tax Act
• Computing taxable income under the heads Salaries and House Property
• Calculate Profits and Gains of Business or Profession, Capital Gains and Income from
other sources
• Understand deductions from gross taxable income and filling of returns.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· To Understand the Process of determination of taxable income

· To apply the deductions to taxable income as per the latest provisions of Income-
tax Act, 1961
· To Acquire the skill of Filling Basic Returns of Income Tax

SYLLABUS OF DSE-1

Unit 1: Introductory Concepts (3 hours)

Permanent Account Number (PAN), Assessment Year, Previous Year, Person, Assessee,
Gross Total Income, Total income and its computation, Tax Rates, Residential status;
Relationship between Residential Status and Incidence of Tax. Incomes Exempted under
section 10.

Unit 2: Computation for “Salaries” and “Income from House Property” (15 hours)
Income under the head “Salaries”: Meaning of Salary, basis of charge, Allowances,
Perquisites, permissible deductions from salary income, Deduction under Section 80 C.
Income under the head “Income from House Property”: Basis of charge, income from let
out house property, income from self-occupied property.

72
Unit 3: Computation for ‘Profits and Gains of Business or Profession’, ‘Capital
Gains’ and ‘Income from other sources’ (15 hours)
Profits and gains of business or profession: Basis of charge, important rules regarding
assessment of PGBP, computation of Profits from Business or Profession, deductions
expressly allowed, expenses expressly disallowed.
Capital gains: basis of charge, meaning of capital asset, cost of acquisition, improvement
and indexation, exemptions for capital gains arising from transfer of Capital Assets,
calculation of tax on short-term and long-term capital gains.
Income from other sources: basis of charge, dividend, winnings from lotteries,
crossword puzzles, etc., interest on securities, advance money received for transfer of a
capital asset, permissible deductions.

Unit 4: Computation of Total Income and Tax Liability (12 hours)

Computation of total income; Deductions from gross total income under section 80 C to
80 U; Rebates and reliefs; Set-off and carry forward of losses (Concept only), Concept of
advance payment of Tax and Deduction of Tax at Source. Computation of Taxable
Income and liability of Tax. e-Filing of Returns: ITR-1 (SAHAJ) and ITR-2

Essential/recommended readings

1. Ahuja, G. and Gupta, R. Simplified Approach to Income Tax. Flair Publications (P)
Ltd.
2. Singhania, V.K. and Singhania, M. Students Guide to Income Tax. Taxmann
Publications (P) Ltd.
Software to be used for teaching are:
1. ‘Excel Utility’ available at incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in
2. Vinod Kumar Singhania, e-filing of Income Tax Returns and Computation of Tax
Taxmann Publication (P) Ltd, New Delhi. (Latest version)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

73
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 2 (DSE-3): ENTREPRENEURSHIP

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course (if any)
Practice
Entrepreneurship (DSE 3) 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None

Learning Objectives

The course aims at:

• To introduce the concept of entrepreneurship and its role in the economy
• To launch an Entrepreneurial Venture and writing a business plan
• To identify and explore legal and financial requirements of a business
• To understand the role and creativity in sustainable Business

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· To develop critical thinking, problem solving skills and entrepreneurial mind-set in

students.
· To enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial process from idea
generation, to concept development and creation of the venture.
· To enable the understanding of the business models, legal aspects of enterprise
and writing a business plan.
· To apprise students with ways to finance and scale up the business.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-2

Unit 1: Introduction to Entrepreneurship (9 hours)

Concept of Entrepreneurship; Attributes of Entrepreneur; Distinction between
entrepreneur and manager; Concept of corporate entrepreneurship/ intrapreneurship;
Concept of social entrepreneurship; Role of entrepreneurship for an economy;
Understanding business model strategy; Legal forms of enterprise; case study
discussion on entrepreneurs, intrapreneurs, business models

Unit 2: Launching Entrepreneurial Venture (12 hours)

Identification of opportunities and Idea generation and screening methods-
Brainstorming, mind-mapping, story-telling, SCAMPER, attribute listing, focus group
74
interviews, customer feedback; Feasibility studies- Marketing, Financial, Technical,
Socio-economic Feasibility; Writing Business Plan

Unit 3: Legal and Financial Aspects (12 hours)

Legal requirements of business (Basic concept and relevance of patents, copyrights, and
trademark); Financing- Start-up phase financing, growth stage financing, Maturity-
phase financing; angel investment and venture capital, other forms of external
financing; case study discussion on financing a venture

Unit 4: Sustaining and Scaling Up (12 hours)

Keeping the entrepreneurial spirit alive- Challenges and remedies, Role of creativity and
innovation, Barriers to entrepreneurship, Concept of sustainability, Ethical
Perspectives; Introducing Shared Innovation into the Business Model; Evolution of CSR
from Compliance to Sustainable Entrepreneurship; How to Design CSR Strategies that
Optimize Impact for Business and Society

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Harvard Business Review Entrepreneur's Handbook: Everything You Need to

Launch and Grow Your New Business
2. Hisrich, R. D. International entrepreneurship: starting, developing, and managing a
global venture. Sage Publications.
3. Sharma, S., Starik, M., & Wuebker, R. Sustainability, innovation and
entrepreneurship: introduction to the volume.

Additional References:
1. Blank, S., Andreessen, M., Hoffman, R., & Sahlman, W. A. (2018). HBR's 10 Must
Reads on Entrepreneurship and Startups (featuring Bonus Article “Why the Lean
Startup Changes Everything” by Steve Blank). Harvard Business Press.
2. Drucker, P. (2014). Innovation and entrepreneurship. Routledge.
3. Hisrich, R.D., Manimala, M.J., Peters, M.P., Shepherd, D.A.: Entrepreneurship, Tata
McGraw Hill.
4. Kuratko, D.F., and Rao, T. V., Entrepreneurship: A South-Asian Perspective,
Cengage.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

75
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES OFFERED BY THE
DEPARTMENTS

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-1): PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course (if any)
Practice
Principles of Economics 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(GEC 1)

Learning Objectives
This course aims
• To offer basic understanding of the basic principles of micro economics like problem of
scarcity and choice, demand and supply, elasticity.
• To introduce students with basic consumer theory,
• To introduce students with production and cost concept
• to expose the student to the basic principles and concepts in Macroeconomic variables --
GDP, consumption, savings, investment, money and credit etc.
• To learn measurement of national income and related aggregates; nominal and real income
• To determine actual and potential GDP
• To understand the functioning of money market

Learning outcomes
By studying this course, students will be able to:
· To understand the principles of economics of the modern economy.
· To understand the consumer theory, production, and costs etc.
· To understand the basic principles of macroeconomics, national income
accounting and determination of GDP.
· To understand the functioning of the money market.

SYLLABUS OF GEC-1
Unit 1: Introduction (6 hours)
Problem of scarcity and choice: scarcity, choice and opportunity cost; production
possibility frontier; economic systems.
Demand and supply: law of demand, determinants of demand, shifts of demand versus
movements along a demand curve, market demand, law of supply, determinants of
supply, shifts of supply versus movements along a supply curve, market supply, market
equilibrium.

76
Applications of demand and supply: price rationing, price floors, consumer surplus,
producer surplus.Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculating elasticity,
determinants of price elasticity, other elasticities.
Unit 2: Consumer Theory (9 hours)
Budget constraint, concept of utility, diminishing marginal utility, Diamond-water
paradox, income and substitution effects; consumer choice: indifference curves,
derivation of demand curve from indifference curve and budget constraint.
Unit 3: Production and Costs (9 hours)
Production: behaviour of profit maximising firms, production process, production
functions, law of variable proportions, choice of technology, isoquant and isocost lines,
cost minimizing equilibrium condition.
Costs: costs in the short run, costs in the long run, revenue and profit maximizations,
minimizing losses, short run industry supply curve, economies and diseconomies of
scale, long run adjustments.
Unit 4: Introduction to Macroeconomics (6 hours)
What is macroeconomics? Macroeconomic issues in an economy.
Unit 5: National Income Accounting (6 hours)
Concepts of GDP Aggregates and National Income; measurement of national income and
related aggregates; nominal and real income; GDP and welfare and the limitations of the
GDP concept.
Unit 6: Determination of GDP (6 hours)
Actual and potential GDP; aggregate expenditure; consumption function; investment
function; equilibrium GDP; concepts of MPS, APS, MPC, APC; autonomous expenditure;
Concept of multiplier.
Unit 7: Money and Credit (3 hours)
Money in a Modern Economy: Concept of money in a modern economy; monetary
aggregates; demand for money; quantity theory of money; liquidity preference and rate
of interest; money supply and credit creation; monetary policy

Essential/recommended readings

1. Case, K.E., Fair, R. C., and Oster, S. E. (2017). Principles of Economics (12th Ed.).
Pearson.
2. Dornbusch, R., Fischer, S. and Startz. R. Macroeconomics (11th Edition). McGraw-
Hill.
3. Mankiw, N.G. (2021). Principles of Economics, (9th Edition). Cengage Learning.
4. Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., List J.A. (2016), Economics, Pearson
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

77
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-3): LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course (if any)
Practice
Legal Environment of 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Business (GEC 3)

Learning Objectives

The course intends:

• To familiarize the student with the concept and essentials of Indian Contract act which
govern business for its efficient conduct and to apply them in real life situations.
• To explain the meaning, nature and incorporation of a company.
• To make students understand and apply the provisions of Sale of Goods Act and Consumer
Protection Act.
• To recognize and articulate legal principles related to Limited Liability Partnership and
Information Technology Act.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· To understand the basic rules and provisions of Contract and Agreements.

· To know the provisions to Formation and functioning of company and LLP.
· To understand the significance and role of law of sale of goods act
· To have in- depth knowledge of Information Technology Act And legal framework of
right to Privacy, Data Security and Data Protection.
· Apply the law correctly to different facts and in different contexts

SYLLABUS OF GEC-3

Unit 1: Indian Contract Act (12 hours)

Meaning and Essentials of a Contract; Valid, Void and Voidable Contract; Offer and
Acceptance; Consideration; Capacity of Parties; Free Consent; Discharge of Contract and
Remedies for Breach of a Contract.

Unit 2: Companies Act (12 hours)

Meaning and Nature of Company; Promotion and Incorporation of a Company;
Memorandum of Association; Articles of Association; Misleading Prospectus and

78
remedies available to the parties; Board of Directors and their qualification, duties,
powers. Company Meetings and Resolutions.

Unit 3: Sale of Goods Act and Consumer Protection Act (12 hours)
Essentials of a Contract of Sale; Sale and Agreement to Sell, Conditions and Warranties;
Transfer of Title by Non-Owners; Doctrine of Caveat Emptor; Rights of Unpaid
Seller.Consumer Protection Act 2009: Scope and Applicability of the Act. Rights of
consumer. Procedure for complaints. Duties and power of Central Consumer Protection
Authority.

Unit 4: Limited Liability Partnership Act and IT Act (9 hours)

Meaning and nature of LLP; LLP and Company; LLP Agreement, Partners and Designated
Partners, Incorporation of LLP; Partners and their Relations, Extent and limitation of
liability of LLP.
Information Technology Act 2000: Concept and role; Digital signature, Electronic
governance, Attribution, Acknowledgement and dispatch of electronic records,
Regulation of certifying authorities, Digital signatures certificates, Duties of subscribers,
Penalties and adjudication, Appellate Tribunal , Offences.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Bansal, V & Arora, A. Corporate Laws. Vikas Publishing, House (P) Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Kuchhal M.C & Vivek K. Business Legislation for Management. VIKAS Publishing
House (P) Ltd.
3. Kumar, A. Corporate Laws. International Book House (P) Ltd.
4. Bare Acts relating to the laws.

Suggestive readings

1. Chadha, R,. Chadha, S. Corporate Laws. Mayur Paperbacks. New Delhi.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

79
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-5): QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course (if any)
Practice
Quantitative Techniques in 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Management (GEC 5)

Learning Objectives

To apprise students:
• To understand the concepts, formulation and interpretation of linear programming
methods and its application in diverse problems.
• To formulate and solve Transportation and Assignment problems
• To understand basic concept, construction of the Network diagram and Critical Path
Analysis
• To introduce game theory and network analysis forms part of the course.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

• Identify and develop operational research models from the verbal description of
the real system.
• Understand the mathematical tools that are needed to solve optimization
problems.
• Develop critical thinking and use PERT and CPM techniques to improve decision
making.

SYLLABUS OF GEC-5

UNIT – I: Introduction - Operations Research, Linear Programming (15 hours)

(i) Introduction to Operations Research, characteristics, Phases, Methodology,
Applications and scope
(ii) Formulation of Linear Programming problems, Graphical Solutions (Special cases:
Multiple optimal solution, infeasibility, unbounded solution); Simplex Method, Special
cases, Big-M method and Two-phase method; Duality (emphasis on formulation &
economic interpretation); Sensitivity Analysis. (Excel Solver application)

UNIT – II:Transportation and Assignment Problem (12 hours)

80
(ii) Assignment Problem: Hungarian Method, Special cases: Multiple Solutions,
Maximization case, Unbalanced case, Restrictions on assignment.

UNIT – III: Network Analysis (9 hours)

Basic Concept, Construction of the Network diagram, Critical Path Analysis, float and
slack analysis (Total float, free float, independent float), probability consideration in
PERT (Interface with Project Management open-source software)

UNIT – IV: Decision Theory (9 hours)

Decision making environment, Construction of Pay off Table, Opportunity Loss Table,
Decision under uncertainty. Decision under Conflict: Game Theory, Two-person Zero-
Sum games, Maximin Minimax Principle, Games without Saddle point - Mixed strategy,
Dominance Rule.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Vohra, N.D., Quantitative Techniques in Management (5th ed.). Tata McGraw Hill
2. Swarup, K., Gupta, P.K. and Mohan, Man, Introduction to Management Science
Operations Research (19th ed.). Sultan Chand & Sons.
3. Sharma, J.K., Operations Research: Theory and Applications (6th ed.). Trinity.
4. Taha, H.A., Operations Research: An Introduction (9th ed.). Pearson.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

81
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-7): ECONOMICS OF STARTUPS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course (if any)
Practice
Economics of Startups 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(GEC 7)

Learning Objectives

To apprise students:
• To give an overview of startups and its types that would help students to understand basics
of starting up new ventures.
• To build and create a successful Business Plan
• To understand various Business models and learn startups
• To familiarize with central and state level institutions supporting small business
entreprises.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

.· Understand the process and working of a startup.

· Identify the different ways in which entrepreneurs manifest in start-ups.
· Know how to create one’s own business venture and the various factors that influence
successful set-up and sustainable operations.
· Explore the funding and other institutions supporting small business units.

SYLLABUS OF GEC-7

UNIT – I: Startup, Generation & Experimentation (9 hours)

Concept of Startup, Role of digital technologies, Startup ecosystems, the startup
movement in India; Generating a value proposition, how valuable are new ideas, Design
thinking principles; Experimenting with the prototype, Introduction to lean start-ups,
Lean startup principles, Learning and failing fast.

UNIT – II: Building the Business Plan (15 hours)

Beginning Considerations: Building a competitive advantage. The strategic management
processes. Conducting a feasibility analysis. Forms of Business ownership. Franchising
and entrepreneurship. Buying an existing business, marketing and financial
considerations: Building a powerful marketing plan. E-commerce and Entrepreneur.
Pricing strategies. Creating a successful financial plan. Choosing the right location and
layout.

82
UNIVERSITY OF DELHI

CNC-II/093/1(26)/2023-24/322
Dated: 02.08.2023
NOTIFICATION
Sub: Amendment to Ordinance V
[E.C Resolution No. 14/ (14-1-9) dated 09.06.2023]

Following addition be made to Appendix-II-A to the Ordinance V (2-A) of the Ordinances of

the University;

Add the following:

Syllabi of Semester-IV, V and VI of the Department of Finance & Business Economics under
Faculty of Applied Social Sciences & Humanities based on Under Graduate Curriculum
Framework -2022 implemented from the Academic Year 2022-23.

SEMESTER -IV
B.A. (Honours) Business Economics

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 10 (DSC-10): MACROECONOMICS - II

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course Title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite

Code course criteria of the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ (if any)
Practice
Macroeconomics-II 4 3 1 0 Class 12 Mathematics
(DSC 10) at Class 12

Learning Objectives

This course aims at inculcating an understanding:

(i) of macroeconomic outcomes arising from assumptions of individual behaviour
(ii) of equilibrium under different assumptions on aggregate demand and supply.
(iii) of the relation between wages, prices, unemployment under different models
(iv) of an economy that trades with others and how it determines the balance of payments and
different types of exchange rates.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

1
· Understand basics of consumption function and different hypotheses regarding
aggregate consumption behavior.
· Derive wage setting, price setting relations and labour market equilibrium.
· Derive aggregate demand and aggregate supply and economy’s equilibrium
conditions in medium run and understand the interaction between the two.
· Understand the relationship between inflation, unemployment and output and role
of expectation on policy and their effectiveness.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-10

UNIT–I: Microeconomics foundation of Macroeconomics (9 hours)

Consumption: Keynesian consumption function; Fisher’s theory of optimal intertemporal
choice; life cycle and permanent income hypothesis; rational expectations and random walk
of consumption expenditure, Investment: determinants of business fixed investment;
residential investment and inventory investment

UNIT – II: Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply (6 hours)

Derivation of aggregate supply curve; Interaction of aggregate demand and supply to
determine equilibrium output, price level and employment, The aggregate supply curve and
the price adjustment mechanism.

UNIT – III:Labour markets, Employment and Prices (18 hours)

The labour market: - determination of wages, prices, unemployment, Natural rate of
unemployment and NAIRU, stagflation, expected inflation. Philips curve, inflation-
expectations augmented Phillips curve, the wage-unemployment relationship: Sticky wages;
from Phillips curve to the aggregate supply curve; the costs of unemployment and inflation,
inflation and indexation: inflation-proofing the economy; Theory of Expectations, Inflation,
unemployment and expectations, Phillips curve and adaptive and rational expectations;
Dynamics of Inflation and Unemployment: Inflation, expectation and the aggregate supply
curve, short and long runaggregate supply curves, dynamic aggregate demand curve;
Inflation and output, the adjustment process, dynamic adjustment, interest rate and inflation:
the Fishers Equation.

UNIT – IV:Open Economy Macroeconomics (12 hours)

Balance of Payments, Kinds of exchange rate, Nominal and Real Exchange rate, fixed and
flexible exchange rate, Marshall Lerner condition & J curve, Mundell Fleming model,
Exchange rate determination: Purchasing power parity, asset market approach and monetary
approach to Balance of Payments (BoP)

Essential/recommended readings

1. Dornbusch, R., Fischer, S. and Startz, R., 2014. Macroeconomics. 11th edition, New
York, McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Dornbusch, R. and Fischer, S. (2000) Macroeconomics. 6th Edition. McGraw-Hill
Education.
3. Blanchard, O. (2006). Macroeconomics, 4th ed. Pearson Education.
4. C.L.F. Attfield, D. Demery and N.W. Duck, (1991) Rational expectations in
macroeconomics: An introduction to theory and evidence ( 2nd Ed.)

2
5. Carlin, W and D Soskice (2007), Macroeconomics: Imperfections, Institutions and
Policies, Indian Edition, OUP.
6. David C. Colander (2017) Macroeconomics (9th edition), McGraw Hill
Suggested readings

1. Bradley R. Schiller and Karen Gebhardt (2019) Macro economy Today (14th edition),
McGraw Hill
2. Richard T. Froyen (2013). Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies (10th ed.), Pearson.
3. Government of India (GOI) (Latest Year), Economic Survey, Ministry of Finance New
Delhi.
4. Government of India (GOI) (Latest Year), Handbook of Indian Economy, RBI
Publication New Delhi.
5. N. Gregory Mankiw, Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers.
6. Chugh, S. (2015) Modern Macroeconomics, MIT Press.
7. D’Souza, E, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education
8. D. N.Dwivedi (2015), Macroeconomics- Theory and Policy, McGraw-Hill.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 11 (DSC-11): Statistics for Business Economics-II

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Statistics for Business 4 3 0 1 Class 12 Mathematics
Economics - II at Class 12
(DSC 11) level

Learning Objectives

This course aims to develop an understanding of:

• Theories of probability distribution.

• Sampling techniques and types of sampling.
• Methods of estimation
• Testing of Hypothesis.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

• Understand the formulation of complex decision-making problems in an uncertain

environment using different statistical techniques.

3
• Study various research designs and appropriate sampling techniques.

• Analyze and apply some basic stochastic processes for solving real life situations and
to execute statistical analyses with professional software.

• Draw conclusion about the population using hypotheses testing.

· ·

SYLLABUS OF DSC-11

UNIT – I: Theoretical Probability Distributions (15 hours)

Discrete: Binomial and Poisson. Continuous: Normal. Mean and variance. Applications.
Bivariate distributions: covariance and correlation.

UNIT – II:Sampling (9hours)

Random sampling; sampling methods; statistics and their distributions; central limit theorem,
distribution of linear combination of random variables.

UNIT – III:Estimation (12 hours)

Point estimators and properties. Methods of point estimation. Sampling distributions: t, chi
square and F. Interval estimation for mean, proportion and variance.

UNIT – IV: Testing of Hypothesis (9 hours)

Null and alternative hypotheses. Types of errors. Testing for the population mean, proportion
and variance. One and two tail tests. P-values. Testing for difference in means and
proportions; comparing variances.

Practical component (30 hours) –Practicals to be based on aspreadsheet software (Microsoft

Excel or equivalent) to enable students to execute all the measures and tests taken up in the
theory classes in the course.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Devore, Jay L., (2012). Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the
sciences.8th Edition, Cengage Learning.
Suggestive readings
1. Miller, Irwin and Marylees Miller. John E. Freund's Mathematical Statistics with
Applications, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Nagar, A.L., and R.K. Das. Basic Statistics, Second Edition, Oxford University Press
3. Gupta, S.C., Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Himalaya Publishing House
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

4
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – (DSC-12): MARKETING MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
criteria of the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
(if any)
Practice
Essentials of 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Marketing
Management
(DSC 12)

Learning Objectives

The course aims to develop an understanding of

• Firm’s internal and external marketing environment.

• Segmentation and defining the target market for a selected product or service.
• Product decisions and use of pricing strategies.
• Relevance of distribution and promotional strategies in supporting marketing strategies.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Understand the business environment including the economic, social, political, legal, and
technological forces.
· Develop key strategies for developing brands including brand equity, brand identity and
brand and line extensions.
· Recognise different pricing strategies and understand issues related to distribution.
· Understand the elements of promotion- advertising, sales promotion, events, public
relations and publicity, direct marketing, interactive marketing, word of mouth and public
selling.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-12

UNIT – I: Introduction and Environment (9hours)

Importance and Scope of Marketing; Core Marketing Concepts; Company Orientations.
Marketing Environment, an Economic Perspective: Economic, Demographic, Socio- Cultural,
Technological, Political and Legal. Influence of Current Economic Situation on Marketing
Functions. Michael Porter’s Model of Competitive Analysis

Unit 2: Segmentation, Targeting & Positioning (9 hours)

5
Market Segmentation - Bases for Segmenting Consumer Market.Market Targeting- Evaluating
and Selecting Market Segments. Positioning- Positioning Statement, POP and POD

Unit 3: Product & Pricing (12 hours)

Product Life Cycle- Concept and Strategic Implications; Product Mix and Line Decisions-
Product Line Length, Modernisation, Line Pruning and Filling; Cannibalisation; BCG Matrix,
ANSOFF Matrix; Branding- Brand Identity, Brand Equity, Brand Name Decisions. Services-
Characteristics of Services. Pricing Strategies (Geographical Pricing, Price Discounts &
Allowances, Promotional Pricing Tactics, Psychological Pricing, Price Discrimination)

Unit 4: Distribution & Promotion (15hours)

Channels Functions and Flows; Channel Levels.Retailing- Marketing Decisions in Retailing.
Promotion: Promotion Mix; Concept Of Integrated Marketing Communication.
Advertising- Advertising Objectives, Advertising Budget, Message Generation, Media
(Types, Reach Frequency, Impact); Measurement; Sales Promotion (Objectives, Major
Decisions in Sales Promotion, brand dilution); Personal Selling; Events and Experiences;
Public Relations and Publicity; Direct Marketing; Interactive Marketing (Introduction to
Online Marketing).Word Of Mouth and Word of Web.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Kotler, P. & Keller, K. L. Marketing Management. Pearson Publications.
2. Kotler P, Armstrong G., Agnihotri P.Y &UlHaq, E. Principles of Marketing - A South
Asian Perspective. Pearson Publications.
3. Ramaswamy V.S, Namakumari S. Marketing Management: Global Perspective Indian
Context. Macmillan Publishers.

Suggestive readings
1. Dawn Iacobucci. Marketing Management. Cengage Learning.
2. Etzel M. J, Walker B.J, Stanton W.J and Pandit A. Marketing. Tata McGraw Hill.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

6
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 2 (DSE-2): PUBLIC FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice
Public Finance 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(DSE2)

Learning Objectives

The course aims to develop an understanding of

• Fundamental concepts of Public Finance.
• Economics of government expenditure and taxation
• Efficiency and equity aspect of taxation of centre and state government.
• Different types of canons in taxation.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

● Apply tools of basic microeconomics to key policy issues relating to the spending,
taxing and financing activities of the Government.
● Understand difference in impact of direct and indirect taxation.
● Understand the recent developments and issues in Indian Public Finance.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-2

Unit 1: Theory of Public Finance (12 hours)

Public finance: Meaning, nature, scope and importance, difference between private and
public finance. Principle of maximum social advantage.Role of state in public finance.
Elementary theory of product and factor taxation.
Sources of revenue: taxes, loans, grants and aid – meaning and types, Principle of public
expenditure. Public finance and the economic system.

Unit 2: Current Issues in Indian Tax System (12hours)

Direct and Indirect Tax Reform in India, Different forms of direct tax in India,
Changing regime of taxation-direct to indirect taxation.
Introduction of GST and its implication for state finances and fiscal federalism in India,
Latest finance commission and its recommendation for fiscal devolution.

Unit 3: Center State Financial Relations (9hours)

Center state fiscal relations, horizontal and vertical tax devolution in India,

7
State and local finance in India.
Performance and Equity debate in fiscal devolution in India.
Report of finance commission in post liberalisation period.

Unit 4: Principles of Taxation (12 hours)

Canons of taxation, Meaning of Canons of Taxation -Types of Canons of Taxation-Canon of
equality or equity, Canon of certainty, Canon of economy, Canon of productivity, Canon of
Diversity, Canon of convenience, Canon of elasticity, Canon of simplicity, Canon of
diversity, Characteristics of Canons of Taxation.

Essential/recommended readings

1Musgrave, R. A. and Musgrave, P.B., Public Finance in Theory and Practice (1989), 5th
edition. McGraw Hill Education.
2. Bagchi, Amaresh. Reading in Public Finance, Oxford University Press.
3. Bhatia H.L.. Public Finance. Vikas Publishing House;
4. Shankar Acharya, Thirty years of Tax Reforms in India, EPW, May 2005
5. Rao, M. Govinda, "Central transfers to states in India: rewarding performance while
ensuring equity." Final report submitted to NITI Aayog (2017) (pages 1 to 18).
6. Government of India, Fifteenth Finance Commission Report 2021-26, Chapter 6

Suggestive readings

1. Report of Finance commission of India, Various years.

2. Economic Survey, GoI, Various year
3. State Finances: - A Study of Budget, RBI, Latest report
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

8
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 4 (DSE-4): ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
Advertising 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Management
(DSE 4)

Learning Objectives

To provide students with an understanding of:

• Fundamentals of advertising.
• Planning advertisements to target audience needs using product benefits and product
characteristics.
• Crafting an effective creative brief to direct the approach to an advertising campaign.
• Various types of advertising media.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Understand the role played by advertising agencies.

· Recognise and identify the facet model objectives in any advertisement.
· Conduct situation analysis and consumer insight mining.
· Learn creative execution strategies including application of appeals, layouts and
creative copywriting.
· Understand and conduct appropriate media mix selection.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-4

Unit 1: Foundations of Advertising (12 hours)

Concept of advertising, Types of advertising, Concept of IMC, Role and functions of
Advertising, the key players, functions of advertising agencies, Organisation of agency,
Advertising appropriateness- factors influencing advertising budgets, methods of setting
advertising budgets.

Unit 2: Planning and Strategy (12hours)

Planning Framework-marketing and advertising plan, Facet model of objectives (Perception,

Cognition, Affect, Association, Action), DAGMAR, Marketing strategy and situation
analysis, consumer insight mining, big idea, positioning for advertising campaigns.

Unit 3: Effective Advertising Execution (12hours)

9
The creative and message strategy, creative brief, themes and appeals, execution styles,
message format, message tone, copywriting creativity, body copy, visual layouts, evaluation
of effectiveness, pre-testing, post-testing.

Unit 4: Effective Advertising Media (9hours)

Types of media, newer media options, media objectives, developing a media plan, media
Plan budget, media mix selection.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Belch,G.E., Michael, A., Keyoor, Purani. Advertising and Promotion-An Integrated
Maketing Communications. 12th edition. Tata McGraw Hill Education. 2021.
2. William Wells, Sandra Moriarty, and John Burnett. Advertising: Principles and
Practice. Prenctice Hall of India. 2007.
3. Jethwaney, Jaishri., Jain, Shruti. Advertising Management. Oxford University press.
4. Shah, Kruti. Advertising and Integrated Marketing Communications. McGraw Hill
Education India. 2014.
5. Aaker, David A., Batra, Rajeev., Myers, John G. Advertising Management. Pearson
Education. 2006.
6. Shimp, T.A. .Advertising and Promotion: An IMC Approach. Cengage. 2013.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

10
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 4 (DSE-4): INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
International Financial 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Management
(DSE 6)

Learning Objectives

This course aims at inculcating an understanding of:

• Key features of international finance and foreign exchange markets.

• Theories of International finance that link exchange rates with interest rates and inflation
rates in different countries.
• Evolution of exchange rate system in the international financial markets.
• Determination of exchange rate, types of foreign exchange risks and risk management
strategies.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Gain substantive knowledge of International Financial Management.

· Understand the principles of trading in foreign exchange markets, different
instruments traded, risks involved and how to carry out hedging of currency
risks.
· Learn how to compute forward rates using cross rates, computation of synthetic
quotes and apply rules to determine existence of arbitrage amongst currencies
traded.
· Understand how the international markets have evolved and the alternate
exchange rate systems world has seen over the years

SYLLABUS OF DSE-6

Unit 1: Introduction To Currency Markets (12 hours)

Spot &Forex market: Introduction and Features, Participants, & their method of
communication in forex markets, SWIFT and CHIPS. Currency Quotes and types,
Calculation of forward rates using spot rates, Discount/Premium on spot rate, Swap Points
and Outright Forward Rates, Forward Rate vs. Expected Future spot rates, Spot rate with
and without transaction costs, Payoff Profiles on Forward Exchange, Currency futures and

11
Pay of Profiles, Mark to Market, Cross Rates & Synthetic quotes. Arbitrage: one point, two
point and three point (triangular) arbitrage.

Unit 2: Parity Conditions in Currency Markets (12 hours)

Purchasing Power Parity (both absolute and relative versions), Interest Rate Parity
(explanation of borrowing and lending criteria, diagrammatic presentation) , covered
interest rate parity, International Fischer Effect. The linkages between parity conditions.

Unit 3: Alternate Exchange Rate Systems and Payment Terms (9 hours)

Gold Standard and Gold Exchange Standard System with price adjustment mechanism ,
EMS and its price adjustment, Hybrid systems , Fixed vs Flexible System, Overview on
Brettonwoods System, IMF, SDR, Triffon Paradox & Smithsonian Agreement. Payment
Terms and Methods of Financing International Trade (Letter of Credit, Forfaiting, Factoring,
Credit Lines)

Unit 4: Exchange Rate Determination and Exposures (12 hours)

Currency Demand and Supply Curves, Stability of exchange rates and ‘J’ Curve Effect,
Factors Affecting Exchange Rate, Foreign Exchange Exposure: Nature, Definition, Exposure
Line and Interpretating Exposure, Statistical Measurement of Exposure, Types of Exposure
(Meaning): Transaction, Economic and Translation Exposure, Hedging Strategies to Manage
Transaction Exposures. Currency Swaps.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Apte, P G., Multinational Financial Management.Tata-McGraw Hill. New Delhi.

2. Levi, Maurice. International Finance. McGraw Hill Inc. New York.
3. Madura, Jeff. International Financial Management.South Western Cengage Learning.
4. Seth, A.K., International Financial Management. Galgotia Publishing Company. New
Delhi.
5. Shapiro, Allen C., Multinational Financial Management. Prentice Hall India Pvt Ltd.
New Delhi.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

12
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENTS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-2): INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL MARKETING

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Introduction to Digital 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Marketing
(GE - 2)

Learning Objectives
This course aims to acquaint the students with:
• Key marketing principles and terminology.
• Evolving digital landscape and the strategic role of digital marketing processes and tools
in designing the overall Marketing strategy.
• Methodologies, tools and technologies involved in digital marketing.
• Importance of search engines and their role in digital marketing ecosystem.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Understand the concept of digital marketing and its integration with traditional
marketing.
· Understand customer value journey in digital context and behaviour of online
consumers.
· Learn email, content and social media marketing and apply the learnings to create
digital media campaigns.
· Examine various tactics for enhancing a website’s position and ranking with search
engines and search advertising.
SYLLABUS OF GE-2
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Marketing (6hours)
Importance of marketing; Core marketing Concepts; Company Orientations; Concept of
Segmentation, Targeting-Positioning; 7 P’s Framework; Product Life cycle; Pricing
strategies, Types of distribution channels; Promotion Mix.
Unit 2: Marketing in the Digital World (9 hours)
Digital marketing: Concept, Features, Difference between traditional and digital marketing,
Moving from traditional to digital Marketing; Digital Marketing Channels: Intent Based-
SEO, Search Advertising; Brand Based- Display Advertising; Community Based-SMM;
Others- Affiliate, Email, Content, Mobile; Customer Value Journey: 5As Framework; The
Ozone O3 Concept Key; Traits of online consumer.

13
Unit 3: Content, Email and Social Media Marketing (15 hours)
Content Marketing: Developing a content marketing strategy; Email Marketing: Types of
Emails in email marketing, Email Marketing best practices; Social Media Marketing:
Building Successful Social Media strategy; Social Media Marketing Channels; Facebook,
LinkedIn, YouTube (Concepts and strategies)
Unit 4: Search Marketing (15 hours)
Introduction of SEM: Working of Search Engine; SERP Positioning; Search Engine
Optimization: Overview of SEO Process; Goal Setting-Types
On-Page Optimization: Keyword Research, SEO Process -Site Structure, Content, Technical
Mechanics, Headings, Image & Alt text, Social Sharing, Sitemaps, Technical Aspects-
Compatibility, Structured Data Markup.
Off Page Optimization: Link Formats, Link Building, Content Marketing, Social Sharing;
Black and White Hat Techniques
Search Advertising: Overview of PPC Process; Benefits of Paid Search; Basis of Ranking;
Goal Setting-Objectives; Account Setting-Creation of Google Ads, Campaign architecture,
Campaign setup, Targeting, Bid Strategy, Delivery, Ad Scheduling, Ad Rotation, Keyword
Selection; Ad Copy composition, Ad Extension
Overview of Display Advertising: Working of Display Advertising; Benefits and challenges.
Essential/recommended readings

1. Dodson, I. (2016). The art of digital marketing: the definitive guide to creating
strategic, targeted, and measurable online campaigns. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Kartajaya, H., Kotler, P., &Setiawan, I. (2016). Marketing 4.0: moving from traditional
to digital. John Wiley & Sons.
3. Ryan, Damien. Understanding Digital Marketing - Marketing Strategies for Engaging
the Digital Generation. Kogan Page Limited.
Additional References:
1. Kotler, P. (2009). Marketing management: A South Asian perspective. Pearson
Education, India.
2. Maity, Moutusy. Internet Marketing: A practical approach in the Indian Context.
Oxford Publishing.
3. Gupta, Seema. Digital Marketing. McGraw Hill
4. Ultimate guide to digital Marketing. Digital Marketer
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

14
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-4): STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Learning Objectives

The objective of this course is to enable students to:

• Describe data using summary statistics.
• Develop detailed understanding of discrete and continuous distributions.
• Develop skills in statistical computing, statistical reasoning and inferential methods.
• Comprehend and analyse real data like real indices.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Learn tools and concepts of statistical analysis and interpretation.

· Comprehend fundamentals of probability theory.
· conduct statistical computing, statistical reasoning and use inferential methods.
· Comprehend and analyse real data like real indices.

SYLLABUS OF GE-4

Unit 1: Descriptive Statistics and Exploratory Data Analysis (12hours)

Types of Variables (Quantitative, Qualitative, discrete, continuous), Scales of Data
Measurement (nominal, ordinal, Interval & Ratio), Variable-; Primary & secondary Data.
Frequency distributions, Relative Frequency, Cumulative Distributions, Percentiles,
Quartiles; Graphical representation of data- bar charts, pie, histograms, box plots.
Univariate Measures Mean, median, mode, Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean, Weighted
Mean & their properties. Selection of a measure of central tendency. Range, inter-quartile
range, quartile deviation, mean deviation, standard deviation, variance, coefficient of
variance, properties of standard deviation, merits & demerits. Skewness and Kurtosis:
Meaning, measures- Karl Pearson, Bowley, Kelly’s, Kurtosis- meaning, Moments, Kurtosis
Bivariate Analysis: Cross-tabulations and Scatter diagram; Correlation, Association and linear
regressions
Unit 2: Probability and Distributions (12 hours)

15
Axioms of probability; Review of counting rules, experiments, sample space, simple and
complex events; Addition and multiplication rules; Concepts of Mutually exclusive events,
independent events; Concepts of Joint, marginal and conditional probability; Permutation
and Combinations
Concept of Discrete and continuous Random Variables; Expected value and variance;
Examples of Theoretical Discrete and Continuous Probability Distributions – Binomial,
Poisson and Normal distributions.
Unit 3: Sampling, Estimation and Hypotheses (15 hours)
Sample Statistics versus population parameters; Definition and Statistical properties of a
Random Sample; Point and Interval Estimation and Small Sample Properties of Estimators
(unbiasedness, efficiency); Central Limit Theorem. (Interval estimation for mean for large
samples)
Basic concepts of Hypotheses Testing: Formulation of Null and Alternate Hypotheses; One-
tailed and two-tailed Tests about population Mean; Concepts of Type I and Type II errors.
(Hypothesis testing for mean and difference between mean for large samples only)
Unit 4: Index Numbers (6hours)
Index Numbers: Use and construction of Laspeyres and Paasche indexes; Fixed and chain
base index numbers; Construction of real indexes: Consumer Price Index and BSE index.
Practical component (30 hours) - Practicals to be based on a spreadsheet package (Microsoft
Excel or equivalent) to enable students to execute all the measures and tests taken up in the
theory classes in the course.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Spiegel, M.R.(2003). Theory & Problems of Statistics, Schaum‘s outline series, McGraw
Hill.
2. Levin, Richard I. and Rubin, David (1998). Statistics for Management (7th Edition),
Pearson.
3. Gupta, S.C. (2018). Fundamentals of Statistics, Himalaya Publishing House
4. Spiegel, M. and Stephens, Larry (2017). Statistics (Schaum’s Outline Series), Tata-
Mcgraw-Hill, New Delhi
Suggestive readings

1. Nagar, A. L. and Das. R. K.. Basic Statistics (2nd Edition), Oxford University Press
2. Karmel, P. H. and Polasek, M. (1978). Applied Statistics for Economists (4th edition),
Pitman.
3. Larsen, Richard J. and Marx, Morris L. (2011). An Introduction to Mathematical Statistics
and its Applications. Prentice Hall.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

16
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-6): INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
Introduction to 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Finance
(GE-6)

Learning Objectives

This course aims at providing a comprehensive introduction to:

• Financial system and its primary constituents.
• Sources of finance and time value of money.
• Basics of Investment and various asset classes.
• Key concepts of international financial management.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

• Understand the meaning, scope and sources of Finance

· Estimate the present and future values of assets
· Examine the relationship between risk and return, and the nature and sources of risk in
a stock market context
· Analyse the currency exchange market to deal exchange rate risk.
SYLLABUS OF GE-6

UNIT – I: A Primer on Financial Markets & Institutions (9hours)

An overview of financial system: characteristics & requirements. Components & functions of
financial system. Financial markets: characteristics & types. Types & role of Financial
Institutions. An overview of the 2007–2008 Financial Crisis.

Unit 2: Corporate Finance: An Overview (12hours)

Nature, scope and objectives of Finance, Emerging role of Finance Managers in India and
Agency problem.Concept & Meaning of Financial Management, goals of financial
management, the three financial decisions- Investing, Financing & Dividend.
Sources of Finance: Equity & Preference Capital, Retained earnings, Debt, Bonds, Long term
loans, Short term advances from banks, public deposits & advances from customers and trade
creditors.
Concept of Time Value of Money, Compound Value, Present Value, Annuity and Perpetuity.

Unit 3: Investment Management: Basics & Process (15 hours)

An overview of investment- Investment process, Types of assets- real & financial.Types of
investors, types of financial securities & attributes of a good investment.

17
Concept of Risk & Return (Single asset), risk-return trade off, types of risk- systematic &
unsystematic, types of return-holding period return, expected return, actual return.
Examining four broad asset classes: equity, bonds, mutual funds & derivatives.
Equity- three schools of thought on equity valuation- a brief discussion on fundamental
analysis, technical analysis and efficient market hypothesis.
Bonds- types, fundamentals, relationship between interest rates & bond prices& yield curve.
Mutual Funds– meaning, importance, structure, mutual fund schemes, Systematic Investment
Plan (SIP), Systematic Withdrawal Plan (SWP), Exchange Traded Fund (ETF), Equity Linked
Savings Scheme (ELSS) and NAV of Fund.
Derivatives – Meaning and Types of Derivative Instruments (Forwards, Futures, Options and
Swaps).
Concept of diversification & portfolios. Portfolio Risk &Return(two security only).

Unit 4: A Beginners’ Guide to International Finance (9hours)

International Monetary System- development of international finance and how the
international monetary system evolved. Currency exchange markets and rates- currency
exchange markets, exchange rate quotations, currency exchange rate appreciation and,
depreciation, factors that affect currency exchange rates and arbitrage. Conducting business
internationally. Concept of exchange rate risk.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Bodie, Zvi., Kane, Alex and Marcus, Alan J.. Investments. McGraw Hill.
2. Chandra, P.. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Pathak, Bharati. Indian Financial System. Pearson.
4. Ronald, W. Melicher and Norton, Edgar A.. Introduction to Finance: Financial
Markets, Investment, and Financial Management. Wiley Publishing House. 2012.
5. Rustagi, R.P., Fundamentals of Financial Management. Taxmann.
Suggestive readings
1. Khan, M. Y & Jain P. K., Financial Management: Text and Problems. Tata McGraw Hill.
New Delhi.
2. Kohn, Meir. Financial Institutions and Markets. Oxford University Press.
3. Kidwell, David S., Backwell, David W., Whidbee, David A. and Sias, Richard W.
Financial Institutions, Markets and Money. Wiley Publications.
4. Madura, Jeff. Financial Markets and Institutions. South Western Cengage Learning.
5. Reilly, Frank K, and Brown, Keith C. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management.
Cengage Learning.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

18
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-8): ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS AND
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Environmental 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Economics and
Climate Change
(GE-8)

Learning Objectives

This course aims at inculcating an understanding of:

• How economic activities are affecting the environment.
• Social value of environmental resources.
• Climate change and its consequences.
• Efficient and effective policy measures for protecting the environment.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

.· Understand the linkage between environment and economics.

· Learn the basic theories of environmental economics.
· Understand the basic terminologies related to environment and Climate change.
· Analyse the effects of climate change on India and its future plan for environmental
protection and mitigation.

SYLLABUS OF GE-8

UNIT – I: Introduction (8 hours)

Introduction to Environmental Economics, Material Balance model- economy environmental
interactions, reasons for environmental degradation (population, technology, GDP), balance
between environment and growth.

Unit 2: Economic Growth and Environmental Degradation (10 hours)

Theories of relationship between economic growth and environmental degradation: The
environmental Kuznets curve hypothesis, The Brundtland Curve hypothesis, The
environment Daly Curve hypothesis.

Unit 3: Climate Change and its Challenges (15 hours)

Introduction to the Climate Change, Drivers of Climate Change, Global impacts of Climate
Change: Anthropogenic, Global warming, ozone hole, biodiversity loss, ecosystem services,
natural capital and resources. Effect of Climate Change on India: Agriculture, Biodiversity,
vulnerability of Coastal Belt, Rural Livelihoods and Food Security in India.

19
Unit 4: Actions Taken and Policy Framework (12 hours)
Global Level: Adaptation and Mitigation, Governmental and Intergovernmental Actions to
Combat Climate Change: The Role of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC),
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, The Kyoto Protocol, Paris
Agreement etc. The global carbon market (CDM, JI, ET).India's Position on International
Climate Negotiations, India's National Action Plan on Climate Change.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Callen,Thomas (2007). Environmental Economics, Thomson Learning Inc. Indian

Edition.
2. Dubash, Navroz (2012). Handbook of Climate Change and India: Development,
Politics and Governance, Earthscan
3. Bhattacharya, R. N. (ed.) (2001). Environmental Economics, An Indian
Perspective, Oxford University Press.

Suggestive readings

1. Romm, J.J. 2018. Climate change: What Everyone Needs to Know. Oxford
University Press
2. Dash. S.K. 2008. Climate Change, Cambridge University Press
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

20
SEMESTER -V
B.A. (Hons) BUSINESS ECONOMICS

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 13 (DSC-13): BASIC ECONOMETRICS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
criteria course
(if any)
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice
Basic Econometrics 4 3 0 1 Class 12 Maths at Class XII level
(DSC 13)

Learning Objectives

The course aims to:

• To introduce classical and functional forms of linear Regression Model.
• To make statements or hypothesis that are mostly qualitative in nature in multi regression
model
• To understand interaction between quantitative and qualitative variables and Use of
dummy variables.
• To apply multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation and specification errors, its
detection and corrective measures.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

. To explain key econometric concepts.

· Formulate simple econometric models
· Interpret the regression results obtained from software packages.
· Identify the errors in regression models and rectify the same.
· Analyse the suitability of the data for solving the problem at hand

SYLLABUS OF DSC-13

UNIT–I: The Classical Linear Regression Model [18hours]

21
Expectation and standard errors of the regression coefficients and the error term. Gauss
Markov Theorem. Interval estimation and tests on population regression coefficients, variance
of population disturbance term and forecasts. Testing the significance of the model as a whole.
Testing the normality assumption.
Extensions of the Two Variable Linear Regression Model: Regressions through the origin,
Scaling of Variables and Regression on Standardized Variables. Functional forms of Linear
Regression Models: The double log, semi-log, reciprocal, log- reciprocal models with
applications.

Unit 2: Multiple Regression Model [12hours]

Coefficients of regression in a multi variable model and their properties. Interval estimation,
tests on population regression coefficients and model significance. Correlations, Goodness of
fit and the Adjusted R square. Hypothesis testing for significance of the contribution of a
variable, structural stability, restricted least squares.

Unit 3: Dummy Variable Regression Models [6hours]

Intercept, Slope Dummy variables. Interaction between qualitative variables. Interaction

between quantitative and qualitative variables. Use of dummy variables in testing for
structural change and for seasonal indices.

Unit 4: Relaxing the Assumptions [9hours]

Introduction to multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation and specification errors.

The nature of the problem, its detection and corrective measures.

Practical Component (30 hours) : Practicals to be based on an econometric software (e.g.,

Gretl/SPSS/PSPP). The student is expected to implement using the software, all the
regressions and tests noted in the syllabus. An econometric project to be taken up ans assessed
as part of the practical internal assessment.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Gujarati, D. and Sangeetha, N. (2007) Basic Econometrics. Fourth Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi
2. Dougherty, Christopher. (2011). "Introduction to Econometrics," Oxford University
Press,
3. Wooldridge, J. M. (2006). Introductory Econometrics: A modern approach. Mason, OH:
Thomson/South-Western.
Suggested readings

1. Asteriou, D., & Hall, S. G. (2011). Applied econometrics. Palgrave Macmillan.

2. Brooks. Chris.(2008) Introductory Econometrics for Finance, Second Edition
Cambridge University Press
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

22
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 14 (DSC-14): ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Organisational 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Behaviour
(DSC 14)

Learning Objectives

This course aims at:

• To explain core concepts of organizational behaviour
• To apply motivation theories and analysis of interpersonal relationships
• To apply leadership theories to understand leadership traits and issues
• To manage conflict and enhance well being at workplace

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will able to:

· Understand the importance of organizational behaviour as a field of study.

· Understand the role of perception, personality and learning in explaining Individual
behaviour and to Apply different motivational theories and leadership styles to increase
the productivity and job satisfaction of employees.
· Understand the foundations of group behaviour and the framework for organizational
change and development.
· Identify methods to enhance individual and Organizational wellbeing and resolve
organizational problems.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-14

UNIT – I: Core Concepts in Organisational Behaviour (12hours)

Conceptual Foundations and Importance of organizational behaviour. Perception and

Attribution: Concept, Factors affecting Perception, Attribution theory, Perceptual
Organization and Errors in Perception. Personality: Concept, Factors affecting personality and
Theories. Learning: Concept and Theories of Learning, Concept of Reinforcement, Schedules
of Reinforcement.

Unit 2: Motivation, Interpersonal Relations and Change Management(12hours)

Motivation: Concepts and their application, Content theories (Maslow, McClelland and
Herzberg’s Theories); Process theories (Expectancy theory, Equity theory). Analysis of

23
Interpersonal Relationship: Transactional Analysis, Johari Window. Organisational Change:
Concept, Resistance to change, managing resistance to change, Kurt Lewin Theory of Change.

Unit 3: Leadership and Group Processes (9 hours)

Leadership: Trait Approach, Behavioural theories (Ohio and Michigan State Studies, and
Blake & Mouton’s Managerial grid), and Contingency theories (Fiedler’s Contingency Model,
Hersey & Blanchard’s Situational Leadership Model) Contemporary Leadership issues:
Charismatic, Transactional and Transformational Leadership. Groups and Teams: Definition,
Stages of Group Development, Group Processes-Group Cohesiveness, Group Think, Group
Shift.

Unit 4: Managing Conflict and Enhancing Wellbeing (12 hours)

Essential/recommended readings

1. Stephen P. Robbins, T. A. Organisational Behavior. Pearson.

2. Aswathappa, K., & Reddy, G. S. Organisational behaviour (Vol. 20). Mumbai:
Himalaya Publishing House.
3. Luthans, Fred, Organisational Behaviour, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
4. Singh, Kavita, Organisational Behaviour, Pearson.
5. Greenberg Jerald and Baron Robert, A. Behavior in Organisations: Understanding and
Managing Human side of work. Prentice Hall of India
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

24
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 15 (DSC-15): INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Industrial 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Economics
(DSC 15)

Learning Objectives

The course aims to:

• To understand basics of industrial economics and its scope
• To understand concept and theories of market structure.
• To analyse issues related to market conduct like Entry and Exit Barriers, Pricing Behavior,
Research and Innovation, Mergers and Acquisitions and Legal Tactics.
• To explore the role of public policy in Indian industries

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Enable the student to understand how the Industries Function in the real world
· Understand what is market concentration and how does it affect market power
· Know how different strategies are used, under the structure-conduct-performance
paradigm, by the firms to maximize their market power.
· Know the importance of regulatory public policy in oligopolistic market, in order to
ensure maximum consumer welfare.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-9

UNIT – I: Structure- Conduct- Performance Paradigm (12 weeks)

Basic understanding of Industrial Economics, Scope of Industrial Economics, Structure-

Conduct- Performance Model, Different School of Thoughts, Theory of Firm and basic
conditions of Demand and Cost.

Unit 2: Market Structure and Concentration (12hours)

What is Market Concentration, Theories of Measurement of Concentration, Deterministic and

Stochastic Approach, Lerner and Herfindahl Index, Product Differentiation, Horizontal,
Vertical and Conglomerate Mergers, Vertical Integration.

Unit 3: Market Conduct (12hours)

Entry and Exit Barriers, Pricing Behavior, Advertising, Product Strategy, Research and
Innovation, Mergers and Acquisitions, Legal Tactics.

25
Unit 4: Public Policy and Indian Industries (9hours)

Role and Importance of Industry Regulation, Regulation of Natural Monopoly, Antitrust

Legislations and Indian Industries, Social Concerns and Advertising.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Cabral Luis M.B. (2017). Introduction to Industrial Organization. 2ndEdn. Cambridge,

MA: MIT Press
2. Carlton, D.W. and J. M. Perloff. (2005). Modern Industrial Organization. Pearson
3. Shy, Oz. (1996). Industrial Organization: Theory and Applications. The MIT Press.
4. Waldman D.E. and E. J. Jensen. (2019). Industrial Organization: Theory and Practice.

Suggestive readings
1. Tremblay, Victor J., and Carol Horton Tremblay. (2012), "New Perspectives on
Industrial Organization", New York: Springer.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

26
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 1 (DSE-1): INCOME TAX LAW AND PRACTICE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Income Tax Law 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
and Practice
(DSE1)

Learning Objectives

The course aims at

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Understand the Process of determination of taxable income

· Apply the deductions to taxable income as per the latest provisions of Income-tax
Act, 1961
· Acquire the skill of Filling Basic Returns of Income Tax

SYLLABUS OF DSE-1

Unit 1: Introductory Concepts (3 hours)

Unit 2: Computation for “Salaries” and “Income from House Property” (15 hours)
Income under the head “Salaries”: Meaning of Salary, basis of charge, Allowances,
Perquisites, permissible deductions from salary income, Deduction under Section 80 C.
Income under the head “Income from House Property”: Basis of charge, income from let out
house property, income from self-occupied property.

27
Unit 3: Computation for ‘Profits and Gains of Business or Profession’, ‘Capital Gains’ and
‘Income from other sources’ (15 hours)
Profits and gains of business or profession: Basis of charge, important rules regarding
assessment of PGBP, computation of Profits from Business or Profession, deductions
expressly allowed, expenses expressly disallowed.
Capital gains: basis of charge, meaning of capital asset, cost of acquisition, improvement and
indexation, exemptions for capital gains arising from transfer of Capital Assets, calculation
of tax on short-term and long-term capital gains.
Income from other sources: basis of charge, dividend, winnings from lotteries, crossword
puzzles, etc., interest on securities, advance money received for transfer of a capital asset,
permissible deductions.

Unit 4: Computation of Total Income and Tax Liability (12 hours)

Computation of total income; Deductions from gross total income under section 80 C to 80
U; Rebates and reliefs; Set-off and carry forward of losses (Concept only), Concept of
advance payment of Tax and Deduction of Tax at Source. Computation of Taxable Income
and liability of Tax. e-Filing of Returns: ITR-1 (SAHAJ) and ITR-2

Essential/recommended readings

1. Ahuja, G. and Gupta, R. Simplified Approach to Income Tax. Flair Publications (P) Ltd.
2. Singhania, V.K. and Singhania, M. Students Guide to Income Tax. Taxmann
Publications (P) Ltd.
Software which will be used for teaching are
1. ‘Excel Utility’ available at incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in
2. Vinod Kumar Singhania, e-filing of Income Tax Returns and Computation of Tax
Taxmann Publication (P) Ltd, New Delhi. (Latest version)
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

28
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 3 (DSE-3): ENTREPRENEURSHIP

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
Entrepreneurship 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(DSE 3)

Learning Objectives

The course aims at:

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Develop critical thinking, problem solving skills and entrepreneurial mind-set in

students.
· Enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial process from idea generation, to
concept development and creation of the venture.
· Enable the understanding of the business models, legal aspects of enterprise and
writing a business plan.
· Apprise students with ways to finance and scale up the business.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-2

Unit 1: Introduction to Entrepreneurship (9 hours)

Concept of Entrepreneurship; Attributes of Entrepreneur; Distinction between entrepreneur
and manager; Concept of corporate entrepreneurship/ intrapreneurship; Concept of social
entrepreneurship; Role of entrepreneurship for an economy; Understanding business model
strategy; Legal forms of enterprise; case study discussion on entrepreneurs, intrapreneurs,
business models

Unit 2: Launching Entrepreneurial Venture (12 hours)

Identification of opportunities and Idea generation and screening methods- Brainstorming,
mind-mapping, story-telling, SCAMPER, attribute listing, focus group interviews, customer

29
feedback; Feasibility studies- Marketing, Financial, Technical, Socio-economic Feasibility;
Writing Business Plan

Unit 3: Legal and Financial Aspects (12 hours)

Legal requirements of business (Basic concept and relevance of patents, copyrights, and
trademark); Financing- Start-up phase financing, growth stage financing, Maturity-phase
financing; angel investment and venture capital, other forms of external financing; case
study discussion on financing a venture

Unit 4: Sustaining and Scaling Up (12 hours)

Keeping the entrepreneurial spirit alive- Challenges and remedies, Role of creativity and
innovation, Barriers to entrepreneurship, Concept of sustainability, Ethical Perspectives;
Introducing Shared Innovation into the Business Model; Evolution of CSR from Compliance
to Sustainable Entrepreneurship; How to Design CSR Strategies that Optimize Impact for
Business and Society

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Harvard Business Review Entrepreneur's Handbook: Everything You Need to Launch
and Grow Your New Business
2. Hisrich, R. D. International entrepreneurship: starting, developing, and managing a
global venture. Sage Publications.
3. Sharma, S., Starik, M., & Wuebker, R. Sustainability, innovation and entrepreneurship:
introduction to the volume.

30
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 5 (DSE-5):
Investment and Portfolio Optimization

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Investment and 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Portfolio
Optimization
(DSE 5)

Learning Objectives
This course aims at:
• Provides a broad overview of investment and risk associated with it
• Measurement and analysis of return and risk of an equity on the basis of fundamental and
technical analysis
• Understand bond fundamentals and interest rate theories
• Construction, analysis and evaluation of a portfolio of securities.

Learning outcomes
By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Provide a theoretical and practical background of investments valuation

· Do valuation of equity and debt instruments
· Analyse and manage the bond as well as equity portfolios in the real word.
· Understand how to measure the portfolio performances

SYLLABUS OF DSE-5

Unit 1: Basics of Investment (6 hours)

Investment alternatives and objectives, investment, gambling, speculation, introduction to
risk – return trade off: types of risks, sources of risks, measures, analysis, determinants of
required rates of return and relationship between risk and return. Types of returns: Holding
Period Return (HPR) & Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR). Attributes of a good
investment. Types of assets: Real Assets versus Financial Assets. Investment Process.

Unit 2: Analysis of Equity (12hours)

Measurement of return and risk of equity shares. Approaches to equity analysis,

Fundamental Analysis- Economy, Industry, Company Analysis (EIC framework); Equity
Valuation Models (DDM, P/E Ratio model and Free Cash Flow Valuation approach).
Valuation based on other ratios-P/B ratio, Price to Sales ratio and Price to Cash flow ratio.
Technical Analysis – Concept, market indicators and specific stock indicators.

31
Random Walk Theory & Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH): Forms, empirical evidence and
tests.

Unit 3: Analysis of Bonds (12hours)

Bond fundamentals, types of bonds & risks in bonds. Valuation of bonds. Bond yields-
current yield and Yield-to-maturity (YTM). Bond price-yield relationship, analysis of risks in
bonds-duration and modified duration. Theories of term structure-Expectations theory,
Segmented markets theory and Liquidity Preference theory. Yield curve.

Unit 4: Portfolio Construction, Management and Evaluation (15hours)

Modern Portfolio theory: Diversification & portfolio risk, Harry Markowitz model,
measurement of portfolio risk and return, measurement of co-movements in security
returns, calculation of portfolio risk, efficient frontier and optimal risky portfolio. Riskless
lending & borrowing and capital market line.
Capital Asset Pricing Model: Development of the CAPM, assumptions, beta and security
market line. Sharpe’s Single Index Model. Portfolio performance evaluation- Sharpe’s index,
Treynor’s Index, Jensen’s alpha, and Information ratio.
Note: Some case studies related to above topics are required to be discussed.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Bodie, Zvi., Kane Alex and Alan J. Marcus. Investments. McGraw Hill.
2. Chandra, P. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Francis. J.C. & Taylor, R.W. Theory and Problems of Investments. Schaum’s
Outline Series. TMH. New Delhi,
4. Fischer, Donald E. and Ronald J. Jordan. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management.
PHI Learning.
5. Pandian, Punithavathy. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. 2nd
Edition. Vikas Publishing House. New Delhi
6. Reilly, Frank K, and Brown, Keith C. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management.
Cengage Learning.
7. Rustagi, R.P. Investment Management. Sultan Chand & Sons.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

32
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 7 (DSE-7): Monetary Economics

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Monetary Economics 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(DSE 7)

Learning Objectives

This course provides the student the knowledge of:

1. Forms of money and its measures and associated theories
2. Money and capital markets, Financial products, institutions and crises
3. Interest rates, their determination and associated theories
4. Structure and role of the banking system and its reforms
5. Monetary theory, monetary policy, its goals and current practice in India

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Develop a critical understanding of functioning of financial institutions, markets and

instruments and how growth of the real economy is interspersed with financial
innovation and crisis.
· Learn an important learning outcome relates to aspects with regard to banks and
capital markets as they constitute significant components of a financial system.
· Develop an understanding of theory of monetary policy and how it is conducted in
India by Reserve Bank of India.
· Develop some basic understanding of few current issues including demonetization,
cryptocurrency and problems faced by the banking sector in their appropriate contexts.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-7
Unit 1: (8 hours)
Concept, functions and measurement, and Theories of Money Supply Determination,
Demonetization and Cryptocurrency.
Unit 2: (15 hours)
Financial Institutions, Markets. Instruments and Financial innovation.
Role of Financial Markets and Institutions; problems of asymmetric information, adverse
selection and moral hazard, financial crisis. Money and Capital Markets, Organization,
Structure and Reforms in India: Role of Financial Derivatives and other Innovations.

33
Unit 3: (8 hours)
Interest rates Determination, Sources of interest rate differentials, Theories of Term Structure
of Interest rates, Interest rates in India.

Unit 4: (8 hours)
Banking System, Balance Sheet and Portfolio Management, Indian Banking System,
Changing role and Structure, Banking Sector Reforms.

Unit 5: (6 hours)
Central Banking and Monetary Policy, Functions, Balance Sheet, Goals, Targets (operating,
intermediate and final), Indicators and instruments of monetary control, Tinbergen’s
theorem, Inflation targeting, monetary management, current monetary policy in India.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Fabozzi F Jet al(2009): Foundations of Financial Markets and Institutions, Pearson
2. MishkinF S , Eakins S G,Jayakumar T , Pattnaik R K (2017): Financial Markets and
Institutions, Pearson.
3. Dua, P(2020), “Monetary Policy Framework in India”, Indian Economic Review, Vol.
55, Issue 1, June 2020
4. Jadhav,Narender: Monetary Policy,Financial stability and Central Banking in India
Macmillan,New Delhi,India
5. Kaul,Vivek(2020) Bad money: inside the NPA Mess and how does it threaten the
Indian Banking System, Harper Collin Publisher India
6. Ghate, C., & Kletzer, K. M. (Eds.). (2016). Monetary policy in India: A modern
macroeconomic perspective. Springer
7. Chibber, Ajay, Salman, Soz, Anees(2021) India’s Financial Sector: A Whodunnit
8. EDs in Unshackling India. Haper Collins Publishers India.
9. Report of the Working Group: Money Supply Analytics and Methodology of
Compilation, 1998 Annual Report; Master Circular - Prudential Norms on Capital
Adequacy - Basel I Framework – 2011; RBI Bulletin; Report of Currency and Finance
(latest).
10. Various publications of RBI and other agencies / institutions
11. Raghuram_Rajan_Committee_on_Financial_Sector_Reforms
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

34
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 9 (DSE-9): International Economics

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
International 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Economics
(DSE 9)

Learning Objectives

The course aims at:

• To explain ancient view of International trade and production and consumption gains
from trade
• To analyse the working of H-O theory and new trade theory
• To understand the international trade policies and its impact on trade
• To Understand the functioning of WTO and its implications for India.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

• Understand basic theories of International Trade and the terms used therein.
● Understand trade policies and instruments used to control international trade.
● Understand what is WTO and how does it affect international trade?
● Understand various concepts related to Regionalism and Integration and their
importance.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-9

Unit 1: International Trade Theories (12 hours)

International trade as an Engine of Growth, Ancient view of International Trade, Theory of
Mercantilism, Absolute Advantage theory, Comparative Advantage Theory, Opportunity
cost theory of trade, Autarky Equilibrium, Production and Consumption Gains from Trade.

Unit 2: Modern Theories of Trade (12 hours)

Introduction, H-O theory- Assumptions, General Equilibrium framework, the working of H-

O theory, Factor price equilibrium theorem, Income Distribution effects of H-O theory,
Empirical implications of H-O theory, Leontief Paradox, Factor Intensity Reversal, New
trade theories (Difference in technology, Economies of Scale and Monopolistic Competition
and Trade)

Unit 3: International Trade Policies and Practices (12 hours)

35
Trade Policy Instruments, Tariffs Barriers, Import Tariff- It’s effect and measurement, Non-
Tariff Barriers- Import Quotas, Voluntary Export Restraints, Anti-Dumping,
Economic Integrations, Regional groups – EU, NAFTA and SAARC/ ASEAN, Theory of
Customs Union - Impact of customs union on trade- trade creation and diversion. Import
Substitution and Export Promotion.

Unit 4: WTO and Trade (9 hours)

What is WTO, Objectives, Principles, Areas of Function of WTO, Role of WTO in trade,
Foreign Trade Policy of India, The Sanitary and Phyto SanitaryAgreement (SPS) of WTO
and Its Implications for India, India & World Trade Organization (WTO): WTO Agreement
on Agriculture.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Salvatore, D. (Edition 2008) , International Economics, Pearson Education : New Delhi
2. Krugman Paul R. & Obstfeld M. (2013) : International Economics:- Theory and Policy
(IXth Edition), Pearson Education , New Delhi.
3. Cherunilam Francis (1998) :International Economics (Vth Edition), McGraw Hill
Education (India) Pvt Ltd.
4. WTO and its implications on Indian Agriculture, National Institute of Agricultural
Extension Management (MANAGE), Hyderabad.
Additional References:
1. Appleyard Dennis R.; Cobb Steven; Field Alfred J. (2010). International Economics
(Vth Edition), McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd.
2. Thompson, Henry(2010): International Economics – Global markets and competition
2nd Edition Singapore; Hachensack, N.J: World Scientific.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

36
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 11 (DSE-11): Understanding Consumers

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Understanding 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Consumers
(DSE 11)

Learning Objectives

The course aims at:

• To understand psyche of a consumer and his personality traits
• To apply theories to learn and predict consumer behaviour
• To learn culture role and dynamics of Family and Consumer socialization
• To analyse consumer decision making process and diffusion of innovation

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Understand personality theories and their applications to consumer psychology.

· Analyse consumer perception in advertising through psychology based theories of
perception.
· Understand behavioural learning theories and consumer attitude formation in the
context of advertisements.
· Understand the role of opinion leaders, family and culture in consumer decisions.
· Identify the use of consumer behaviour concepts in prevalent advertisements.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-11

Unit 1: Personality, Perception and Positioning (12 hours)

Freudian Theory, Neo-Freudian theory of personality; Personality traits;
Anthropomorphism; Self-Perception; Sensory information, Absolute and differential
thresholds; Perceptual Selection, Perceptual Organisation, Interpretation of cues and
imagery, Risk perception; Positioning and Repositioning (including use of perceptual
mapping).

Unit 2. Consumer Learning and Attitude (12hours)

Elements, Behavioural learning theories (Classical, Instrumental, Observational);

Information processing; Cognitive learning theory, Consumer involvement and hemispheric
lateralisation; Recognition and recall measures. Consumer attitude formation; Tri-

37
component attitude model; Attitudes motivational functions; Elaboration Likelihood Model;
Cognitive dissonance and conflict resolution; Causality and attribution theory.

Unit 3. Persuasion, Social Setting and Culture (9hours)

Broadcasted versus Addressable messages, message structure, persuasive appeals;

Credibility and persuasive power of reference groups, Opinion leaders (influencers), Word-
of-mouth strategic applications
Family and consumer Socialization; family decision making and members’ roles;
Culture’s role and dynamics; Learning Cultural Values; Measuring values; Core values.

Unit 4. Consumer Decision-Making and Diffusion of Innovations (12 hours)

Consumer decision making: need recognition, decision spectrum, pre-purchase search,

evaluation, decision rules, rules and marketing strategy, incomplete information, post-
purchase evaluation- brand loyalty, disconfirmation of expectations; Consumer gifting
behaviour; Diffusion, Types of innovation, Features affecting adoption, Adoption process.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Schiffman, Leon G., Kanuk, Leslie Lazar.,Kumar, S. Ramesh. Consumer Behaviour.
12th ed. Pearson Publications.

Additional References:
1. Hawkins, Roger J., Best, Kenneth A., Coney. Consumer Behaviour: Building Marketing
Startegy. Tata McgrawHill.
2. Solomon, Michael. Consumer Behaviour: Buying, Having and Being. 12th ed. Pearson
Publications.
3. Nair, Suja. Consumer Behaviour in Indian Perspective. Himalaya Publications.
4. Kumar, S Ramesh. Conceptual Issues in Consumer Behaviour. Pearson Publication.
5. Sheth, Jagdish N., Mittal, Banwari. Customer Behaviour: A Managerial Perspective.
Thomson Publication.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

38
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES OFFERED BY
THE DEPARTMENTS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-1): PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Principles of Economics 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(GE 1)

Learning outcomes
By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Understand the principles of economics of the modern economy.

· Understand the consumer theory, production, and costs etc.
· Understand the basic principles of macroeconomics, national income accounting and
determination of GDP.
· Understand the functioning of the money market.

SYLLABUS OF GE-1

Unit 1: Introduction (6 hours)

Problem of scarcity and choice: scarcity, choice and opportunity cost; production possibility
frontier; economic systems.
Demand and supply: law of demand, determinants of demand, shifts of demand versus
movements along a demand curve, market demand, law of supply, determinants of supply,
shifts of supply versus movements along a supply curve, market supply, market
equilibrium.

39
Applications of demand and supply: price rationing, price floors, consumer surplus,
producer surplus.
Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculating elasticity, determinants of price elasticity,
other elasticities.
Unit 2: Consumer Theory (9 hours)
Budget constraint, concept of utility, diminishing marginal utility, Diamond-water paradox,
income and substitution effects; consumer choice: indifference curves, derivation of demand
curve from indifference curve and budget constraint.
Unit 3: Production and Costs (9 hours)
Production: behaviour of profit maximising firms, production process, production functions,
law of variable proportions, choice of technology, isoquant and isocost lines, cost
minimizing equilibrium condition.
Costs: costs in the short run, costs in the long run, revenue and profit maximizations,
minimizing losses, short run industry supply curve, economies and diseconomies of scale,
long run adjustments.
Unit 4: Introduction to Macroeconomics (6 hours)
What is macroeconomics, Macroeconomic issues in an economy.
Unit 5: National Income Accounting (6 hours)
Concepts of GDP Aggregates and National Income; measurement of national income and
related aggregates; nominal and real income; GDP and welfare and the limitations of the
GDP concept.
Unit 6: Determination of GDP (6 hours)
Actual and potential GDP; aggregate expenditure; consumption function; investment
function; equilibrium GDP; concepts of MPS, APS, MPC, APC; autonomous expenditure;
Concept of multiplier.
Unit 7: Money and Credit (3 hours)
Money in a Modern Economy: Concept of money in a modern economy; monetary
aggregates; demand for money; quantity theory of money; liquidity preference and rate of
interest; money supply and credit creation; monetary policy

Essential/recommended readings

1. Case, K.E., Fair, R. C., and Oster, S. E. (2017). Principles of Economics (12th Ed.).
Pearson.
2. Dornbusch, R., Fischer, S. and Startz. R. Macroeconomics (11th Edition). McGraw-Hill.
3. Mankiw, N.G. (2021). Principles of Economics, (9th Edition). Cengage Learning.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

40
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-3): LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
Legal Environment of 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Business (GE 3)

Learning Objectives

The course intends:

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Understand the basic rules and provisions of Contract and Agreements.

· Know the provisions to Formation and functioning of company and LLP.
· Understand the significance and role of law of sale of goods act
· Apply the law correctly to different facts and in different contexts

SYLLABUS OF GE-3

Unit 1: Indian Contract Act (12 hours)

Unit 2: Companies Act (12 hours)

Meaning and Nature of Company; Promotion and Incorporation of a Company;
Memorandum of Association; Articles of Association; Misleading Prospectus and remedies
available to the parties; Board of Directors and their qualification, duties, powers. Company
Meetings and Resolutions.

41
Unit 3: Sale of Goods Act and Consumer Protection Act (12 hours)
Essentials of a Contract of Sale; Sale and Agreement to Sell, Conditions and Warranties;
Transfer of Title by Non-Owners; Doctrine of Caveat Emptor; Rights of Unpaid Seller.
Consumer Protection Act 2009: Scope and Applicability of the Act. Rights of consumer.
Procedure for complaints. Duties and power of Central Consumer Protection Authority.

Unit 4: Limited Liability Partnership Act and IT Act (9 hours)

Meaning and nature of LLP; LLP and Company; LLP Agreement, Partners and Designated
Partners, Incorporation of LLP; Partners and their Relations, Extent and limitation of liability
of LLP.
Information Technology Act 2000: Concept and role; Digital signature, Electronic governance,
Attribution, Acknowledgement and dispatch of electronic records, Regulation of certifying
authorities, Digital signatures certificates, Duties of subscribers, Penalties and adjudication,
Appellate Tribunal, Offences.

Essential/recommended readings

Suggestive readings

1. Chadha, R,. Chadha, S. Corporate Laws. Mayur Paperbacks. New Delhi.

2. Maheshwari & Maheshwari. Business Law. National Publishing House. New Delhi.
3. Singh, Avtar. The Principles of Mercantile Law. Eastern Book Company. Lucknow.
4. Tulsian, P.C. Business Law. Tata McGraw Hill. New Delhi.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

42
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-5): QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Total Hours of Eligibility Pre-
Teaching criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice (if any)
Quantitative 4 3 1 0 45 Class 12 None
Techniques in
Management
(GE 5)

Learning Objectives

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

• Identify and develop operational research models from the verbal description of the
real system.
• Understand the mathematical tools that are needed to solve optimization problems.
• Develop critical thinking and use PERT and CPM techniques to improve decision
making.

SYLLABUS OF GE-5

UNIT – I: Introduction - Operations Research, Linear Programming (15 hours)

(i) Introduction to Operations Research, characteristics, Phases, Methodology, Applications
and scope
(ii) Formulation of Linear Programming problems, Graphical Solutions (Special cases:
Multiple optimal solution, infeasibility, unbounded solution); Simplex Method, Special cases,
Big-M method and Two-phase method; Duality (emphasis on formulation & economic
interpretation); Sensitivity Analysis. (Excel Solver application)

UNIT – II: Transportation and Assignment Problem (12 hours)

(i) Transportation Problem: Formulation, Solution by N.W. Corner Rule, Least Cost
method, Vogel’s Approximation Method (VAM), Modified Distribution Method; Special
cases: Multiple Solutions, Maximization case, unbalanced case, prohibited routes.
(ii) Assignment Problem: Hungarian Method, Special cases: Multiple Solutions,
Maximization case, Unbalanced case, Restrictions on assignment.

UNIT – III: Network Analysis (9 hours)

43
Basic Concept, Construction of the Network diagram, Critical Path Analysis, float and slack
analysis (Total float, free float, independent float), probability consideration in PERT
(Interface with Project Management open-source software)

UNIT – IV: Decision Theory: (9 hours)

Decision making environment, Construction of Pay off Table, Opportunity Loss Table,
Decision under uncertainty. Decision under Conflict: Game Theory, Two-person Zero-Sum
games, Maximin Minimax Principle, Games without Saddle point - Mixed strategy,
Dominance Rule.

44
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-7): ECONOMICS OF STARTUPS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Economics of Startups 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(GE 7)

Learning Objectives

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

.· Understand the process and working of a startup.

SYLLABUS OF GE-7

UNIT – I: Startup, Generation & Experimentation (9 hours)

Concept of Startup, Role of digital technologies, Startup ecosystems, the startup movement in
India; Generating a value proposition, how valuable are new ideas, Design thinking
principles; Experimenting with the prototype, Introduction to lean start-ups, Lean startup
principles, Learning and failing fast.

UNIT – II: Building the Business Plan (15 hours)

Beginning Considerations: Building a competitive advantage. The strategic management
processes. Conducting a feasibility analysis. Forms of Business ownership. Franchising and
entrepreneurship. Buying an existing business, marketing and financial considerations:
Building a powerful marketing plan. E-commerce and Entrepreneur. Pricing strategies.
Creating a successful financial plan. Choosing the right location and layout.

UNIT – III: Crafting business models and Lean Start-ups (12 hours)

45
Introduction to business models; Creating value propositions-conventional industry logic,
value innovation logic; customer focused innovation; building and analysing business
models; Business model canvas, Business Pitching.

UNIT – IV: Institutions Supporting Small Business Enterprises and Ethics (9 hours)
Central level institutions. State level institutions. Other agencies. Industry Associations. Class
exercise- discussions on current government schemes supporting entrepreneurship and
finding out which scheme will most suit the business plan devised by the student. Importance
of Ethical Entrepreneurship, value of ethics to an entrepreneur.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Scarborough, N. M., Cornwall, J. R., & Zimmerer, T. (2016). Essentials of

entrepreneurship and small business management. Boston. Pearson Publications.
2. Hisrich, R.D., Manimala, M.J., Peters, M.P., Shepherd, D.A., Entrepreneurship, Tata
McGraw Hill.
3. Shukla, M.B., Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. Kitab Mahal
Publishers.

Suggestive readings

1. Hishrich, R.D. and Peters, M. Entrepreneurship. Irwin Publications.

2. Barringer, B.R. and Ireland, R. Duane. Entrepreneurship: Successfully launching new
ventures. (6th Edition) Pearson
3. Kuratko, D.F., and Rao, T.V., Entrepreneurship: A South-Asian Perspective. Cengage
Publications.
4. Shankar, R., Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice. Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Kathleen, R Allen. Launching New Ventures: An Entrepreneurial Approach. Cengage
Learning.
6. Fisher, Steve and Duane, Ja-Nae. The Startup Equation - A Visual Guidebook for
Building Your Startup. Mc Graw Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

46
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-9): INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

(GE9)

Learning Objectives

This course aims at inculcating:

• Basic understanding of fundamentals of international Trade
• An overview of theories of international trade
• Understand the meaning of Balance of Payment and explore the reasons of disequilibrium.
• Determine exchange rates and understand global capital market

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

● To understand basic concept and origin of International economics through the

prism of classical and new classical trade theories
● To understand different terms of trade and their applicability
● To differentiate between Modern and Classical Trade theories.
● To gain knowledge about the foreign exchange markets and its working
● To learn about global capital market

SYLLABUS OF GE-9

UNIT – I: Introduction to International Trade [12hours]

Globalization and its growing importance in the world economy; Impact of globalization;
International business contrasted with domestic businesses; Cost and benefit analysis of tariff,
Effective rate of protection and welfare arguments of tariff and developing countries. Foreign
direct investment (FDI) in world economy: Trends, Direction, and flow of FDI; Theories of
FDI; Political ideology and FDI.

Unit 2: International Trade Theory [15hours]

World Trade: An overview; Theories of international trade – Mercantilism; Absolute

advantage theory, Comparative advantage theory, Factory proportion theory and Leontief
paradox, Product life cycle theory, New trade theory, National competitive advantage:

47
Porter’s diamond. International Business Environment: Economic, Demographic, Cultural
and Political-legal environment.

Unit 3: Balance of Payment (BoP) [6hours]

Balance of Payment: Meaning, Components (Current, Capital and Official reserve), Reasons
for disequilibrium in BoP, Measures to correct disequilibrium, Understanding India’s BoP and
comparing it with markets like USA and China.

Unit 4: Foreign Exchange and Global Capital Market [12hours]

Exchange Rate Determination: Currency Demand and Supply Curves, Factors Affecting
Exchange Rate, Global Capital Market: Introduction, Benefits of global capital market, Growth
of global capital market, Global capital market risk, Eurocurrency market, Global bond
market, Global equity market, Exchange rate risk, Managing exchange rate risk, Methods of
Financing International Trade.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Hill, C. (2021). International business: Competing in the global market place (13th
Edition). Strategic Direction.
2. Krugman, P. R., & Obstfeld, M. (2009). International economics: Theory and policy.
Pearson Education.
3. Levi, M.D. (2009). International Finance (5th Edition), Taylor and Francis Ltd.
4. Madura, J. (2020). International financial management. Cengage Learning.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

48
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-11): ECONOMIC POLICY FRAMEWORK

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
Economic Policy 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Framework
(GE11)

Learning Objectives
This course will help students
• to understand the importance, meaning and objective of macroeconomic policies
• to understand role and effect of fiscal policy and government expenditure
• to explore role of monetary policy and banking sector in India
• to analyse efficacy of fiscal/monetary policy under fixed and flexible exchange rate

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

.· Learn the basic concept of macroeconomics

· Understand how different parameters of macroeconomics work under Indian economy.
· Understand how monetary and fiscal policy works.
· Know different exchange rate regimes.

SYLLABUS OF GE-11

UNIT – I: Meaning and objectives of economic policy (8 hours)

Unit 2: Fiscal policy (15 hours)

Objectives and meaning; effect of fiscal policy - role of tax policy (T) and government
expenditure (G), Aggregate Demand, Meaning of the multiplier. Government expenditure
multiplier and balanced budget multiplier Budget –meaning and purpose – example of India’s
latest Budget (and various heads). Meaning of fiscal, revenue and primary deficits.

Unit 3: Monetary policy (12 hours)

Meaning and objectives; money and credit – credit creation and instruments of credit control;
Inflation targeting, Banking in India – structure, recent developments; issues of NPAs and
how to resolve it.

49
Unit 4: Exchange rate policy (10 hours)

Structure of BOP; meaning of current account deficit and trade deficit; exchange rate
definition (real and nominal); fixed vs flexible exchange rate, efficacy of fiscal/monetary
policy under fixed and flexible exchange rate , effect of a change in exchange rate on the
current account (imports and exports); structure of capital account and role of capital outflows
and inflows.

Essential/recommended readings

1Gupta G.S (2016), Macroeconomics - Theory and Applications (4th edition). McGraw Hill,
2. Shapiro, Edward (1982), Macroeconomic Theory, 5th edition
3. Mankiw, Gregory N. (2010), Macroeconomics (7th edition), Worth Publishers.
4. Sikdar, Soumyen (2011), Principles of Macroeconomics, Oxford University Press
5. Krugman, P.R., Obstfeld, M. and Melitz, M. (2015). International Economics: Theory and
Policy, Pearson Education Limited.
6. Dua, P. (2020). Monetary Policy Framework in India, Indian Economic Review, 55(1),
June 2020, pp. 117-154.
9. http://www.inclusivejournal.in/about.html.
10. Sengupta, R. and Vardhan, H., Non-Performing Assets in Indian Banks, Economic
and Political Weekly, 52(12) March 25, 2017, Money, Banking and Finance Special.
11. Economic Survey, India, latest issue
12. Union Budget Statement, India, Latest issue
Suggestive readings

1Abel, Andrew, Bernanke, Ben and Croushore, Dean (2011). Macroeconomics (7th edition).
Pearson
2. Ghate, C., & Kletzer, K. M. (eds.) (2016). Monetary policy in India: A modern
macroeconomic perspective. Springer.
3. Kaul, Vivek (2020) Bad Money: Inside the NPA Mess and how it threatens the Indian
Banking System, Harper Collins Publisher India.
4. Chhibber, Ajay and Anees, Salman Soz (2021) India’s Financial Sector: A Whodunnit.
In Unshackling India. Haper Collins Publishers India.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

50
SEMESTER VI
B.A. (HONOURS) BUSINESS ECONOMICS

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 16 (DSC-16): OPERATIONS RESEARCH

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
course criteria requisite of
the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical

Operations Research 4 3 0 1 Class 12 None

(DSC 16)

Learning Objectives
The course intends to develop an understanding of:
(i) linear programming problems and their methods of solution
(ii) transportation and assignment problems, theory for solution and software methods
(iii) network analysis, Markov chains and applications
(iii) a decision making environment and theory of games

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Identify and develop operational research models from the verbal description of the real
system.

· Understand the mathematical tools that are needed to solve optimization problems.

· Use mathematical software to solve the proposed models

· Develop critical thinking and use PERT and CPM techniques to improve decision making.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-16

UNIT–I: Introduction - Operations Research, Linear Programming, Integer Programming

(15 hours)

(i) Introduction to Operations Research, characteristics, Phases, Methodology, Applications and

scope
(ii) Formulation of Linear Programming problems, Graphical Solutions (Special cases: Multiple
optimal solution, infeasibility, unbounded solution); Simplex Method, Special cases, Big-M method and
Two-phase method; Duality (emphasis on formulation & economic interpretation); Sensitivity
Analysis. (Excel Solver application)
(iii) Integer programming problem: Formulation, Solution through Gomory’s Cut Method,
managerial applications.

Unit 2: Transportation and Assignment Problem (9 hours)

51
(i) Transportation Problem: Formulation, Solution by N.W. Corner Rule, Least Cost method, Vogel’s
Approximation Method (VAM), Modified Distribution Method; Special cases: Multiple Solutions,
Maximization case, unbalanced case, prohibited routes. (Excel Solver application)
(ii) Assignment Problem: Hungarian Method, Special cases: Multiple Solutions, Maximization case,
Unbalanced case, Restrictions on assignment. (Excel solver application)

Unit 3: Network and Markov Analysis (12 hours)

(i) Network Analysis: Basic Concept, Construction of the Network diagram, Critical Path Analysis,
float and slack analysis (Total float, free float, independent float), probability consideration in PERT
(Interface with Project Management open-source software)
(ii) Markov Analysis: Assumptions of Markov analysis, construction of matrix of transition
probabilities, brand switching analysis, vector of state probabilities, prediction of future market share,
equilibrium conditions.

Unit 4: Decision Theory: (9 hours)

(i) Decision making environment, Construction of Pay off Table, Opportunity Loss Table, Decision
under uncertainty, Decision under Risk: EMV, EOL, EVPI.
(ii) Decision under Conflict: Game Theory, Two-person Zero-Sum games, Maximin Minimax
Principle, Games without Saddle point- Mixed strategy, Dominance Rule; Reduction of m x n game.
(Application of Excel Solver)

Practical Component (30 Hours) : Practicals based on spreadsheet package (Microsoft Excel or
equivalent) to enable students to apply all the concepts taken up in the theory classes in the course.
Essential/recommended readings

1. Vohra, N.D, Quantitative Techniques in Management, 5th ed., Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Gupta ManMohan, SwarupKanti, Introduction to Management Science Operations Research, 19th

ed. Sultan Chand & Sons.

3. Sharma J.K., Operations Research: Theory and Applications, 6th ed. Trinity.

4. TahahamdyA.,Operations Research: An Introduction, 9th ed., Pearson.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

52
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 17 (DSC-17): Business Legislation in India
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite
course criteria for the
course
Lecture Tutorial Practical Class 12 None

Business Legislation in 4 3 1 0
India (DSC 17)

Learning Objectives
The course intends to inform and develop an understanding of:
1. The Indian Contract Act, 1872
2. The Sale of Goods Act, 1930
3. The Companies Act, 2013
4. The Intellectual Property Act, Competition Act and Consumer Protection Act

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will able to:

· Understand the fundamentals of the various legislations for conducting business.

· Able to understand and appreciate the need for different legislations and the amendments thereof.

· Enable the student to initiate their own ventures in the form of entrepreneurs, and Company.

· Relate the legal framework with recent cases in the business world so as to have better
understanding of their interpretations.

SYLLABUS OF DSC-17

UNIT – I: Indian Contract Act 1872 (15 hours)

Definition: Essential elements and Kinds of Contracts. Offer and Acceptance: legal rules, lapse and
revocation. Consideration: Definition, Essentials and Exceptions. Capacity of Parties: Minor’s
agreements, Persons of unsound mind and Disqualified persons. Free Consent: Coercion, Undue
Influence, Misrepresentation, fraud and Mistake. Discharge of a Contract and its various ways.Kinds
of Remedies for Breach of a Contract.

Unit 2: The Sale of Goods Act 1930 (8 hours)

Contract of Sale of Good: Definition and Essentials: Sale and agreement to sell distinguished: Kinds of
Goods and concept of price. Conditions and Warranties.Doctrine of caveat emptor and exceptions.
Transfer of Property: Concept and Rules. Rights of Unpaid Seller against the goods and buyer.

Unit 3: The Companies Act 2013 (15 hours)

The Company: Definition and Characteristics. Kinds of Companies: On the basis of incorporation and
liability of Members. Concept of One Person Company.Difference between Public and Private
Company.Formation of a company–promotion, incorporation, on-line registration, commencement of
business.Memorandum of Association.Articles of Association. Prospectus: Definition, Issue and
Contents. Misleading prospectus and its consequences including remedies. Company Management:
Definition of Directors, Legal Position of Directors, Number of Directors and Directorship,
Qualification and Disqualification, Appointment and Removal, Powers and Duties of Directors.

53
Meetings and Resolutions: Types: AGM and EGM, Legal provisions, Requisites of a valid meeting,
Voting, Proxy, Resolutions and its types, Minutes. Winding up of a Company – Meaning, Winding up
and Dissolution distinguished, Modes and Consequences of Winding Up.

Unit 4: Laws of Intellectual Property, Competition and Consumer Protection (7 hours)

Intellectual Property Act: Patent Act, 1970: Meaning and Types. Patentable and Non- Patentable
Inventions.Procedure for obtaining a patent. Trade Marks Act, 1999: Essentials and Definition.
Conditions for Registration of Trade Marks. Design Act, 2000: Concept and Registration of Designs.
Copyright in Registered Designs.General Provisions relating to design under the Act.
Competition Act 2002: Scope and applicability of the Act. Prohibition of Anti- Competitive agreement
and abuse of dominant position. Regulation of Combinations. Duties, Powers and Functions of
Competition Commission of India
Consumer Protection Act 2009: Scope and Applicability of the Act. Rights of consumer.Procedure for
complaints.Duties and power of Central Consumer Protection Authority.

Essential/recommended readings
1Bansal V and Arora, A. Corporate Laws. Vikas Publishing, House (P) Ltd. New Delhi.

2. Chadha, R. Chadha, S. Corporate Laws. Mayur Paperbacks. New Delhi.

3. Kuchhal M.C &Vivek K. Business Legislation for Management. VIKAS Publishing House (P)
Ltd.

4. Kumar, A. Corporate Laws. International Book House (P) Ltd.

5. Bare Acts relating to the laws.

Suggestive readings
1 Arora, S. Business Laws. New Delhi. Vikas Publishing House.

2. Gulsan, S.S. Business Laws. Excel Books.

3. Singh, Avtar. The Principles of Mercantile Law. Eastern Book Company. Lucknow.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

54
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – (DSC-18): ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite
course criteria of the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ (if any)
Practice
Environmental 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Economics
(DSC 18)

Learning Objectives
The course intends to develop an understanding of:
(i) the concept of sustainability and economy-environment interaction
(ii) public policies to control environmental damage and pollution
(iii) the use of risk and cost-benefit analysis for environmental conservation
(iv) global environmental concerns and their protocols

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Provide the basic understanding interaction between environment and economic activities

· Understand sustainability

· Analyse different tools of environmental policies

· Understand global policies for environment

SYLLABUS OF DSC-18

UNIT – I: Environment and Sustainability (9 hours)

An Introduction to Environmental Economics; Economy–Environment interdependence, materials

balance model of economy–environment interactions, the drivers of environmental Impact,
Environmental Kuznets Curve Hypothesis. Concepts of sustainability: The Hartwick rule, Weak and
strong sustainability, Resilience.

Unit 2: Environmental Policies (12 hours)

Conventional Policy: Environmental Standards, Efficiency of Environmental Standards, Command and

Control Approach. Market Based Policy - Pollution Charges and Environmental Subsidies. Deposit
Refund System. Pollution Permit Trading Systems.

Unit 3: Environmental Planning & Analytical Tools (12 hours)

Environmental Risk Analysis - Concept of Risk. Risk Assessment and Risk Management
Assessing Benefits for Environmental Decision Making - Environmental Benefits - Conceptual Issues.
Approaches to Measuring Environmental Benefits - Physical Linkage Approach, Behavioral Linkage
Approach -Direct and Indirect Estimation Methods, Benefit -Cost Analysis

55
Unit 4: Global Environmental Management and Regulations (12hours)

Ozone depletion, Climate change, International collaborations for environment, Montreal and Kyoto
protocol, Paris agreement

Essential/recommended readings

1. Perman Roger, MaYue, McGilvray James and Common Michael. (2003) Natural Resource and
Environmental Economics. Financial Times/ Prentice Hall.

2. Thomas Janet M., Callan Scott J.. (2012) Environmental Economics and Management: Theory,
Policy, and Applications. South-Western College Publishing.

3. Kolstad Charles. (2012). Intermediate Environmental Economics.Oxford University Press

4. Hanley Nick, Shogren Jason F.and White Ben. (2006). Environmental Economics in Theory and
Practice.Palgrave Macmillan

Suggestive readings

1. Henley, Nick and Roberts, Colin Ed. (2002). Issues in Environmental Economics. Wiley-
Blackwell

2. Lenschow, Andrea and Lenschow Ed. (2001). Environmental Policy Integration.Routledge.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

56
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 2 (DSE-2): PUBLIC FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite
course criteria of the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ (if any)
Practice
Public Finance 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(DSE2)

Learning Objectives
The course intends to develop and understanding of:
(i) scope and importance of public finance, its sources and expenditures
(ii) Evolution of the Indian tax system and current debates
(iii) Finance Commissions and their changing role
(iv) Canons of taxation and relevance to public revenues

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

● Apply tools of basic microeconomics to key policy issues relating to the spending, taxing and
financing activities of the Government.

● Understand difference in impact of direct and indirect taxation.

● Understand the recent developments and issues in Indian Public Finance.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-2

Unit 1: Theory of Public Finance (12 hours)

Public finance: Meaning, nature, scope and importance, difference between private and public
finance. Principle of maximum social advantage. Role of state in public finance.
Elementary theory of product and factor taxation
Sources of revenue: taxes, loans, grants and aid – meaning and types, Principle of public expenditure.
Public finance and the economic system.

Unit 2: Current Issues in India Tax System (12hours)

Direct and Indirect Tax Reform in India, Different forms of direct tax in India,
Changing regime of taxation-direct to indirect taxation,
Introduction of GST and its implication for state finances and fiscal federalism in India, Latest finance
commission and its recommendation for fiscal devolution.

Unit 3: Center State Financial Relations (9hours)

Center state fiscal relations, horizontal and vertical tax devolution in India,
State and local finance in India
Performance and Equity debate in fiscal devolution in India
Report of finance commission in post liberalisation period

Unit 4: Principles of Taxation (12 hours)

57
Canons of taxation, Meaning of Canons of Taxation -Types of Canons of Taxation-Canon of equality
or equity, Canon of certainty, Canon of economy, Canon of productivity, Canon of Diversity, Canon
of convenience, Canon of elasticity, Canon of simplicity, Canon of diversity, Characteristics of Canons
of Taxation.

Essential/recommended readings

1 Musgrave, R. A. and Musgrave, P.B., Public Finance in Theory and Practice (1989), 5th edition.
McGraw Hill Education.

2. Bagchi, Amaresh. Reading in Public Finance, Oxford University Press.

3. Bhatia H.L.. Public Finance. Vikas Publishing House;

4. Shankar Acharya, Thirty years of Tax Reforms in India, EPW, May 2005

5. Rao, M. Govinda, "Central transfers to states in India: rewarding performance while ensuring
equity." Final report submitted to NITI Aayog (2017) (pages 1 to 18).

6. Government of India, Fifteenth Finance Commission Report 2021-26, Chapter 6

Suggestive readings
1. Report of Finance commission of India, Various years.

2. Economic Survey, GoI, Various year

3. State Finances: - A Study of Budget, RBI, Latest report

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

58
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 4 (DSE-4): ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice
Advertising Management 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(DSE 4)

Learning Objectives
The course attempts to develop an understanding of :
(i) Advertising, its role, functions, agencies and budgets
(ii) Marketing and advertising plans in a firm’s strategy
(iii) Execution of advertising plan and assessing its effectiveness
(iv) Different Media, their cost and options available for effective outcomes

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Understand the role played by advertising agencies.

· Recognise and identify the facet model objectives in any advertisement.

· Conduct situation analysis and consumer insight mining.

· Learn creative execution strategies including application of appeals, layouts and creative
copywriting.

· Understand and conduct appropriate media mix selection.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-4

Unit 1: Foundations of Advertising (10 hours)

Concept of advertising, Types of advertising, Concept of IMC, Role and functions of Advertising, the
key players, functions of advertising agencies, Organisation of agency, Advertising appropriateness-
factors influencing advertising budgets, methods of setting advertising budgets.

Unit 2: Planning and Strategy (13 hours)

Planning Framework-marketing and advertising plan, Facet model of objectives (Perception,

Cognition, Affect, Association, Action), DAGMAR, Marketing strategy and situation analysis,
consumer insight mining, big idea, positioning for advertising campaigns.

Unit 3: Effective Advertising Execution (12hours)

The creative and message strategy, creative brief, themes and appeals, execution styles, message
format, message tone, copywriting creativity, body copy, visual layouts, evaluation of effectiveness,
pre-testing, post-testing.

Unit 4: Effective Advertising Media (10 hours)

59
Types of media, newer media options, media objectives, developing a media plan, media Plan
budget, media mix selection.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Belch,G.E., Michael, A., Keyoor, Purani. Advertising and Promotion-An Integrated Maketing
Communications. 12th edition. Tata McGraw Hill Education. 2021.

2. William Wells, Sandra Moriarty, and John Burnett. Advertising: Principles and Practice.
Prenctice Hall of India. 2007.

3. Jethwaney, Jaishri., Jain, Shruti. Advertising Management. Oxford University press.

4. Shah, Kruti. Advertising and Integrated Marketing Communications. McGraw Hill Education
India. 2014.

5. Aaker, David A., Batra, Rajeev., Myers, John G. Advertising Management. Pearson Education.
2006.

6. Shimp, T.A. .Advertising and Promotion: An IMC Approach. Cengage. 2013.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

60
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 6 (DSE-6): INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice (if any)
International Financial 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Management
(DSE 6)

Learning Objectives
The course aims to give substantive knowledge about:
(i) key features of foreign exchange markets and development over the years
(ii) parity conditions in markets for foreign exchange
(iii) evolution of exchange rate systems from the gold standard to the present
(iv) its operations and hedging of risks in these markets.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Gain substantive knowledge of International Financial Management.

· Understand the principles of trading in foreign exchange markets, different instruments

traded, risks involved and how to carry out hedging of currency risks.

· Learn how to compute forward rates using cross rates, computation of synthetic quotes
and apply rules to determine existence of arbitrage amongst currencies traded.

· Understand how the international markets have evolved and the alternate exchange rate
systems world has seen over the years

SYLLABUS OF DSE-6

Unit 1: Introduction To Currency Markets (12 hours)

Spot & Forex market: Introduction and Features, Participants, & their method of communication in
forex markets, SWIFT and CHIPS. Currency Quotes and types, Calculation of forward rates using
spot rates, Discount/Premium on spot rate, Swap Points and Outright Forward Rates, Forward Rate
vs. Expected Future spot rates, Spot rate with and without transaction costs, Payoff Profiles on
Forward Exchange, Currency futures and Pay of Profiles, Mark to Market, Cross Rates & Synthetic
quotes. Arbitrage: one point, two point and three point (triangular) arbitrage.

Unit 2: Parity Conditions in Currency Markets (12 hours)

Purchasing Power Parity (both absolute and relative versions), Interest Rate Parity (explanation of
borrowing and lending criteria, diagrammatic presentation) , covered interest rate parity,
International Fischer Effect. The linkages between parity conditions.

Unit 3: Alternate Exchange Rate Systems and Payment Terms (9 hours)

Gold Standard and Gold Exchange Standard System with price adjustment mechanism , EMS and its
price adjustment, Hybrid systems , Fixed vs Flexible System, Overview on Brettonwoods System,

61
IMF, SDR, Triffon Paradox & Smithsonian Agreement. Payment Terms and Methods of Financing
International Trade (Letter of Credit, Forfaiting, Factoring, Credit Lines)

Unit 4: Exchange Rate Determination and Exposures (12 hours)

Currency Demand and Supply Curves, Stability of exchange rates and ‘J’ Curve Effect, Factors
Affecting Exchange Rate, Foreign Exchange Exposure: Nature, Definition, Exposure Line and
Interpretating Exposure, Statistical Measurement of Exposure, Types of Exposure (Meaning):
Transaction, Economic and Translation Exposure, Hedging Strategies to Manage Transaction
Exposures. Currency Swaps.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Apte, P G., Multinational Financial Management.Tata-McGraw Hill. New Delhi.

2. Levi, Maurice. International Finance. McGraw Hill Inc. New York.

3. Madura, Jeff. International Financial Management.South Western Cengage Learning.

4. Seth, A.K., International Financial Management. Galgotia Publishing Company. New Delhi.

5. Shapiro, Allen C., Multinational Financial Management. Prentice Hall India Pvt Ltd. New Delhi.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

62
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 8 (DSE-8): BEHAVIOURAL ECONOMICS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice (if any)
Behavioural Economics 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(DSE 8)

Learning Objectives
The course attempts to impart an understanding of:
(i) the evolution and growing importance of behavioural economics
(ii) the question of choices when outcomes are known
(iii) formulation of choice under conditions of uncertainty
(iv) the theory of games and Nash equilibria under select circumstances

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· To understand the departures from traditional theory by first explaining the decision-making
process in a theoretical framework and then using empirical and experimental findings.

· To build a better understanding of consumer choices and behaviours to enhance his/her

decision-making and he/she will be able to differentiate between economic and psychological
approaches to human decisions. Understands how behavioural economies incorporates
psychological factors such as altruism, fairness trust into standard theories to analyse human
choices and also have the knowledge of predictive power of economic theories.

· To understand the main normative and descriptive approaches to know principles of decision
making under risks

· To apply behavioural theory to interpretation of real decisions and public policy.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-8

Unit 1: Introduction (9 hours)

Introduction to behavioural economics: history, evolution, objective, scope, methods and concepts in
behavioural economics.

Unit 2: Choice under certainty (12 hours)

Preferences, rationality, utility, menu dependence, decoy effect, endowment effect, heuristics and
biases.

Unit 3: Choice under uncertainty (12 hours)

Probability, Bayes’ Rule, Expected value, Confirmation Bias, Expected Utility, Bundling, Allais
Problem.

Unit 4: Strategic Actions (12 hours)

63
Game Theory, Nash Equilibrium, Altruism, Fairness, Justice, Trust, Welfare Economics, Nudge
Agenda and behavioural finance.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Angner, Erik (2016), A course in behavioral economics, (Second edition,), Palgrave, London

2. Colin F. Camerer, George Lowenstein & Matthew Rabin (Ed.) (2004), Advances in Behavioral
Economics, Princeton University Press.

3. Wilkinson, Nick and Matthias, Klaes (2012), An introduction to Behavioral Economics, 2nd
edition, Palgrave Macmillan.

4. Abdukadirov, Sherzod (ed.). Nudge Theory in Action: Behavioral Design in Policy and Markets

Suggestive readings

1. Andrikopoulos, Panagiotis. Modern Finance vs. Behavioural Finance: An Overview of Key

Concepts and Major Arguments (June 2005). http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.746204

2. Andreoni, James, Justin M. Rao, and Hannah Trachtman. "Avoiding the ask: A field experiment
on altruism, empathy, and charitable giving." Journal of political Economy 125, no. 3 (2017):
625-653

3. Fama, Eugene F. "Market efficiency, long-term returns, and behavioral finance." Journal of
financial economics 49, no. 3 (1998): 283-306.

4. Falk, Armin, and Christian Zehnder. "A city-wide experiment on trust discrimination." Journal
of Public Economics 100 (2013): 15-27.

5. Kahneman, Daniel, Jack L. Knetsch, and Richard H. Thaler. "Experimental tests of the
endowment effect and the Coase theorem." Journal of political Economy 98, no. 6 (1990): 1325-
1348.

6. Samson, Alain. "An introduction to behavioral economics." The behavioral economics guide
(2014): 1-12.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

64
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 10 (DSE-10): INDIAN ECONOMY
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
Indian Economy 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(DSE 10)

Learning Objectives

The course is aimed at developing an understanding of:

(i) the different policy regimes in India since Independence: growth and development
(ii) Demographic trends, human development and state policies
(iii) Fiscal and monetary policies and laws related to labour
(iv) Sectoral growth and changes: agriculture, manufacturing and services

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Understand major issues and challenges facing the Indian Economy.

· Gain skills to analyze key economic issues and policy documents.

· Relate theoretical frameworks of macroeconomics and microeconomics to the Indian context.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-10

Unit 1: Economic Development since Independence (12 hours)

Major Features of the economy at independence; growth and development under different policy
regimes—goals, constraints, institutions and policy framework; an assessment of performance—
sustainability and regional contrasts; structural change, savings and investment.

Unit 2: Demographic Trends and policies (12hours)

Population and Human Development Demographic trends and issues; education; health and
malnutrition. Policies in poverty; inequality and unemployment.

Unit 3: Macroeconomic Policies and Their Impact (9 hours)

Fiscal Policy; trade and investment policy; financial and monetary policies; labour laws.

Unit 4: Sectoral Growth & Development (12 hours)

Agriculture Growth; productivity; agrarian structure and technology; capital formation; trade; pricing
and procurements. Industry: Growth; productivity; diversification; small scale industries; public
sector; competition policy; foreign investment. Trends and issues in Service Sector.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Drèze, J., &Sen, A. (2013). An Uncertain Glory.Princeton University Press.

65
2. Balakrishnan, P. (2007). The Recovery of India: Economic Growth in the Nehru Era. Economic
and Political Weekly, 42(45/46), 52–66.

3. Mohan, R. (2008). Growth Record of the Indian Economy, 1950-2008: A Story of Sustained
Savings and Investment. Economic and Political Weekly, 43(19), 61–71.

4. Vaidyanathan, A., & Krishna, K. L. (2007). Institutions and markets in India’s development.
Oxford University Press.

5. T. Dyson, 2008, India ‘s Demographic Transition and its Consequences for Development in Uma
Kapila, Indian Economy Since Independence, 19th edition, Academic Foundation.

6. Shankar Acharya, 2010, Macroeconomic Performance and Policies 2000-08, in Shankar Acharya
and Rakesh Mohan, editors, India’s Economy: Performances and Challenges: Development and
Participation, Oxford University Press.

7. Rakesh Mohan, 2010, India ‘s Financial Sector and Monetary Policy Reforms, in Shankar
Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, India’s Economy: Performances and Challenges:
Development and Participation, Oxford University Press.

8. PulapreBalakrishnan, Ramesh Golait and Pankaj Kumar, 2008, Agricultural Growth in India
Since 1991, RBI DEAP Study no. 27.

9. B.N. Goldar and S.C. Aggarwal, 2005, Trade Liberalisation and Price-Cost Margin in Indian
Industries, The Developing Economics, September.

10. P. Goldberg, A. Khandelwal, N. Pavcnik and P. Topalova, 2009, Trade Liberalisation and New
Imported Inputs, American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, May.

11. KunalSen, 2010, Trade, Foreign Direct Investment and Industrial Transformation in India,
ïnPremachandraAthukorala, editor, The Rise of Asia, Routledge.

12. A. Ahsan, C. Pages and T. Roy, 2008, ―Legislation, Enforcement and Adjudication in Indian
Labour Markets: Origins, Consequences and the Way Forward, in D. Mazumdar and S. Sarkar,
editors, Globalization, Labour Markets and Inequality in India, Routledge.

13. DipakMazumdar and SandeepSarkar, 2009, ―The Employment Problem in India and the
Phenomenon of the Missing Middle, Indian Journal of Labour Economics.

14. J. Dennis Rajakumar, 2011, Size and Growth of Private Corporate Sector in Indian
Manufacturing, Economic and Political Weekly, April.

15. Ramesh Chand, 2010, Understanding the Nature and Causes of Food Inflation.Economic and
Political Weekly, February.

16. BishwanathGoldar, 2011, Organised Manufacturing Employment: Continuing the Debate.

Economic and Political Weekly, April.

17. Basu, K., &Maertens, A. (2012). The new Oxford companion to economics in India.New Delhi
Oxford University Press.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

66
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE 12 (DSE-12): RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice
Research Methodology 4 3 0 1 Class 12 None
(DSE 12)

Learning Objectives

The course provide an understanding of the methods of conducting research through:

(i) introducing students to basic concepts of quantitative and qualitative research methods.
(ii) scientific methods of collecting reliable data and appreciating primary and secondary data
(iii) parametric and non parametric tests and interpretation of the results
(iv) publishing of research and issues of ethics in data collection and use.

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, the students will be able to:

· Assess the roles of the researcher and the informant in the research process and be in a
position to apply qualitative and quantitative research methodology.

· Perform literature reviews using print and online databases

· Learn about the various formats for citations of materials

· Describe sampling methods, measurement scales and instruments, and their appropriate
uses

· Learn the rationale for research ethics

· Provide understanding of appropriate statistical techniques for summarizing and displaying

business and economic data.

· Perform the basic qualitative and quantitative data analysis in a clear concise and
understandable manner with an in-depth, faster and accurate univariate, bivariate and
multivariate data analysis.

SYLLABUS OF DSE-12

Unit 1: Elements of Research (15 hours)

Research- Definition, characteristics, Objectives. Types of Research- Quantitative Vs Qualitative;

Descriptive, Exploratory and Causal. Research Methodology- Research Process, Formulating the
Research Problem, Research Questions. Hypothesis-Formulation of Hypothesis, Role of Hypothesis,
tests of Hypothesis and Errors in hypothesis testing. Research Design - importance and types,
features for a good research design. Concept of Population and Sample, Sampling Design- Probability
and non-probability Sampling techniques, Sample Size and sampling Error.

Unit 2: Understanding Data and its Collection (15 hours)

67
Data types - Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and Scale
Primary and Secondary Data- advantages and disadvantages. Primary Data Collection: Observation
method, Interview method, Questionnaires-prerequisites and designing, Case Study method
Scales-Understanding, Construction and Application (Graphic Rating, Likert scale, paired
comparison, ranking, constant sum, semantic differential scale). Secondary sources of data- previous
empirical studies, NSSO, CSO, RBI, World Bank.

Unit 3: Processing and Analysis of Data (10 hours)

Data recording, conducting univariate and bi-variate analysis-using-descriptives, Cross-tabs-chi-

square tests of independence, goodness of fit, One Sample t-test, Independent Sample t-test, Paired
Sample t-test, (Assumptions Testing and Inferential Analysis ANOVA, Repeated measure ANOVA,
MANOVA.
PCA, Cluster analysis, Factor Analysis, Discriminant analysis.

Unit 4: Additional Topics in Research (5 hours)

Review of Literature-techniques, do’s and don’ts of conducting literature survey, citation, referencing
styles, ethics in research.

Practical Component (30 hours) : Practicals to be based on use of a statistical software to enable to
student to implement all the concepts and tools taken up in the theory classes in the course.

Essential/recommended readings

·1. Donald R Cooper & Pamela S Schindler, “Business Research Methods”, McGraw Hill

2. Business Research Methods – Alan Bryman& Emma Bell, Oxford University Press.

3. Ranjit Kumar, “Research Methodology: A Step-by- Step Guide for Beginners” Sage

4. Joseph F. Hair, Jr. William C. Black, Barry J. Babin, Rolph E. Anderson,” Multivariate Data
Analysis, Seventh Edition-Pearson’s New International Edition

Suggestive readings
1. Amir D Aczel, “Complete Business Statistics”, McGraw Hill Education.

2. Naresh K. Malhotra, “Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation” PHI

3. Field, Andy, “Discovering Statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics”, 5th Edition, SAGE.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

68
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-2): INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL MARKETING

COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES OFFERED BY

THE DEPARTMENTS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice (if any)
Introduction to Digital 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Marketing
(GE 2)

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Understand the concept of digital marketing and its integration with traditional marketing.

· Understand customer value journey in digital context and behaviour of online consumers.

· learn email, content and social media marketing and apply the learnings to create digital media
campaigns.

· Examine various tactics for enhancing a website’s position and ranking with search engines and
search advertising.

SYLLABUS OF GE-2

Unit 1: Fundamentals of Marketing (6hours)

Importance of marketing; Core marketing Concepts; Company Orientations; Concept of

Segmentation, Targeting-Positioning; 7 P’s Framework; Product Life cycle; Pricing strategies, Types of
distribution channels; Promotion Mix.

Unit 2: Marketing in the Digital World (9 hours)

Digital marketing: Concept, Features, Difference between traditional and digital marketing, Moving
from traditional to digital Marketing; Digital Marketing Channels: Intent Based- SEO, Search

69
Advertising; Brand Based- Display Advertising; Community Based-SMM; Others- Affiliate, Email,
Content, Mobile; Customer Value Journey: 5As Framework; The Ozone O3 Concept Key; Traits of
online consumer.

Unit 3: Content, Email and Social Media Marketing (15 hours)

Content Marketing: Developing a content marketing strategy; Email Marketing: Types of Emails in
email marketing, Email Marketing best practices; Social Media Marketing: Building Successful Social
Media strategy; Social Media Marketing Channels; Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube (Concepts and
strategies)

Unit 4: Search Marketing (15 hours)

Introduction of SEM: Working of Search Engine; SERP Positioning; Search Engine Optimization:
Overview of SEO Process; Goal Setting-Types

On-Page Optimization: Keyword Research, SEO Process -Site Structure, Content, Technical
Mechanics, Headings, Image & Alt text, Social Sharing, Sitemaps, Technical Aspects-Compatibility,
Structured Data Markup.

Off Page Optimization: Link Formats, Link Building, Content Marketing, Social Sharing; Black and
White Hat Techniques

Search Advertising: Overview of PPC Process; Benefits of Paid Search; Basis of Ranking; Goal Setting-
Objectives; Account Setting-Creation of Google Ads, Campaign architecture, Campaign setup,
Targeting, Bid Strategy, Delivery, Ad Scheduling, Ad Rotation, Keyword Selection; Ad Copy
composition, Ad Extension

Overview of Display Advertising: Working of Display Advertising; Benefits and challenges.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Dodson, I. (2016). The art of digital marketing: the definitive guide to creating strategic,
targeted, and measurable online campaigns. John Wiley & Sons.

2. Kartajaya, H., Kotler, P., &Setiawan, I. (2016). Marketing 4.0: moving from traditional to digital.
John Wiley & Sons.

3. Ryan, Damien. Understanding Digital Marketing - Marketing Strategies for Engaging the
Digital Generation. Kogan Page Limited.

Additional References:

1. Kotler, P. (2009). Marketing management: A south asian perspective. Pearson Education, India.

2. Maity, Moutusy. Internet Marketing: A practical approach in the Indian Context. Oxford
Publishing.

3. Gupta, Seema. Digital Marketing. McGraw Hill

4. Ultimate guide to digital Marketing. Digital Marketer

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

70
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-4): STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite

Code course criteria of the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ (if any)
Practice
Statistics for 4 3 0 1 Class 12 Mathematics
Business at Class 12
(GE4) level

Learning Objectives

The objective of this course is to enable students to:

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

· Learn tools and concepts of statistical analysis and interpretation.

· Comprehend fundamentals of probability theory.

· Develop skills in statistical computing, statistical reasoning and inferential methods.

· Comprehend and analyse real data like real indices.

SYLLABUS OF GE-4

Unit 1: Descriptive Statistics and Exploratory Data Analysis (15 hours)

Types of Variables (Quantitative, Qualitative, discrete, continuous), Scales of Data Measurement

(nominal, ordinal, Interval & Ratio), Variable-; Primary & secondary Data.

Frequency distributions, Relative Frequency, Cumulative Distributions, Percentiles, Quartiles;

Graphical representation of data- bar charts, pie, histograms, box plots.

Measures of central tendency: Mean, median, mode, Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean, Weighted
Mean & their properties. Selection of a measure of central tendency.

Measures of Dispersion: Range, inter-quartile range, quartile deviation, mean deviation, standard
deviation, variance, coefficient of variance, properties of standard deviation, merits & demerits.

Skewness and Kurtosis: Meaning, measures- Karl Pearson, Bowley, Kelly’s, Kurtosis- meaning,
Moments, Kurtosis

Bivariate Analysis: Cross-tabulations and Scatter diagram; Correlation, Association and Simple
Regression.

Unit 2: Probability (12 hours)

71
Axioms of probability; Review of counting rules, experiments, sample space, simple and complex
events; Addition and multiplication rules; Concepts of Mutually exclusive events, independent events;
Concepts of Joint, marginal and conditional probability; Permutation and Combinations

Concept of Discrete and continuous Random Variables; Expected value and variance; Examples of
Theoretical Discrete and Continuous Probability Distributions – Binomial, Poisson and Normal
distributions.

Unit 3: Sampling, Estimation and Hypotheses (15 hours)

Population versus Sample; Sample Statistics versus population parameters; Definition and Statistical
properties of a Random Sample; Point and Interval Estimation and Small Sample Properties of
Estimators (unbiasedness, efficiency); Central Limit Theorem. (Interval estimation for mean for large
samples)

Basic concepts of Hypotheses Testing: Formulation of Null and Alternate Hypotheses; One-tailed and
two-tailed Tests about population Mean; Concepts of Type I and Type II errors. (Hypothesis testing for
mean and difference between mean for large samples only)

Unit 4: Index Numbers (6 hours)

Index Numbers: Use and construction of Laspeyres and Paasche index numbers; Fixed and chain base
index numbers; Base shifting, splicing and deflating. Construction of real indexes: Consumer Price
Index and BSE index.

Practical Component (30 hours) : Practicals to be based on a spreadsheet package (Microsoft Excel or
equivalent) to enable the student to execute all the measures and tests taken up in the theory
classes in the course.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Spiegel, M.R.(2003). Theory & Problems of Statistics, Schaum‘s outline series, McGraw Hill.

2. Levin, Richard I. and Rubin, David (1998). Statistics for Management (7th Edition), Pearson.

3. Gupta, S.C. (2018). Fundamentals of Statistics, Himalaya Publishing House

4. Spiegel, M. and Stephens, Larry (2017). Statistics (Schaum’s Outline Series), Tata-Mcgraw-Hill,
New Delhi

Suggestive readings

1 Nagar, A. L. and Das. R. K.. Basic Statistics (2nd Edition), Oxford University Press

2. Karmel, P. H. and Polasek, M. (1978). Applied Statistics for Economists (4th edition), Pitman.

3. Larsen, Richard J. and Marx, Morris L. (2011). An Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and its
Applications. Prentice Hall.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

72
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-6): INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
course criteria requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ the course
Practice (if any)
Introduction to Finance 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(GE6)

Learning Objectives

This course aims at providing a comprehensive introduction to:

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

Understand the meaning, scope and sources of Finance

· Estimate the present and future values of assets

· Examine the relationship between risk and return, and the nature and sources of risk in a stock
market context

· Analyse the currency exchange market to deal exchange rate risk.

SYLLABUS OF GE-6

UNIT – I: A Primer on Financial Markets & Institutions (9 hours)

An overview of financial system: characteristics & requirements. Components & functions of financial
system. Financial markets: characteristics & types. Types & role of Financial Institutions.An overview
of the 2007–2008 Financial Crisis.

Unit 2: Corporate Finance: An Overview (12 hours)

Nature, scope and objectives of Finance, Emerging role of Finance Managers in India and Agency
problem.Concept & Meaning of Financial Management, goals of financial management, the three
financial decisions- Investing, Financing & Dividend.
Sources of Finance: Equity & Preference Capital, Retained earnings, Debt, Bonds, Long term loans,
Short term advances from banks, public deposits & advances from customers and trade creditors.
Concept of Time Value of Money, Compound Value, Present Value, Annuity and Perpetuity.

Unit 3: Investment Management: Basics & Process (15 hours)

An overview of investment- Investment process, Types of assets- real & financial.Types of investors,
types of financial securities & attributes of a good investment.
Concept of Risk & Return (Single asset), risk-return trade off, types of risk- systematic & unsystematic,
types of return-holding period return, expected return, actual return.
Examining four broad asset classes: equity, bonds, mutual funds & derivatives.
Equity- three schools of thought on equity valuation- a brief discussion on fundamental analysis,
technical analysis and efficient market hypothesis.

73
Bonds- types, fundamentals, relationship between interest rates & bond prices& yield curve.
Mutual Funds– meaning, importance, structure, mutual fund schemes, Systematic Investment Plan
(SIP), Systematic Withdrawal Plan (SWP), Exchange Traded Fund (ETF), Equity Linked Savings
Scheme (ELSS) and NAV of Fund.
Derivatives – Meaning and Types of Derivative Instruments (Forwards, Futures, Options and Swaps).
Concept of diversification & portfolios.Portfolio Risk & Return(two security only).

Unit 4: A Beginners’ Guide to International Finance (9hours)

International Monetary System- development of international finance and how the international
monetary system evolved. Currency exchange markets and rates- currency exchange markets,
exchange rate quotations, currency exchange rate appreciation and, depreciation, factors that affect
currency exchange rates and arbitrage. Conducting business internationally. Concept of exchange rate
risk.

Essential/recommended readings
1. Bodie, Zvi., Kane, Alex and Marcus, Alan J.. Investments. McGraw Hill.

2. Chandra, P.. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Pathak, Bharati. Indian Financial System. Pearson.

4. Ronald, W. Melicher and Norton, Edgar A.. Introduction to Finance: Financial Markets,
Investment, and Financial Management. Wiley Publishing House. 2012.

5. Rustagi, R.P., Fundamentals of Financial Management. Taxmann.

Suggestive readings
1. Khan, M. Y & Jain P. K., Financial Management: Text and Problems. Tata McGraw Hill. New
Delhi.

2. Kohn, Meir. Financial Institutions and Markets. Oxford University Press.

3. Kidwell, David S., Backwell, David W., Whidbee, David A. and Sias, Richard W. Financial
Institutions, Markets and Money. Wiley Publications.

4. Madura, Jeff. Financial Markets and Institutions. South Western Cengage Learning.

5. Reilly, Frank K, and Brown, Keith C. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. Cengage
Learning.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

74
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-8): ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS AND
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-

Code course criteria requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ of the
Practice course
(if any)
Environmental 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
Economics and
Climate Change
(GE8)

Learning Objectives

This course aims at inculcating an understanding of:

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

.· Understand the linkage between environment and economics.

· Learn the basic theories of environmental economics.

· Understand the basic terminologies related to environment and Climate change.

· Analyse the effects of climate change on India and its future plan for environmental protection
and mitigation.

SYLLABUS OF GE-8

UNIT – I: Introduction (8 hours)

Unit 2: Economic Growth and Environmental Degradation (12 hours)

Theories of relationship between economic growth and environmental degradation: The environmental
Kuznets curve hypothesis, The Brundtland Curve hypothesis, The environment Daly Curve
hypothesis.

Unit 3: Climate Change and its Challenges (12 hours)

Introduction to the Climate Change, Drivers of Climate Change, Global impacts of Climate Change:
Anthropogenic, Global warming, ozone hole, biodiversity loss, ecosystem services, natural capital and
resources. Effect of Climate Change on India: Agriculture, Biodiversity, vulnerability of Coastal Belt,
Rural Livelihoods and Food Security in India.

Unit 4: Actions Taken and Policy Framework (13 hours)

Global Level: Adaptation and Mitigation, Governmental and Intergovernmental Actions to Combat
Climate Change: The Role of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change, The Kyoto Protocol, Paris Agreement etc. The global

75
carbon market (CDM, JI, ET).India's Position on International Climate Negotiations, India's National
Action Plan on Climate Change.

Essential/recommended readings

1. Callen,Thomas (2007). Environmental Economics, Thomson Learning Inc. Indian Edition.

2. Dubash, Navroz (2012). Handbook of Climate Change and India: Development, Politics
and Governance, Earthscan

3. Bhattacharya, R. N. (ed.) (2001). Environmental Economics, An Indian Perspective,

Oxford University Press.

Suggestive readings

1. Romm, J.J. 2018. Climate change: What Everyone Needs to Know. Oxford University
Press

2. Dash. S.K. 2008. Climate Change, Cambridge University Press

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

76
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-10): INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
course criteria requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ of the
Practice course
(if any)
Indian Financial System 4 3 1 0 Class 12 None
(GE10)

Learning Objectives
The course attempts to develop an understanding of:
(i) the history and role of the Indian Financial System in economic development
(ii) the role and importance of financial markets; capital, equity and money markets
(iii) commercial banks, development banks, NBFCs - risk and NPAs; role of ARCs.
(iv) role of financial services in credit market

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

. Analyse the financial market processes and their factors, and make successful financial decisions
at an individual as well as company level.

· Evaluate various ways of raising funds from the financial markets domestically or
internationally for the company.

· Study the considerations of banking and other financial institutions in real life.

· Evaluate various financial services offered under financial system of India.

SYLLABUS OF GE-10

UNIT – I: Financial System: An Introduction (6 hours)

Financial System: meaning, characteristics, significance and components; tracing the history of the
Indian financial system and its contribution to Economic Development; markets, regulators and
participants in the Indian financial system; financial instruments, direct and indirect finance, scams in
Indian Financial System.

Unit 2: Financial Markets (18 hours)

Financial Markets – meaning, types, role, importance, and securities traded; linkages between financial
markets and economy. Capital market – meaning, functions, organisation; Equity market – primary
and secondary market, ways of raising funds, private equity, venture capital, introduction to debt
market. Money market – meaning, functions, organisation, participants, instruments, trading
mechanism, role of central bank.

Unit 3: Financial Institutions (9 hours)

Commercial Banking, Nationalisation of Commercial Banks, Structure of Commercial Banks in India,

Depository and Non-Depository Institutions, Universal Banking, Payments Bank, Development Banks
(IFCI, IDBI, NABARD and NHB), NBFCs, Risk Management in Banks, ARCs Problem of NPAs.

Unit 4: Financial Services (12 hours)

77
Credit Rating – Meaning, Process, Rating Methodology, Rating Symbols and Rating Agencies.
Insurance – Meaning, Importance, Types, Seven Principles and Regulation.
Leasing – Meaning, Features and Types of Leasing; Concept of Hire Purchase, Difference between Hire
Purchase and Leasing; Factoring – Meaning, Functions, Types and Procedure; Forfaiting – Meaning,
Process, Characteristics, Types, Advantages, Difference between Forfaiting and Factoring; Investment
Banking – Meaning, Importance and Services Offered by Investment Bankers.

Essential/recommended readings

1 Khan, M.Y. Indian Financial System. Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Bhole, L.M. Financial Institutions and Markets. Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Varshney, P.N. and Mittal, D.K. Indian Financial System. Sultan Chand & Sons.

4. Pathak, Bharati. Indian Financial System. Pearson Publications.

5. Shahani, Rakesh. Financial Markets in India: A Research Initiative. Anamica Publishing Co.

Suggestive readings

1. Gordon, E. &Natarajan, K. Financial Markets and Services. Himalaya Publishing House.

2. Gupta, Shashi, Aggarwal, Nisha and Gupta, Neeti. Indian Financial System.Kalyani
Publishers.

3. Kumar, Vinod., Gupta, Atul. andKaur, Manmeet. Financial Markets, Institutions and Services,
Taxmann Publications.

4. Madura, Jeff. Financial Markets and Institutions. South Western Cengage Learning.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

78
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-12): BASIC ECONOMETRICS
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Basic Econometrics 4 3 0 1 Class 12 Knowledge of
(GE12) Inferential and
descriptive
Statistics

Learning Objectives

The course intends to explain to the student:

(i) the classical linear regression model, OLS, its assumptions, testing and functional forms
(ii) the k-variable linear regression model, testing coefficients and ANOVA, and Restricted Least Squares
(iii) treatment of regressions involving qualitative regressors
(iv) the implications, detection and remedies in case of violation of classical assumptions

Learning outcomes

By studying this course, students will be able to:

.· Explain Key econometric concepts.

· Formulate simple econometric models

· Interpret the regression results obtained from software packages.

· Identify the errors in regression models and rectify the same.

· Analyse the suitability of the data for solving the problem at hand

SYLLABUS OF GE-12

UNIT – I: The Classical Linear Regression Model (12 hours)

Types of Data: Time Series, Cross Section and Panel Data. Concept of Population Regression
Function and Sample Regression Function, Assumptions of the model, Derivation of Coefficients of
Regression in a two-variable model, Estimation of the SRF using OLS, Analysis of variance and R
squared.
Expectation and standard errors of the regression coefficients and the error term. Gauss Markov
Theorem. Interval estimation and tests on population regression coefficients, variance of population
disturbance term and forecasts. Testing the significance of the model as a whole. Testing the normality
assumption.
Extensions of the Two Variable Linear Regression Model: Regressions through the origin, Scaling of
Variables and Regression on Standardized Variables. Functional forms of Linear Regression Models:
The double log, semi-log, reciprocal, log- reciprocal models with applications.

Unit 2: Multiple Regression Model (15 hours)

Coefficients of regression in a multi variable model and their properties. Interval estimation, tests on
population regression coefficients and model significance. Correlations, Goodness of fit and the
Adjusted R square. Hypothesis testing for significance of the contribution of a variable, structural
stability, restricted least squares.

Unit 3: Dummy Variable Regression Models (6 hours)

79
Intercept, Slope Dummy variables. Interaction between qualitative variables.Interaction between
quantitative and qualitative variables.Use of dummy variables in testing for structural change and for
seasonal indices.

Unit 4: Relaxing the Assumptions (12 hours)

Introduction to multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation and specification errors.The
nature of the problem, its detection and corrective measures.
Practical Component (30 hours) : Practicals to be based on an econometric software (e.g.
Gretl/SPSS/Stata/Eviews/PSPP). The student is expected to implement using the software all the
regressions and tests noted in the syllabus.

Essential/recommended readings

1 Gujarati, D. and Sangeetha, N. (2007) Basic Econometrics. Fourth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi

2. Dougherty, Christopher. (2011). "Introduction to Econometrics," Oxford University Press,

3. Wooldridge, J. M. (2006). Introductory econometrics: A modern approach. Mason, OH:

Thomson/South-Western.

4. Manual of the relevant software

Suggestive readings

1. Asteriou, D., & Hall, S.G. (2011). Applied econometrics. Palgrave Macmillan.

2. Brooks, Chris (2008). Introductory Econometrics for Finance (2nd edition). Cambridge
University Press

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

Branch, University of Delhi, from time to time.

80
SEMESTER-IV
Bachelor in Management Studies (BMS)

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 10: QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Cre Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
dits course criteria the course
Lectur Tutorial Practical (if any)
e /
Practice
Quantitative Techniques 4 3 1 0 XII Class Basic knowledge
for Management (DSC 10) of Statistics and
Mathematics

Learning Objectives
● To apprise learners with the construction of mathematical models for managerial decision
situations and to use spreadsheets or computer software packages to obtain a solution of real
business problems.
● To acquaint learners with the techniques of Operational Research for understanding,
formulating, solving and interpreting the real-world scenarios.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the basic concepts, principles, and terminology of linear programming,
optimization, post optimality analysis, Game theory, Transportation problem, Assignment
problem and Network analysis.
● Solve and interpret the results of linear programming, Transportation and Assignment
problems, Network Analysis and Game Theory.
● Construct optimization models, linear programming problems, and decision-making
frameworks based on given problem statements and real-world scenarios.
● Develop critical thinking and use Optimization techniques to improve decision making.

SYLLABUS OF DSC 10
Unit I: Introduction to Linear Programming Problem (12 hours)
Formulation of linear programming problems, graphical solutions (special cases: multiple optimal
solution, infeasibility, unbounded solution), applications of linear programming to marketing,
finance, operations management, Data Envelopment Analysis etc.,Simplex Method, Special cases,
Big-M method and Two-phase method.

Unit II: Post Optimality Analysis and Game Theory (9 hours)

Duality: primal-dual relationship, shadow price, economic interpretation of dual, duality and simplex
method, post optimality analysis: consequences of changes in cost coefficients and resource vector
on the optimal solution.

81
Game theory, two-person zero-sum games, maximin & minimax principle, games without saddle
point: mixed strategy, dominance rule, solution of 2 x s, and r x 2 games by graphical method,
formulate and solve mixed-strategy m x n games using linear programming technique.
Unit III: Transportation and Assignment Problem (12 hours)

Transportation Problem: Formulation, Solution by N.W. Corner Rule, Least Cost method, Vogel’s
Approximation Method (VAM), Modified Distribution Method; Special cases: Multiple Solutions,
Maximization case, Unbalanced case, Prohibited routes.

Assignment Problem: Hungarian Method, Special cases: Multiple Solutions, Maximization case,
Unbalanced case, Restrictions on assignment.

Unit IV: Network Analysis (12 hours)

Basic Concept, Construction of AOA Network diagram, Critical Path Analysis, float and slack analysis
(Total float, free float, independent float), probability consideration in PERT, Time-Cost optimization
in Project.
Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)
1. Taha, H. A. (2019). Operations Research: An Introduction. Pearson Education, India.
2. Taylor, B. W. (2016). Introduction to management science. Pearson Education,
India.
3. Hillier, F. S. & Lieberman G. J. (2021) Introduction to Operations Research.
McGraw Hill, India.
4. Render, B., & Stair Jr, R. M. (2016). Quantitative Analysis for Management, 12th ed.
Pearson Education, India.
5. Vohra, N. D. (2006). Quantitative Techniques in Management, 5th ed. Tata McGraw Hill,
India.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

82
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 11: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Credit Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the course
Code s course criteria (if any)
Lecture Tutoria Practical
l /
Practice
Financial 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic knowledge of
Management Accounting
(DSC 11)

Learning Objectives
● To provide an understanding of the essential elements of the financial environment in which
the business firm operates.
● To acquaint learners with the techniques of financial management and their applications for
business decision making.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept of time value of money and its application in investment, financing
and dividend decisions.
● Understand the process of making investments, raising finance for investment in fixed and
current assets and distribution of surplus from business operations.
● Evaluate the investment opportunities available, the various financing mix that can be used
to derive the maximum value from the investment opportunities, the optimal dividend payout
and monitor the current asset requirements.
● Analyse the evaluation outcomes to choose the best investment opportunity at the lowest cost
of financing and adopt the optimal dividend payout along with the optimal level of liquidity
through the working capital route to derive maximum wealth.
● Create a portfolio of investments at the best possible financing and dividend mix with the
most appropriate working capital composition that will create maximum wealth under the
given constraints.

SYLLABUS OF DSC 11:

Unit 1: Introduction to Financial Management (6 Hours)
Nature of Financial Management: Finance and related disciplines; Scope of Financial Management;
Profit Maximization vs Wealth Maximization. Types of financial decisions – Finance, Investment ,
Dividend; Risk-Return Trade-off in Finance Functions. Organisation of finance function; Concept
of Time Value of Money – present value, future value.

Unit 2: Strategic Investment Decisions and Cost of Capital (15 Hours)

83
Strategic Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting - Nature and meaning of capital budgeting;
Principles and Process; Estimation of relevant cash flows and terminal value; Evaluation techniques
– Payback and Discounted Payback Period, Net Present Value (NPV), Profitably Index Method,
Internal Rate of Return (IRR) & Modified IRR, NPV vs. IRR, Net Terminal Value. Cost of Capital:
Meaning and concept, Measurement of cost of capital – Cost of debt; Cost of Equity Share; Cost of
Preference Share; Cost of Retained Earning; Computation of overall cost of capital based on
Historical and Market weights (WACC).

Unit 3 Strategic Financing & Dividend Decisions (12 Hours)

Strategic Financing Decisions – Capital Structure, Theories and Value of the firm – Net Income
approach, Net Operating Income approach, Traditional approach. Determining the optimal capital
structure. Leverage analysis and EBIT-EPS Analysis: Concept of leverage, Types of leverage:
Operating leverage, Financial leverage, Combined leverage; EBIT-EPS Analysis. Dividend
Decisions: Factors determining dividend policy. Theories of dividend – Gordon model, Walter
model, MM Hypothesis, Signalling Theory. Forms of dividend – Cash dividend, Bonus shares,
Stock split.

Unit 4: Working Capital Management (12 Hours)

Working Capital Management: Determination of Working Capital. Determining financing mix of
working capital. Receivables Management – Objectives; Credit Policy, Cash Discount, Debtors
Outstanding and Ageing Analysis; Costs – Collection Cost, Capital Cost, Default Cost, Delinquency
Cost. Management of Cash (Theory only) – Need for Cash, Cash Management Techniques (Lock
box, Concentration Banking). Inventory Management (Theory only) – ABC Analysis; Minimum
Level; Maximum Level; Reorder Level; Safety Stock; EOQ (Basic Model).

Essential/recommended Readings (Latest editions of the readings to be used)

1. Brealey, R.R., Myers.S., Allen, F.,& Mohanty, P. Principles of Corporate Finance. (13th
Edition Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
2. Horne, James CV. And John M. Wachowicz, Jr. “Fundamentals of Financial
Management.(13th ed, Pearson Education.
3. Pandey, I.M. (2016), Financial Management, 11th ed., Vikas Publication.
4. Khan, M.Y. and Jain, P.K.(2017). Financial Management: Text Problem and Cases, 7th ed.
Tata McGraw Hill Education.
5. Singh, S. and Kaur, R. (2020). Fundamentals of Financial Management: with Excel
application supplement,, Mayur Paperbacks.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

84
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 12: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE
Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code course criteria course
Lect Tutor Practical/ (if any)
ure ial Practice
Human 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Resource Organizational
Management Behaviour and
(DSC 12) Management

Learning Objectives
● To help the learners to develop an understanding of the concept & and essential functions of
human resource management.
● To focus on Human resource management in context of Indian experiences, approaches and
cases.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept, functions and role of human resource management and explore the
recent trends of human resource management.
● Develop an understanding of human resource management functions of planning, recruitment
and selection.
● Apply the concepts of HRM to develop training and development programs for employees.
● Enhance awareness of certain important issues in industrial relations.

SYLLABUS OF DSC 12

Unit 1: Introduction to Human Resource (9 Hours)

Human Resource Management: Concept and Functions; HRD – Definition, goals and challenges;
The changing environment of HRM– globalization, cultural environment, technological advances,
workforce diversity, corporate downsizing, changing skill requirement, HRM support for
improvement programs, Work life balance.

Unit 2: Human Resource Planning, Recruitment and Selection (12 Hours)

Human Resource Planning: Process, Forecasting demand & supply, Skill inventories, Succession
planning; Human Resource Information System (HRIS); Job analysis – Uses, methods, Job
description & Job specifications; Recruitment: internal & external sources, Selection process, Tests
in selection, concept of reliability and validity in selection; Orientation: Concept and process.

Unit 3: Training and Development (12 Hours)

Training: Concept, Training Process, Methods of training. Management Development: Concept &
Methods. Performance Management System: concept, uses of performance appraisal, performance
management methods, factors that distort appraisal. Career Planning: career life stages, career
anchors. Compensation: Steps in determining compensation, job evaluation, components of pay

85
structure, factors influencing compensation levels, Trends in Compensation. Incentives:
Importance and types; Benefits - Types, Brief introduction to social security, health, retirement &
other benefits.

Unit 4: Industrial Relations (12 Hours)

Industrial Relations: Introduction to Industrial Relations; Trade unions role, types, functions,
problems. Industrial disputes – concept, causes & machinery for settlement of disputes. Employee
Grievances – concept, causes & grievance redressal procedure. Discipline – concept, aspects of
discipline & disciplinary procedure. Collective bargaining: concept, types, process, problems,
essentials of effective collective bargaining.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Dessler, G., & Varrkey, B. (2005). Human Resource Management, 15e. Pearson
2. DeCenzo, D. A., Robbins, S. P., & Verhulst, S. L. (2016). Fundamentals of human resource
management. John Wiley & Sons.
3. Chhabra, T.N. (2009). Human Resource Management Concept & Issues. Dhanpat Rai and
company.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

86
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-4)

DSE 4: INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cr Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of

ed course criteria the course
its Lectur Tutori Practica (if any)
e al l/
Practice
Integrated Marketing 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Communication (DSE 4) Marketing

Learning Objectives
● To equip the learners with knowledge on the nature, purpose and complex construction in the
planning and execution of an effective Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC)
program.
● Develop understanding of various tools of IMC and the importance of coordinating them for
an effective marketing communications program.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:

● Understand the purpose and importance of IMC and Social and ethical aspects of IMC.
● Develop an understanding of the creative aspects of advertising and media strategy.
● Analyse the concepts of the choice of different elements of IMC.
● Evaluate the effectiveness of the promotional program, social and cultural consequences and
economic effects of advertising.

Unit 2: Creative and Media Strategy (12 Hours)

The Creative Process, Inputs to the Creative Process, Advertising Appeals, Media planning and
scheduling; Key factors influencing media planning; Media decisions: media class, media vehicle &
media option; introduction to broadcast, print, support media; Digital and Social media marketing.

Unit 3: Others Tools of IMC (12 Hours)

Evaluating Sales Promotion, Direct Marketing, Interactive Marketing, Public Relations & Personal

87
Selling: Objectives and Types of Direct Marketing, Advantages and Disadvantages of Direct
Marketing, Objectives of Interactive Media Marketing, Measures of Effectiveness on Internet,
Advantages and Disadvantages of Internet, Growth of Sales Promotions, Types of Sales
Promotions: Consumer and Trade Promotions, Process, Advantages and Disadvantages of Public
Relations, Publicity: Advantages and Disadvantages, Nature, Advantages and Disadvantages of
Personal Selling.

Unit 4: Measuring Effectiveness of the Promotional Program & Evaluating Social, Ethical
and Economic Aspects (12 Hour)

Measuring Effectiveness: Arguments for and against, Advertising Research – What, When, Where
& How, Testing Process. Advertising and Promotion Ethics, Advertising and Children, Social and
Cultural Consequences – Stereotypes, Economic Effects of Advertising.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Belch, G. E., Belch, M. A., & Purani, K. (2021). SIE Advertising and promotion : an
integrated marketing communications perspective. (12th ed). McGraw-Hill Education
2. Batra, R., Myers, J.G., Aaker, & D.A. (2002). Advertising Management. (5th ed). Prentice
Hall India.
3. Moriarty, S., Mitchell, N, Wells, W. D., & Wood, C.(2021). Advertising & IMC- Principles
& Practice. (11th ed). Prentice Hall.
4. Kazmi, H.H., Batra, & S. K. (2008). Advertising and Sales Promotion. (3rd ed). Excel
books.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Russel, R., Lane, J., & Thomas. W. (2002). Kleppner’s Advertising Procedure. 15th edition.
Pearson Custom Publishing.
2. Clow, K. E., & Baack, D. (2017). Integrated Advertising, Promotion and Marketing
Communication. 8th edition. Prentice Hall.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

88
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-5)

DSE 5: BRAND MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
Brand Management 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSE 5) marketing

Learning Objective
● To attain a comprehensive knowledge on the subject of brands, brand equity and brand
management
● Develop understanding of design and implementation of marketing programs to build and
manage brand equity.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the process and importance of brand management
● Define the main concepts and explain the purpose of branding
● Develop brand elements and brand associations to build brand equity.
● Design effective branding strategies for products/services.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 5
Unit 1: Introduction to Brand Management (12 Hours)
Brand –Meaning, Definition, Evolution of Brands, Functions of Brand for a consumer, Role of Brand-
Advantages of a Brand, Brand Versus Product, Branding- Meaning, Creation of Brands through
goods, services, people, organization, retail stores, places, online, entertainment, ideas. Branding
Challenges and Opportunities, Brand Management – Meaning & Definition. Strategic Brand
Management Process – Steps in Brand Management Process.

Unit 2: Developing Brand Equity (9 Hours)

Customer Based Brand Equity, Brand Equity: Meaning and Sources, Steps in Building Brands, Brand
building blocks-Resonance, Judgments, Feelings, performance, imagery, salience- Brand Building
Implications. Positioning, Dimensions of brand identity, Brand identity prism, Brand positioning –
Meaning, Point of parity & Point of difference, Positioning guidelines Brand Value: Definition, Core
Brand values, Brand mantras, Internal branding.

Unit 3: Developing Brand Elements (12 Hours)

Choosing Brand Elements to Build Brand Equity: Criteria for choosing brand elements, options &
tactics for brand elements - Brand name, Naming guidelines, Naming procedure, Awareness, Brand

89
Associations, Logos & Symbols & their benefits, Characters & Benefits, Slogans & jingles,
Packaging. Designing Marketing Programs to build Brand Equity: New perspectives on Marketing,
Product Strategy, Pricing Strategy and Channel Strategy. Leveraging Secondary Brand Associations
to build Brand Equity: Conceptualising the leveraging Concept, Company, Country of Origin,
Channels of Distribution, Co-Branding, Licensing, Celebrity Endorsements, Sporting, Cultural and
Other Events.

Unit 4: Managing Brand Overtime (12 Hours)

Brand Extension: Meaning, Types, Needs, Advantages & Disadvantages. Consumer – brand
relationships Understanding how consumers evaluate brand extensions, evaluating brand extension
opportunities. Strategic alliances, brand portfolios, global branding: Geographic extension, sources of
opportunities for global brand, single name to global brand, consumers & globalization, condition and
brand repositioning/revitalization.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Keller, K.L., Parameswaran, Ambi M.G., & Jacob, I. (2016). Strategic Brand Management,
Building, Measuring & Managing Brand Equity. 4th edition. Pearson.
2. Verma, H. V. (2007). Brand Management: Text and Cases. 2nd edition. Excel Books India.
3. Sengupta, S. (2004). Brand Positioning: Strategies for Competitive Advantage. 2nd edition.
McGrawHill Higher Education.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of books to be used)

1. Kapferer, J. (2012). The New Strategic Brand Management: Advanced Insights and Strategic
Thinking. 5th edition. Kogan Page Publishers

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-6)

DSE 6: SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
course criteria the course
Lectur Tutoria Practica (if any)
e l l/
Practice
Sales and Distribution 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Management (DSE 6) Marketing

90
Learning Objectives
● To understand the evolution of sales management and its importance in modern day business.
● To understand the overall sales management process and various theories of selling.
● To understand actual means of distribution and it’s management
● To understand and analyze the Logistics management

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Differentiate and implement different types of personal selling and selling skills.
● Explain the sales management process and its various stages.
● Design a customer-oriented distribution channel.
● Manage channel member behavior and resolve channel conflict

SYLLABUS OF DSE 6
Unit 1 (9 Hours)
Introduction to Sales Management: Evolution of sales management. Nature, role and importance.
Types of personal selling. Types of selling, Selling skills and situations. Modern day sales activity.
Emerging trends in sales management. Theories of Selling: AIDAS theory of selling, Right set of
circumstances theory of selling, buying formula theory of selling, Behavioral equation theory of
selling.

Unit 2 (12 Hours)

Sales management process (Selling process), Buyer seller dyads, Management of Sales Territory &
Sales Quotas: Introduction, Sales territory, size of sales territory, allocation of sales territory,
designing of sales territory. Introduction to sales quotas, procedures of setting quotas, types of sales
quotas, methods and problems in setting sales quotas, sales control and analysis.

Unit 3 (12 Hours)

Distribution Management: Introduction, Distribution channels: why are they required, activities that
a typical distribution channel performs, valuation enhancement through the distribution function,
distribution channel strategy, distribution channel management. Designing customer-oriented
channels, capturing customer requirements, conducting cost analysis, Case study.

Unit 4 (12 Hours)

Customer-Oriented Logistics Management – Managing channel member behaviour: Introduction,
objectives of logistics, logistics planning, transportation decisions. Channel relationships, channel
control, channel power, channel positioning, channel influence strategies, channel conflict, Case
study.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Panda, T. K., & Sahadev, S. (2019). Sales and distribution management. Oxford
University Press.
2. Still, R. R., Cundiff, E. W., Govoni, N. A. P. (2015). Sales management. Prentice Hall of
India.

91
Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)
1. Gupta, S. L. (2018). Sales and distribution management. Excel Books.
2. Anderson, W. T. (2011). Professional sales management. Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Berman, B. (2012). Retail management. Prentice Hall.
4. Dutta, B. (2015). Sales and distribution management. I K International Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-2)

DSE 2: RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-requisite of the
course y criteria course
Lectur Tutor Practical (if any)
e ial /
Practice
Recruitment and 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Management
Selection
Management (DSE 2)

Learning Objectives
• To equip the learners with knowledge of the role of HR in workforce planning and assessment,
sources of recruitment and selection process.
• To familiarize learners with topics like the development of a qualified pool of candidates,
contemporary trends, international recruitment and selection.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
• Understand the theory, practice, principles and concepts of work, role of HR in workforce
planning and assessment, sources and factors affecting recruitment.
• Understand the selection process, different types of tests in selection, types of interviews,
biases in selection and negotiations during job offer.
• Analyse the fundamentals of international recruitment.
• Evaluate the contemporary issues in recruitment and selection like legal compliance and ethical
considerations, e-recruitment and e-selection.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 2
Unit 1: Introduction to Recruitment (12 hours)
Work: Meaning, Evolution of Work Structure, Organizing and Logistics, Strategic Job Redesign,
Role of HR in workforce planning and assessment, Recruitment: Concept, internal & external sources

92
with benefits and limitations, Factors affecting recruitment, Designing external job posting.

Unit 2: Introduction to Selection (12 Hours)

Selection process, Types of tests in selection, concept of reliability and validity in selection tests
Types of Interviews, Biases in selection of employees, Negotiations during Job Offer.

Unit 3: International approach to Recruitment and Selection (12 Hours)

International Recruitment; International staffing choice, different approaches to multinational
staffing decisions; Types of international assignments; Selection criteria and techniques; Successful
expatriation, Causes of expatriate failure, female expatriation, Compensation of Expatriates.

Unit 4: Contemporary, Legal and Ethical Issues (9 Hours)

Contemporary issues in Recruitment and Selection, Legal Compliance and Ethical Considerations,
Retention Strategies, E-recruitment and E-selection
Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)
1. O'Meara, B., & Petzall, S. (2013). Handbook of Strategic Recruitment and Selection: A
Systems Approach. Emerald Group Publishing.
2. Picardi, C. A. (2019). Recruitment and Selection: Strategies for Workforce Planning &
Assessment. Sage Publications.
3. Nilanjan, S. & Bhattacharya, M. (2010). International Human Resource Management.
Excel Books.
4. Dowling, P. J., Festing, M., & Engle, A. D. (2017). International Human Resource
Management. Cengage Learning.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-3)

DSE 3: WORKFORCE DIVERSITY

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lectur Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
e l Practice
Workforce Diversity 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSE 3) Organisational
Behaviour

Learning Objectives
● To explore the concepts of workforce diversity and to enable learners to recognise its critical
issues.
● To familiarize learners with strategies to manage diversity, relation between workforce
diversity and human resource management.

93
Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the core concepts of workforce diversity and its significance.
● Understand how to develop strategies to manage diversity through training and mentoring
and other programs.
● Analyze the fundamentals of global workforce diversity and ethical and legal issues in
managing diversity.
● Evaluate the relationship between workforce diversity and various functions of human
resource management.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 3
Unit 1: Introduction of Workforce Diversity (12 hours)
Workforce diversity – Meaning, features, significance; Workforce diversity potential pros & cons,
Managing Diversity, Reverse Discrimination, Raising cross cultural consciousness.

Unit 2: Strategies to Manage Diversity (9 hours)

Workplace Inclusion, Diversity through training and mentoring, Role of technology in Diversity,
Diversity management programs, Leadership’s role in leveraging diversity.

Unit 3: Global Workforce Diversity (12 hours)

Diversity and Multiculturalism, Leveraging diversity in global virtual teams, Developing global
leaders: Utilising the intercultural effectiveness competencies model; Ethical and legal issues in
managing diversity.

Unit 4: Workforce Diversity and HRM Functions (12 hours)

Recruitment and retaining diverse workforce, Diversity and performance management, Diversity
and Work-life balance, Workforce diversity as a determinant of sustainable competitive advantage.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Dessler, G. (2013). Fundamentals of Human Resource Management. Pearson.
2. Scott, C. L., & Byrd, M. Y. (2012). Handbook of Research on Workforce Diversity in a
Global Society: Technologies and Concepts. Business Science Reference/IGI Global.
3. Kossek, E. E., & Lobel, A. (1996). Managing diversity. Cambridge, Massachusetts:
Blackwell Publishers.
4. Kossek, E. E., Lobel, S. A., & Brown, J. (2006). Human resource strategies to manage
workforce diversity. Handbook of workplace diversity, 53-74.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

94
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-4)

DSE 3: NEGOTIATIONS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code course criteria course
Lecture Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
l Practice
Negotiations 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of of
(DSE 4) Organisational
Behaviour

Learning Objectives
● To provide insight into how to negotiate effectively by applying appropriate strategies and
tactics to different negotiation situations.
● To facilitate the understanding of the numerous dynamics involved in the process of
negotiation.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the nature, process, types and tactics of negotiation.
● Understand and practice the communication skills and persuasion tactics necessary for
effective negotiation, finding and using power in negotiation.
● Apply negotiation strategies to achieve goals without jeopardizing relationships.
● Apply negotiation concepts to build competence in handling multiparty negotiation, third-party
negotiation and resolving impasse in negotiations.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 4
Unit 1: Negotiation Meaning and Styles (12 Hours)
Introduction; Nature and Scope; Foundations of Negotiation: Conflict and Its Management, Conflict
Management through Negotiation, Fundamentals of Negotiation Preparations for Negotiation;
Negotiation Process and Planning: Four Stages of Negotiation, PRAM Model of Negotiation, Key
Steps in Planning for Negotiation; Distributive Negotiation: Bargaining situation, Positions Taken
during Negotiation, Closing the Deal, Integrative Negotiation: Overview, Process, Factors for
Successful Integrative Negotiation; Negotiation Tactics and Counter Tactics.

Unit 2: Negotiation Styles and Skills (12 Hours)

Negotiation Styles: Meaning, Types, Developing Effective Negotiating Style; Communication in
Negotiation: Defining Communication, Kinesthetic Communication, Decoding Communication for
Negotiation; Persuasion in Negotiations: Theory and Tactics; Perception and Cognition: Perceptual
Distortion, Cognitive Biases in Negotiation, Managing misperception and cognitive biases in
negotiation; Finding and Using Power in Negotiation: Importance, Definition, Sources of Power;
Negotiation Ethics.

95
Unit 3: Relationships in Negotiation (12 Hours)
Challenges, Role of Trust, Reputation and Justice in managing Negotiation within Relationships;
Repairing a Relationship; Influence of Culture and Gender on Negotiations: Meaning of Culture,
Norms and Values, Negotiation Issues Sensitive to Culture, Culturally Responsive Negotiation
Strategies; Gender Differences in Negotiation; Negotiation Via Information Technology: Place –
Time Model of Social Interaction, Effects on Social Behavior, Strategies for enhancing Technology
– Mediated Negotiations.

Unit 4: Multiple Parties, Groups and Teams in Negotiation (9 Hours)

Analysing Multiparty Negotiation, Coalitions, Principal-Agent Negotiations, Constituent
Relationships, Team Negotiation, Intergroup Negotiation; Third-party Negotiation: Conciliation,
Mediation, Arbitration, Collective Bargaining, Qualities of a Mediator; Resolving Impasse in
Negotiations: Barriers in Negotiation, Causes and Sources of Impasses, Overcoming Barriers,
Overcoming Impasses, Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR).

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Lewicki, R. J., Barry, B., & Saunders, D. M. (2016). Essentials of negotiation. New York:
McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Rai, H. (2018). Negotiation. McGraw Hill Education.
3. Thompson, L. L. (2012). The mind and heart of the negotiator. Pearson.
4. Korobkin, R. (2014). Negotiation Theory and Strategy, Aspen Publishing.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-4)

DSE 4: MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutori Practica criteria the course
al l/ (if any)
Practice
Mergers Acquisitions and 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Corporate Restructuring Accounting and
(DSE 4) finance

Learning Objectives
● To provide an understanding of the corporate restructuring, mergers and acquisitions.
● To acquaint the learners with the basic methods of valuation, methods of payment and
financing options available at the global level.

96
Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept and importance of corporate restructuring for growth.
● Recognize opportunities for creating value through Mergers and Acquisitions.
● Illustrate and apply methods used in the valuation of a firm for M&A analysis.
● Understand the legal and the regulatory framework for Mergers and Acquisitions.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 4
Unit 1: Corporate Restructuring – An Overview (11 Hours)
Concept and importance of corporate restructuring, various forms of restructuring: joint ventures
(types), Strategic alliance (types), Merger (types), Acquisition (types), Consolidation, Divestiture,
Demerger (Spin-off, Split-up, Split-off), Equity carve-out, Management buyout, Leveraged buyout,
Buyback of securities, ESOP.

Unit 2: Merger & Acquisition (12 Hour)

Motives behind M&A, theories of M&A, process of M&A. Fast track merger. Cross border M&A
concept, benefits & difficulties. Due diligence process. Methods of payment and financing options in
M&A. Takeover defense tactics. Reasons for failure of M&A.

Unit 3: Deal Valuation and Evaluation (11 Hour)

Methods of valuation; cash flow approaches, economic value added (EVA) (with numerical),
sensitivity analysis (with numerical), Valuation for slump sale, valuation of synergy (with numerical),
cost-benefit analysis and swap ratio determination (with numerical).

Unit 4: Legal and Regulatory Framework of M&A (11 Hour)

Provisions of Companies Act 2013, SEBI Takeover Code 2011, Provisions of Competition Act 2002.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Weston, F., Chung, Kwang S. and Siu, Jon A. (1998). Takeovers, Restructuring and Corporate
Governance. Pearson Education.
2. Gupta, M. (2010). Contemporary Issues in Mergers and Acquisitions. Himalaya Publishing.
3. Sundarsanam. (2006). Creating Value from Mergers and Acquisitions (1st edition). Pearson
Education.
4. Ramanujan. S. (1999). Mergers: The New Dimensions for Corporate Restructuring. McGraw
Hill.
5. Narayankar, R. (2013). Merger and Acquisitions Corporate Restructuring, Strategy and
Practices (2nd edition). International Book House Pvt. Ltd.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by Examination Branch,

University of Delhi, from time to time

97
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-5)

DSE 5: INVESTMENT BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
course criteria the course
Lecture Tutori Practica (if any)
al l/
Practice
Investment Banking 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic knowledge
and Financial Services of finance
(DSE 5)

Learning Objectives
● To provide understanding of different aspects of Investment banking and financial services.
● To acquaint the learners about Issue Management of stocks in primary market and role of
secondary market and it process
● To acquaint the learners with the basic concept of Leasing, Hire Purchase, Factoring and
Forfaiting, Insurance, Credit Rating, Securitization and Venture Capital Financing, Mergers
and acquisition
● To know the guidelines of regulatory bodies like IRDA,SEBI on issue management and
insurance.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the importance and relevance of Investment Bankers in any Financial System.
● Evaluate the entire process of raising funds from primary markets along with the concerned
regulations applicable in India.
● Remember and use the various financial services available in financial markets particularly in India
along with the latest innovations and technological integration in the field of finance.
● Apply the role and functions of Investment bankers present under the legal framework of SEBI.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 5
Unit 1: Introduction to Investment Banking (11 Hours)
Introduction: An Overview of Indian Financial System, Investment Banking in India, Recent
Developments and Challenges ahead, Institutional structure and Functions of Investment Banking;
SEBI guidelines for Merchant Bankers, Registration, obligations and responsibilities of Lead
Managers.

Unit 2: Issue Management (11 Hours)

Issue Management: Public Issue, classification of companies, eligibility, issue pricing, promoter’s
contribution, minimum public offer, prospectus, allotment, preferential allotment, private placement,
Book Building process; Green Shoe Option; Right Issue: promoter’s contribution, minimum

98
subscription, Bought out Deals, Post issue work & obligations, Investor protection, Broker, sub broker
and underwriters.

Unit 3: Financial Services 1 (12 Hours)

Leasing: Concepts of leasing, types of leasing, financial & operating lease, direct lease and sales &
lease back, advantages and limitations of leasing, Lease rental determination; Finance lease evaluation
problems from Lessee’s angle. Hire Purchase: Interest & Instalment, difference between Hire Purchase
& Leasing, Choice criteria between Leasing and Hire Purchase, numerical problems on of Hire
purchase for decision making. Factoring and Forfaiting and its arrangement, Housing Finance:
Meaning and rise of housing finance in India, floating vs. fixed rate.

Unit 4: Financial Services 2 (11 Hours)

Venture Capital: Concept, history and evolution of VC, the venture investment process, various steps
in venture financing, incubation financing. Securitization: Concept and Process, Credit Enhancement
parties to a Securitization Transaction, Instruments of Securitization, Types of Securities,
Securitization in India. Credit Rating Agencies: Role and Mechanism, Private Equity.
Mergers and Acquisitions – Introduction of mergers and acquisitions, benefits of mergers, Role of
Investment bankers in merger, procedure and theories of mergers, acquisitions and takeovers in India,
anti-takeover strategies.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Khan, M. Y. (2013). Financial services (7th ed). McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Machiraju, H. R. (2002). Indian financial system. Vikas Publication House.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Verma, J. C. (1996). Bharat’s manual of merchant banking: Concept, practices and procedures
with SEBI clarifications. Bharat Law House.
2. Sriram, K. Hand book of leasing, hire purchase and factoring. ICFAI.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

99
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-6)

DSE 6: EARNINGS MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutori Practical/ criteria the course
al Practice (if any)
Earnings 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic
Management (DSE 6) knowledge
Accounting

Learning Objectives
To equip the learners with the analytical skills, and competencies to address earnings management
issues in organisations.
To acquaint the learners with the core concepts of accounting analytics and via hands-on exercises,
build skills and competencies around the management, analysis and representation of data.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Remember the analysis of a company to identify the sources of its competitive advantage (or
red flags of potential trouble), and then use that information to forecast its future financial
statements.
● Understand the process of earnings management and get a more accurate picture of earnings,
so that they can catch the culprits of manipulated financial reporting.
● Apply the knowledge of a very strong tool that will help to red flag the financial statements
that may have been manipulated by the managers.
● Understand and Analyze Non-Financial Metrics to set performance targets for optimal
financial performance.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 6
Unit 1: Ratios and Forecasting (11 Hours)
Review financial statements and sources of financial statement information. The company's strategy
and business model. Ratio analysis – short term solvency ratios, long term solvency ratios, turnover
ratios and profitability ratios (Historical ratio analysis of real companies using Excel). Du-Pont
analysis. How to use all the ratios, to forecast future financial statements? Accounting based valuation.

Unit 2: Earnings Management (12 Hours)

100
after cash collection. Expense recognition red flags: capitalizing vs. expensing. Expense recognition
red flags: Reserve Accounts and write-offs.

Unit 3: Big Data and Prediction Models (11 Hours)

Overview: Big Data and Prediction Models. Discretionary Accruals Models: Model the Non-Cash
portion of Earnings or Accruals. Discretionary expenditure Models: Model the Cash Portion of
Earnings. Fraud Prediction Models and Benford's Law.

Unit 4: Non-Financial Metrics and Financial Performance (11 Hours)

Introduction: Connecting numbers to non-financial performance measures. Linking non-financial
metrics to financial performance: Overview and steps. Targets setting, incorporation of analysis results
in financial models and how to use analytics to choose action plans.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Diri, M.E. (2017). Introduction to Earnings Management. Springer.
2. Richardson, V.J., Teeter, R.A., Terrel, K.L. and Mohapatra, P.S. (2020). Data Analytics for
Accounting. 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill..
3. Prince, J.T. and Bose, A. (2020). Predictive Analytics for Business Strategy – Reasoning from
Data to Actionable Knowledge. 1st Ed., McGraw Hill
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

101
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-4)

DSE 4: INDIA AND THE WORLD ECONOMY

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite
course criteria of the course
Lect Tutor Practical/ (if any)
ure ial Practice
India and the World 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Economy (DSE 4)

Learning Objectives
● Provide an overview of economic policies and business environment in the domestic and world
arena. Learner insight into the stylized economic facts on the main dimensions of the domestic
and global economy.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the evolving development paradigm adopted in India, liberalised and globalised
world order, domestic and globalization processes, their main characteristics and their dynamic
impact on the economy.
● Comprehend the regulatory structures in India, analyse industrial policy in different sectors,
and gauge policies on FDI.
● Appraise major economies of the world, analyse the free trade vs. restrictive trade policies,
both from a theoretical perspective and in policy terms.
● Synthesise intellectually on current global economic events and trends.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 4

Unit 1: Overview of the Indian Economy (9 Hours)
Planning and Reforms, Pre-Independence Period, National Development Council, Five Year Plans,
Land Reforms, Green Revolution, Evolution of Public Sector in India, Economic Reforms-
Liberalisation of economic system, Indian Economy during Post-Planning Period-Role of Niti Aayog,
Shift in Economic Policies: Privatisation: Problems and Prospects, Fiscal Policy, Union Budget and
Taxation, Monetary Policy and Banking Sector Reforms. Technology and business environment in
India.

Unit 2: Regulatory Structures in India (12 Hours)

102
Performance of Small and Medium Enterprises (SME) Sector, Review of Economic Environment in
Industrial Sector, Policies on Foreign Direct Investment in India, Foreign Exchange Regulation Act,
Recent Industrial Policy Outlook.

Unit 3: World Economy (12 Hours)

An overview of the world economy; Major economies of the world, Income and Income Growth of
World Economy during the last decades. Linkages in the Major Economies- Trade, Investment and
Capital Flows. Development and Underdevelopment in the Developing World, The Historical
Development of Capitalism, Resources and Environment, International Trade Patterns, Transportation
and Communications, Regional Trading Arrangements, Trade Policies for the Developing Nations,
Exchange-Rate Systems and Currency Crises, Macroeconomic Policy in an Open Economy, Nontariff
Trade Barriers. International Factor Movements and Multinational Enterprises.

Unit 4: Global Operating Environment (12 Hours)

Trade and Climate Change, Trade and Food Security, Trade and Finance, Trade and Geopolitics.
Global Recession and New Business Environment, WTO: Agreements and Current Issues; Trade
Policy External Sector—BoP, Currency Convertibility issues, Global Outsourcing; Multinational
Companies and Foreign Direct Investment. Trends in Global Trade and Economic Integration,
Direction of World Trade, Multilateralism and the Multilateral Trading System, Levels of Economic
Integration, Contemporary Perspectives: Global Economic Scenario, Public Policy, Business ethics
and Corporate Social Responsibility, Consumerism, Major Trade partners, Growth and Poverty,
Sustainable Development issues.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Ahmed, F., & Alam, M.A. (2017). Business Environment: Indian and Global Perspective. PHI
Learning.
2. Paul, J. (2017). Business Environment, Text And Cases. PHI Learning.
3. Stutz, F. P. & Warf, B. (2021) World Economy, The Geography, Business, Development.
Pearson.
4. Carbaugh, R. J. (2017) Global Economics. Cengage Learning.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. World Bank (2019). World Development Report. Oxford. Various Issues.
2. United Nations Development Programme (2014). Human Development Report. UNDP,
Various issues.
3. UNCTAD (2022). Trade and Development Report, UNCTAD, Various issues.
4. Rosser, J. B. & Rosser M.V. (2018).Comparative Economics in a Transforming World
Economy. Prentice Hall.
5. Daniels, J.P. & David D.V. (2018). Global Economic Issues and Policies. Routledge, New
York.
6. Yarbrough, B.V. & Yarbrough R.M. (1997). The World Economy, Trade and Finance.
Cengage Learning.

103
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-5)

DSE 5: MULTINATIONAL BUSINESS FINANCE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Multinational 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic knowledge
Business Finance of Finance
(DSE 5)

Learning Objective
The course will help the learner to:
● Understand the international monetary system and role of financial institutions.
● Recognize different aspects of foreign exchange markets and their functioning.
● Analyse and appraise financial Management of a multinational firm.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand MNCs operations and finances.
● Explain functioning of Multilateral Agencies and their role in global economic development.
● Analyse different aspects of the foreign exchange markets.
● Apply financial management concepts and tools for foreign Investment analysis
● Understand International Payment system and investment strategies

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 5

Unit 1: Introduction (12 Hours)
Multinational Business Finance – MNCs (Multinational Corporations) and transnational corporations,
Difference between domestic and International financial management, Motivations for International
finance. International Monetary System - The Gold standard, The Bretton Woods system, the flexible
exchange, alternative exchange rate system, the European monetary system, Euro and its implications
for Indian banking, International Financial Institutions – International Monetary Fund (IMF), Asian
Development Bank (ADB), International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), Bank
for International Settlement (BIS) and Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
(OECD).
References:

Unit 2: Forex Markets (9 Hours)

The Foreign Exchange Markets: Introduction, types: Global and Domestic market, spot market and
forward market; rates: direct and indirect quotations, bid-ask spread; Functions of the Foreign

104
Exchange Markets; determination of forward premiums and discounts, interest arbitrage – covered
interest arbitrage and interest parity theory – forecasting of foreign exchange rates.

Unit 3: Financial Management of Multinational Firms (12 Hours)

Financial management of the Multinational Firm – Cost of Capital and Capital Structure of a
Multinational Firm – determining capital structure components, Cost of capital for MNCs
(Multinational Corporations) and Domestic Firms, Multinational capital budgeting – Problems and
issues in foreign investment analysis.

Unit 4: Role of FDI, FII and Payment Systems (12 Hours)

Payment Systems: Payment terms and financing international trade, international flow of funds and
portfolio investment in India, FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) vs. FIIs (Foreign Institutional
Investors), investment strategies of FIIs in India, FIIs and volatility, impact of FIIs investment on stock
markets and public policy. Netting (with numerical), pooling, leading and lagging as international
payment settlement.

Essential/ recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Eiteman, David K., Stonehill, Arthur I., and Moffett, Michael H (2021). Multinational Business
Finance. Pearson.
2. Alan C. Shapiro, P. H. (2019). Multinational Financial Management. Wiley.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions should be referred to)

1. Levi, M. D. (2009). International Finance. Taylor & Francis.

2. Madura, J. (2018). International Financial Management. Cengage Learning.
3. Buckley, A(2004). Multinational Finance. Pearson Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

105
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-6)

DSE 6: TRANSNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practic (if any)
al/
Practic
e
Transnational Human 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic knowledge
Resource Management Management and
(DSE 6) Organisational
Behavior

Learning Objectives:
● To explore the concepts and techniques of the essential elements of International HRM and to
enable the learners to recognise its critical issues.
● To improve understanding of HRM concerns in the cross-cultural scenario.

Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the relevance and impact of culture on HRM for global business operations and
how HR practices differs across cultures and countries and apply these to deal with
complications that come with handling cross cultural issues.
● Develop an understanding of the fundamentals of staffing for global operations.
● Understand the key elements of performance appraisal for global employees.
● Understand the functional role of HRM in the context of training and industrial relations.
● Apply concepts into practice in multinational organizations.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 6

Unit 1: Cross-Cultural issues in HRM (12 Hours)
Introduction to HRM for multinational companies. Introduction to concepts of differences due to
language; culture, religion and employee and country; Impact of these on the operations of non-
domestic companies; Hofstede’s approach; cross cultural differences at the workplace; Managing
workforce diversity; Diversity management programs; International Human Resource Management:
Difference between HRM for domestic and global companies. Integration of HRM with strategies for
global operations. Pros and Cons of Internationally diverse HRM practices and their assimilation by
global businesses.

Unit 2: Staffing for Global Operations (12 Hours)

106
failure, female expatriation. Repatriation management. Ethical and legal issues in use of low-cost
labour. Regulations relevant to the use of low-cost labour from outside the country. Challenges in
transferring culturally sensitive business practices across borders. Issues pertinent to hiring local
employees for international operations. Strategic fitment for international assignments and operations.
Challenges in managing global teams.

Unit 3: Performance Appraisal for Global Employees (12 Hours)

Performance appraisal: Criteria for performance appraisal, challenges of appraising employees from
different cultural backgrounds; Biases affecting performance appraisal amongst a global workforce;
Variables influencing expatriate performance appraisal. Issues and challenges in international
performance management; Compensation: Objectives of expatriate compensation plan, Factors
affecting international compensation, Approaches to expatriate compensation: COLA; Hardship
allowances; Going rate approach, Balance sheet approach, Cultural impact on compensation policy.
Strategic questions related to LOC for international assignments. Elements of taxation relevant to
compensation for expatriates: tax equalization, tax protection, currency fluctuations

Unit 4: Global Context of Training and Industrial Relations (9 Hours)

Training & development of international staff: Areas of global training, cross cultural training,
Diversity training. Cross cultural team building; Cross border Mergers and Acquisitions: HRM
perspective; International IR: Key Players, Labour unions, Employee relations. Approaches in IR for
global operations; changes in IR landscape across different countries. Strategic decision making for
IHRM issues. Control issues in IHRM in global companies - head office vs. local office. Impact of
legislation and free trade agreements on HRM issues across national borders.

Essential/ recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Dowling, P.J., Festing, M. & Engle Sr, A.D. (2013). International Human Resource
Management. Wiley
2. Nilanjan, S. & Bhattacharya, M. (2010). International Human Resource Management. Excel
Books.
3. Briscoe, D., Briscoe, D.R., Schuler, R.S., & Claus, L. (2008). International Human
Resource Management: Policies and practices for multinational enterprises. Routledge.
4. Tayeb, M. (2005). International human resource management: A multinational company
perspective. Oxford University Press.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Dowling, P.J. and Welch, D.E. (2017). International Human Resource Management. Cengage
Learning
2. Bhattacharyya, D. K. (2010). Cross-cultural management. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Edwards, T., & Rees, C. (2006). International human resource management:
Globalization, national systems and multinational companies. Pearson Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

107
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-7): FAMILY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credit Credit distribution of Eligibili Pre- Department
s the course ty requisi offering the
Lect Tutor Practic criteria te of course
ure ial al/ the
Practic course
e
Family Business and 4 3 1 0 Class None Management
Management (GE 7) XII Studies

Learning Objectives
● To understand the nature and unique characteristics of family-owned businesses, and its role in the
global economy.
● To develop a comprehensive understanding of the classic systems of family-owned enterprises.
● To understand the importance of governance structures in family-owned businesses.
● To utilize various tools and models, to diagnose family entanglements and improve family
communication and dynamics.
● To develop a comprehensive understanding of succession planning in family-owned businesses.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the nature, importance, and uniqueness of family-owned businesses and their
classic systems. (Knowledge and Comprehension)
● Apply the systems approach to family interaction and identify the different governance
systems necessary for the successful operation of a family enterprise. (Application)
● Analyze family dynamics using genograms and family messages, and identify family scripts
and themes. (Analysis)
● Evaluate the readiness of the family, the business, and the social and cultural context for
succession planning. (Evaluation)
● Synthesize the advice and frameworks presented for succession planning in family-owned
businesses and develop a plan for continuity and culture change. (Synthesis)
● Create and propose strategies for building trust and commitment in great families in business,
taking into account the emotional intelligence of the family members and the family cohesion
and flexibility. (Creation)

108
SYLLABUS OF GE-7
Unit 1: Family-Owned Business (12 Hours)
Define family-owned business, nature, importance, and uniqueness of family business. Classic
systems of a family enterprise (the family system, the ownership system, the enterprise system).
Governance systems (enterprise governance, family governance - family council, owner governance
- ownership form); creating a governance structure. Systems approach to family interaction (triangle,
scapegoat, homeostasis, boundaries). Great families in business: building trust and commitment.
Unit 2: Diagnosing Family Entanglements (12 Hours)
Family genogram. Developing Business family’s genogram, the role of genograms and family
messages to understand the family system. Using the Genogram to identify family scripts and themes.
Family emotional intelligence - The ECI-U Model. Circumplex model of marriage and family
systems (understanding family cohesion and family flexibility), Application of circumplex model,
clinical rating scale and developing circumplex model.
Unit 3: Family-Owned Business and Readiness (12 Hours)
Personal Readiness (Identity, Change in Capacity, Temperament, Health), System Readiness –
Family (Spouse, Children, Extended Family), System Readiness – Business (Enterprise Itself,
Owners, Successors), System Readiness – Social and Cultural Context (Community and Cultural
Norms).

Unit 4: Succession Planning in Family-Owned Business (9 Hours)

Succession Planning. Advice to successes and successor. Moores and Barrett’s 4L framework of
family business leadership. the future of family business: new leaders of the evolution - three states
of evolution - continuity and culture - changing the culture - commitment planning - organic
competencies and business’s future - thriving through competition - institutionalizing the change.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Leach, P. (2011). Family Business: The Essentials. Profile Books Ltd.
2. Dutta, S. (1997). Family Business in India. Sage Publications.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. DeVries, M. F. K., & Carlock, R. S. (2010). Family Business on the Couch: A Psychological
Perspective. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Hall, A. (2012). Family business dynamics: a role and identity-based perspective. Edward
Elgar Publishing.
3. Gimeno, A., Bualenas, G. and Coma-Cros, J. (2014). Family Business Models. Palgrave
Macmillan.
4. De Pontet, S. B. (2017). Transitioning from the Top: Personal Continuity Planning for the
Retiring Family Business Leader. Springer.
5. Liebowitz, B. (2011). The family in business: The dynamics of the family-owned firm.
Business Expert Press.
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

109
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-8): FINANCIAL PLANNING FOR INDIVIDUALS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibili Pre- Department
course ty requis offering the
Lecture Tutor Practic criteria ite of course
ial al/ the
Practic cours
e e
Financial Planning for 4 3 1 0 Class None Management
Individuals(GE 8) XII Studies

Learning Objectives
● To equip learners with the knowledge and practical understanding of important dimensions
of managing one’s personal finance.
● To enable learners’ understand and plan their tax liabilities, investments, insurance coverage,
and retirement.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the fundamentals of Personal Financial Planning.
● Learn the basics of managing personal tax liabilities.
● Learn the basic concepts and underlying principles for Retirement Planning.
● Ascertain and choose appropriate insurance policies for managing personal risks.
● Evaluate various asset classes on the basis of risk-return and personal investment goals
● Create, maintain and grow personal investment portfolio

SYLLABUS OF GE-8
Unit 1: Basics of Personal Finance and Tax Planning (12 Hours)
Understanding Personal Finance. Rewards of Sound Financial Planning. Personal Financial Planning
Process. Personal Financial Planning Life Cycle. Making Plans to Achieve Your Financial Goals.
Common Misconceptions about Financial Planning. Personal Tax Planning –Fundamental
Objectives of Tax Planning, Tax Structure in India for Individuals, Common Tax Planning Strategies
– Maximizing Deductions, Income Shifting, Tax-Free and Tax- Deferred Income.

Unit 2: Managing Insurance Needs (12 Hours)

Insuring Life – Benefits of Life Insurance, Evaluating need for Life Insurance, Determining the Right
Amount of Life Insurance. Choosing the Right Life Insurance Policy – Term Life Insurance, Whole
Life Insurance, Universal Life Insurance, Variable Life Insurance, Group Life Insurance, Other
Special Purpose Life Policies. Buying Life Insurance – Compare Costs and Features, Select an
Insurance Company, and Choose an Agent. Life Insurance Contract Features. Insuring Health –
Importance of Health Insurance Coverage. Making Health Insurance Decision – Evaluate Your
Health Care Cost Risk, Determine Available Coverage and Resources, Choose a Health Insurance

110
Plan. Types of Medical Expense Coverage. Policy Provisions of Medical Expense Plans. Property
Insurance – Basic Principles, Types of Exposure, Principle of Indemnity, and Coinsurance.

Unit 3: Managing Investments (12 Hours)

Role of Investing in Personal Financial Planning, Identifying the Investment Objectives, Different
Investment Choices. The Risks of Investing, The Returns from Investing, The Risk- Return Trade-
off. Managing Your Investment Holdings – Building a Portfolio of Securities, Asset Allocation and
Portfolio Management, Keeping Track of Investments. Investing in Equity – Common
Considerations, Key Measures of Performance, Types of Equity Stock, Market Globalization and
Foreign Stock, Making the Investment Decision. Investing in Bonds – Benefits of Investing in
Bonds, Bonds Versus Stocks, Basic Issue Characteristics, The Bond Market, Bond Ratings. Investing
in Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) – Concept of Mutual Funds and ETFs, Benefits
of Investing in Mutual Funds or ETFs, Some Important Cost Considerations, Services Offered by
Mutual Funds, Selecting appropriate Mutual Fund and ETF investments, Evaluating the performance
of Mutual Funds and ETF.

Unit 4: Investing in Real Estate and Retirement Planning (9 Hours)

Investing in Real Estate – Some Basic Considerations. Modes of Real Estate Investment – Raw Land,
Commercial Properties, Residential Properties, Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs).
Planning for Retirement – Role of Retirement Planning in Personal Financial Planning, Pitfalls to
Sound Retirement Planning, Estimating Income Needs, Sources of Retirement Income

Essential/recommended readings (latest edition of readings will be used)

1. Billingsley R., Gitman L., & Joehnk M. (2017). Personal Financial Planning. Cengage Learning.
2. Tillery S., & Thomas N. Tillery. (2017). Essentials of Personal Financial Planning. Association of
International Certified Professional Accountants.

Suggestive readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance. (2017). Introduction to Financial Planning (4th ed.).
2. Sinha, M. (2017). Financial Planning: A Ready Reckoner. Mc Graw Hill.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

111
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-9) INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre- Department
course y requisite offering the
Lectur Tutor Practic criteria of the course
e ial al/ course
Practic
e
Introduction to 4 3 1 0 Class XII Concepts Management
International of Studies
Business (GE 9)
Marketin
g

Learning Objectives
● This course would introduce learners to international business and marketing environment
● Create awareness about emerging issues such as international expansion, outsourcing and
sustainable development in the context of international business.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Interpret the processes of globalization and their impact on growth of international business.
● Inspect the changing dynamics of the diverse international business environment.
● Question the theoretical dimensions of international trade as well as the intervention measures
adopted.
● Illustrate the forms of foreign direct investment and analyse benefits and costs of FDI.
● Reproduce awareness about emerging issues in international business such as outsourcing and
sustainable development.

SYLLABUS OF GE 9
Unit 1: Introduction to International Business (9 Hours)
Globalization – concept, significance and impact on international business; international business
contrasted with domestic business; complexities of international business; internationalization stages
and orientations; modes of entry into international businesses.

Unit 2: International Trade (12 Hours)

Theories of international trade – Theory of Absolute Advantage theory, Theory of Comparative
Advantage, Factory Proportions theory and Leontief paradox, Product Life Cycle theory, Theory of
National Competitive Advantage; Instruments of trade control.

Unit 3: International Business Environment (12 Hours)

Role of political and legal systems in international business; cultural environment of international
business; implications of economic environment for international business. International Economic

112
Organisations: WTO- functions, structure and scope; World Bank and IMF.

Unit 4: International Finance and Contemporary Issues (12 Hours)

Essential/recommended readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Bennett, R. (2006). International Business. (1st edition). Pearson.
2. Cavusgil, T., Knight, G. and Riesenberger, J. (2007). International Business: Strategy,
Management and the New Realities. (1st edition). Pearson India.
3. Hill, C.W.L and Jain, A.K. (2011). International Business. (1st edition). Tata McGraw Hill.

Suggestive readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Salwan, P., Daniels, J.D., Radenbaugh, L.H. and Sullivan, D.P. (2016). International
Business. (15th edition). Pearson Education.
2. Griffin, R.W. and Pustay, M.W. (2018). International Business: A Managerial Perspective.
(4th edition). Prentice Hall.
3. Menipaz, E., Menipaz A. and Tripathi S.S. (2011). International Business: Theory and
Practice. (1st edition). Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-10) PERSONAL SELLING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of Eligibili Pre- Department
ts the course ty requis offering the
Lect Tutor Practic criteria ite of course
ure ial al/ the
Practic cours
e e
Personal Selling (GE 4 3 1 0 Class None Management
10) XII Studies

Learning Objectives
● To familiarize the learners with the concept and practice of personal selling process,
techniques and methods in the modern organizational setting.
● To equip learners with theories of selling, selling process and sales territory.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept, importance and role of personal selling.
● Develop an in-depth understanding of various theories of selling.

113
● Analyse the concepts of the tools and techniques of the selling process.
● Enhance the awareness of the concept of Sales territory and procedures for setting up sales
territory.

SYLLABUS OF GE-10
Unit 1: Personal Selling (12 Hours)
An overview of personal selling; functions of a sales person, characteristics of a sales person, Sales
as a career. Importance and role of Personal Selling, Building trust and Sales Ethics.

Unit 2: Theories of Selling (9 Hours)

Personal Selling situations; Theories: AIDAS, Right set of circumstances theory, buying formula
theory, Behavioural Equation Theory.

Unit 3: Selling Process (15 Hours)

Prospecting: Need and Methods; Pre approach: Sales Knowledge; Sales presentation: methods,
elements, the approach; Handling Objections: categories and techniques; Closing the sale:
techniques; Post sale follow up, Communication for Relationship Building.

Unit 4: Sales Territory (9 Hours)

Sales territory concept, reasons for establishing sales territories, procedure for setting up sales
territories.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Futrell,M.C.(2013). Fundamentals of Selling. (13th Ed). McGraw Hill.
2. Still,R.R.,Cundiff,W.E., & Govani,AP.N.(2008). Sales Management. (5th Ed). Prentice Hall
of India.
3. Futrell,M.C.(2012). ABC's of Relationship Selling through Service. (12th Ed). McGraw Hill
Publications.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Anderson,R.E.(1995) Essentials of personal selling: the new professionalism, Prentice
Hall.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

114
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-11) BASICS OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibili Pre- Department
ts course ty requis offering the
Lect Tutor Practical criteria ite of course
ure ial / the
Practice cours
e
Basics of Human 4 3 1 0 Class None Management
Resource Management XII Studies
(GE 11)

Learning Objectives
● To help the learners to develop an understanding of the concept and functions of human
resource management.
● To explore the recent practices and trends in human resource management.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept, functions and role of human resource management and explore
the recent trends of human resource management.
● Develop an understanding of human resource management functions of recruitment and
selection.
● Apply the concepts of HRM to develop training and development programs for employees.
● Enhance awareness of certain important issues in industrial relations.

SYLLABUS OF GE-11
Unit 1: Introduction to Human Resource Management (9 hours)
Introduction, Concept and Importance of Human Resource Management, Functions and Role of
Human Resource Management; Globalization and its Impact on HR trends of Human Resource in
India; Work life balance; Human Resource Information Systems; Overview of International HRM
polycentric geocentric ethnocentric approaches.
Unit 2: Recruitment and Selection (12 hours)
Human Resource Planning, Need and process, HR Forecasting Techniques Skill inventories; Job
analysis-Uses, methods, Job description & Job specifications; Recruitment: Factors affecting
recruitment, internal & external sources; Selection process; Orientation: Concept and process.

Unit 3: Training and Development (12 hours)

115
pay, factors influencing compensation, steps in determining compensation, job evaluation;
Incentives: Importance and types; Benefits: Need, types of benefits.

Unit 4: Industrial Relations (12 hours)

Introduction to Industrial Relations; Industrial disputes: concept, causes & machinery for settlement
of disputes; Employee Grievances- concept, causes, grievance redressal procedure; Discipline-
concept, aspects of discipline & disciplinary procedure; Collective bargaining: concept, process,
problems, essentials of effective collective bargaining.

Practical component (if any) - NIL

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Dessler, G., & Varrkey, B. (2005). Human Resource Management, 15e. Pearson Education
India.
2. DeCenzo, D. A., Robbins, S. P., & Verhulst, S. L. (2016). Fundamentals of human resource
management. John Wiley & Sons.
3. Chhabra, T.N. (2009). Human Resource Management Concept & Issues. Dhanpat Rai and
company.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-12) ETHICS AND GOVERNANCE IN BUSINESS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of Eligibili Pre- Department
ts the course ty requis offering the
Lect Tutor Practic criteria ite of course
ure ial al/ the
Practic cours
e e
Ethics and Governance 4 3 1 0 Class None Management
in Business (GE 12) XII Studies

Learning Objectives
● The objective of this paper is to develop skills for recognizing and analyzing ethical issues in
business and to equip learners with moral reasoning for ethical decision making.
● The course aims to acquaint the learners with the concept and compliance framework of corporate
governance.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the importance of ethics in day-to-day working of organizations.

116
● Discover the ethical issues and their management in various functional areas of business.
● Understand the significance of corporate governance in maintaining the ethical operation of
organizations.
● Learn the regulatory and compliance framework of corporate governance.

SYLLABUS OF GE-12
Unit 1: Business Ethics (9 hours)
Introduction, meaning of ethics, moral and ethics, types of business ethical issues, why ethical
problems occur in business, ethical dilemmas in business; Normative theories – Egoism,
Utilitarianism, Ethics of duty, Ethics of rights and justice, Virtue ethics and ethics of care; Gandhian
Ethics and its relationship with normative theories.

Unit 2: Ethical Issues in Functional Areas of Business (15 hours)

Finance: ethical issues in accounting, finance, banking, takeovers; Whistle blowing: kinds of whistle
blowing, whistle blowing as morally prohibited, permitted and required, corporate disclosure; Insider
trading.
HRM: Discrimination, affirmative action and reverse discrimination; Inclusion and preferential hiring;
Sexual harassment.
Marketing: Green marketing; Product recalls; Ethics and Advertising.
Production: Safety and acceptable risk;, Product safety and corporate liability; Green production..
Information technology : Cyber-crime; Privacy and internet ethics

Unit 3: Corporate Governance (12 hours)

Concept, need to improve corporate governance standards, pillars of good governance; Role played
by the Government as a regulator to improve corporate governance with reference to provisions
introduced in the Companies Act. 2013; Board of Directors and their role in governance; Duties and
responsibilities of auditors; Rights and privileges of shareholders, investor’s problem and protection;
Corporate governance rating process and parameters.

Unit 4: Corporate Governance Models and Committees (9 hours)

Models of corporate governance; Committees on Corporate Governance: UK scenario (Cadbury
Committee), US scenario (Sarbanes Oxley Act), OECD principles; Indian experience: An overview of
recommendations of corporate governance committees in India - CII Code of Best Practices, Kumar
Mangalam Birla Committee, Naresh Chandra Committee, Narayan Murthy Committee, Kotak
Committee, SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 with
reference to composition and role of Board of Directors, and Role of independent directors

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

117
4. Crane, A. & Matten, D. (2019) Business Ethics (5th ed.). Oxford. (Chapter 1, 7, 8)
5. Ghosh, B. N. (2017). Business Ethics and Corporate Governance (1st ed.). McGraw Hill.
(Chapter 8, 9, 11)
6. DeGeorge, R. T. (2011) Business Ethics (7th ed.). Pearson. (Chapter 3, 4, 13 to 16)
7. Sharma, J. P. (2011). Corporate Governance, Business Ethics and CSR: (with Case Studies and
Major Corporate Scandals). India: Ane Books.
8. Stanwick, P., & Stanwick, S. (2015). Understanding Business Ethics (3rd ed.). Sage Publications.
(Chapter 10)
9. Arnold, D. G., Beauchamp, T. L., & Bowie, N. E. (2014). Ethical Theory and Business (9th
ed.). Pearson Education ( Chapter 7)

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Davies, A. (2012). Best Practices in Corporate Governance (1st ed.). Gower.
2. Fernando, A.C., Satheesh E.K., & Muraleedharan, K. P. (2018). Corporate Governance
:Principles, Policies, and Practices (3rd ed.). Pearson Education.
3. Muraleedharan, K. P., & Satheesh E.K. (2021). Fernando's Business Ethics and Corporate
Governance (3rd ed.). Pearson Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

118
SEMESTER-V
BACHELOR OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE -13 (DSC-13) – : BUSINESS ETHICS AND

GOVERNANCE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Prerequisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Criteria Pre-requisite of the course
course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice

Business Ethics and 4 3 1 0 XII Class None

Governance (DSC 13)

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the importance of ethics in day-to-day working of organizations.
● Discover the ethical issues and their management in various functional areas of business.
● Understand the significance of corporate governance in maintaining the ethical operation of
organizations.
● Learn the regulatory and compliance framework of corporate governance.

SYLLABUS OF DSC 13
Unit 1: Business Ethics (9 hours)
Introduction, meaning of ethics, moral and ethics, types of business ethical issues, why ethical
problems occur in business, ethical dilemmas in business; Normative theories – Egoism,
Utilitarianism, Ethics of duty, Ethics of rights and justice, Virtue ethics and ethics of care; Gandhian
Ethics and its relationship with normative theories.

Unit 2: Ethical Issues in Functional Areas of Business (15 hours)

Finance: ethical issues in accounting, finance, banking, takeovers; Whistle blowing: kinds of whistle
blowing, whistle blowing is morally prohibited, permitted and required, corporate disclosure; Insider
trading.
HRM: Discrimination, affirmative action and reverse discrimination; Inclusion and preferential
hiring; Sexual harassment.
Marketing: Green marketing; Product recalls; Ethics and Advertising.

119
Production: Safety and acceptable risk;, Product safety and corporate liability; Green production.
Information technology : Cyber-crime; Privacy and internet ethics

Unit 3: Corporate Governance (12 hours)

Concept, need to improve corporate governance standards, pillars of good governance; Role played
by the Government as a regulator to improve corporate governance with reference to provisions
introduced in the Companies Act. 2013; Board of Directors and their role in governance; Duties
and responsibilities of auditors; Rights and privileges of shareholders, investor’s problem and
protection; Corporate governance rating process and parameters.

Unit 4: Corporate Governance Models and Committees (9 hours)

Models of corporate governance; Committees on Corporate Governance: UK scenario (Cadbury
Committee), US scenario (Sarbanes Oxley Act), OECD principles; Indian experience: An overview
of recommendations of corporate governance committees in India - CII Code of Best Practices,
Kumar Mangalam Birla Committee, Naresh Chandra Committee, Narayan Murthy Committee,
Kotak Committee, SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015
with reference to composition and role of Board of Directors, and Role of independent directors.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Fernando, A.C. (2010). Business Ethics and Corporate Governance (1st ed.). Pearson Education
India. (Chapter 1, 2)
2. Velasquez, M. G. (2020). Business Ethics- Concepts and Case (8th ed.). Prentice Hall India.
(Chapter 1, 2)
3. Fernando, A. C., & Muralidheeran, K. P. (2019). Business Ethics: An Indian Perspective (3rd
ed.). Pearson Education India. (Chapter 1 to, 4; 9 to 12, 14,15,18))
4. Crane, A. & Matten, D. (2019) Business Ethics (5th ed.). Oxford. (Chapter 1, 7, 8)
5. Ghosh, B. N. (2017). Business Ethics and Corporate Governance (1st ed.). McGraw Hill.
(Chapter 8, 9, 11)
6. DeGeorge, R. T. (2011) Business Ethics (7th ed.). Pearson. (Chapter 3, 4, 13 to 16)
7. Sharma, J. P. (2011). Corporate Governance, Business Ethics and CSR: (with Case Studies and
Major Corporate Scandals). India: Ane Books.
8. Stanwick, P., & Stanwick, S. (2015). Understanding Business Ethics (3rd ed.). Sage Publications.
(Chapter 10)
9. Arnold, D. G., Beauchamp, T. L., & Bowie, N. E. (2014). Ethical Theory and Business (9th
ed.). Pearson Education ( Chapter 7)

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

120
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 14 (DSC-14): LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Prerequisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Legal Aspects of 4 3 1 0 XII Class None
Business (DSC 14)

Learning Objectives
● To gain knowledge of the branches of law which relate to business transactions, certain
corporate bodies and related matters.
● To understand the applications of these laws to practical commercial situations.
Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Know rights and duties under various legal Acts for business.
● Understand consequences of applicability of various laws on business situations.
● Develop critical thinking through the use of law cases
● Applying the various concepts of law to practical situations.

SYLLABUS OF DSC 14
Unit 1: Introduction of Indian Contract Act (18 Hours)
Meaning and Essentials of contract; Kinds of contract based on validity, formation & performance;
law relating to offer and acceptance, consideration, competency to contract, free consent, void
agreements, performance of contracts, discharge of contracts, breach of contracts and quasi
contract; Special contracts: contract of indemnity and guarantee, bailment and pledge, and agency.

Unit 2: Sales of Goods Act and Negotiable Instruments Act (9 Hours)

Sale of Goods Act 1930: Sale and agreement to sell, implied conditions and warranties, sale by non
owners, rights of unpaid seller. Negotiable Instruments Act 1881: Meaning of negotiable
instruments, type of negotiable instruments, promissory note, bill of exchange, cheque.

Unit 3: The Companies Act and The Limited Liability Partnership Act (9 Hours)
The Companies Act 2013: Meaning and types, Incorporation, Memorandum & Articles of
association, Prospectus, role of directors, share qualification, company meetings. The Limited
Liability Partnership Act 2008: Meaning and nature of limited partnership, formation, partners &
their relations, extent and limitation of liability.

121
Unit 4: Consumer Protection Act, RTI Act, and IT Act (9 Hours)
Consumer Protection Act 2019: Objectives and machinery for consumer protection, defects and
deficiency removal, rights of consumers. The Right to Information Act 2005: Salient features and
coverage of the act, definition of terms information, right, record, public authority; obligations of
public authorities, requesting information and functions of PIO. Information Technology Act 2000:
The rationale behind the act, Digital signature and Electronic signature, Electronic Governance.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Kucchal M. C. Business Law. Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.
2. Kucchal M. C. & Kucchal V., Business Legislation for Management, Vikas Publishing House
(P) Ltd.
3. Kapoor G. K. & Dhamija S.,Company Law and Practice-A Comprehensive Textbook on
Companies Act 2013, Taxmann Publications.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE– 15 (DSC-15): NEW AGE MARKETING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cred Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-requisite of the
its course y criteria course
Lectur Tutorial Practic (if any)
e al/
Practic
e
New Age Marketing 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSC 15) Marketing

Learning Objectives
● To gain an understanding of the various elements of marketing communication and their role
in the marketing process.
● To understand the importance of brand management, including brand identity, equity,
positioning, and extension.
● To develop an understanding of traditional and e-enabled marketing, including e-commerce
models, digital marketing, and global marketing issues.
● To gain knowledge of customer relationship management (CRM) and its importance in the
service economy, including the global orientation of services.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the role of integrated marketing communication in the marketing process and how
it impacts brand management.
● Analyze the various tools of IMC, including sales promotion, direct marketing, interactive
marketing, public relations, and personal selling.

122
● Gain knowledge of e-enabled marketing, including e-commerce models, technology in e-
commerce, SEO, social media marketing tools, and legal and ethical issues.
● Understand global marketing issues, including protectionism, Ghemawat's CAGE framework,
and strategic alliances.

SYLLABUS OF DSC 15
Unit 1: Integrated Marketing Communication (9 Hours)
Role of IMC in Marketing Process, Tools of IMC - Sales Promotion, Direct Marketing, Interactive
Marketing, Public Relations & Personal Selling; Evolution, Functions and Role of Brands, Brand
Equity, brand identity, brand positioning, Co-Branding, Brand Extension, global branding; Personal
Selling – meaning, role and process.

Unit 2: Brick and Mortar Marketing (12 hours)

An Introduction to Product Management, STP, Competitor Analysis, Product Strategy, Adapting
product strategy over the PLC; Introduction to Retailing: Definition, Characteristics, emerging
trends in retailing, Retail Formats; Introduction to Sales Management, Types of selling, managing
distribution transportation, inventory, warehousing and logistics.

Unit 3: E-enabled Marketing (12 hours)

E-Commerce: Meaning, Concept and models- B2B, B2C, C2C, C2B, G2C, D2C; Traditional vs e
retailing; Technology in e-Commerce - e-payment systems, e- entertainment; Search Engine
Optimization (SEO); social media marketing tools; privacy, legal and ethical issues. Digital
Marketing: Introduction, Moving from Traditional to Digital Marketing, Analytics and Social
Media, data mining, Enhancing Digital Experiences via email marketing, mobile apps and mobile
marketing.

Unit 4: Services & Customer Management with a Global Orientation (12 hours)
Emergence of The Service Economy, Service Quality Benchmarking; CRM Definition, Need and
Importance, The Value Pyramid, Effective Customer Relation Management, Customer lifetime
value and life cycle, e-CRM; Globalisation, stages of international expansion, Impact on doing
business (Distance, Power, Decision Making, People Management, Delegation, Corruption, Quality
Benchmarks, Culture Etc.), Protectionism and its impact on international trade, Ghemawat’s CAGE
framework, Selling to and in emerging markets, Strategic (and global) Alliances.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Belch, G. E. (2014). Advertising and Promotion – An Integrated Marketing Communications
Perspective. Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Keller, K. L., Parameswaran, A. M. G., & Jacob, I. (2019). Strategic Brand Management,
Building, Measuring & Managing Brand Equity. Prentice Hall of India.
3. Lehmann, D. R., & Winer, R. S. (2015). Product Management. McGraw Hill Irwin.
4. Panda, T. K., & Sahadev, S. (2014). Sales and Distribution Management. Oxford Publications.
5. Laudon, K. C. (2020). E-Commerce - Business, Technology, Society. Pearson.

123
6. Dodson, I. (2018). The Art of Digital Marketing – The Definitive Guide to Creating Strategic,
Targeted, and Measurable Online Campaigns. Wiley.
7. Zeithaml, V. A., Bitner, M. J., Gremler, D. D., & Pandit, A. (2013). Services Marketing.
McGraw Hill.
8. Sheth, J. N., Parvatiyar, A., & Shainesh, G. (2017). Customer Relationship Management:
Emerging Concepts, Tools and Applications. McGraw Hill.
9. Cateora, P. R., & Graham, J. L. (2019). International Marketing. Tata McGraw Hill. .

DSE 1: RETAIL MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credit Credit distribution of the Eligibility criteria Pre-requisite of the
s course course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice

Retail Management (DSE 1) 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of marketing

Learning Objectives
● Understand the concept and characteristics of retailing, emerging trends, and the evolution of
the Indian retail industry.
● Gain knowledge about store location selection and store planning, including trading area
analysis, site selection, store design and layout, and effective retail space management.
● Develop an understanding of retail marketing and merchandising, including retail marketing
mix, advertising and sales promotion, CRM, buying organization formats and processes,
merchandise planning, and pricing strategies.
● Acquire knowledge about the various elements/components of retail store operation, store
administration, inventory management, customer service, store maintenance, and store security.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Describe the concept and characteristics of retailing and explain the emerging trends and
evolution of the Indian retail industry.
● Analyze the characteristics of trading areas and evaluate different types of store locations based
on the trading area analysis.
● Develop a retail marketing plan that includes the retail marketing mix, advertising and sales
promotion strategies, store positioning, and CRM strategies.
● Formulate pricing objectives, strategies, and types of pricing based on external factors that
impact a retail price strategy.
● Recognize and understand the operations-oriented policies, methods, and procedures used by
successful retailers in today’s global economy.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 1
Unit 1: Introduction to Retailing and Retail Formats (12 hours)
Introduction to Retailing: Definition, Characteristics, emerging trends in retailing, Evolution of

125
retailing in India, Factors behind the change of Indian retail industry. Retail Formats: Retail
institutions by ownership, Retail institutions by Store-Based Strategy Mix, Web, Non-store based,
and other forms of Non-traditional Retailing.

Unit 2: Choosing a Store Location and Store Planning (12 hours)

Unit 3: Retail Marketing (12 hours)

Unit 4: Merchandise Pricing and Retail Operations (9 hours)

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

● Berman, B., & Evans, J. R. (2012). Retail management. Pearson Education.
● Vedamani, G. G. (2010). Retail management: Functional principles & practices. Jaico
Publishing House.

DSE 2: MARKETING OF SERVICES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of Eligibility Criteria Pre-requisite of
the course the course
Lectur Tutori Practica
e al l/
Practice
Marketing of 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Services (DSE 2) Marketing

Learning Objectives
● Understand the emerging service environment in India and the world. It emphasises the
distinctive aspects of Services Marketing.
● Aims at equipping learners with concepts and techniques that help in taking decisions relating
to various services marketing situations.
Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the Concept and Importance of Services.
● Discuss the relevance of the services in the Indian economy.
● Examine the characteristics of the services in various industries.
● Analyse the role and relevance of Quality in Services.

Unit 2: Relevance of Services (12 hours)

Emergence of The Service Economy; Outsourcing and Services; Overview of The Indian
Economy; Services Sector in The Indian Economy, (Major players, Major services offered,
Major centres; Circumstances that contributed to the Services boom in the Indian economy; Role
and relevance of Services to the Indian economy; Classification of Services; Variety of Services
offered by Indian organizations, Intangible and Tangible Services.

Unit 3: Differentiating Services (12 hours)

127
Distinguishing Features; The service; Promotion; Price; Place; People; Physical evidence;
Process; Elements of Positioning; Service Differentiation; How Indian companies have been at
the forefront of the Services industry; What do Indian companies offer to companies seeking
Services support; Services as a source of competitive advantage; Increasing integration of
Services with organizational plans and activities; Internal Services and External Services,
Features, Relevance, Examples; Services Trainings and Hiring; Motivation and Employee
Management in the Services sector; Factors affecting attempts of Services Differentiation.

Unit 4: Quality and Strategies (12 hours)

Defining Service Quality; Researching Service Quality; Service Quality Benchmarking
(Servqual, TUV, ISO etc.); Setting Quality Standards; Managing the Marketing Mix for Quality;
Organizing and Implementing Service Quality; Factors affecting Service Quality Management;
Customer and Customer Value Proposition and Value Creation n Services; Managing the Service
Encounter; Blueprinting; Managing Customer Demand, Frequency, Quality, Training, Content
and Context; Developing Relationships with Customers; Distribution Strategy; Pricing of
Services; Promoting Services;. Competitors of the Indian Services Industry; Future of Services
Industry in India and elsewhere; Near-shoring and Reshoring; Services and the Gig Economy;
Growth potential of the Services Industry.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Zeithaml Valerie A, & Bitner Mary Jo., Gremler Dwayne D., Pandit Ajay. (2010). Services
Marketing (5 edition). McGraw Hill.
2. Wirtz Jochen, Lovelock Christopher H, Chatterjee Jayanta., Services Marketing, (8e
Edition), Pearson.
Suggested Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)
1. Woodruffe, Helen. (1998). Service Marketing. MacMillan India.
2. Zeithaml Valerie A, & Bitner Mary Jo., Gremler Dwayne D., Pandit Ajay. (2010). Services
Marketing (5 edition). McGraw Hill.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

128
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – MARKETING (DSE-3)

DSE 3: E COMMERCE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the course
course Criteria
Lecture Tutoria Practical/
l Practice

E-Commerce (DSE 3) 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Marketing

SYLLABUS OF DSE 3
Unit 1: Introduction to E-Commerce: Business Models and Concepts (12 Hours)
E-Commerce: Meaning and Concept of e-Commerce, Brief history; Transition of e-Commerce in
India; Advantages and Disadvantages of e-Commerce; IT act, 2000. E-Commerce models: B2B,
B2C, C2C, C2B, G2C; Traditional vs e-retailing, Models of e-retailing; e-Services: Categories of e-
services, Web-enabled services, matchmaking services.

Unit 2: Enabling Technologies for E-Commerce (9 Hours)

Technology in e-Commerce, The internet today and future, Networks and internets: communication
switching, Internet protocol suite, IPv6, Search engines, software agents, Internet service provider,
ISP policy in India, e-payment systems. Information selling on the web, E-entertainment

Unit 3: Basic Techniques for E-Commerce (12 hours)

129
Web Hosting: Webhost-types, VPS-Domain for a website, DNS Information. Webhost: Bandwidth
Control Panels- Statistics- uptime-Ecommerce. Website Design: Introduction, Role of Website in
B2C Ecommerce, Website strategies and Goals. Search Engine Optimization (SEO): Introduction,
Importance of SEO, History of Search Engines, How search Engines Operate, Crawling Techniques.
Basic types of Search Tools, How People use search engines and portals, Page rank, Anatomy of
Hyperlink, Keywords and Queries, How to conduct Keyword Research, Why site structure is
important.

Unit 4: E-Marketing (12 Hours)

Concept, traditional marketing vs e-marketing, Browsing behaviour model, advantages of e-
marketing, e-marketing strategies: permission-marketing, affiliate marketing, viral marketing, social
media marketing, content marketing, m-commerce, e-commerce security risks, legal and ethical
issues.
Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)
1. Laudon, Kenneth C.: E-Commerce : Business, Technology, Society, 4th Edition, Pearson.
2. Joseph, S.J.: E-Commerce: an Indian perspective, Prentice-Hall of India.
3. Awad, Elias, M.: Electronic Commerce, Prentice-Hall of India.
4. Pandey, U.S. and Shukla, Saurabh: E-Commerce and Mobile commerce Technologies, S.
Chand.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – MARKETING (DSE-7)

DSE 7: CONSUMER BEHAVIOR

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
ts course criteria the course
Lectur Tutor Practical/ (if any)
e ial Practice
Consumer Behaviour 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSE 7) Marketing

Learning Objectives
● To equip learners with basic knowledge about issues and dimensions of consumer behavior.
● Develop understanding of analysing consumer information to create consumer-oriented
marketing strategies.

Learning Outcomes

130
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand importance of consumer behaviour
● Understand different consumer behavior influences and their impact on consumer choices.
● Demonstrate how knowledge of consumer behavior influences can be applied to marketing
decisions.
● Understand the consumer decision making process.
● Design effective marketing strategies to influence consumer behavior.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 7
Unit 1: Introduction to Consumer Behavior (6 Hours)
Consumer Behaviour: Nature, scope & application: Importance of consumer behaviour in
marketing decisions, characteristics of consumer behaviour, role of consumer research,
consumer behaviour- interdisciplinary approach. Introduction to ‘Industrial Buying
Behaviour’. Market Segmentation: VALS 2 segmentation profile.

Unit 2: Internal Influences on Consumer Behavior (15 Hours)

Consumer Needs & Motivation: Characteristics of motivation, arousal of motives, theories of
needs & motivation: Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, McLelland’s APA theory, Murray’s list of
psychogenic needs, Bayton’s classification of motives, self-concept & its importance, types of
involvement. Personality & Consumer Behaviour: Importance of personality, theories of
personality- Freudian theory, Jungian theory, Neo-Freudian theory, Trait theory: Theory of
self-images; Role of self- consciousness.
Consumer Perception: Concept of absolute threshold limit, differential threshold limit &
subliminal perception: Perceptual Process: selection, organisation & interpretation.
Learning & Consumer Involvement: Importance of learning on consumer behaviour, learning
theories: classical conditioning, instrumental conditioning, cognitive learning & involvement
theory. Consumer Attitudes: Formation of attitudes, functions performed by attitudes, models of
attitudes: Tri-component model, multi-attribute model, attitude towards advertisement model:
attribution theory.

Unit 3: External Influences on Consumer Behavior (12 Hours)

Group Dynamics & consumer reference groups: Different types of reference groups, factors
affecting reference group influence, reference group influence on products & brands,
application of reference groups.
Family & Consumer Behaviour: Consumer socialisation process, consumer roles within a
family, purchase influences and role played by children, family life cycle. Social
Class & Consumer behaviour: Determinants of social class, measuring & characteristics of social
class.
Culture & Consumer Behaviour: Characteristics of culture, core values held by society & their
influence on consumer behaviour, introduction to sub-cultural & cross-cultural influences.
Opinion Leadership Process: Characteristics & needs of opinion leaders & opinion receivers,
interpersonal flow of communication.

131
Unit 4: Consumer Decision Making Process (12 Hours)
Diffusion of Innovation: Definition of innovation, product characteristics influencing
diffusion, resistance to innovation, adoption process.
Consumer Decision making process: Process-problem recognition, pre-purchase search
influences, information evaluation, purchase decision (compensatory decision rule, conjunctive
decision, rule, Lexicographic rule, affect referral, disjunctive rule), post-purchase evaluation;
Situational Influences.
Models of Consumer Decision making: Nicosia Model, Howard-Sheth Model, Howard- Sheth
Family Decision Making Model, Engel, Kollat & Blackwell Model, Sheth Newman Gross
Model of Consumer Values.
NOTE: Cases & application to marketing will be taught with respect to each topic.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of books will be used)

1. Schiffman, L. G., Wisenblit, J., & Kumar, S.R. (2018).Consumer Behaviour. 12th edition. Pearson
Education.
2. Solomon, M. R., & Panda, T. K. (2020). Consumer Behavior: Buying, Having, and Being.
13th edition. Pearson Education.
3. Blackwell, R. D., Miniard, P. W., & Engel, J. F. (2016). Consumer Behavior. Cengage
Learning.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of books will be used)

1. Hawkins, D. I., Best, R. J., & Coney, K. A. (2003). Consumer Behavior: Building Marketing
Strategy. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
2. Hawkins, D. I., Mothersbaugh, D., & Mookerjee, A. (2010). Consumer Behaviour – Building
Marketing Strategy. 11th edition. McGraw Hill Education.
3. Kotler, P., & Keller, K. L. (2015). Marketing Management. 15th edition. Pearson Education
India.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

132
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – MARKETING (DSE-8)

DSE 8: DIGITAL MARKETING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
course criteria the course
Lecture Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
l Practice
Digital Marketing 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSE 8) Marketing

Learning Objectives
● This course aims to familiarize learners with the concept of digital marketing and its current
and future evolutions.
● Equip learners with the ability to understand and subsequently create strategic and targeted
campaigns using digital media tools.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept of digital marketing and its real-world iterations.
● Analyze the innovative insights of digital marketing enabling a competitive edge.
● Understand the concept of mobile marketing.
● Identify and utilise various tools of digital marketing.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 8
Unit 1: Introduction to Digital Marketing (9 Hours)
Digital Marketing: Introduction, Moving from Traditional to Digital Marketing, Integrating
Traditional and Digital Marketing, Reasons for Growth. Need for a comprehensive Digital
Marketing Strategy. Concepts: Search Engine Optimization (SEO); Concept of Pay Per Click.

Unit 2: Social Media Marketing (12 Hours)

Social Media Marketing: Introduction, Process - Goals, Channels, Implementation, Analyze. Tools:
Google and the Search Engine, Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and LinkedIn. Issues: Credibility, Fake
News, Paid Influencers; Social Media and Hate/ Phobic campaigns. Analytics and linkage with
Social Media. The Social Community.

Unit 3: Email and Mobile Marketing (12 Hours)

Email Marketing: Introduction, email marketing process, design and content, delivery, discovery.
Mobile Marketing: Introduction and concept, Process of mobile marketing: goals, setup, monitor,
analyze; Enhancing Digital Experiences with Mobile Apps. Pros and Cons; Targeted advertising.

133
Issues: Data Collection, Privacy, Data Mining, Money and Apps, Security, Spam. Growth Areas.

Unit 4: Managing Digital Marketing (12 Hours)

Content Production; Video based marketing; Credibility and Digital Marketing; IoT; User
Experience; Future of Digital Marketing.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Dodson, Ian. (2016). The Art of Digital Marketing - The Definitive Guide to Creating Strategic,
Targeted, and Measurable Online Campaigns. Wiley.
2. Ryan, Damien.(2008). Understanding Digital Marketing - Marketing Strategies for Engaging
the Digital Generation. Kogan Page Limited.
Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)
1. Gupta, Sunil. (2018). Driving Digital Strategy. Harvard Business Review Press.
2. Tuten, Tracy L. and Solomon, Michael R. (2020 ). Social Media Marketing. (3 edition). Sage.
3. Bhatia, Puneet S. (2019). Fundamentals of Digital Marketing. (2 edition). Pearson.
4. Kotler, Philip. (2017). Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital. (1 edition). Wiley.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – MARKETING (DSE-9)

DSE 9: CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cre Credit distribution of Eligibility criteria Pre-requisite of the
dits the course course
Lectu Tutor Practic (if any)
re ial al/
Practic
e
Customer Relationship 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Marketing
Management (DSE 9)

Learning Objectives
● To explore the concept of Customer Relationship Management (CRM), the benefits delivered
by CRM, the contexts in which it is used, the technologies that are deployed.
● To familiarize the concept of CRM as a Business Strategy.
● To equip the learners with CRM practices and technologies that enhance the achievement of
marketing objectives.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:

134
● Understand the concept of CRM, the benefits delivered by CRM to achieve marketing
objectives, CRM strategies and obstacles.
● Develop an understanding of the CRM through Customer Knowledge Management , the value
pyramid, CRM solutions map, CRM myths.
● Analyse tools for CRM and various tools for data mining and also successful implementation
of CRM in the organisation.
● Create an understanding of the CRM in service industry in India, the Past Present and Future
of CRM.
SYLLABUS OF DSE 9
Unit 1: Introduction to Customer Relation Management (CRM) (12 Hours)
CRM Definition, Need and Importance : Conceptual Framework of Customer Relationship
Management ; The Value Pyramid , Customer Interaction Cycle , Customer Profiling and Total
Customer Experience, Goals of a CRM Strategy and Obstacles, CRM Solutions Map, Discussing
People, Processes and Technology, CRM myths.

Unit 2: CRM as a Business Strategy (12 Hours)

CRM – Issues and Strategies; Winning Markets through Effective CRM; CRM as a business strategy,
CRM Process, Effective Customer Relation Management through Customer Knowledge
Management; Customer Interaction Management, Call Centre management in CRM. Customer
Centricity in CRM-Concept of Customer centricity, Customer touch points, Customer Service,
Measuring Customer life time value-. Customer life cycle Management.

Unit 3: Technological Tools for CRM and Implementation (12 Hours)

Data Mining for CRM – Some Relevant Issues ; Changing Patterns of e-CRM Solutions in the
Future; Structuring a Customer Focused IT Organization to Support CRM; Organizational
Framework for Deploying Customer Relationship; measuring profitability CRM implementation –
step by step process.

Unit 4: CRM in Services (9 Hours)

Status of Customer Relationship Management in service industry in India; Relevance of CRM for
Hospital Services; Customer Relationship Management in Banking and Financial Services; CRM in
Insurance Sector, Supply-Demand Mismatches and their impact on CRM; The Past, Presen Future of
CRM.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Sheth, N.J., Atul,P & Shainesh, G,. (2017). Customer Relationship Management: Emerging
Concepts, Tools and Applications. (Standard ed). Tata McGraw Hill.
Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)
1. Kincaid,W.J., (2003). Customer Relationship Management Getting it Right, Prentice Hall
Professional..
2. Mohamed,P.H. & Sagadevan,A.,(2021). Customer Relationship Management, A Step-by-Step

135
Approach, Vikas Publishing House.
3. Fader,P.,(2012). Customer Centricity –Focus on right customer for strategic advantage, (2nd
ed) Wharton Digital Press.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-1)

DSE 1: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
course criteria the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice

Industrial Relations 4 3 1 0 Class XII None

(DSE 1)

Learning Objectives
● To acquaint learners with concepts of industrial relations and related acts in Indian context.
● To familiarise the learners with the implications of law in the industrial environment.
Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Acquire theoretical and practical perspective on different aspects of industrial relations.
● Understand the key participants, institutions, relationships, and processes in industrial relations.
● Understand employer and employee relations and its management.
● Analyse the rights of labour class in the industrial environment

SYLLABUS OF DSE 1
Unit 1: Industrial Relations (12 hours)
Concept, Objectives of industrial relations, Parties in industrial relations, Aspects of industrial
relations. Trade unions: Objectives, Historical perspective of unionism in India, functions, why
workers join unions, importance, problems of trade unions, structure of trade unions, Trade union act
1926, Immunity granted to register trade unions, recognition of trade unions.

Unit 2: Industrial Disputes (9 hours)

136
Unit 3: Labour Turnover (12 hours)
Concept, Rate of labour turnover, Costs of labour turnover, Causes of labour turnover, controlling
labour turnover. Absenteeism: Concept, Rate of absenteeism, Causes of absenteeism, Effects of
absenteeism, Measures to control absenteeism.
Unit 4: Collective Bargaining (12 hours)
Concept, Essentials of collective bargaining, Problems of collective bargaining, Collective
bargaining procedure. Workers’ participation in Management: Modes of participation, Measures for
successful workers’ participation.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-5)

DSE 5: TRAINING AND MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
ts course criteria course
Lectur Tutoria Practical (if any)
e l /
Practice
Training and Management 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Human
Development Resource
(DSE 5) Management

Learning Objectives
● To familiarize the learners with the concept and practice of training and management
development.
● To equip learners with the knowledge of applying training and development concepts in the
modern organizational setting through text and cases.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the need and process of training need analysis in organizations.

137
● Understand the process of designing a training programme and its evaluation.
● Apply the various training methods and analyse their applicability in different organizational
situations.
● Apply the concepts of management development to design development programs in the
organizations.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 5
Unit 1: Training in Organizations and Training Need Analysis (9 hours)
An overview of training; role of training and development in HRD; opportunities and challenges for
training; training and organizational development; setting training objectives; Spiral model of
training. Need to conduct Training Need Analysis (TNA), TNA Model, need assessment process:
organizational analysis, person analysis, task analysis; output of TNA, approaches to TNA:
Proactive TNA, Reactive TNA.

Unit 2: Training Design and Evaluation (12

hours) Designing training programs: Organizational constraints, training objectives, facilitation
of learning, facilitation of transfer; Post training: Training evaluation, Training impact on
individuals and organizations, Evaluating Programmes, Participants, Objectives.

Unit 3: Training Methods (12 hours)

Training methods: Lectures and demonstrations; Games and Simulations: Equipment simulators,
business games, In-basket technique. Case studies, role play, behaviour modelling, Job instruction
technique, apprenticeship, coaching, mentoring, experiential training, vestibule training; Computer
based training methods.
Unit 4: Management Development (12
hours)
Management development: concept, Strategies and management characteristics, management
development implications, Types of management development programs, Development methods:
Action learning, job rotation, executive development programs, special job assignments, team
building, coaching, and mentoring.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Blanchard, P. N. & Thacker J. (2012). Effective Training: Systems, Strategies and Practices,
(5th ed). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education, Inc.
2. Bhatia, S.K. (2005). Training & Development Concepts and Practices. Deep & Deep
Publishers.
3. Lynton, R. & Pareek U. (2011). Training & Development. Prentice Hall.
4. Noe, R. (2018). Employee Training & Development. McGraw-Hill Education.
5. Rishipal. (2011). Training & Development Methods. S. Chand Publishing.
6. Ross, S. C. (2018). Training and development in organizations: An essential guide for
trainers. Routledge.

138
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-6)

DSE 6: PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lectur Tutor Practical (if any)
e ial /
Practice
Performance 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
Management
(DSE 6)

Learning Objectives
● To identify the knowledge and skills required for effective employee performance and team
performance management
● Designing and implementing performance management systems to measure and align
individual performance with strategic objectives of the firm.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept and dynamics of performance appraisal and performance
management.
● Appreciate the significance of implementing an on-going and thorough performance
● management system.
● To develop an understanding of various approaches to performance management.
● To be able to develop criteria and standards for performance management.
● To create and develop skills required for effective performance management.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 6
Unit 1: Basis of Performance Management (9 hours)
Introduction: Concept, Philosophy, History from performance appraisal to performance
development; Objectives of performance management system; Aligning Performance Management
with Organizational Strategy, Values, and Goals.

Unit 2: Performance Management Practice (15 hours)

Performance planning, Process and Documentation of Performance appraisal; The balanced
Scorecard, Analyzing and assessing performance; Managing underperformance – problems and

139
approaches; Providing feedback – nature, effectiveness and guidelines, 360 -degree feedback and
the feed-forward interview, Use of technology and e-PMS; Coaching – process, approach and
techniques.

Unit 3: Applications of Performance Management (15 hours)

Managing organizational performance – process and strategic approach, business performance
management systems, organizational capability, human capital management, developing a high
performance culture; Managing team performance - team competencies, measures and processes for
team performance management, performance of individual team members; Performance
management and employee engagement – concept, significance and enablers; Performance
management and reward – financial and non-financial; International performance management –
subsidiaries of multi-national organizations, expatriates performance management.

Unit 4: Performance Management – Reality and Reinvention (6 hours)

Correcting the wrongs in the performance management process – reasons for failure; reinventing
performance management – the way forward.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Michael A., Armstrong's Handbook of Performance Management: An Evidence - Based
Guide to Delivering High Performance. Kogan Page. (6th ed.)
2. D. Gary. Human Resource Management. Prentice Hall. (12th ed.)
3. Bhattacharyya, D.K. Performance Management systems and strategies, Pearson
Education
4. Rao, T. V. (2016). Performance management: toward organizational excellence. Sage
Publications India.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-7)

DSE 7: HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credit Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
s course criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ (if any)
Practice
Human Resource 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Human
Planning Resource
(DSE 7) Management

Learning Objectives

140
● To equip the learners to understand the fundamentals of human resource function of
workforce planning through application of tools, techniques and various concepts related to
human resource planning.
● To familiarise the learners with HR information system, strategic HR planning.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the meaning, need and importance of HRP, various techniques and effective HR
planning.
● Understand the meaning objectives HRIS, steps in designing HRIS, trends in HRIS.
● Analyse the HRP Management process HRP evaluation.
● Evaluate the Strategic HRP, Mergers and Acquisition and its impact on HRP, Outsourcing
and its impact on HRPs

SYLLABUS OF DSE 7
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Human Resource Planning (12 Hours)
Overview of Human Resource Planning (HRP): Human Resource Planning – Meaning, Nature,
Need and Importance; Process of HRP – Steps in HRP; HR Demand Forecasting – Factors,
Techniques – Managerial Judgement, Ratio Trend Analysis, Regression Analysis, Work Study
Technique, Delphi Technique; HR Supply Forecasting – Factors, Techniques –Skills Inventories,
Succession Plans, Replacement Charts, Staffing Tables; Barriers in Effective Implementation of
HRP and Ways to Overcome; Requirements for Effective HR Planning.

Unit 2: Human Resource Information System (12 Hours)

Data Information Needs for HR Manager – Contents and Usage of Data; HRIS – Meaning,
Features, Evolution, Objectives, Essentials, Components, Functions, Steps in Designing of HRIS,
HRIS Subsystems, Mechanisms of HRIS, Benefits, Limitations, Barriers in Effective
Implementation of HRIS. Security Issues in Human Resource Information Systems; HRIS for
HRP; Trends in HRIS; Job analysis – Uses, methods, Job description & Job specifications.

Unit 3: HRP Practitioner and Evaluation (12 Hours)

HRP Practitioner: Meaning, Role; HRP Management Process; HRP as a Tool to Enhance
Organisational Productivity Impact of Globalisation on HRP; Aspects of HRP: Performance
Management, Career Management, Management Training and Development, Multi Skill
Development; Return on Investment in HRP – Meaning and Importance; HRP Evaluation
Meaning, Need, Process, Issues to be considered during HRP Evaluation.

Unit 4: Strategic Human Resource Planning (9 Hours)

Strategic Human Resource Planning – Meaning and Objectives; Link between Strategic Planning
and HRP through People, Finance and Technology; Selected Strategic Options and HRP
Implications: Restructuring and its Impact on HRP, Mergers and Acquisitions and its Impact on

141
HRP, Outsourcing and its Impact on HRP.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Dressler,G. & Varkey,B. (2017).Human Resource Management. New Delhi. Pearson
Education.
2. Krishnamoorthy,R., Kamat,N. & Kamat,N.C. (2017). Human Resource planning and
Information system (with case studies). Himalaya Publishing House
3. Aswathappa A. (2018). Human Resource Management, Text and Cases. New Delhi. Tata
McGraw-Hill.
4. Flippo,B.E., (2018). Principles of Personnel Management. New Delhi. McGraw-Hill
Publications.
5. Bohlander,G. & Snell,S., (2008). Human Resource Management. New Delhi. Cengage
Learning Private Limited.
6. Rao,S.,(2014). Essentials of Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations.
Himalaya Publishing House.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-8)

DSE 8: TALENT AND COMPETENCY MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cre Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the course
dits course criteria (if any)
Lecture Tutorial Practical
/
Practice
Talent & Competency 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Human Resource
Management Management
(DSE 8)
Learning Objectives
● To equip the learners to the role of HR in the Talent Management System.
● To familiarize the learners with the Talent Management System and strategies.
● Enable the learners to develop, map and design competency models.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept of Talent Management , Talent Gap Approaches to fill gap, role of
building Sustainable Competitive Advantage.

● Apply the potential and appropriateness of talent development strategies, policies,

142
approaches and methods with reference to relevant contextual factors.
● Analyse concept, types benefits models of Competencies
● Create the understanding of the Competency Development, Competency Mapping,
Competency based HR applications.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 8
Unit 1: Introduction to Talent Management (9 Hours)
Meaning, Evolution, Scope, Significance, Benefits and Limitations of Talent Management,
Principles of Talent Management, Sources of Talent Management, Attracting and Retaining
Talent, Talent Management Grid, Talent Gap: Meaning and Approaches to Fill Gaps, Talent
Value Chain, Role of HR in Talent Management, Role of Talent Management in Building
Sustainable Competitive Advantage.

Unit 2: Talent Management System (TMS) and Strategies (12 Hours)

Meaning, Key Elements of TMS, Creation of TMS and Building Blocks for TMS, Life Cycle
of Talent Management: Meaning and Process, Talent Management Process: Steps,
Significance and Prerequisites, Approaches to Talent Management, Talent Management
Strategies: Meaning and Development, Mapping Business Strategies and Talent Management
Strategies, Talent and Succession Planning: Identifying key managerial positions, development
of capabilities, lateral hiring in case of discontinuity in the succession plans.

Unit 3: Introduction to Competency (12 Hours)

Competence and Competency: Concept, Types of Competencies, Benefits and Limitations of
Implementing Competencies, Competency Model: Concept, Significance and Development of
Competency Model, Personal Competency Framework, Iceberg Model, Lancaster Model of
Competency, Transcultural Managerial Competencies, Validation of Competency Models.

Unit 4: Competency Management (12 Hours)

Meaning, Features, Objectives, Benefits and Challenges, Competency Development: Meaning
and Process, Competency Mapping: Concept, Features and Significance, Approaches to
Mapping, Competency Mapping Procedures and Steps, Use of Assessment Centres in
Competency Mapping, Types of Exercises, Competency based HR applications.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Spencer, L. M., & Spencer, S. M. (1993). Competence at work: Models for superior
performance. John Wiley.
2. Rao, T.V. (2011). Hurconomics for Talent Management: Making the HRD Missionary
Business driven. Pearson Education.
3. Padoshi, S. (2018). Talent and Competency Management. Himalaya Publishing House.
4. Berger, L.A. & Berger, D.R. (2018). The Talent Management Hand Book. Tata McGraw
Hill.
5. Sanghi, S. (2007). The Handbook of Competency Mapping: Understanding, Designing and
Implementing Competency Models in Organizations. Sage Books.

143
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – FINANCE (DSE-1)

DSE 1: PROJECT APPRAISAL, FINANCING AND CONTROL

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice

Project Appraisal, Financing 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Accounting

and Control (DSE 1) and Finance

SYLLABUS OF DSE 1
Unit 1: Introduction to Projects and their Appraisal (9 hours)
Project Definition, Project Identification, Project Life Cycle, Project Stakeholder Analysis,
Feasibility study. Types of Project Appraisal (Brief Overview): Market and Demand Analysis,
Technical Appraisal, Financial Appraisal, Economic Appraisal, Managerial Appraisal, and Social
Appraisal.

Unit 2: Financial Appraisal (9 hours)

Components of Project Cost, Investment Evaluation Techniques: Non-Discounting Methods
(Payback Period, Accounting Rate of Return), Discounting Methods (Net Present Value, Profitability
Index, Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Modified Internal Rate of Return (MIRR)). Comparative
analysis of Investment Evaluation Techniques, Investment Evaluation in Practice.

Unit 3: Project Risk Analysis and Project Financing (15 hours)

144
Risk Analysis and Management: Sources and Measures of Risk. Methods of Assessing Risk –
Sensitivity Analysis, Scenario Analysis, Break-Even Analysis, Simulation Analysis, Decision Tree
Analysis. Strategies for Risk Management.
Sources of Financing – Internal Accruals, Equity Capital, Preference Capital, Debentures (or Bonds),
Term Loans, Venture Capital, Private Equity, Venture Capital Vs Private Equity, Loan syndication.

Unit 4: Social Appraisal and Aspects of Project Management (12 hours)

Social Appraisal: Rationale for Social Cost Benefit Analysis (SCBA), Approaches of SCBA (UNIDO
and Little-Mirrlees Approach Approach), Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Social Impact
Assessment (SIA) of Projects. Relevant Case Studies. Network Techniques for Project Cost and Time
Management (PERT & CPM) (theory only). Pre-Requisites for Successful Project Implementation.
Essentials of a Project Report.

Essential/recommended readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Chandra, Prasanna (2019). Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation,
and Review. McGraw Hill Education.
2. Agrawal, R., & Mehra, Y. S. (2021).Project Appraisal and Management. Taxmann
Publications.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – FINANCE (DSE-2)

DSE 2: INSURANCE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the eligibility criteria Pre-requisite of the
course course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice

Insurance (DSE 2) 4 3 1 0 Class XII None

Learning Objectives

145
● To equip the learners with the basic characteristics of insurance, different kinds of insurance,
and benefits and costs of insurance to society.
● To acquaint the learners with the core concepts of risk management and its objectives.
● To get deep insight into the regulatory environment of IRDA
● To examining the regulatory environment for insurance

Unit 2: Insurance Principles & Risk Management (12 hours)

Risk Management – Meaning of Risk Management, Objectives of Risk Management, Steps in the
Risk Management Process, Techniques for Managing Risk, Benefits of Risk Management. Personal
Risk Management. Enterprise Risk Management (briefly) – Concept & Benefits. Case Studies on
Management of different Personal and Business Risk to be discussed. Fundamental Legal Principles
– Principle of Indemnity, Principle of Insurable Interest, Principle of Subrogation, Principle of
Utmost Good Faith. Requirements of an Insurance Contract.

Unit 3: Insurance Company Operations (12 hours)

Requirements of an Insurance Contract, Distinct Legal Characteristics of Insurance Contracts.
Components of Insurance Contracts – Declarations, Definitions, Insuring agreement, Exclusions,
Conditions, and Miscellaneous provisions. Underwriting – Underwriting Policy, Underwriting
Principles, Sources of Underwriting Information. Sales and Marketing activities of Insurers. Claims
Settlement – Basic Objective, Parties Involved & Steps in Settlement Process. Endorsements and
Riders. Deductibles – Concepts and Purpose of Deductibles. Regulatory Framework of Insurance in
India (briefly) – Insurance Legislation and IRDA.

Unit 4: Important Aspects of Insurance Business Management (12 hours)

Reinsurance – Definitions, Reasons for Reinsurance, Types of Reinsurance – Facultative & Treaty

146
Reinsurance, Methods of Sharing Losses (Numerical Qs). Alternatives to Traditional Reinsurance –
Securitization of Risk and Catastrophe Bonds. Insurance and Investments – Life Insurance
Investments, Property and Casualty Insurance Investments. Rate Making – Concept, Objectives, Rate
Making Methods (Numerical Qs) – Judgement, Class and Merit Rating Method. Coinsurance –
Nature, Purpose and Problems. Other Important Provisions – Pro Rata liability, Contribution by Equal
Shares, and Primary and Excess Insurance.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Rejda, G. E., McNamara, M. J., & Rabel, W. H. (2022). Principles of risk management and
insurance (14th ed). Pearson Education.
2. Mishra, M. N., & Mishra, S. B. (2019). Insurance principles and practice. S. Chand and
company.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – FINANCE (DSE-3)

DSE 3: FINANCIAL PLANNING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice

Financial Planning 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Finance

(DSE 3)

Learning Objectives
● To equip learners with the knowledge and practical understanding of important dimensions
of managing one’s personal finance.
● To provide understanding and planning abilities for their tax liabilities, investments, insurance
coverage, and retirement.

Learning Outcomes

147
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the fundamentals of Personal Financial Planning
● Learn the basics of managing personal tax liabilities
● Learn the basic concepts and underlying principles for Retirement Planning.
● Ascertain and choose appropriate insurance policies for managing personal risks.
● Evaluate various asset classes on the basis of risk-return and personal investment goals
● Create, maintain and grow personal investment portfolio

SYLLABUS OF DSE 3
Unit 1: Basics of Personal Finance and Tax Planning (12 hours)
Understanding Personal Finance. Rewards of Sound Financial Planning. Personal Financial Planning
Process. Personal Financial Planning Life Cycle. Making Plans to Achieve Your Financial Goals.
Common Misconceptions about Financial Planning. Personal Tax Planning –Fundamental Objectives
of Tax Planning, Tax Structure in India for Individuals, Common Tax Planning Strategies –
Maximizing Deductions, Income Shifting, Tax-Free and Tax-Deferred Income.

Unit 2: Managing Insurance Need (12 hours)

Unit 3: Managing Investments (12 hours)

Role of Investing in Personal Financial Planning, Identifying the Investment Objectives, Different
Investment Choices. The Risks of Investing, The Returns from Investing, The Risk-Return Trade-
off. Managing Your Investment Holdings – Building a Portfolio of Securities, Asset Allocation and
Portfolio Management, Keeping Track of Investments. Investing in Equity – Common
Considerations, Key Measures of Performance, Types of Equity Stocks, Market Globalization and
Foreign Stock, Making the Investment Decision. Investing in Bonds – Benefits of Investing in Bonds,
Bonds Versus Stocks, Basic Issue Characteristics, The Bond Market, Bond Ratings. Investing in
Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) – Concept of Mutual Funds and ETFs, Benefits
of Investing in Mutual Funds or ETFs, Some Important Cost Considerations, Services Offered by
Mutual Funds, Selecting appropriate Mutual Fund and ETF investments, Evaluating the performance
of Mutual Funds and ETF.

148
Unit 4: Investing in Real Estate and Retirement Planning. (9 hours)
Investing in Real Estate – Some Basic Considerations. Modes of Real Estate Investment – Raw Land,
Commercial Properties, Residential Properties, Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs).
Planning for Retirement – Role of Retirement Planning in Personal Financial Planning, Pitfalls to
Sound Retirement Planning, Estimating Income Needs, Sources of Retirement Income.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Billingsley R., Gitman L., & Joehnk M. (2017). Personal Financial Planning. Cengage
Learning.
2. Tillery S., & Thomas N. Tillery. (2017). Essentials of Personal Financial Planning.
Association of International Certified Professional Accountants.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – FINANCE (DSE-7)

DSE 7: SECURITY ANALYSIS & PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practic
al/
Practic
e
Security Analysis and 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Financial
Portfolio Management (DSE Management and
7) Statistics

Learning Objectives
● To provide a conceptual framework for analysis from an investor’s perspective of maximizing
return on investment
● To provide a sound theoretical base with examples and references related to the Indian financial
system.
● To emphasize on understanding of the forces that influence the risk and return of financial
assets and related models and theories.

149
Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Remember the concepts of risk and return, bonds and their valuation, technical and
fundamental analysis, asset pricing and risk return of portfolio.
● Understand the process of calculating risk and return, pricing of bonds along with duration,
valuation of shares along with trading strategies and portfolio risk and return, pricing
research reports and advice of financial firms and brokers.
● Evaluate the best measures of risk and return, bond prices and sensitivity based on other
variables, share valuation models and techniques of arriving at portfolio risk and return.
● Analyse the outcomes of evaluation to choose the best return risk asset, change in bond price
based on changes in interest rate etc., execute buy and sell transactions based on
fundamentals and trends in the respective asset and compare the risk return ratios of various
assets and portfolios so as to choose the optimal portfolio.
● Create trading and investment strategies for maximising returns in the financial markets and
also create a portfolio of investments to achieve the best risk return trade-off.

SYLLABUS DSE 7
Unit 1: Risk–Return Analysis, Bond Valuation & Fundamental Analysis (11 Hours)
Basics of risk and return: concept of returns, application of standard deviation, coefficient of variation,
beta, alpha. Bonds: present value of a bond, yield to maturity, yield to call, yield to put, systematic
risk, price risk, interest rate risk, default risk. Fundamental analysis: EIC framework; Economic
analysis: Leading lagging & coincident macro-economic indicators, Expected direction of movement
of stock prices with macroeconomic variables in the Indian context; Industry analysis: stages of life
cycle, SWOT analysis, Company analysis.

Unit 2: Share Valuation & Technical Analysis (11 Hours)

Share valuation: Dividend discount models – no growth, constant growth, and two stage growth model.
Relative valuation models using P/E ratio, other ratios. Technical analysis: meaning, assumptions,
difference between technical and fundamental analysis; Price indicators – Dow theory, advances and
declines, new highs and lows, circuit filters. Volume indicators – Dow Theory, small investor volumes.
Other indicators – institutional activity, Trends: resistance, support. Technical charts & patterns.
Indicators: moving averages.

Unit 3: Portfolio Analysis and Management (12 Hours)

Portfolio analysis: portfolio risk and return, Markowitz portfolio model: risk and return for 2 and 3
asset portfolios, concept of efficient frontier & optimum portfolio. Market Model: concept of beta,
systematic and unsystematic risk. Investor risk and return preferences: Indifference curves and the
efficient frontier, Traditional portfolio management for individuals: Objectives, constraints, time
horizon, current wealth, tax considerations, liquidity requirements, and anticipated inflation. Asset
allocation: Asset allocation pyramid, investor life cycle approach. Portfolio management services:
Passive – Index funds, systematic investment plans. Active – market timing, style investing.

150
Unit 4 – Asset Pricing Models and Mutual Funds (11 Hours)
Capital asset pricing model (CAPM): Efficient frontier with a combination of risky and risk-free assets.
Assumptions of single period classical CAPM model. Expected return, required return, overvalued and
undervalued assets as per CAPM. Multiple factor models: Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT), APT vs
CAPM. Mutual Funds: Introduction, classification of mutual fund schemes by structure and objective,
advantages and disadvantages of investing through mutual funds. Performance Evaluation of Managed
Funds using Sharpe’s, Treynor’s and Jensen’s measures.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Reilly, F. K. & Brown, K.C. (2012) Analysis of Investments and Management of Portfolios,
(12th edition), Cengage India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Singh, Rohini (2017): Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, (2nd Edition). Excel
Books.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Fischer, D.E. & Jordan, R.J. (2006) Security Analysis & Portfolio Management, (6th edition),
Pearson Education.
2. Ranganathan, M., & Madhumathi, R. (2006). Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management.
Pearson Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – FINANCE (DSE-8)

DSE 8: DIGITAL FINANCE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/
Practice

Digital Finance 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Finance

(DSE 8)

Learning Objectives
● To familiarize learners with the fundamentals of digital finance
● To develop awareness about varied kinds of payments system
● To learn about the emergence of cryptocurrency and blockchain

151
● To learn about the opportunities, challenges and risk management in fintech business

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the nature of the digital revolution in finance
● Develop an insight about the emergence of digital business models, products and services
in the ecosystem
● Develop an insight about the functioning of crypto asset and blockchain
● Analyze the key areas of concern in the operation of fintech business models

SYLLABUS OF DSE 8
Unit 1: Digital Transformation of Finance (11 Hours)
A Brief History of Financial Innovation, Digitization of Financial Services, Introduction to
FinTech & Funds, FinTech Transformation, FinTech Typology, Collaboration between Financial
Institutions and Start-ups. Introduction to Regulation and future of RegTech.
Crowdfunding – Types and functioning of crowdfunding markets, Differences between traditional
funding models and crowdfunding markets, Informational problems in the crowdfunding model.

Unit 2: Payment Systems (11 Hours)

Digitalization of the payment system, The historical evolution of the payment system. Attributes
of a well-functioning payment system, Banks as guarantors of the payment system. New entrants
and new payment models: risks for the banking system. FinTech applications in Banking & Non-
Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs); Insurance; Payments; Lending; Audit; and Compliance.
Electronic Clearing Service (ECS), Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS), National Electronic
Funds Transfer (NEFT), Immediate Payment Service (IMPS), Unified Payments Interface (UPI),
Growth of Digital Payments in India, RBI guidelines on Digital Payments.

Unit 3: Crypto Assets and Blockchains (12 Hours)

Introduction: Crypto an asset for trade and Crypto-currency, Problems with issuers credibility, Fin
Tech & Securities Trading; Cryptocurrencies and its future as currency, blockchain as a registration
mechanism, Functioning of the block chain system. The integration of digital currency and
blockchain and issuers incentive problems; Proptech: FinTech of Real Estate; Possible alternative
uses of blockchain technology in the economy and difficulties in its implementation. Use of bitcoin
in money laundering. The regulatory debate. Introduction of Central Bank Digital Currency
(CBDC). Other Emerging Financial Technologies: Internet of things (IOT) & AR/VR applications.

Unit 4: FinTech, Big Data Analytics and New Financial Business Models (11 Hour)
The use of data in traditional credit decisions, the combination of big data and machine learning
to improve financing decisions. Smart accounts, customized financial products, risk management
and fraud prevention. High frequency trading: opportunities and risks. Digital security, Challenge
of confidentiality, integrity and availability. Digital securities as systemic risk in economy.
Regulations on cybersecurity. Latest developments in field of Digital Finance.

152
Essential/ recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)
1. Lynn, T., Mooney, J. G., Rosati, P., & Cummins, M. (2019). Disrupting finance: FinTech and
strategy in the 21st century. New Delhi: Springer Nature.
2. Beaumont, P. H. (2019). Digital Finance: Big Data, Start-ups, and the Future of Financial
Services. New Delhi: Routledge.

Additional Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. RBI Guidelines on Payment Systems, Crypto Asset and Fintech Business Model
2. Phadke, S. (2020). FinTech Future: The Digital DNA of Finance. New
Delhi: Sage Publications.
3. Maese, V. A., Avery, A. W., Naftalis, B. A., Wink, S. P., & Valdez, Y. D. (2016).
Cryptocurrency: A primer.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

153
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE 1)

GLOBAL MARKETING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Learning Objectives
● This course aims to bring to the fore various cultural and regional variables and their impact
on businesses in the short-term and long-term future.
● It further aims to explore the nuances of international marketing related activities such as
advertising, pricing, supply chain management, market entry, branding and customization etc.
while attempting to bring practical elements into study.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Develop the basic understanding of the factors related to global marketing
● Articulate the various deciding factors at international level which have a significant impact
on international trade and business.
● Identify the Fundamentals of sustainable (profitable) business growth with focus on
international expansion, operating in multiple markets, new business opportunities and market
analysis.
● Comprehend the critical roles of (international pricing, advertising and promotions, policies
for export and international trade, global marketing strategies etc.) in developing a sound
International business relations.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 1

Unit 1: Introduction (9 Hours)
Reasons behind international expansion; types of MNCs; Expatriates and Inpatriates; Stages of
International Exposure; Global Marketing, Using Social Media tools.

Unit 2: International Variables (12 Hours)

154
National-level variables, regional trading blocs; Physical variables, Geographic distance, Grouping of
industries in specific areas/regions, Environment specific impacts, Distribution of Natural Resources;
Cultural Variables, Impact on doing business (Distance, Power, Decision Making, People
Management, Delegation, Corruption, Quality Benchmarks Etc.), Gender biases, Festivals, Buying
Behaviour; PESTEL; Porter’s Diamond Model; Positioning; Protectionism and its impact on
international trade.

Unit 3; International Expansion (12 Hours)

Porter’s Five Forces Model; Ghemawat’s CAGE framework; Globalisation; Demographics and
Segmentation; Assessing Market Potential, How markets behave, Selling in specific markets
(Developed, Developing, Post-Communist); “Right” Market to enter and “Right” Time to enter; What
(mis-selling, outdated products), Where, Why, and How are we selling; Customer needs (of the
new/foreign market); Location of manufacturing facilities; Labelling and Packaging (Export and
Retail); Selling to and in emerging markets; Concerns and issues with available market analysis tools.

Unit 4: International Business (12 Hours)

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Cateora, R. P., & Graham, L. John (2019). International Marketing. Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Joshi, R. M. (2014). International marketing. Oxford University Press.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

155
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE 2)

GEOPOLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL TRADE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Learning Objectives
● This paper aims at providing the learners with a greater understanding of geopolitics, how it
works, and how it can be used to assess the existing capabilities and building of new plans in
terms of foreign policy orientations focusing the deeper trading relations.
● The course covers the key concepts and ideas of geopolitics and engages with the current
dynamics of building new trade partners and trade networks. It enhances the ability to use
geopolitics for the analysis of the social, political and economic dimensions of international
trade.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Recognise the concept of Geopolitics, Geostrategic and Geopolitical theories, various theories
and their implications for and contemporary applications in the field of International Relations
and trade.
● Interpret the linkages among International Relations, Political Science, National Security
policies, History, Political, Geography and Economy.
● Recall some of the major geopolitical actors and activities in the global political and economic
arena and analyse their impact in the distribution of power and wealth.
● Inspect, analyze and understand the political economy of trade and economic cooperation.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 2

156
Network Geopolitics-Social Movements and Armed conflicts, Link between Geopolitics, economics
and investments, Measuring Geopolitical risk.

Unit 2: Geopolitics and International Economic Cooperation (12 Hours)

Unit 3: India & South Asia (12 Hours)

Untapped regional trade integration, political economy of trade. Fall of Kabul – Regional reset,
Potential impact on India’s future plan to reach Central Asian markets, Geopolitical importance of Iran
for India, Trade Potential of Chabaar (Iran) port for India. Shifting trade focus from West to East-
India’s Look East Policy and Geopolitical Gravity in the Indo-Pacific region. India’s Geopolitical ties
with major trade partners-UAE, USA, Saudi Arabia. India and China-From armed conflict to $100
billion trade.

Unit 4: Geopolitics of trade routes (12 Hours)

The Ancient Silk Roads: Historical Perspectives, The Revival of the New Silk Roads by Modern
China, Indo-Pacific and the Maritime Silk Road, China’s Arctic Policy and Polar Silk Road,
Geopolitical and Geo-Economic Patterns of the BRI’s Implementation. Global Paradigm Shift:
Towards a World-Land Bridge. South China Sea and its geostrategic importance for trade.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

157
5. Kumar, R. (2019b). India–china: Changing Bilateral Trade and its effect on economic
growth. The Singapore Economic Review, 67(02), 567–586.
doi:10.1142/s021759081950005x
6. Frandi, Nico. (2019). Paper prepared for the Istituto Affari Internazionali (IAI), May 2019.
“WTO and geopolitical changes. Multilateralism and coalitions of members between crisis,
adaptation to change and rebirth”, published in September 2018.
7. Reinsberg, B., Stubbs, T. & Kentikelenis, A. (2021). Compliance, Defiance, and the
dependency trap: International monetary fund program interruptions and their impact on
Capital Markets. Regulation & Governance, 16(4), 1022–1041.
doi:10.1111/rego.12422
8. Iwanek, K. (2021, September). India Poised to Lose Influence in Afghanistan. The
Diplomat. Retrieved from https://thediplomat.com/2021/09/india-poised-to-lose-influence-
in-afghanistan/
9. Jamal, Umair. (2021, May). Treacherous Triangle: Afghanistan, India, and Pakistan After
US Withdrawal. The Diplomat. Retrieved from
https://thediplomat.com/2021/05/treacherous-triangle-afghanistan-india-and-pakistan-after-
us-withdrawal/
10. Sood, Rakesh. (2021, November). Redefining India’s role in Afghanistan. ORF. Retreived
from https://www.orfonline.org/research/redefining-indias-role-in-afghanistan/
11. Chatterji, S. K. (2020, March 3). Afghanistan geo-strategically important for India; could be
tapped for defence exportsS. Financial Express. Retrieved from
https://www.financialexpress.com/defence/afghanistan-geo-strategically-important-for-
india-could-be-tapped-for-defence-exports/1887297/
12. Kothari, Raj Kumar. (2020). India’s Strategic Interests In Central Asia. World Affairs: The
Journal of International Issues, Vol. 24, No. 1 , pp. 100-117.
13. Rowden, Rick. (2020, December 18). India’s Strategic Interests in Central Asia and
Afghanistan: Go through Iran. New Lines Institute. Retrieved from
https://newlinesinstitute.org/iran/indias-strategic-interests-in-central-asia-and-afghanistan-
go-through-iran/
14. Pant, H.V. and Deb, A. (2017). India-ASEAN Partnership at 25. Observer Research
Foundation (ORF) Issue Brief, Issue No. 189. New Delhi, India

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

158
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-3)

INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND DOCUMENTATION

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Learning Objective
● The objective of this course is to acquaint the learners with the basic concepts of international
trade, India‘s foreign trade policies, export assistance and promotion measures and various
aspects of importing.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
1. Understand the various theories of international trade, role of government in exchange control
and tariff measures.
2. Comprehend the current composition and direction of India’s foreign trade.
3. Evaluate the different measures of export promotion adopted and various schemes launched by
the government of India.
4. Demonstrate the documentation process under international trade as well use of information
technology in international business.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 3

Unit 2: India’s Foreign Trade (12 Hours)

159
Unit 3: Export Assistance in India (12 Hours)
Export assistance and promotion measures- ECGC- import facility- duty drawback- duty exemption
schemes- tax concessions- MAI-MDA-100 percent EOUs SEZs, Export Promotion Councils (EPCS),
Vishesh Krishi and Gram Udyog Yojana (Special Agriculture and Village Industry Scheme
(VYGUY), Focus Market Schemes, Advance Authorisation scheme.

Unit 4: International Documentation (12 Hours)

Processing of an export order – methods of payment- negotiations of export bills- pre and post
shipment export credit – Bank guarantees- types and characteristics of export documents, Procedure
for procurement through imports- Import financing-customs clearance of imports- managing risks
involved in importing, Information Technology in International Business - e procurement, e-
marketing, e- logistics

Essential/recommendation Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Cherunilam, F. International Trade and Export Management. Himalaya Publishing House
2. Agarwal, O.P. & Chaudhuri, B.K. Foreign Trade and Foreign Exchange. Himalaya Publishing
House.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

160
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE 7)

GLOBAL TRADE MANAGEMENT (BARRIERS AND BLOCS)

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lecture Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
l Practice
Global Trade 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Management (Barriers Management and
and Blocs) (DSE 7) Marketing

Learning Objectives
● This course aims to enrich the understanding of learners about the globalization of business in
the setting of new opportunities and threats to governments, firms, and individuals.
● This course attempts to introduce elements of strategy in the way of business in the global
marketplace as it exists today, with an outlook of the future growth and expansion.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Recognise how the economic, political/legal, and financial environments affect international
business operations.
● Interpret international trade theories, international investments, trends toward economic
integration around the world; and how government and business decisions influence
international trade.
● Illustrate the effects of current regional trade agreements and economic integration on
developing countries.
● Judge and implement strategies that will help provide a competitively advantageous position
and differentiate between smaller firms and multinational corporations.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 7

Unit 1: Global Business Environment (9 Hours)
Theories of international business – Mercantilism, Absolute Advantage, Comparative Advantage,
Factor Endowment, Competitive Advantage. National Differences, National Differences under
PESTEL: Culture, Bureaucracy, CSR, Environmental Consciousness and Sustainability. Porter’s
Diamond model of National Competitiveness. Doing business globally; supply chain management;
currency management; raising capital; making payments for internationally traded goods and services;
ease of doing business; marketing across cultures; pricing; costing for internally traded goods and

161
services; dispersed manufacturing; import-export. Introduction to Analytics for global business
operations. Trade hubs. Key regions, companies and countries impacting global trade.
Various businesses and industries operating globally. Global movement of knowledge and unskilled
workers.

Unit 2: Globalization and Free Trade (12 Hours)

Globalization: Meaning, Definition, Features, Advantages and Disadvantages. Challenges to global
operations: Socio–Cultural, Political, Legal and Economic Implications. Globalization and India:
GATT, WTO, Intellectual Property Rights, Industrial promotion schemes such as SEZs and
Atmanirbhar Bharat, TRIPS Agreements, India’s Trade Policy. Globalisation of Indian Businesses.
Concept of global free trade: role of global bodies such as WTO, IMF; ethical issues; biases and
restrictions; global climate agreements; enforcement of global trade pacts and regulations; trade
sanctions; preferential and non-preferential treatments
Trade Blocs and Trade Agreements; introduction, need and relevance; pros and cons. Overview of
major agreements such as NAFTA, TPP, EU, MERCOSUR, OPEC etc. Impact of such blocs and
agreements on strategies for global expansion and global business activities.
Regional Trade Blocks, Preferential Trade Agreements, Free Trade Area, Custom Union, Economic
Union. Entering Developed and Emerging Markets.

Unit 3: International Business Management (9 Hours)

Modes of creating an International Business: Global Strategic Management and Multinational
Enterprises, International business analysis; modes of entry: exporting (direct and indirect), licensing,
franchising, contract manufacturing, management contracts, turnkey projects, Joint ventures,
Mergers and Acquisitions, Foreign direct investment; Comparison amongst different modes of entry.
Emerging markets as a unique segment of international business opportunities; bottom of the pyramid;
need for innovation; unique operational challenges and circumstances.
Challenges to international business operations and trade barriers.

Unit 4: Protectionism and Trade Barriers (12 weeks)

Introduction to Protectionism: history; stages; current scenario. Various types of protectionist
measures: import quotas, tariffs; anti-dumping; bans etc. Protectionist measures since 1945: banana
wars, Japanese companies entering USA and Western Europe; anti-dumping and China; political
issues affecting imports; trade agreements; export restrictions. Barriers affecting the movement of
goods, intellectual property, services and people.
Export driven economies: UK, Germany, USA, Japan, Asian Tigers, Mexico, India, China + Rise of
global manufacturing and outsourcing hubs like Mexico, China, Bangladesh, India, Vietnam, parts of
Eastern Europe - and their experience with trade barriers - solutions and present scenario
Rise of globally relevant trade agreements: relevance, impact on strategies of international business
operations.

162
Current scenario of trade barriers and protectionism.

Essential/recommendation Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Peters, Margaret E. (2017). Trading Barriers:Immigration and the Remaking of Globalization.
(1st edition). Princeton University Press
2. Bhagwati, Jagdish N. (1990). Protectionism. (1st edition). MIT Press
3. Heron, Tony. (2012). Global Political Economy of Trade Protectionism and Liberalization.
(1st edition). Routledge
4. Hill, C.W..L, Hult, G.T.M. & Mehtani, R. (2018). International Business: Competing in the
Global Marketplace. (11th edition). McGraw Hill

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Hahn, Balthasar & Jaeger, Carl. (2010). Trade Liberalization & Protectionism. (1st edition).
Nova Science Publishers
2. Kahanmoui, Farrokh. (2008). Effects of Trade Barriers on Growth. (1st edition). VDM
Verlag
3. Liu, Fang & Peters, Bill. (2011). Green Trade Barriers. (1st edition). Lambert Academic
Publishing
4. Winters, L. Alan. (2011). Non-tariff Barriers, Regionalism And Poverty. (1st edition). World
Scientific Publishing Co.
5. Salvatore, Dominick. (1993). Protectionism and World Welfare. (1st edition). Cambridge
University Press
6. Cherunilam, Francis. (2020). International Business. (1st edition). PHI Learning
7. Justin, Paul. (2013). International Business. (1st edition). PHI Learning
8. USTR, 2021 National Trade Estimate Report on Foreign Trade Barriers. USTR. (Available at
https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/files/reports/2021/2021NTE.pdf)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination

BranchUniversity of Delhi, from time to time

163
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL MANAGEMENT (DSE 8)

GLOBAL SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cre Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
dits course criteria course
Lecture Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
l Practice
Global Supply Chain 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Marketing
Management (DSE 8) and Operations

Learning Objective
● To provide a balanced and integrated perspective of both the foundational principles and
pragmatic, business-oriented functions of SCM.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Define supply chain and its role in organisation.
● Analyse the significance of supply chain strategy in overall business.
● Explain the role of Marketing, Operations, Sourcing and Logistics in supply chain
management.
● Evaluate different methods of forecasting and demand planning and maintaining inventory
management.
● Analyse the importance of quality control through six-sigma and identify how it affects the
sustainability in SCM.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 8

Unit 1: SCM Strategies and Systems (12 Hours)
Introduction To Global Supply Chain Management: Characteristics of a Competitive Supply Chain,
Trends in SCM,; Examples from Different Industries, Services & Continents; Supply Chain Strategy:
Achieving a Competitive Advantage, Building Blocks of Supply Chain Strategy, Supply Chain
Strategic Design, Strategic Considerations, Productivity as a Measure of Competitiveness; Network
and System Design: The Supply Chain System, Designing Supply Chain Networks. Special relevance
of SCM for global operations.

Unit 2: Operations, Sourcing And Logistics (12 Hours)

Customer-Driven Supply Chains, Delivering Value to Customers, Global channels of Distribution;
International operations Management: Product Design, International Process Design, Facility Layout,
Process Automation; International Sourcing: Sourcing and SCM, Measuring Sourcing Performance;

164
Global Logistics: Transportation, Warehousing, Third-Party Logistics (3PL) Providers. Challenges
and advantages of global sourcing.

Unit 3: Forecasting and demand planning (12 Hours)

Role of Forecasting and Demand Planning in SCM: Collaborative Forecasting and Demand Planning,
Bull-whip effect. Role of Inventory Management in SCM: Basics of Inventory Management, Inventory
Systems, Managing Supply Chain Inventory. Lean Systems and Six-Sigma Quality: Lean Production,
Total Quality Management (TQM), Statistical Quality Control (SQC), Six Sigma Quality, The Lean
Six Sigma Supply Chain. Variables affecting globally long supply chains.

Unit 4: Sustainable Supply Chain Management (9 Hours)

Supply Chain Relationship Management: Supplier-Retailer Relationships, The Role of Trust. Global
Supply Chain Management: Global Market Challenges, Global Infrastructure Design, Cost
Considerations, Political and Economic issues. Sustainable Supply Chain Management: Growing trend
in sustainable supply chain operations; Evaluating Sustainability in SCM, Sustainability in Practice.
Role of IT in SCM: Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Tracking; RFID, Digitally networked
planning.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Sanders, N.R. (2017). Supply Chain Management: A Global Perspective. Wiley.
2. Ivanov, D., Tsipoulanidis, A., & Schönberger, J. (2021). Global Supply Chain and Operations
Management. Springer.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Mentzer, J.T., Byers, M.B., & Stank, T.P. (Eds.). (2006). Handbook of Global Supply Chain
Management. Sage.
2. Blanchard, D. (2010). Supply Chain Management Best Practices. Wiley.
3. Branch, A.E. (2017). Global Supply Chain Management and International Logistics.
Routledge.
4. Chopra, S. & Kalra, D.V. (2019). Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and
Operation. Pearson.
5. Handfield, R.B., Monczka, R.M., Giunipero, L.C. & Patterson, J.L. (2011). Sourcing and
Supply Chain Management. Cengage Learning.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

165
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-9)

INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION STRATEGIES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
course criteria course
Lecture Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
l Practice
International Expansion 4 3 1 0 Class XII Concepts of
Strategies (DSE 9) International
Marketing

Learning Objectives
● This course aims to help learners identify and understand the various strategies that companies
can adopt while opting for international expansion.
● This course should also enable the learners to understand the nuances of marketing to a diverse
audience and how to adapt to local operating challenges and local variables like culture and
governance.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Reproduce factors that impact international expansion.
● Interpret and have a deeper understanding of the various strategies companies can adopt while
expanding abroad.
● Organise their knowledge to develop a better understanding of the various challenges that a
company faces in international operations.
● Recognize and articulate strategies and actions to help manage international expansion
challenges and risks.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 9

Unit 1: Introduction (6 Hours)
Reasons behind international expansion; types of MNCs; basic factors to consider while expanding
abroad; Market Analysis tool: Porter’s Five Forces, PESTEL, Porter’s Diamond Model.

Unit 2: International Expansion Choices (15 Hours)

Assessing market potential: Demographics, Segmentation, Market behaviour and operational
challenges.
Tools for assessing market attractiveness: Ghemawat’s CAGE framework, Ghemawat’s AAA
Framework, Ease of Doing Business.

166
Selling in specific markets: Developed, Developing/ Emerging, Post-Communist; “Right” Market to
enter and “Right” Time to enter;
Product and Market Fit: Who, What, Where, Why, and How are we selling; Customer needs (of the
new/foreign market); own capabilities in product development and IP capabilities; Positioning; Market
realities.
Market Entry planning: Operational needs and challenges; Location of manufacturing facilities;
Location of IP development and management facilities; Labelling and Packaging (Export and Retail);
Inport and Export laws and taxes, local business customs and processes, cultural variables and their
impact on doing business locally, business risks.
Balance between local and international operations: Which parts to bring in from abroad and what to
manufacture locally, IP development centres, level of independence of local operations; managing
globally dispersed operations and activities; identifying and adapting to cultural and operational
differences amongst home country and non-home country operations and markets.

Unit 3: International Expansion Strategies (15 Hours)

Strategies: Distributor model; Licencing; Franchising; Joint Ventures; Strategic Alliances; Own
Operations: Mergers, Acquisitions, Green-field and Brown-field expansion.
Challenges: regulatory environment, sops, staffing, export-import regulations and restrictions,
currency conversion, national level variables and advantages, supply chain, infrastructure, financing
and funding, new product development; long-term business risks.

Unit 4: Realities of International Operations (9 Hours)

Global competition: Product Development, E- Commerce, Pricing.
Competition from local players: Protectionism, market understanding, tactics used by local players to
protect their markets, role and relevance of local partners for specific business activities, amount of
resources (raw materials, infrastructure, distribution networks) available in the market, advantages
possessed by local players as compared to international companies.
Sources of competitive advantage for international companies (from outside the new market): Supply
chain, manufacturing facilities; raising resources and finances; operational excellence and practices,
quality partners and vendors.
Managing Risks in International Business operations.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Wild, J.J. and Wild, K.L. (2021). International Business: The Challenges of Globalization. (9th
edition). Pearson.
2. Bartlett, Christopher, A. (2013). Transnational Management: Text and Cases in Cross Border
Management. (7th edition). McGraw-Hill.
3. Hopkins, Raymond A. (2017). Grow Your Global Markets. (1st edition). Apress.

167
4. Cateora, P.R. & Graham, J.L. (2010). International Marketing. (15th edition). Tata McGraw
Hill.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Salwan, P., Daniels, J.D., Radenbaugh, L.H. and Sullivan, D.P. (2016). International
Business. (15th edition). Pearson Education.
2. Peng, M.W. & Srivastava, D.K. (2019). Global Business. (1st edition). Cengage Learning.
3. Keega, W.J.& Green, M.C. (2014). Global Marketing Management. (1st edition). Prentice Hall
India.
4. Muhlbacher, H., Dahringer, L. & Leihs, H. (1999). International Marketing: A Global
Perspective. (2nd edition). Cengage Learning.
5. Joshi, Rakesh M. (2014). International Marketing. (2nd edition). Oxford University Press.
6. Varshney, R.L & Bhattacharya, B. (2015). International Marketing Management: An Indian
Perspective. (1st edition). Sultan Chand & Sons.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

168
COMMON POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE) COURSES

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-1): MANAGEMENT WISDOM FROM INDIA

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course
Course title & Code Credit Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-requisite Department offering
s course y criteria of the course the course
Lectur Tutorial Practical/
e Practice
Management Wisdom From 4 3 1 0 Class XII Concepts of Management Studies
India management
(GE 1)

Learning Objectives
● This course aims to bring management education and research in India in line with its needs
to tackle contemporary challenges
● The course helps learners develop management models that are rooted in India’s spiritual and
cultural ethos.
● This course attempts to highlight innovative uses of Indian Management thought in the
VUCA world of today.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Interpret the various theories, concepts and ideas that constitute ‘received knowledge’ of
Indian Management.
● Learn how to compare and contrast Indian management thought with Western concepts.
● Illustrate ways of how to apply Indian management thought more effectively in an
organisation setting.
● Judge how Indian thoughts help enable growth and development of the self, organisations,
society and environment in the present as well as future context.

SYLLABUS OF GE-1
UNIT- 1: Indian Wisdom (9 hours)
Understand the principles of materialism (abhyudhaya), spiritualism (nisreyasa), nivṛtti (spiritual
contemplation), pravṛtti (worldly duties), coexistence (loka sagraham), cohesion (samanva),
arkashastra (Analysis, Reasoning, Argumentation), Diversity Management (Anekanthavada).
Relevance of Gurukul concepts in modern corporate world - shadowing, mentoring and coaching;
Roots of Indian wisdom - welfare-oriented economy based on moral values. Using Indian wisdom to
solve modern management problems.

169
UNIT- 2: Management Paradigms from Ancient Texts (12 hours)
Relevant concepts: Spiritual dimensions, Karma, Organisation tension, Positive thinking, Integrity,
Leadership, Work Ethic. Management learnings from the Bhagavad Gita. Interpersonal Relations in
Ramayana and Mahabharata. Pauranic Jagruti and Tourism Management. Management principles
from the Guru Granth Sahib. Management learning and Organisational Policies from the Thirukural.
Government administration from Kautilya's Arthasastra. Learnings from a study of Manusmriti.

UNIT- 3: Indian Management Practices (15 hours)

Uniquely Indian business scenarios – population density, crowd behaviour, role of the unorganised
sector in trade and commerce, or cultural issues in business, infrastructure development, public
private partnerships and regulation, how taxation drives business behaviour, logistics management,
saving habits of Indians. Indian business practices- Community-based Business Management
(Chettiars in Tamil Nadu, Marwaris of Rajasthan, Angadias of Gujarat), Indian family business
management, community level success stories- Gupta empire, Gujarati, Marwari, Punjabi traders.
Studying Indian business success stories such as Dabbawallas, Amul, Swachh Bharat, Atmanirbhar
Bharat, PLI scheme initiatives, Indian corporates working abroad, success of Indians as individuals
abroad in domains such as IT, Merchant Navy, Higher Education, Medicine.

UNIT-4: Future for Indian Management Thoughts (9 hours)

Indian models like OSHA, Theory K and Corporate Rishi Model. Management education should be
based on four Ds (decision, direction, determination and dedication) and four Es (explore, experience,
enjoy and excel) in learners. Indian perspectives on sustainability, creativity, interpersonal skills,
business ethics, environment friendly.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Mahadevan, B. (2019). Writings on Gita & Management. (1st edition). Kindle edition.

170
(http://www.iimb.ernet.in/webpage/b‐mahadevan/bhagavad‐gita‐amp‐management)
2. Swami Chinmayananda, (2000). Holy Geeta. (1st edition). Chinmaya Prakashan.
3. Bhattathiri, M.P. (2004). Retrieved from
http://vaikhari.org/downloads/Bhagavad%20Gita%20and%20Management.pdf
4. Houston, D.J. and Cartwright K.E. (2007). Spirituality and Public Service. Public
Administration Review, Jan. – Feb., 2007, 88 – 102.
5. Poole, E. (2007). Organisational Spirituality – A literature review. Journal of Business
Ethics, 84, pp. 577 – 588.
6. Mahadevan, B., (2013). Inspirational Leadership: Perspectives from Gītā. Chapter 13 in
Sanskrit and Development of World Thought, Kutumba Sastry V. (Ed.), D K Print World,
New Delhi, pp 199 ‐ 210.
7. Ehrenfeld, J.R. (2005). The Roots of Sustainability. MIT Sloan Management Review, 46 (2),
pp. 23‐25.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-2:) FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANISATION BEHAVIOR

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course
Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibili Pre- Department offering
course ty requisite the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the
Practice course
Fundamentals of 4 3 1 0 Class None Management Studies
Organisational Behaviour XII
(GE 2)

Learning Objectives
● Explain the concepts in organisational behaviour and discuss how individual
differences—such as personalities, perceptions, and learning affect employee behaviour and
performance.
● Gain practical insight into individual and interpersonal issues facing organizations by
understanding theories and apply the underlying concepts in managing behaviour.
● Develop an understanding of group behaviour, group dynamics and leadership styles.
Devise strategies for effective group management and leadership development.
● Apply the conceptual understanding of organizational level variables which impact
behaviour in organizations in understanding as well as initiating change in organizations.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:

171
● Comprehend the meaning and nature of organizational behaviour. Understand influences
and factors impacting individual behaviour in organizations.
● Enhance understanding of various organizational and interpersonal processes like
motivation, interpersonal transactions, level of trust etc. Compare and contrast various
theories to develop an understanding of their relevance in different organizational situations.
Develop and shape organizational strategies to manage these interpersonal processes.
● Analyse and develop greater insight into the behaviour of individuals in groups/teams in
organizations and handle group behaviour and leadership issues in organizations.
● Apply the understanding of organizational dynamics in terms of power; conflict etc. in
managing interpersonal behaviour. Evaluate organizational requirements and create
interventions

UNIT- 2: Motivation and Interpersonal Relations (12 hours)

Motivation: Concepts and their application, Content theories (Maslow and Herzberg’s Theories);
Process theories (Expectancy theory). Managing Interpersonal Relationships; Transactional
Analysis; Ego states, Types of Transactions, Importance of Transactional Analysis. Johari window.

UNIT- 3: Group Processes and Leadership at Work (12 hours)

Leadership: Trait Approach, Behavioural theories (Ohio and Michigan State Studies, and Blake &
Mouton’s Managerial grid), and Concept of Situational/Contingency approach to Leadership.
Groups: Definition Stages of Group Development, Group Processes-Group Cohesiveness.

UNIT-4: Organisational Dynamics of Politics, Conflict and Change (9 hours)

Organisational Power: Concept, Sources of Power, Tactics to gain power in Organizations. Conflict:
Concept, Sources, Types, Stages of conflict, Management of conflict. Organisational Change:
Concept, Resistance to change, managing resistance to change, Implementing Change.

Essential/recommended readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

172
3. Mcshane, S.L., Von Glinow, M.A., and Sharma, R.R. (2009). Organizational
Behaviour. New Delhi. McGraw-Hill (Special Indian Education).
4. Singh. K. (2010). Organizational Behaviour-Text and Cases. (3rd Edition) New Delhi.
Pearson Education
5. Aswathappa, K. (2005). Organizational Behaviour.Himalaya Publishing House,
Mumbai.
6. Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R.W. (2009). Organizational Behaviour-Managing People
and Organizations (4th Edition). Houghton Miffin Company-New York.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-3): FINANCE FOR NON FINANCE EXECUTIVES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cred Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre- Department
its course y requisite offering the course
Lectur Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the
e Practice course
Finance for Non-Finance 4 3 1 0 Class None Management
Executives (GE 3) XII Studies

Learning Objective
● To familiarise non finance executives with the essentials of finance and investments.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand Investment Environment and concept of Return & Risk.
● Analyse bond valuation & role of credit rating agencies.
● Examine equity analysis approaches.
● Understand two securities portfolios using the Harry Markowitz model and
understand CAPM.
● Familiarise with Investors’ protection framework.

SYLLABUS OF GE-3
Unit 1: Introduction to Finance (10 hours)
Introduction to Financial Management: Concept and Importance of Finance Function, Objectives of

173
Financial Management, Financial Decisions and their Risk-Return Trade-off. Time Value of Money
– Concept and Rationale, Compounding & Discounting to obtain Future and Present values. Types
of Risks and Returns. Sources of Finance.

Unit 2: Investment Decisions (12 hours)

Unit 3: Financing Decisions (12 hours)

Cost of Capital: Concept, Cost of Debt Capital, Cost of Preference Share Capital, Cost of Equity
Share Capital, Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC). Leverage Analysis: Meaning of
Leverage; Operating Leverage, Financial Leverage, and Combined Leverage. Capital Structure
(Theory only): Concept, Factors affecting Capital Structure, Capital Structure Theories: Net Income
Approach, Net Operating Income Approach, and Traditional Approach.

Unit 4: Dividend Decisions and Working Capital Management (11 hours)

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Chandra, P. (2022). Financial Management – Theory and Practice. (11th ed.). Tata McGraw
Hill.
2. Tripathi, V. (2023). Fundamentals of Investments (6th ed.). Taxmann.
3. Hawawini, G., & Viallet, C. (2008). Finance for Non-Finance Managers. Cengage Learning.
4. Siciliano, G. (2014). Finance for Nonfinancial Managers, 2nd ed. (Briefcase Books Series) .
McGraw-Hill.

174
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-4): WEALTH MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cr Credit distribution of Eligibili Pre- Department offering the
edi the course ty requisite course
ts Lect Tutori Practical/ criteria of the
ure al Practice course
Wealth Management (GE 4) 4 3 1 0 Class None Management Studies
XII

Learning Objective
● To familiarise learners with the essential concepts and fundamentals of financial investments.
The course will enable them to understand and make informed choice about the various
available financial investment alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Provide an overview of various aspects related to wealth management.
● Understand the fundamentals of financial investments and the investment decision process.
● Able to compute various measures of risk and return, and understand their role for
evaluating investments.
● Understand and carry out security analysis using different approaches.
● Learn basic approaches to managing portfolios.

SYLLABUS OF GE-4
Unit 1: Basics of Wealth Management and Investments (9 hours)
Introduction to Wealth Management, Need for Wealth Management, Components of Wealth
Management, Process of Wealth Management. Concept of Investment, Financial Investment Vs. Real
Investment, Investment Vs. Speculation, Objectives or Features of Investment, Risk Return Trade
Off, Investment Environment – Overview of Securities Market and Different Types of Financial
Investment. Investment Decision Process, Direct Investing Vs Indirect Investing, Approaches to
Investing – Active Vs Passive.

Unit 2: Risk – Return Analysis (12 hours)

Concepts of Return and Risk, Types of Return (their calculation & utility): Absolute Return, Average

175
Return, Expected Return, Holding Period Return, Effective Annualised Return, Portfolio Return,
Risk-Adjusted Return. Causes (or Sources) and Types of Risk – Systematic and Unsystematic Risk,
Components of Systematic and Unsystematic Risk. Calculation of Total, Systematic and
Unsystematic Risk. Impact of Taxes and Inflation on Investment – Computation of Post Tax and Real
Returns.

Unit 3: Security Analysis (12 hours)

Approaches to Security Analysis – Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis, and Efficient Market
Hypothesis (EMH). Fundamental Analysis – EIC Framework, Economic Analysis, Industry
Analysis, and Company Analysis. Technical Analysis – Basic Tenets of Technical Analysis, Tool of
Technical Analysis – Charts, and Technical Indicators, Limitations of Technical Analysis. Difference
between Fundamental Analysis and Technical Analysis.

Unit 4: Portfolio Management & Estate Planning (12 hours)

Traditional portfolio management for individuals: Objectives, constraints, time horizon, current
wealth, tax considerations, liquidity requirements, and anticipated inflation. Asset allocation: Asset
allocation pyramid, investor life cycle approach. Portfolio management services: Passive – Index
funds, systematic investment plans. Active – market timing, style investing. Portfolio Analysis –
Portfolio Risk and Portfolio Return. Estate Planning – Fundamentals of Estate Planning, Impact of
Property Ownership and Beneficiary Designations, Estate Planning Documents, and Executing Basic
Estate Planning.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Billingsley, R., Gitman, L. J., & Joehnk, M. D. (2020). Personal Financial Planning. (15th
ed.). Cengage Learning.
2. Tillery, S., & Tillery, T. (2018). Essentials of Personal Financial Planning (1st ed.). Wiley.
3. Singh, R. (2017). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (2nd ed.). Excel Books.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

176
GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-5): FUNDAMENTALS OF MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite Department offering
course criteria of the course the course
Lectur Tutori Practical/
e al Practice
Fundamentals of Marketing 4 3 1 0 Class XII None Management Studies
Management
(GE 5)

Learning Objectives
● To introduce the nature, scope, and importance of marketing and its evolution over time.
● To explain the core marketing concepts and the various company orientations.
● To explain the various product decisions, including the product life cycle, product
classification, product line decision, product mix decision, branding decisions, packaging and
labeling.
● To understand the various pricing methods and determinants of price, as well as promotion
decisions and marketing channel decisions.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Learners will be able to understand the nature, scope, and importance of marketing and its
evolution over time.
● Learners will be able to explain the core marketing concepts and the various company
orientations.
● Learners will be able to identify and analyze the various factors affecting the marketing
environment in the Indian context.
● Learners will be able to apply the concepts of segmentation, targeting, and positioning to
develop effective marketing strategies.
● Learners will be able to make informed decisions regarding product decisions, including the
product life cycle, product classification, product line decision, product mix decision, branding
decisions, packaging and labeling.
● Learners will be able to analyze the various pricing methods and determinants of price, as well
as promotion decisions and marketing channel decisions, to develop effective marketing
strategies.
● Learners will be able to develop marketing strategies for service firms based on an
understanding of the unique characteristics of services.

177
concept, Holistic marketing concept. Marketing Environment: Demographic, Economic, Political,
Legal, Socio cultural, Technological environment (Indian context); Portfolio approach – Boston
Consulting Group (BCG) matrix.

Unit 2: Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning and Product Decisions (12 hours)
Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning: Concept; Levels of Market Segmentation, Basis for
Segmenting Consumer Markets; Product decisions: Concept of Product Life Cycle (PLC), PLC
marketing strategies, Product Classification, Product Line Decision, Product Mix Decision, Branding
Decisions, Packaging & Labelling.

Unit 3: Pricing, Promotion and Marketing Channel Decisions (12 hours)

Pricing Decisions: Determinants of Price, Pricing Methods (Non-mathematical treatment), Adapting
Price. Promotion Decisions: Factors determining promotion mix, Promotional Tools – Fundamentals
of advertisement, Sales Promotion, Public Relations & Publicity and Personal Selling. Marketing
Channel Decision: Channel functions, Channel Levels, Types of Intermediaries: Wholesalers and
Retailers.

Unit 4: Marketing of Services (9 hours)

Marketing of Services: unique characteristics of services, marketing strategies for service firms – 7Ps.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

● Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., Agnihotri, P. Y., & Ul Haq, E. (2019). Principles of marketing:
A South Asian perspective. Pearson.
● Kotler, P., & Keller, K. L. (2015). Marketing management (15th ed.). Pearson.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

● Ramaswamy, V.S. & Namakumari, S.: Marketing Management: Global Perspective –
Indian Context, Macmillan Publishers India Limited.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

GENERIC ELECTIVES (GE-6): DYNAMICS OF START UPS

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-requisite Department
course y of the course offering the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course
Practice
Dynamics of Start Ups 4 3 1 0 Class None Management
(GE 6) XII Studies

Learning Objectives
● Understand the concept of entrepreneurship, its different types, and the qualities required to
become a successful entrepreneur.

178
● Explore the significance of innovation, creativity, and the role they play in the development
and growth of new ventures, particularly in the Indian context.
● Identify and evaluate business opportunities, employing various techniques such as idea
generation, selection, and implementation.
● Conduct feasibility analysis, encompassing marketing, technical, and financial aspects, to
determine the viability of a new venture.
● Gain knowledge of resource mobilization strategies, including different types of resources
and various sources of financing, for successful entrepreneurship. Additionally, comprehend
the government initiatives and support available for entrepreneurs in India, along with the
mechanisms for scaling up and exiting a business.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept of entrepreneurship and differentiate between different types of
entrepreneurs. (Knowledge)
● Apply innovative and creative thinking to identify and evaluate business opportunities for
start-ups. (Application)
● Assess the feasibility of a new venture through comprehensive analysis of marketing,
technical, and financial factors. (Analysis)
● Develop strategies for resource mobilization and financing options for entrepreneurship.
(Synthesis)
● Evaluate the challenges, government initiatives, and support systems associated with
scaling up and exiting a business. (Evaluation)

SYLLABUS OF GE-6

Unit 1: Entrepreneurship Journey (9 hours)

Meaning of entrepreneur, types of entrepreneurs, making of an entrepreneur, role of innovation and
creativity for start-ups, start-up opportunities, creativity: role of creative thinking in development and
growth of new venture in India. Challenges in starting start-ups.
Unit 2: Business Setup (12 hours)
Characteristics of opportunity, where to look for opportunities, from identification to evaluation,
forms of ownership and suitability, different modes of generating ideas, identification of
opportunities: idea generation, selection and implementation, search for new ideas: techniques for
generating ideas: scamper, brainstorming, mind mapping, storyboarding, role playing. Entry
strategies: new product, franchising, buying an existing firm.
Unit 3: Feasibility and Resource Mobilisation (15 hours)
Feasibility analysis: marketing, technical and financial feasibility analysis, industry and competition
analysis, assessing new venture, economic environment and socio-economic feasibility of the
venture. Resource mobilization for entrepreneurship: what is resource, resources mobilization, types
of resources, process of resource mobilization, sources of financing.

179
Unit 4: Scaling-up of Business and Entrepreneurship Ecosystem (9 hours)
Scaling ventures – preparing for change, harvesting mechanism and exit strategies, managing
growth, reasons for new venture failures, the entrepreneurial ecosystem, business incubators,
entrepreneurship in India. Government initiatives, government grant and subsidies.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Hisrich, R. D., Peters, M. P., & Shepherd, D. A. (2021). Entrepreneurship (11th ed.).
McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Kuratko, D. F., & Hodgetts, R. M. (2020). Entrepreneurship: Theory, process, and practice
(11th ed.). Cengage Learning.
3. Barringer, B. R., & Ireland, R. D. (2019). Entrepreneurship: Successfully launching new
ventures (6th ed.). Pearson.
4. Spinelli, S., Adams, R. J., & Timmons, J. A. (2018). New venture creation: Entrepreneurship
for the 21st century (11th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
5. Zimmerer, T. W., Scarborough, N. M., & Wilson, D. (2018). Essentials of entrepreneurship
and small business management (9th ed.). Pearson.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Barringer, B. R., & Ireland, R. D. (2019). Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New
Ventures (6th ed.). Pearson.
2. Hisrich, R. D., Peters, M. P., & Shepherd, D. A. (2020). Entrepreneurship (11th ed.).
McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Kuratko, D. F., & Hodgetts, R. M. (2017). Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process, and Practice
(10th ed.). Cengage Learning.
4. Morris, M. H., Kuratko, D. F., & Covin, J. G. (2019). Corporate Entrepreneurship &
Innovation (4th ed.). Cengage Learning.
5. Timmons, J. A., Spinelli, S., & Zacharakis, A. (2018). New Venture Creation:
Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century (11th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

180
SEMESTER-VI
BACHELOR IN MANAGEMENT STUDIES

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 16: BUSINESS STRATEGIES

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibilit Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ y criteria course
Practice (if any)
Business Strategies 4 3 1 0 Class XII Concepts of
(DSC 16) management and
functional areas of
management

Learning Objectives
● Familiarising learners with concepts of strategy formulation and implementation.
● Develop skills for strategic thinking and analysis, leadership, communication, teamwork,
and cross functional integration.

Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:

● Recognize the nature and dynamics of strategy formulation and implementation processes
at corporate and business level.
● Inspect the internal and external environments in which businesses operate and assess their
significance for strategic planning.
● Use their understanding of different strategic options to tackle business situations
● Predict strategic issues and design appropriate courses of action.

SYLLABUS OF DSC 16

Unit 1: Introduction to Business Policy and Strategy (3 hours)

Nature & importance of business policy & strategy; Introduction to the strategic management
process and related concepts; Characteristics of corporate, business & functional level strategic
management decisions; Company’s vision and mission.

Unit 2: Environmental Analysis & Diagnosis (12 hours)

Analysis of company’s external environment; Michael E. Porter’s 5 Forces model; Internal
analysis, Importance of organisation capabilities, competitive advantage and core competence;
Michael E. Porter’s Value Chain Analysis, Porter’s Diamond Theory of National Advantage.

Unit 3: Formulation of Competitive Strategies (15 hours)

Porter’s generic competitive strategies, implementing competitive strategies - offensive &
defensive moves; formulating Corporate Strategies – Introduction to strategies of growth, stability
and renewal, types of growth strategies – concentrated growth, product development, integration,
diversification, international expansion (multi domestic approach, franchising, licensing and joint

181
ventures), CAGE distance framework, Types of renewal strategies – retrenchment and
turnaround. Introduction to Merger & Acquisitions.

Unit 4: Strategic Analysis and Choice (15 hours)

Strategic gap analyses; portfolio analyses – BCG, GE, product market evolution matrix,
experience curve, life cycle portfolio matrix, grand strategy selection matrix; behavioural
considerations affecting choice of strategy; impact of structure, culture & leadership on strategy
implementation; functional strategies & their link with business level strategies; introduction to
strategic control & evaluation.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Pearce, J.A., & Robinson, R.B. (2017). Strategic Management: Formulation

Implementation and Control. (12th edition). McGraw Hill Education.
2. Kazmi, A., & Kazmi, A. (2020). Strategic Management and Business Policy. (5th
edition). McGraw Hill Education.
3. Thompson, A.A., & Strickland, A.J. (2001). Strategic Management: Concepts and
Cases. Irwin/McGraw-Hill.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Thompson, A.A., Strickland, A. J., & Gamble, J. E. (2005). Crafting and Executing
Strategy: The Quest for Competitive Advantage: Concepts and Cases. (no edition).
Irwin/McGraw-Hill.
2. Porter, M.E. (2004). Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior
Performance. (Export edition). The Free Press.
3. Rao, P.S. (2017). Business Policy and Strategic Management. (2nd edition). Himalaya
Publishing House.
4. Wheelen, T.L., Hunger, J.D., Hoffman, A.N., & Bamford, C.E. (2017). Concepts in
Strategic Management and Business Policy: Globalization, Innovation and Sustainability.
(Global Edition). Pearson Higher Ed.
5. Kachru, U. (2017). Strategic Management. (2nd edition). McGraw Hill Education
6. Kim, W. C., & Mauborgne, R. (2005). Blue Ocean Strategy: From Theory to Practice.
California Management Review, 47(3), 105–121. https://doi.org/10.2307/41166308́
7. Prahalad, C.K., & Hamel, G. (1999). The Core Competence of the Corporation. In
Elsevier eBooks (pp. 41–59). https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-7506-7088-3.50006-1
8. Ghemawat, P., & Rivkin, J. W. (2006). Creating competitive advantage. (1st edition)
Harvard Business School Pub.
9. Clark, T., & Porter, M.W. (1991). The Competitive Advantage of Nations. Journal of
Marketing, 55(4), 118. https://doi.org/10.2307/1251962
10. Ghemawat, P. (1986). Sustainable Advantage. (1st edition). Harvard Business Review.
11. Ghemawat, P. (2001). Distance still matters. The hard reality of global expansion.
PubMed, 79(8), 137–7, 162. Retrieved from https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11550630

182
12. Prahalad, C.K., & Hart, S.L. (2010). The fortune at the bottom of the pyramid. Revista
Eletrônica De Estratégia E Negócios, 1(2), 1. https://doi.org/10.19177/reen.v1e220081-23
13. Levitt, T. (1983). The Globalization of Markets. Harvard Business Review, 61(3), 92–
102. Retrieved from
http://academic.udayton.edu/JohnSparks/tools/readings/globalization%20of%20markets.p
df

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 17: FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MARKETS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Cred Credit distribution of the Eligibility criteria Pre-requisite of the
its course course
Lectur Tutor Practical (if any)
e ial /
Practice
Financial Institutions 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
and Markets (DSC 17)

Learning Objectives
● To apprise the learners about identification and understand the structure and functioning of
the Indian financial system and major institutions, such as RBI, SEBI, IRDA.
● To provide a conceptual framework of different types of financial markets in India, such as
money market, capital market, and foreign exchange market.
● To provide the key concepts and ideas of capital markets in India, including
demutualization of stock exchanges, trading of securities, and construction of Indian stock
indices.
● To enrich the understanding of learners about the money market and capital market
instruments.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Structure of the Indian financial system and describe major reforms, such as payment banks,
GST, innovative remittance services, and insolvency and bankruptcy code.
● Compare and contrast various regulatory institutions in India, including their roles and
functions.
● Analyse the role of commercial banks, non-banking financial companies (NBFCs), and core
banking solution (CBS) in the Indian financial system.
● Evaluate the importance of financial markets in India, including their types, linkages with
the economy, and integration with global financial markets.
● Remember the role of money and debt markets in India, including segments, participants,
and different types of securities.

183
SYLLABUS OF DSC 17
Unit 1: Indian Financial System and major Institutions (12 hours)
Structure of Indian Financial System: An overview of the Indian financial system, major reforms
in the last decade: Payment banks, GST, innovative remittance services, Insolvency and
Bankruptcy code. Regulatory Institutions in India: RBI, SEBI, IRDA, PFRDA. Commercial
Banking: Role of Banks, NPA, Risk Management in Banks. Universal Banking: need and
importance, Core banking solution (CBS), NBFCs and its types; comparison between Banks
and NBFCs.

Unit 2: Financial Markets in India (9 hours)

Introduction to Financial Markets in India: Role and Importance of Financial Markets, Types of
Financial Markets: Money Market; Capital Market; Linkages Between Economy and Financial
Markets, Integration of Indian Financial Markets with Global Financial Markets, Primary
Market: Instruments, book building process (numerical). Merchant Bank: role and types, Mutual
Fund: types of Mutual Funds and different types of schemes. Corporate Listings: Listing and
Delisting of Corporate Stocks, Foreign Exchange Market: Introductory, only Conceptual.

Unit 3: Capital Market in India (12 hours)

Introduction to Stock Markets, Regional and Modern Stock Exchanges, International Stock
Exchanges, Demutualization of exchanges, Indian Stock Indices and their construction. Major
Instruments traded in stock markets: Equity Shares, Debentures,
Exchange Traded Funds. Trading of securities on a stock exchange; Selection of broker, capital
and margin requirements of a broker, MTM and VAR Margins (with numerical), kinds of
brokers, opening of an account to trade in securities, DEMAT System, placing an order for
purchase/sale of shares, contract note and settlement of contracts, Commodity Markets –
Structure.

Unit 4: Money Markets & Debt Markets in India (12 hours)

Money Market: Meaning, role and participants in money markets, Segments of money markets,
Call Money Markets, Repos and reverse Repo concepts, Treasury Bill Markets, Certificate of
Deposit and Commercial Paper (with numerical). Debt Market: Introduction and meaning,
Primary Market for Corporate Securities in India: Issue of Corporate Securities, Secondary
market for government/debt securities (NDS-OM), Auction process (with Numerical),
Corporate Bonds vs. Government Bonds. Retail Participation in Money and Debt Market-RBI
Retail Direct platform.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Saunders, A., & Cornett, M. M. (2007). Financial markets andInstitutions. Tata
McGraw Hill.
2. Khan, M. Y.Financial services(10th ed). McGraw-Hill Education.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

184
1. Madura, J. (2008). Financial Institutions and markets, Cengage learning EMEA.
2. Kohn, M. G. (2004). Financial Institutions and markets. Oxford University Press.
3. Fabozzi, F. J., Modigliani, Franco, & Capital Markets. (2005). Institutions and markets,
prentice hall of India, New Delhi (3rd ed)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE – 18: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
ts course criteria requisite
Lectur Tutoria Practical/ of the
e l Practice course
(if any)
Operations Management (DSC 4 3 1 0 Class XII None
18)

Learning Objectives
● To familiarize learners with the fundamentals of Operations Management and develop
awareness about its interface with other managerial functions.
● Enable learners to learn about production processes and associated quantitative techniques
instrumental in the management of operations.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the importance of Operations Management to develop organizational
competitiveness and processes.
● Appreciate the role of forecasting in the setting up of operations.
● Study about the factors that help to decide about the location and capacity of a
production/service facility.
● Analyze the impact of changes in demand, lead time, order quantity on inventory levels
● Develop a forecasting model to cater to the unique requirement of an organization
● Develop an insight about the various options in relation to a production/service
layout plan and techniques used therein.

SYLLABUS OF DSC 18
Unit 1: Introduction to Operations Management (12 hours)
Definition, need, key decisions in OM, Operations as key functional area in an organization;
Operations Strategies: Definition, relevance and Process of strategy formulation. Lean
production: Definition of lean production, Lean demand, Pull logic, waste in operations, 2-card
Kanban Production Control system.

185
Unit 2: Forecasting and Inventory Management (12 hours)
Forecasting: Meaning, Significance and Limitations, types, qualitative (grass roots, market
research and Delphi method) and quantitative approach (simple moving average method,
weighted moving average and single exponential smoothing method), forecast error, MAD,
Forecasting in relation to services. Inventory: Introduction, Types of Inventories, Costs
Associated with Inventory, Selective Inventory control Techniques- ABC, VED, FNSD, XYZ;
Inventory Model: Deterministic Models – Finite and Infinite Replenishment, Price Break
Quantity Discount Models.

Unit 3: Scheduling and Layout Planning (12 hours)

Process Selection: Definition, Characteristics that influence the choice of alternative processes
(volume and variety), Type of processes- job shop, batch, mass and continuous processes.
Scheduling: Operation scheduling, Goals of short-term scheduling, Job sequencing (FCFS, SPT,
EDD, LPT, CR) & Johnson’s rule on two machines, Gantt charts, Processing n jobs through 3
machines, Processing n jobs through k machines. Layout planning, Benefits of good layout,
importance, different types of layouts (Process, Product, Group technology and Fixed position
layout). Assembly line balancing by using LOT rule.

Unit 4: Location and Capacity Planning (9 hours)

Facility Location: Objective, factors that influence location decision, Location evaluation
methods – factor rating method, centre of gravity method, Analytical Hierarchical Process.
Capacity planning: Definition, input and output measures of capacity; types of capacity planning
over time horizon; Decision trees analysis for capacity planning.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Mahadevan, B. (2015). Operations management: Theory and practice. Pearson Education
India.
2. Jay, H. and Barry, R. (2017). Operations Management: Sustainability and Supply Chain
Management, 12th ed. Pearson Education India.
3. Jacobs, F.R., Chase, R.B. & Ravi Shankar. (2018). Operations and Supply Chain
Management, 14th ed. McGraw Hill Education India.
4. Swarup, K., Gupta, P. K. & Manmohan. (2010). Operations Research, 19th ed. Sultan
Chand & Sons.
5. Kapoor, V.K. (2020). Operations Research: Quantitative Techniques for Management,
9th ed. Sultan Chand & Sons.
6. Sharma, J.K. (2017). Operations Research: Theory and Applications, 6th ed. Trinity
7. Russell, R. S., & Taylor, B. W. (2019). Operations and supply chain management, 10th
ed. John Wiley & Sons.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

186
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-4)

DSE 4: INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-
ts course criteria requisite of
Lectur Tutoria Practical/ the course
e l Practice (if any)
Integrated Marketing 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Communication (DSE 4) marketing

Learning Objectives
● To equip the learners with knowledge about the nature, purpose and complex construction
in the planning and execution of an effective Integrated Marketing Communications
(IMC) program.
● To explore the learners about various tools of IMC and the importance of coordinating
them for an effective marketing communications program.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:

● Understand the purpose and importance of IMC and Social and ethical aspects of IMC.
● Develop the creative aspects of advertising and media strategy.
● Analyse the concepts of the choice of different elements of IMC
● Evaluate the effectiveness of the promotional program, Social and Cultural
consequences, Economic effects of advertising.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 4
Unit 1: Introduction to IMC and the Communications Process (9 Hours)
Evolution of IMC and reasons for its growth, promotional tools for IMC, IMC Planning Process,
Role of IMC in Marketing Process, Communication Process; Traditional & Alternative Response
Hierarchy models. Setting objectives for the IMC Program, Establishing and Allocation of
Promotional budget. Social and ethical aspects of IMC.
Unit 2: Creative and Media Strategy (12 Hours)
The Creative Process, Inputs to the Creative Process, Advertising Appeals, Media planning and
scheduling; Key factors influencing media planning; Media decisions: media class, media vehicle
& media option; introduction to broadcast, print, support media; Digital and Social media
marketing.

Unit 3: Others Tools of IMC (12 Hours)

Evaluating Sales Promotion, Direct Marketing, Interactive Marketing, Public Relations & Personal

187
Selling: Objectives and Types of Direct Marketing, Advantages and Disadvantages of Direct
Marketing, Objectives of Interactive Media Marketing, Measures of Effectiveness on Internet,
Advantages and Disadvantages of Internet, Growth of Sales Promotions, Types of Sales
Promotions: Consumer and Trade Promotions, Process, Advantages and Disadvantages of Public
Relations, Publicity: Advantages and Disadvantages, Nature, Advantages and Disadvantages of
Personal Selling.

Unit 4: Measuring Effectiveness of the Promotional Program & Evaluating Social, Ethical
and Economic Aspects (12 Hour)
Measuring Effectiveness: Arguments for and against, Advertising Research – What, When,
Where & How, Testing Process. Advertising and Promotion Ethics, Advertising and Children,
Social and Cultural Consequences – Stereotypes, Economic Effects of Advertising.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Belch, G. E., Belch, M. A., & Purani, K. (2021). SIE Advertising and promotion : an
integrated marketing communications perspective, (12th ed). McGraw-Hill Education
2. Batra, R., Myers, J.G., & Aaker, D.A. (2002). Advertising Management. (5th ed).
Prentice Hall India.
3. Moriarty, S., Mitchell, N, Wells, W. D., & Wood, C.(2021). Advertising & IMC-
Principles & Practice.(11th ed). Prentice Hall.
4. Kazmi, H.H.& Batra, S. K. (2008). Advertising and Sales Promotion. (3rd ed). Excel
books.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Russel, R., Lane, J., & Thomas. W. (2002). Kleppner’s Advertising Procedure. (15th
ed). Pearson Custom Publishing.
2. Clow, K. E., & Baack, D. (2017). Integrated Advertising, Promotion and Marketing
Communication. (8th ed). Prentice Hall.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

188
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-5)

DSE 5: BRAND MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
course criteria the course
Lecture Tutori Practica (if any)
al l/
Practice
Brand Management 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSE 5) marketing

Learning Objectives
● To attain a comprehensive knowledge on the subject of brands, brand equity and brand
management
● Develop understanding of design and implementation of marketing programs to build and
manage brand equity.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 5
Unit 1: Introduction to Brand Management (12 Hours)
Brand –Meaning, Definition, Evolution of Brands, Functions of Brand for a consumer, Role of
Brand- Advantages of a Brand, Brand Versus Product, Branding- Meaning, Creation of Brands
through goods, services, people, organization, retail stores, places, online, entertainment, ideas.
Branding Challenges and Opportunities, Brand Management – Meaning & Definition. Strategic
Brand Management Process – Steps in Brand Management Process.

Unit 2: Developing Brand Equity (9 Hours)

Customer Based Brand Equity, Brand Equity: Meaning and Sources, Steps in Building Brands,
Brand building blocks-Resonance, Judgments, Feelings, performance, imagery, salience- Brand
Building Implications. Positioning, Dimensions of brand identity, Brand identity prism, Brand
positioning – Meaning, Point of parity & Point of difference, Positioning guidelines Brand Value:
Definition, Core Brand values, Brand mantras, Internal branding.

189
Unit 3: Developing Brand Elements (9 Hours)
Choosing Brand Elements to Build Brand Equity: Criteria for choosing brand elements, options
& tactics for brand elements - Brand name, Naming guidelines, Naming procedure, Awareness,
Brand Associations, Logos & Symbols & their benefits, Characters & Benefits, Slogans &
jingles, Packaging. Designing Marketing Programs to build Brand Equity: New perspectives on
Marketing, Product Strategy, Pricing Strategy and Channel Strategy. Leveraging Secondary
Brand Associations to build Brand Equity: Conceptualising the leveraging Concept, Company,
Country of Origin, Channels of Distribution, Co-Branding, Licensing, Celebrity Endorsements,
Sporting, Cultural and Other Events.

Unit 4: Managing Brand Overtime (12 Hours)

Brand Extension: Meaning, Types, Needs, Advantages & Disadvantages. Consumer – brand
relationships Understanding how consumers evaluate brand extensions, evaluating brand extension
opportunities. Strategic alliances, brand portfolios, global branding: Geographic extension, sources
of opportunities for global brand, single name to global brand, consumers & globalization,
condition and brand repositioning/revitalization.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Keller, K.L., Parameswaran, Ambi M.G., & Jacob, I. (2016). Strategic Brand Management,
Building, Measuring & Managing Brand Equity. 4th edition. Pearson.
2. Verma, H. V. (2007). Brand Management: Text and Cases. 2nd edition. Excel Books
India.
3. Kapferer, J.N. The New Strategic Brand Management –Advanced Insights and
StrategicThinking. (5th ed.). London: Kogan Page.
4. Sengupta, S. (2004). Brand Positioning: Strategies for Competitive Advantage. 2nd
edition. McGrawHill Higher Education.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Kapferer, J. (2012). The New Strategic Brand Management: Advanced Insights and
Strategic Thinking. 5th edition. Kogan Page Publishers

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

190
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-6)

DSE 6: SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite
Practice of the
course
(if any)
Sales and Distribution 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics
Management (DSE 6) of
marketin
g

Learning Objective
● To understand the evolution of sales management and its importance in modern day
business.
● To understand the overall sales management process and various theories of selling.
● To understand actual means of distribution and it’s management
● To understand and analyze the Logistics management

SYLLABUS OF DSE 6
Unit 1 (9 Hours)
Introduction to Sales Management: Evolution of sales management. Nature, role and importance.
Types of personal selling. Types of selling, Selling skills and situations. Modern day sales
activity. Emerging trends in sales management. Theories of Selling: AIDAS theory of selling,
Right set of circumstances theory of selling, buying formula theory of selling, Behavioral
equation theory of selling.

Unit 2 (12 Hours)

Sales management process (Selling process), Buyer seller dyads, Management of Sales Territory
& Sales Quotas: Introduction, Sales territory, size of sales territory, allocation of sales territory,
designing of sales territory. Introduction to sales quotas, procedures of setting quotas, types of
sales quotas, methods and problems in setting sales quotas, sales control and analysis.

191
Unit 3 (12 Hours)
Distribution Management: Introduction, Distribution channels: why are they required, activities
that a typical distribution channel performs, valuation enhancement through the distribution
function, distribution channel strategy, distribution channel management. Designing customer-
oriented channel, capturing customer requirement, conducting cost analysis, Case study.

Unit 4 (9 Hours)
Customer-Oriented Logistics Management – Managing channel member behaviour: Introduction,
objectives of logistics, logistics planning, transportation decisions. Channel relationships, channel
control, channel power, channel positioning, channel influence strategies, channel conflict, Case
study.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Panda, T. K., & Sahadev, S. (2019). Sales and distribution management. Oxford
University Press.
2. Still, R. R., Cundiff, E. W., Govoni, N. A. P. (2015). Sales management. Prentice Hall
of India.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Gupta, S. L. (2018). Sales and distribution management. Excel Books.
2. Anderson, W. T. (2011). Professional sales management. Tata McGraw-Hill
Education.
3. Berman, B. (2012). Retail management. Prentice Hall.
4. Dutta, B. (2015). Sales and distribution management. I K International Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-10)

DSE 10: INTERNATIONAL MARKETING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the Eligibility criteria Pre-requisite
ts course of the course
Lecture Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
l Practice
International 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Marketing (DSE 10) Marketing

192
Learning Objectives
● Identify and understand the various cultural and regional variables (and their degree of
impact) and how they impact businesses in the short-term and long-term future; what
companies can do to utilise these variables and mitigate their impact.
● Understand the nuances of international marketing related activities such as advertising,
pricing, supply chain management, market entry, branding and customization etc.
● Anticipate changes in the operating environment of a business on a global level.
● Read, understand, relate and be able to utilise/implement the ideas of great thinkers and
researchers in the field of global business, marketing and management.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Identify the key skills that a (good) business (international) manager should have.
● Articulate factors that promote business and business environments.
● Implement various tools and actions for a beneficial situation within a given operating
(business) environment.
● Fundamentals of sustainable (profitable) business growth with focus on international
expansion, operating in multiple markets, new business opportunities and market
analysis.
● Articulate the various support systems that a business can use and access (governmental
interventions and policies; operating market level advantages such as access to capital,
quality and quantity of labour available; availability of land; size, purchasing power and
buying behaviour of the target market; MNC level advantages; etc.)

SYLLABUS OF DSE 10
Unit 1 (9 Hours)
Introduction; Reasons behind international expansion; types of MNCs; Expatriates and
Inpatriates; Stages of International Exposure; Global Marketing, Using Social Media tools.

Unit 2 (12 Hours)

National-level variables, regional trading blocs; Physical variables, Geographic distance,
Grouping of industries in specific areas/regions, Environment specific impacts, Distribution
of Natural Resources; Cultural Variables, Impact on doing business (Distance, Power,
Decision Making, People Management, Delegation, Corruption, Quality Benchmarks Etc.),
Gender biases, Festivals, Buying Behaviour; PESTEL; Porter’s Diamond Model; Positioning;
Protectionism and its impact on international trade.

Unit 3 (12 Hours)

Porter’s Five Forces Model; Ghemawat’s CAGE framework; Globalisation; Demographics
and Segmentation; Assessing Market Potential, How markets behave, Selling in specific
markets (Developed, Developing, Post-Communist); “Right” Market to enter and “Right”
Time to enter; What (mis-selling, outdated products), Where, Why, and How are we selling;
Customer needs (of the new/foreign market); Location of manufacturing facilities; Labelling
and Packaging (Export and Retail); Selling to and in emerging markets; Concerns and issues

193
with available market analysis tools.

Unit 4 (12 Hours)

Strategic (and global) Alliances; Global level of competition; Product Development; E-
Commerce and Changing International Marketing Paradigms; Supply Chain as a source of
International Advantages; Managing International Sales (Channels and Logistics);
International Advertising and Promotions; Pricing for international markets, Pricing wars (War
Chests), Approaches – Full-cost v/s Variable, Skimming v/s Penetration (non-numeric), factors
influencing pricing; Implementing a Global Marketing Strategy; Support Mechanisms for
Exports and International Trade, Export Infrastructure and Assistance in India, ITPO;
International Payment Methods, Finance and Raising Funds, Taxation and Tax Havens, Marine
and Cargo Insurance. Managing Risks in International Trade.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Cateora, Philip R. & Graham, John L.: International Marketing, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Joshi, Rakesh Mohan: International Marketing, Oxford University Press.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-11)

DSE 11: SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of
course criteria the course
Lectu Tutoria Practical (if any)
re l /
Practice
Supply Chain Management 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSE 11) Marketing

Learning Objectives
● Explain the primary differences between logistics and supply chain management.
● Describe the key processes involved in supply chain management and their

194
interrelationships within individual companies and across the supply chain.
● Evaluate the management components of supply chain management, including
procurement, production, transportation, and warehousing.
● Identify and analyze the tools and techniques useful in implementing supply chain
management, such as demand forecasting, inventory management, and supplier
relationship management.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Define supply chain management and its key activities.
● Define the competitive and supply chain strategies.
● Explain the role of supply chain in business operations and how to deal with challenges in
it.
● Assess the effectiveness of different strategies for addressing supply chain challenges.
● Analyse the factors that influence supply chain performance.
● Develop a plan to integrate different components of supply chain.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 11
Unit 1: Introduction to Supply Chain Management. (9 Hours)
Basic concept, Transportations, Inventory, Warehousing, Managing logistics, Challenges in
supply chain management, Trends in supply chain management, Impact of business
environment on supply chain management.

Unit 2: Supply Chain Strategies (12 Hours)

Concepts and importance of a Supply Chain (SC), Key issues of Supply Chain Management,
Competitive and SC strategies, achieving strategic fit.

Unit 3: Supply Chain Integration (12 Hours)

Dynamics of supply chain: Supply Chain Integration, Push-based, Pull-based and Push-Pull
based supply chain, Demand Forecasting in a Supply Chain (CPFR Model), SCORE Model,
Quality Control, Managing inventory in SC environment: Transportation in SC environment.

Unit 4: Strategic Alliances (12 Hours)

Strategic Alliances, Third party and fourth party logistics, Reverse Logistics, Retailer- Supplier
partnerships (RSP),Contract Sharing, Supplier evaluation and selection, Use of best practices and
Information Technology (IT) in Supply Chain Management.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Ballou, R. H., & Srivastava, S. K. (2007). Business Logistics/supply Chain Management:
Planning, Organizing, and Controlling the Supply Chain. Pearson Education India.
2. Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2016). Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, and
Operation.
3. Simchi-Levi, D., Kaminsky, P, Simchi-Levi, E., & Shankar, R.(2008). Designing and
Managing the Supply Chain. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

195
4. Sahay, B.S. (2006), International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management,
Vol. 36 No. 9.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - MARKETING (DSE-12)

DSE 12: PRODUCT MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lectur Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
e Practice (if any)
Product Management 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
(DSE 12) marketing

Learning Objectives
● Develop competencies required for managing products.
● Understanding of methods and iterative processes to build and deliver superior value to
target users.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understanding marketing orientation of a firm, category environmental analysis,
global factors affecting product management.
● Analyze the financial, competitive, and growth prospects for a sector.
● Gather and utilize customer insights to develop a thorough product strategy.
● Develop skills to lead product teams and inspire stakeholders.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 12
Unit 1: Introduction to Product Management (12 Hours)
Marketing organization - Product focused, Market focused, functionally focused; Global factors
affecting product management and adapting marketing organizations. The Marketing planning
process -Steps and components. Defining the competitive set, levels of market competition –
form, category, generic, budget; Methods for determining competition. Category environmental
analysis – Porter’s five forces and PESTEL.

Unit 2: Competitor Analysis, Customer Analysis and Sales Forecasting (12 Hours)
Competitor Analysis – Various sources of information, creating a product features mix, assessing
competitor’s objectives and strategies, Competitor marketing strategy and differential advantage
analysis; Customer analysis – understanding customers and segmentation analysis; Market
Potential and Sales Forecasting – Overview, Methods of Estimating Market and Sales Potential,

196
Sales forecasting methods - Level of Accuracy Needed, Judgment-Based Methods, Customer-
Based Methods, Sales Extrapolation Methods, Model Based Methods: Using Regression Models
for Forecasting, Developing Regression Models.

Unit 3: Product Strategy, Positioning, and Pricing (12 Hours)

Developing the Product Strategy – Overview, elements, objectives and selection of product
alternatives, Positioning – process and product core benefit recognition and communication;
Adapting product strategy over the PLC; New Products; Pricing – Role of Marketing Strategy in
Pricing, psychological aspects of pricing, Factors affecting price, Pricing tactics.

Unit 4: Integrated Marketing Communication and Marketing Metrics (9 Hours)

Integrated marketing communication – Objectives, budgets and evaluation; Channel Management
– selection, types and monitoring; Marketing Metrics – Overview, Framework for Marketing
Metrics, Measurement – Customer-Based Metrics, Product-Market Metrics, Financial Metrics,
Marketing Mix Metric.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Lehmann, D. R., Winer, R.S. Product Management. McGraw Hill Irwin.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. LeMay, M. Product management in practice: a real-world guide to the key connective
role of the 21st century. O'Reilly Media, Inc.
2. Kotler, P. & Keller, K. L. Marketing Management, Pearson.
3. Kotler P, Armstrong G., Agnihotri P.Y & Ul Haq, E. Principles of Marketing - A South
Asian Perspective, Pearson.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

197
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-2)

DSE 2: RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Cre Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
dits course criteria course
Lecture Tutor Practical/ (if any)
ial Practice
Recruitment and Selection 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Management (DSE 2) Management

Learning Objectives
• To equip the learners with knowledge of the role of HR in workforce planning and
assessment, sources of recruitment and selection process.
• To familiarize learners with topics like the development of a qualified pool of candidates,
contemporary trends, international recruitment and selection.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
• Understand the theory, practice, principles and concepts of work, role of HR in workforce
planning and assessment, sources and factors affecting recruitment.
• Understand the selection process, different types of tests in selection, types of interviews,
biases in selection and negotiations during job offer.
• Analyse the fundamentals of international recruitment.
• Evaluate the contemporary issues in recruitment and selection like legal compliance and
ethical considerations, e-recruitment and e-selection.

Unit 2: Introduction to Selection (12 Hours)

Selection process, Types of tests in selection, concept of reliability and validity in selection tests
Types of Interviews, Biases in selection of employees, Negotiations during Job Offer.

Unit 3: International approach to Recruitment and Selection (12 Hours)

International Recruitment; International staffing choice, different approaches to multinational
staffing decisions; Types of international assignments; Selection criteria and techniques;

198
Successful expatriation, Causes of expatriate failure, female expatriation, Compensation of
Expatriates.

Unit 4: Contemporary, Legal and Ethical Issues (9 Hours)

Contemporary issues in Recruitment and Selection, Legal Compliance and Ethical
Considerations, Retention Strategies, E-recruitment and E-selection

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. O'Meara, B., & Petzall, S. (2013). Handbook of Strategic Recruitment and Selection: A
Systems Approach. Emerald Group Publishing.
2. Picardi, C. A. (2019). Recruitment and Selection: Strategies for Workforce Planning &
Assessment. Sage Publications.
3. Nilanjan, S. & Bhattacharya, M. (2010). International Human Resource Management.
Excel Books.
4. Dowling, P. J., Festing, M., & Engle, A. D. (2017). International Human Resource
Management. Cengage Learning.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-3)

DSE 3: WORKFORCE DIVERSITY

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credi Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
ts Lecture Tutorial Practical criteria course
/ (if any)
Practice
Workforce Diversity 4 3 1 0 Class X11 Basics of
(DSE 3) Organisational
Behaviour

Learning Objective
● To explore the concepts of workforce diversity and to enable learners to recognise its
critical issues.
● To familiarize learners with strategies to manage diversity, relation between workforce
diversity and human resource management.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the core concepts of workforce diversity and its significance.
● Understand how to develop strategies to manage diversity through training and mentoring
and other programs.

199
● Analyze the fundamentals of global workforce diversity and ethical and legal issues in
managing diversity.
● Evaluate the relationship between workforce diversity and various functions of human
resource management.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 3
Unit 1: Introduction of Workforce Diversity (12 hours)
Workforce diversity – Meaning, features, significance; Workforce diversity potential pros &
cons, Managing Diversity, Reverse Discrimination, Raising cross cultural consciousness.

Unit 2: Strategies to Manage Diversity (9 hours)

Workplace Inclusion, Diversity through training and mentoring, Role of technology in Diversity,
Diversity management programs, Leadership’s role in leveraging diversity.

Unit 3: Global Workforce Diversity (12 hours)

Unit 4: Workforce Diversity and HRM Functions (12 hours)

Recruitment and retaining diverse workforce, Diversity and performance management, Diversity
and Work-life balance, Workforce diversity as a determinant of sustainable competitive
advantage.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

200
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-4)

DSE 4: NEGOTIATIONS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility criteria Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical course
/ (if any)
Practice
Negotiations (DSE 4) 4 3 1 0 Class X11 Basics of
Organisational
Behaviour

Learning Objective
● To provide insight into how to negotiate effectively by applying appropriate strategies and
tactics to different negotiation situations.
● To facilitate the understanding of the numerous dynamics involved in the process of
negotiation.

Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the nature, process, types and tactics of negotiation.
● Understand and practice the communication skills and persuasion tactics necessary for
effective negotiation, finding and using power in negotiation.
● Apply negotiation strategies to achieve goals without jeopardizing relationships.
● Apply negotiation concepts to build competence in handling multiparty negotiation, third-
party negotiation and resolving impasse in negotiations.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 4
Unit 1: Negotiation Meaning and Styles (12 Hours)
Introduction; Nature and Scope; Foundations of Negotiation: Conflict and Its Management,
Conflict Management through Negotiation, Fundamentals of Negotiation Preparations for
Negotiation; Negotiation Process and Planning: Four Stages of Negotiation, PRAM Model of
Negotiation, Key Steps in Planning for Negotiation; Distributive Negotiation: Bargaining
situation, Positions Taken during Negotiation, Closing the Deal, Integrative Negotiation:
Overview, Process, Factors for Successful Integrative Negotiation; Negotiation Tactics and
Counter Tactics.

Unit 2: Negotiation Styles and Skills (12 Hours)

Negotiation Styles: Meaning, Types, Developing Effective Negotiating Style; Communication in
Negotiation: Defining Communication, Kinesthetic Communication, Decoding Communication
for Negotiation; Persuasion in Negotiations: Theory and Tactics; Perception and Cognition:
Perceptual Distortion, Cognitive Biases in Negotiation, Managing misperception and cognitive

201
biases in negotiation; Finding and Using Power in Negotiation: Importance, Definition, Sources of
Power; Negotiation Ethics.

Unit 3: Relationships in Negotiation (12 Hours)

Challenges, Role of Trust, Reputation and Justice in managing Negotiation within Relationships;
Repairing a Relationship; Influence of Culture and Gender on Negotiations: Meaning of Culture,
Norms and Values, Negotiation Issues Sensitive to Culture, Culturally Responsive Negotiation
Strategies; Gender Differences in Negotiation; Negotiation Via Information Technology: Place –
Time Model of Social Interaction, Effects on Social Behavior, Strategies for enhancing
Technology– Mediated Negotiations.

Unit 4: Multiple Parties, Groups and Teams in Negotiation (9 Hours)

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-9)

DSE 9: INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Lectu Tutoria Practical/ criteria course
re l Practice (if any)
International Human Resource 4 3 1 0 Class X11 Basics of Human
Management (DSE 9) Resource
Management

Learning Objectives
● To explore the concepts and techniques of the essential elements of International HRM
and to enable the learners to recognise its critical issues.

202
● To analyze HRM concerns in the cross-cultural scenario.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:

● Understand the impact of culture on Human Resource Management,how HRM differs

across cultures and comprehend issues and challenges pertaining to International HRM.
● Understand how International HR managers can develop competencies in dealing with
cross-cultural issues.
● Analyse the fundamentals of International HRM planning and staffing.
● Analyse the key elements of International HR performance appraisal and selection.
● Evaluate the functional role of HRM in International HR training and development and
industrial relations.

SYLLABUS DSE 9
Unit 1: Cultural issues in International HRM (9 Hours)
Introduction to concepts of Culture and Nationality; Impact of culture on International Business
Environment; Hofstede’s approach; cross cultural differences at work; strategies to managing
workforce diversity; Diversity management programme; International Human Resource
Management: Difference between domestic and international HRM.

Unit 2: International HRM Planning and Staffing (12

Hours)
International Workforce planning and staffing: Issues in supply of international human resources;
International Recruitment; International staffing choice, different approaches to multinational
staffing decisions; Types of international assignments; Selection criteria and techniques;
Successful expatriation, Causes of expatriate failure, female expatriation.
Unit 3: International HR Performance Appraisal and Selection (12 Hours)
Performance appraisal: Criteria for performance appraisal, Variables that influence expatriate
performance appraisal. Issues and challenges in international performance management;
Compensation: Objectives of expatriate compensation plan, Factors affecting international
compensation, Approaches to expatriate compensation: Going rate approach, Balance sheet
approach, Cultural impact on compensation policy.

Unit 4: International HR Training and Development and Industrial Relations (12 Hours)
Training & development of international staff: Areas of global training, cross cultural training,
Diversity training. Cross cultural team building; Repatriation: Process, Problems of repatriation;
Cross border Mergers and Acquisitions: HRM perspective; International industrial relations: Key
Players in industrial relations, Labour unions and MNCs, Employee relations in MNCs, Response
of labour unions to MNCs.

Essential/recommended Reading (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Nilanjan, S. & Bhattacharya, M. (2010). International Human Resource Management.
Excel Books.
2. Dowling, P. J., Festing, M., & Engle, A. D. (2017). International Human Resource

203
Management. Cengage Learning.
3. Bhattacharyya, D. K. (2010). Cross-cultural management. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
4. Briscoe, D., Briscoe, D.R., Schuler, R.S., & Claus, L. (2008). International Human
Resource Management: Policies and practices for multinational enterprises. Routledge.
5. Edwards, T., & Rees, C. (2006). International human resource management:
Globalization, national systems and multinational companies. Pearson Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-10)

DSE 10: COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Compensation 4 3 1 0 Class X11 NO
Management
(DSE 10)

Learning Objectives
● To familiarize learners about concepts of compensation management
● To use these concepts in attracting, retaining and motivating employees for higher
performance.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Comprehend the components of executive compensation and understand how jobs are
priced to establish compensation levels.
● Understand incentive systems and non-economic rewards.
● Understand International aspects of Compensation
● Evaluate the implications of components of compensation on performance of the
employees.

SYLLABUS DSE 10
Unit 1 (12 hours)
Conceptual dimensions of Wage, Compensation, and Rewards; Labour Market, Intra-Inter
Industry differences in wages and compensation; Job Evaluation: Methods and Techniques,
Forms of Pay, Pay models, surveying market pay and compensation practices, designing the
survey, sources of third party data, Job pricing, Determining the pay structure, determining rates

204
of pay; Individual and Group Incentive, team-based pay: kinds of teams, skills, knowledge and
competency based pay, sales incentive plans: salary plus commission, special sales incentives
plan.

Unit 2 (12 hours)

Company Wage Policy: Wage Components, Wage Determination, Pay Grades, Wage Surveys,
Modern trends in compensation - from wage and salary to cost to company concept. Wages in
India: Minimum wage, fair wage and living wage; Methods of state regulation of wages; Wage
differentials & national wage policy, Regulating payment of wages, wage boards, Pay
commissions, dearness allowances, linking wages with productivity.

Unit 3 (12 hours)

Benefits and Services: Benefit Administration , Employee Benefits and Employee Services,
Funding Benefits through VEBA, Costing benefits, Flexible Compensation Benefits/Benefits
plan, Pay Delivery Administration: Budget process, administration of pay, other administrative
issues, due process, statutory benefits including occupational health care, employee welfare and
retirement benefits; executive compensation: executive golden parachutes, International
compensation managing variations, Expatriate Pay.

Unit 4 (9 hours)
Employee Benefits: Discretionary and Statutory; Legal aspects of wage and benefits; Role of
Trade Union and Collective Bargaining; Recent trends in rewards, benefits, and services: Equity
Stock Options, Investment advisory, Tax planning, Insurance, Wellness, Short and long term
incentives: premium and differentials, qualified deferred compensation arrangements: social
security, pension plans, profit sharing, Employee Recognition and Motivation.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Malkovich & Newman, Compensation. McGraw Hill. (12 ed.)
2. Dessler G., Human Resource Management. Prentice Hall.(12 ed.)
3. Henderson R., Compensation Management in a Knowledge Based World. Prentice
Hall. (10 ed.)
4. Bergman T., Compensation Decision Making, Thompson Learning
5. Chhabra T. & Rastogi S. Compensation Management. Sun India Publications

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

205
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-11)

DSE 11: HRD SYSTEMS AND STRATEGIES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
HRD : Systems and 4 3 1 0 Class X11 Basics of
Strategies Human
(DSE 11) Resource
Management

Learning Objectives
● To equip learners with knowledge of HRD and HRD practices which can develop and
improve an Organization’s systems and strategies leading to an effective HRD climate.
● To familiarize learners with topics like the HRD process, various approaches to HRD and
career management and development.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the relationship between HRM and HRD, areas of training, education and
development.
● Develop an understanding of the HRD interventions and HRD diversity management.
● Apply the various approaches for motivation in HRD.
● Analyse the high work performance work system, balanced score cards and integrating
HRD with technology.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 11
Unit 1: Human Resource Development (HRD) (12 hours)
Concept; Relationship between human resource management and human resource development;
Roles and competencies of HRD professionals; HRD Matrix; HRD as a Total System; HRD
areas of Training, Education and Development.

Unit 2: HRD Process (12 hours)

Assessing need for HRD; Designing and developing effective HRD programs; Implementing
HRD programs; Evaluating HRD programs; HRD interventions: Integrated Human Resource
Development systems, Staffing for HRD; HRD Audit; HRD and diversity management; HRD
Climate.

Unit 3: Approaches to HRD (12 hours)

Leadership development; Action learning; Assessment Centers; Motivation approaches for HRD;
Industrial relations and HRD: role of Trade Unions.

206
Unit 4: Career Management and Development (9 hours)
Coaching and mentoring; Employee coaching, mentoring and counselling; Competency
mapping;
High Performance Work Systems; Balanced Scorecard; Integrating HRD with technology.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Udai,P. & Rao T.V, (2015). Designing and Managing Human Resource System, (3rd ed)
Oxford IBH.
2. Rao T.V & Nair M.R.R, Excellence through Human Resource Management, Tata
Mcgraw.
3. Leonard,N.,Corporate Human Resource Development, Van Nostrand Reinhold/ASTD
New York.
4. Werner,M.J.,& Desimone,L.R (2011). Human Resource Development, (6th ed) Oxford
IBH Pub.
5. Swanson,A.R.,& Holton,F.E.,(2009) Human Resource Development, (2nd ed) Berrett
Koehler Pub.
6. Thomas,G., Guire,D.& Dooley,M,L. (2011). Fundamentals of Human Resource
Development, Sage Pub.
7. Mankin, D, (2009). Human resource development, Oxford University Press India.
8. Haldar, U. K, (2009). Human resource development, Oxford University Press India.
Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DSE-12)

DSE 12: ORGANISATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite of the course
course criteria (if any)
Lectur Tutoria Practical
e l /
Practice
Organisational Change 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of Organizational
and Development Behaviour and Human
(DSE 12) Resource Management

Learning Objectives
● To familiarize the learners with fundamentals of organisational change and change
processes.
● To acquaint learners with concepts of organisational development and various

207
interventions for an effective organisational development process.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the Management of Organizational Change, types of change, resistance to
change, various models of change.
● Apply the concept of OD, relevance of OD for managers.
● Analyse the process of OD and comprehensive OD interventions.
● Evaluate the types and methods of evaluating OD intervention, emerging trends in OD.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 12
Unit 1: Change Process and Models (12 hours)
Overview of Organisational Change, Strategies for change Types of Changes: internal and
external, Model of Change Levin’s change model, Action research model, Positive model,
Systems model, Action Research as a Process, Resistance to Change, Overcoming resistance
to change.

Unit 2: Organisational Development (12 hours)

Organisational Development (OD): Introduction, Meaning and Definition, History of
OD, Relevance of Organisational Development for managers, Assumptions of OD.

Unit 3: Process of OD and OD Interventions (15 hours)

Process of OD, Components of OD program, OD program phases, Making an Entry,
Developing Contract, Launch, Situational Evaluation, Closure. OD Interventions: An
overview; Classification of OD Interventions: Team Interventions, Inter group and third-
party peacemaking interventions, Comprehensive OD interventions, Structural
Interventions.

Unit 4: Evaluating OD Interventions (6 hours)

Evaluation, Types of Evaluation, Methods of Evaluating Interventions. Future of
OD: Organisational Development and Globalization, Emerging Trends in OD.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. French, W.L., Bell, C.H. & Vohra V,(2017) Organization Development: Behavioral
Science Interventions for Organization Improvement, (Revised 6th Ed). Pearson.
2. Hackman, J.R. & Suttle, J.L.,(1977) Improving Life at Work: Behavioural science
approach to organisational change, Goodyear, California.
3. Harvey, D.F. & Brown, D.R. (2006) An experimental approach to Organization
Development, (7th Ed). Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.
4. Anderson,D.L., (2011). Organizational Development: The process of leading
organizational change, (4" Ed)., Sage Publications.
5. Rothwell,W. J., Stavros,J.M. & Sullivan R.L. (2015). Practicing Organization
Development: Leading Transformation and Change. (4th Ed). Wiley

208
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-4)

DSE 4: MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
Mergers Acquisitions 4 3 1 0 1st year Basics of
and Corporate Undergraduate Accounting
Restructuring (DSE 4) and
Analysis

Learning Objectives
● This course is designed to provide an understanding of the corporate restructuring, mergers
and acquisitions with the basic methods of valuation, methods of payment and financing
options at global level.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the concept and importance of corporate restructuring for growth.
● Recognize opportunities for creating value through Mergers and Acquisitions.
● Illustrate and apply methods used in the valuation of a firm for M&A analysis.
● Understand the legal and regulatory framework for Mergers and Acquisitions.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 4
Unit I: Corporate Restructuring – An Overview (11 Hours)
Concept and importance of corporate restructuring, various forms of restructuring: joint ventures
(types), Strategic alliance (types), Merger (types), Acquisition (types), Consolidation, Divestiture,
Demerger (Spin-off, Split-up, Split-off), Equity carve-out, Management buyout, Leveraged
buyout, Buyback of securities, ESOP.

Unit II: Merger & Acquisition (12 Hour)

Motives behind M&A, theories of M&A, process of M&A. Fast track merger. Cross border M&A
concept, benefits & difficulties. Due diligence process. Methods of payment and financing options
in M&A. Takeover defense tactics. Reasons for failure of M&A.

Unit III: Deal Valuation and Evaluation (11 Hour)

209
Methods of valuation; cash flow approaches, economic value added (EVA) (with numerical),
sensitivity analysis (with numerical), Valuation for slump sale, valuation of synergy (with
numerical), cost-benefit analysis and swap ratio determination (with numerical).

Unit IV: Legal and Regulatory Framework of M&A (11 Hour)

Provisions of Companies Act 2013, SEBI Takeover Code 2011, Provisions of Competition Act
2002.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of the readings to be used)

1. Weston, F., Chung, Kwang S. and Siu, Jon A. (1998): Takeovers, Restructuring and
Corporate Governance. Pearson Education.
2. Gupta, M. (2010). Contemporary Issues in Mergers and Acquisitions. Himalaya
Publishing.
3. Sundarsanam. (2006). Creating Value from Mergers and Acquisitions (1st edition). Pearson
Education.
4. Ramanujan. S. (1999). Mergers: The New Dimensions for Corporate Restructuring.
McGraw Hill.
5. Narayankar, R. (2013). Merger and Acquisitions Corporate Restructuring, Strategy and
Practices (2nd edition). International Book House Pvt. Ltd.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by Examination Branch,

University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-5)

DSE 5: INVESTMENT BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Investment Banking and 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Financial Services (DSE Accounting and
5) Finance

Learning Objectives
● To understand the different aspects of Investment banking and financial services.
● To acquaint the learners about Issue Management of stocks in primary market and role of
secondary market and it process
● To Understand the concept of Leasing, Hire Purchase, Factoring and Forfaiting, Insurance,
Credit Rating, Securitization and Venture Capital Financing, Mergers and acquisition
● To know the guidelines of regulatory bodies like IRDA,SEBI on issue management and
insurance.

210
Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the importance and relevance of Investment Bankers in any Financial System.
● Evaluate the entire process of raising funds from primary markets along with the concerned
regulations applicable in India.
● Remember and use the various financial services available in financial markets particularly in
India along with the latest innovations and technological integration in the field of finance.
● Apply the role and functions of Investment bankers present under the legal framework of SEBI.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 5
Unit I: Introduction to Investment Banking (11 Hours)
Introduction: An Overview of Indian Financial System, Investment Banking in India, Recent
Developments and Challenges ahead, Institutional structure and Functions of Investment Banking;
SEBI guidelines for Merchant Bankers, Registration, obligations and responsibilities of Lead
Managers.

Unit II: Issue Management (11 Hours)

Issue Management: Public Issue, classification of companies, eligibility, issue pricing, promoter’s
contribution, minimum public offer, prospectus, allotment, preferential allotment, private
placement, Book Building process; Green Shoe Option; Right Issue: promoter’s contribution,
minimum subscription, Bought out Deals, Post issue work & obligations, Investor protection,
Broker, sub broker and underwriters.

Unit III: Financial Services 1 (12 Hours)

Leasing: Concepts of leasing, types of leasing, financial & operating lease, direct lease and sales
& lease back, advantages and limitations of leasing, Lease rental determination; Finance lease
evaluation problems from Lessee’s angle. Hire Purchase: Interest & Instalment, difference between
Hire Purchase & Leasing, Choice criteria between Leasing and Hire Purchase, numerical problems
on of Hire purchase for decision making. Factoring and Forfaiting and its arrangement, Housing
Finance: Meaning and rise of housing finance in India, floating vs. fixed rate.

Unit IV: Financial Services 2 (11 Hours)

Venture Capital: Concept, history and evolution of VC, the venture investment process, various
steps in venture financing, incubation financing. Securitization: Concept and Process, Credit
Enhancement parties to a Securitization Transaction, Instruments of Securitization, Types of
Securities, Securitization in India. Credit Rating Agencies: Role and Mechanism, Private Equity.
Mergers and Acquisitions – Introduction of mergers and acquisitions, benefits of mergers, Role of
Investment bankers in merger, procedure and theories of mergers, acquisitions and takeovers in
India, anti-takeover strategies.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Khan, M. Y. (2013). Financial services (7th ed). McGraw-Hill Education.

211
2. Machiraju, H. R. (2002). Indian financial system. Vikas Publication House.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Verma, J. C. (1996). Bharat’s manual of merchant banking: Concept, practices and
procedures with SEBI clarifications. Bharat Law House.
2. Sriram, K. Hand book of leasing, hire purchase and factoring. ICFAI.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-6)

DSE 6: EARNINGS MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibili Pre-requisite
course ty of the course
Lecture Tutoria Practical/ criteria (if any)
l Practice
Earnings Management 4 3 1 0 Class Basics of
(DSE 6) XII Accounting

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Remember the analysis of a company to identify the sources of its competitive advantage
(or red flags of potential trouble), and then use that information to forecast its future
financial statements.
● Understand the process of earnings management and get a more accurate picture of
earnings, so that they can catch the culprits of manipulated financial reporting.
● Apply the knowledge of a very strong tool that will help to red flag the financial statements
that may have been manipulated by the managers.
● Understand and Analyze Non-Financial Metrics to set performance targets for optimal
financial performance.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 6
Unit I: Ratios and Forecasting (11 Hours)

212
Review financial statements and sources of financial statement information. The company's
strategy and business model. Ratio analysis – short term solvency ratios, long term solvency ratios,
turnover ratios and profitability ratios (Historical ratio analysis of real companies using Excel).
Du-Pont analysis. How to use all the ratios, to forecast future financial statements? Accounting
based valuation.

Unit II: Earnings Management (12 Hours)

Overview of earnings management: Means, motive, opportunity, how managers actually make
their earnings look better, their incentives for manipulating earnings, and how they get away with
it. Revenue recognition red flags: revenue before cash collection. Revenue recognition red flags:
revenue after cash collection. Expense recognition red flags: capitalizing vs. expensing. Expense
recognition red flags: Reserve Accounts and write-offs.

Unit III: Big Data and Prediction Models (11 Hours)

Unit IV: Non-Financial Metrics and Financial Performance (11 Hours)

Introduction: Connecting numbers to non-financial performance measures. Linking non-financial
metrics to financial performance: Overview and steps. Targets setting, incorporation of analysis
results in financial models and how to use analytics to choose action plans.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings will be used)

1. Diri, M.E. (2017). Introduction to Earnings Management. Springer.
2. Richardson, V.J., Teeter, R.A., Terrel, K.L. and Mohapatra, P.S. (2020). Data Analytics for
Accounting. 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill..
3. Prince, J.T. and Bose, A. (2020). Predictive Analytics for Business Strategy – Reasoning
from Data to Actionable Knowledge. 1st Ed., McGraw Hill
Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-9)

DSE 9: BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND VALUATION

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Business Analysis 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic knowledge
and Valuation (DSE 9) of accounting
and Finance

213
Learning Objectives
● This Paper will enable the learners to analyze the health of a company through their annual
reports, through management quality analysis, and will equip them to understand what an
asset is worth and what determines that value.
● Learners will understand the issues and challenges faced during the valuation of assets
especially in conditions of uncertainties.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Remember the various elements of the Income statement and Balance sheet.
● Understand the importance and relevance of the Annual Report of a Company.
● Apply both qualitative (beyond balance sheet) and quantitative information available in the
annual reports for determining the financial health of the company, Banks and NBFC.
● Analyze the various methods of Equity and Firm valuations both in certain and risky
conditions.
● Evaluate the practical application of different valuation models in valuing equity and firm
through modelling of these methods using excel.

SYLLABUS DSE 9
Unit 1: Analysis of Corporate Financial Statements (11 Hours)
Income statements and Balance sheets analysis through Ratio, Du-Pont analysis. How to read the
Annual report of a company to evaluate the financial soundness of the company? Financial
statements analysis of manufacturing, service sector (Using Excel). Beyond Balance Sheet
Analysis: What does the company do? Who are its promoters? What are their backgrounds? What
do they manufacture (in case of service company which services they offer)? Who are the
company’s clients or end- users? Who are their competitors? Who are the major shareholders of
the company? Do they plan to launch any new products/service? Do they plan to expand to
different countries? What is the revenue mix? Which product sells the most? Do they operate
under a heavy regulatory environment?

Unit 2: Introduction and Approaches of Valuation (11 Hours)

Introduction to Valuation: Philosophical Basis for Valuation, Generalities about Valuation, Role
of Valuation. Approaches to Valuation: Discounted Cash Flow Valuation – basis for DCF,
categorization of DCF models, Applicability and Limitations of DCF models. Relative Valuation
– basis for approach, categorization of relative valuation models, applicability and limitations of
multiples.

Unit 3: Dividend Discount Model and Discounted Cash Flow Valuations (12 Hours)
Estimating Discount Rates – Cost of Equity and Cost of Capital. Betas: Historical Market Betas,
Fundamental Betas, Bottom-Up Betas, Accounting Betas, Unlevered Beta and Levered Beta.
Dividend Discount Models (DDM): Two-Stage and Three Stage Dividend Discount Model.

214
Issues in using the Dividend Discount Model. Free Cash Flow to Equity (FCFE) Discount
Models: Free Cash Flows to Equity, FCFE Valuation Models – Constant Growth, Two Stage
FCFE Model. FCFE Valuation Vs. Dividend Discount Model Valuation. Firm Valuation: Free
Cash Flow to the Firm (FCFF), Firm Valuation Approaches: The Cost of Capital Approach, The
Adjusted Present Value (APV) Approach, Cost of Capital Vs. APV Valuation. Applied Valuation
of a Company using Excel.

Unit 4: Relative Valuation and Multiples (11 Hours)

Relative Valuation: Concept, Reasons for popularity and potential pitfalls. Standardized Values
and Multiples (brief overview) – Earnings Multiples, Book Value Multiples, Revenue Multiples,
and Sector-specific Multiples. Basic Steps to using Multiples. Select Multiples – Price-Earnings
(PE) Ratio, PEG Ratio, Price to Book Ratio, Enterprise Value to EBITDA Multiple, Enterprise
Value/Sales, Enterprise Value/Book Value, Tobin’s Q. Reconciling Relative and Discounted
Cash Flow Valuation.

Essential/recommended Readings (Latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Foster, George Financial Statement Analysis, Pearson Education Pvt Ltd.
2. Damodaran, A. Damodaran on Valuation, Security Analysis for investment and Corporate
Finance (2nd ed.). Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Damodaran, Investment Valuation, Tools and Techniques for determining the value of any asset,
3rd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. K. G., CA, & Sehrawat, N. K (2018). Handbook on Valuation- Concept & Cases. New Delhi,
Bharat Law House Pvt. Ltd,
2. Damodaran, Corporate Finance (2000) – Theory and Practical, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-10)

DSE 10: ADVANCE DERIVATIVES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course
Practice (if any)
Advance 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of options,
Derivatives swaps, interest rates and
(DSE 10) cryptocurrencies

Learning Objectives
The course will help the learner to:

215
● Learn how to calculate and apply different options Greeks (delta, gamma, rho, theta,
and Vega) for stocks and currencies, and how to use Delta and Gamma hedging
techniques.
● Understand the concept of swaps, interest rate futures, and credit default swaps, their
valuation, and their use in managing risk.
● Get acquainted with exotic options and their various types, such as gap options, barrier
options, and Asian options, among others.
● Explore cryptocurrencies, including Bitcoin, Ethereum, EOS, Litecoin, and Ripple,
and their futures and options contract specifications, as well as SWAP contracts.
● Gain knowledge of cryptography and its role in cryptocurrencies, and learn how to
calculate and apply BTC and ETH options.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Analyze and evaluate the risk characteristics of various financial instruments, including
stock options, currency options, swaps, interest rate futures, and exotic options.
● Apply knowledge of Greeks (delta, gamma, rho, theta, and Vega) to make informed
decisions on option pricing, hedging, and portfolio management.
● Create and implement strategies for delta hedging, gamma hedging, and making a portfolio
delta/gamma neutral.
● Evaluate the value and risk of nonstandard American options, gap options, forward start
options, cliquet options, compound options, chooser options, barrier options, binary
options, lookback options, shout options, Asian options, options to exchange one asset for
another, and basket options.
● Analyze and evaluate the risks and benefits of investing in cryptocurrencies, including
Bitcoin, Ethereum, EOS, Litecoin, Bitcoin Cash, and Ripple, and apply knowledge of
crypto futures and options to make informed decisions.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 10
Unit 1: Greeks (11 Hours)
Calculation of delta, gamma, rho, theta and Vega for stock options (with and without dividend)
and currency options. Relationship and comparison among stock Greeks. Delta Hedging, Gamma
Hedging. Making a portfolio Delta Neutral, Gamma Neutral, Delta positive Gamma Neutral and
Delta positive Gamma Neutral.

Unit 2: Swaps & Interest Rate Futures (11 Hours)

Introduction to Swaps, Interest rate swaps, currency swaps, cross-currency swaps. Understanding
Credit default swaps (CDS), Valuation of CDS. CDS: Forwards and Options. Interest rate Futures,
Interest rate cap and floor, FRA.

Unit 3: Exotic Options (11 Hours)

Nonstandard American options, Gap options, Forward start options, Cliquet options, Compound
options, Chooser options, Barrier options, Binary options, Lookback options, Shout options,
Asian options, Options to exchange one asset for another, Basket options.

216
Unit 4: Cryptocurrencies (12 Hours)
Introduction to cryptography & crypto currencies. Introduction of Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum coin
(ETH), Electro-Optical System coin (EOS), Litecoin (LTC), Bitcoin Cash (BCH), Ripple (XRP).
Futures Contract Specification: BTC, ETH, EOS, LTC, BCH, XRP. Understanding of these coins
with USDT. SWAP contract of BTC & ETH. Introduction and calculation of BTC & ETH
options.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Hull, J. C. (2018). Options, futures, and other derivatives. Pearson Education Limited.
2. Fabozzi, F. J. (Ed.). (2016). Handbook of finance, financial markets and instruments. John
Wiley & Sons.
3. Haferkorn, M., Zimmermann, K. F., & Grothe, O. (2018). Value drivers of cryptocurrency:
Evidence from bitcoin. Economics Letters, 163, 6-8.
4. Wystup, U. (2016). FX options and structured products. John Wiley & Sons.

Suggestive Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Cryptocurrency Prices | Cryptocurrency List | Market Cap | OKX
2. Buy/Sell Bitcoin, Ether and Altcoins | Cryptocurrency Exchange | Binance
3. Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Exchange | Huobi Global
4. Jurgen Franke, Wolfgang Hardle and Christian Hafner. Introduction to Statistics of
Financial Markets.
5. R. Madhumathi, M. Ranganatham. Derivatives and risk management (1st ed.) Redhead,K.
6. Financial Derivatives – An introduction to futures, forwards, options, swaps. Prentice Hall
of India
7. McDonald, Derivatives Markets, (latest ed.), Pearson.
8. Robert Reitano, 2010, Introduction to Quantitative Finance, MIT Press.
9. Chance, 2003, Analysis of Derivatives for the CFA Program.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE -FINANCE (DSE-11)

DSE 11: FINANCIAL ECONOMETRICS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibilit Pre-requisite of
course y the course
Lecture Tutorial Practical criteria (if any)
/
Practice

217
Financial 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic
Econometrics knowledge of
DSE-11 statistics

Learning Objectives
● Understand the statistical properties of financial returns, including their distribution, time
dependency, and linear dependency across asset returns.
● Develop knowledge of univariate time series analysis, including the Lag operator, ARMA
processes, and the Box-Jenkins approach.
● Gain proficiency in modeling volatility using conditional heteroscedastic models, such as
ARCH and GARCH models, and forecasting with GARCH models.
● Learn multivariate GARCH models, including the VECH model, diagonal VECH model,
and BEKK model, and estimation of a multivariate model.
● Acquire knowledge of vector autoregressive models, Granger causality tests, and Johansen
cointegration tests and their hypothesis testing methods.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Analyze the statistical properties of financial returns and evaluate their distribution, time
dependency, and linear dependency across assets using knowledge and comprehension skills.
● Create and apply univariate time series models, including AR, MA, and ARMA processes,
using synthesis and evaluation skills to forecast financial returns.
● Develop and estimate conditional heteroscedastic models, such as ARCH and GARCH models,
using analysis and evaluation skills to model and forecast volatility.
● Construct and evaluate multivariate GARCH models, including VECH, Diagonal VECH, and
BEKK models, using synthesis and evaluation skills to model volatility and correlations.
● Evaluate and apply advanced econometric techniques, including VAR, GCT, and JCT, using
analysis and evaluation skills to test hypotheses and model complex relationships in financial
time series data.

SYLLABUS OF DSE 11
Unit 1: Statistical Properties of Financial Returns & Univariate Time Series and Applications
to Finance (15
hours)
Introduction Asset Returns, Calculation of Asset Returns (Continuous and discreate both),
Compare Continuous return with non-Continuous return and explain its benefits. Facts about
Financial Returns, Distribution of Asset Returns, Time Dependency, Linear Dependency across
Asset Returns.
Introduction to Univariate Time Series, The Lag Operator, Properties of AR Processes, Properties
of Moving Average Processes, Autoregressive Moving Average (ARMA) Processes, The Box-
Jenkins Approach.

Unit 2: Modelling Volatility – Conditional Heteroscedastic Models (9 hours)

218
Introduction to Modelling Volatility, ARCH Models, GARCH Models, Estimation of GARCH
Models, Forecasting with GARCH Model.

Unit 3: Modelling Volatility and Correlations – Multivariate GARCH Models (9 hours)

Introduction to Modelling Volatility and Correlations, Multivariate GARCH Models, The VECH
Model, The Diagonal VECH Model, The BEKK Model, Estimation of a Multivariate Model

Essential/ recommended Readings

1. Brooks, C. (2014). Introductory econometrics for finance (3rd ed.). Cambridge University
Press.
2. Tsay, R. S. (2010). Analysis of financial time series (3rd ed.). Wiley.
3. Bollerslev, T. (2008). Glossary to ARCH (GARCH). Journal of Economic Perspectives, 15(4),
171-174. doi: 10.1257/jep.15.4.171
4. Engle, R. F., & Kroner, K. F. (1995). Multivariate simultaneous generalized ARCH.
Econometric Theory, 11(1), 122-150. doi: 10.1017/S0266466600009063

Suggestive Readings
1. Chris, Brooks (2019). Introductory Econometrics for Finance. Cambridge University Press.
2. Pindyck, Robert S. and Daniel L. Rubinfeld Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts.
Singapore: McGraw Hill.
3. Ramanathan, Ramu (2002). Introductory Econometrics with Applications (5th ed.). Thomson
South Western

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

219
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-4)

DSE 4: INDIA AND THE WORLD ECONOMY

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical criteria requisite
/ of the
Practice course
(if any)
India and the 4 3 1 0 1st Year None
World Economy Undergraduate
(DSE 4)

Learning Objectives:
The paper aims at providing an overview of economic policies and business environment in the
domestic and world arena. learners get deep insight into the stylized economic facts on the main
dimensions of the domestic and global economy.

Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand the evolving development paradigm adopted in India, liberalised and
globalised world order, domestic and globalization processes, their main characteristics and
their dynamic impact on the economy.
● Comprehend the regulatory structures in India, analyse industrial policy in different sectors,
and gauge policies on FDI.
● Appraise major economies of the world, analyse the free trade vs. restrictive trade policies,
both from a theoretical perspective and in policy terms.
● Synthesise intellectually on current global economic events and trends.
.
SYLLABUS FOR DSE 4
Unit 1: Overview of the Indian Economy (9 Hours)
Planning and Reforms, Pre-Independence Period, National Development Council, Five Year Plans,
Land Reforms, Green Revolution, Evolution of Public Sector in India, Economic Reforms-
Liberalisation of economic system, Indian Economy during Post-Planning Period-Role of Niti
Aayog, Shift in Economic Policies: Privatisation: Problems and Prospects, Fiscal Policy, Union
Budget and Taxation, Monetary Policy and Banking Sector Reforms. Technology and business
environment in India.

Unit 2: Regulatory Structures in India (12 Hours)

Industrial Policy, Industry Analysis: Textiles, Electronics and Automobiles, Industry Analysis—
FMCG, Chemicals and Pharmaceutical Sectors. Industrial Policy Statement, 1991, Objectives,
Features, Micro, Small and Medium Industries and Policies, India’s Industrial Progress After 1991,
Performance of Small and Medium Enterprises (SME) Sector, Review of Economic Environment
in Industrial Sector, Policies on Foreign Direct Investment in India, Foreign Exchange
Regulation Act, Recent Industrial Policy Outlook.

220
Unit 3. World Economy (12 Hours)
An overview of the world economy; Major economies of the world, Income and Income Growth
of World Economy during the last decades. Linkages in the Major Economies- Trade, Investment
and Capital Flows. Development and Underdevelopment in the Developing World, The Historical
Development of Capitalism, Resources and Environment, International Trade Patterns,
Transportation and Communications, Regional Trading Arrangements, Trade Policies for the
Developing Nations, Exchange-Rate Systems and Currency Crises, Macroeconomic Policy in an
Open Economy, Nontariff Trade Barriers. International Factor Movements and Multinational
Enterprises.

Unit 4: Global Operating Environment (12 Hours)

Trade and Climate Change, Trade and Food Security, Trade and Finance, Trade and Geopolitics.
Global Recession and New Business Environment, WTO: Agreements and Current Issues; Trade
Policy External Sector—BoP, Currency Convertibility issues, Global Outsourcing; Multinational
Companies and Foreign Direct Investment. Trends in Global Trade and Economic Integration,
Direction of World Trade, Multilateralism and the Multilateral Trading System, Levels of
Economic Integration, Contemporary Perspectives: Global Economic Scenario, Public Policy,
Business ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility, Consumerism, Major Trade partners, Growth
and Poverty, Sustainable Development issues.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions of readings should be referred to)

1. Ahmed, F., & Alam, M.A. (2017). Business Environment: Indian and Global Perspective.
PHI Learning.
2. Paul, J. (2017). Business Environment, Text And Cases. PHI Learning.
3. Stutz, F. P. & Warf, B. (2021) World Economy, The Geography, Business, Development.
Pearson.
4. Carbaugh, R. J. (2017) Global Economics. Cengage Learning.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings should be referred to)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

221
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-5)

DSE 5: MULTINATIONAL BUSINESS FINANCE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility criteria Pre-requisite of the
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ course
Practice (if any)
Multinational 4 3 1 0 1st Year Basics of
Business Finance Undergraduate Accounting
(DSE 5)

Learning Objectives
The course will help the learner to:
● Understand the international monetary system and role of financial institutions.
● Recognize different aspects of foreign exchange markets and their functioning
● Analyze and appraise financial Management of a multinational firm

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Understand MNCs operations and finances.
● Explain functioning of Multilateral Agencies and their role in global economic
development.
● Analyze different aspects of the foreign exchange markets.
● Apply financial Management concepts and tools for foreign Investment analysis
● Understand International Payment system and investment strategies

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 5

Unit 1: Introduction (12 Hours)
Multinational Business Finance – MNCs (Multinational Corporations) and transnational
corporations, Difference between domestic and International financial management, Motivations
for International finance. International Monetary System - The Gold standard, The Bretton Woods
system, the flexible exchange, alternative exchange rate system, the European monetary system,
Euro and its implications for Indian banking, International Financial Institutions – International
Monetary Fund (IMF), Asian Development Bank (ADB), International Bank for Reconstruction
and Development (IBRD), Bank for International Settlement (BIS) and Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD).

Unit 2: Forex Markets (9 Hours)

The Foreign Exchange Markets: Introduction, types: Global and Domestic market, spot market and
forward market; rates: direct and indirect quotations, bid-ask spread; Functions of the Foreign
Exchange Markets; determination of forward premiums and discounts, interest arbitrage – covered
interest arbitrage and interest parity theory – forecasting of foreign exchange rates.

222
Unit 3: Financial Management of Multinational Firms (12 Hours)
Financial management of the Multinational Firm – Cost of Capital and Capital Structure of a
Multinational Firm – determining capital structure components, Cost of capital for MNCs
(Multinational Corporations) and Domestic Firms, Multinational capital budgeting – Problems and
issues in foreign investment analysis.

Unit 4: Role of FDI, FII and Payment Systems (12 Hours)

Payment Systems: Payment terms and financing international trade, international flow of funds
and portfolio investment in India, FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) vs. FIIs (Foreign Institutional
Investors), investment strategies of FIIs in India, FIIs and volatility, impact of FIIs investment on
stock markets and public policy. Netting (with numerical), pooling, leading and lagging as
international payment settlement.

Essential/ recommended Readings (latest editions should be referred to)

1. Eiteman, David K., Stonehill, Arthur I., and Moffett, Michael H (2021). Multinational
Business Finance.(15th Ed.). Pearson.
2. Alan C. Shapiro, P. H. (2019). Multinational Financial Management. (11th, Ed.) Wiley.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions should be referred to)

1. Levi, M. D. (2009). International Finance. Taylor & Francis.

2. Madura, J. (2018). International Financial Management. (13th, Ed.) Cengage Learning.

3. Buckley, A(2004). Multinational Finance. (5th, Ed.). Pearson Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-6)

DSE 6: TRANSNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of the
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria course
Practice (if any)
Transnational 4 3 1 0 1st Year Fundamentals of
Human Resource Undergrad Management and
Management (DSE uate Organisational
6) Behavior

Learning Objectives:
● To explore the concepts and techniques of the essential elements of International HRM and
to enable the learners to recognise its critical issues.

223
● To improve understanding of HRM concerns in the cross-cultural scenario.

Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course a learner will be able to:
● Understand the relevance and impact of culture on HRM for global business operations and
how HR practices differs across cultures and countries and apply these to deal with
complications that come with handling cross cultural issues.
● Develop an understanding of the fundamentals of staffing for global operations.
● Understand the key elements of performance appraisal for global employees.
● Understand the functional role of HRM in the context of training and industrial relations.
● Apply concepts into practice in multinational organizations.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 6

Unit I: Cross-Cultural issues in HRM (12 Hours)
Introduction to HRM for multinational companies. Introduction to concepts of differences due to
language; culture, religion and employee and country; Impact of these on the operations of non-
domestic companies; Hofstede’s approach; cross cultural differences at the workplace; Managing
workforce diversity; Diversity management programs; International Human Resource
Management: Difference between HRM for domestic and global companies. Integration of HRM
with strategies for global operations. Pros and Cons of Internationally diverse HRM practices and
their assimilation by global businesses.

Unit II: Staffing for Global Operations (12 Hours)

International Workforce planning and staffing: Issues in supply of international human resources;
Low-cost labour and global staffing; International Recruitment; International staffing choices,
Multinational staffing decisions; Types of international assignments; Selection criteria and
techniques; Training employees for international assignments; Successful expatriation, Causes of
expatriate failure, female expatriation. Repatriation management. Ethical and legal issues in use of
low-cost labour. Regulations relevant to the use of low-cost labour from outside the country.
Challenges in transferring culturally sensitive business practices across borders. Issues pertinent to
hiring local employees for international operations. Strategic fitment for international assignments
and operations. Challenges in managing global teams.

Unit III: Performance Appraisal for Global Employees (12 Hours)

Performance appraisal: Criteria for performance appraisal, challenges of appraising employees
from different cultural backgrounds; Biases affecting performance appraisal amongst a global
workforce; Variables influencing expatriate performance appraisal. Issues and challenges in
international performance management; Compensation: Objectives of expatriate compensation
plan, Factors affecting international compensation, Approaches to expatriate compensation:
COLA; Hardship allowances; Going rate approach, Balance sheet approach, Cultural impact on
compensation policy. Strategic questions related to LOC for international assignments. Elements
of taxation relevant to compensation for expatriates: tax equalization, tax protection, currency
fluctuations

224
Unit IV: Global Context of Training and Industrial Relations (9 Hours)
Training & development of international staff: Areas of global training, cross cultural training,
Diversity training. Cross cultural team building; Cross border Mergers and Acquisitions: HRM
perspective; International IR: Key Players, Labour unions, Employee relations. Approaches in IR
for global operations; changes in IR landscape across different countries. Strategic decision making
for IHRM issues. Control issues in IHRM in global companies - head office vs. local office. Impact
of legislation and free trade agreements on HRM issues across national borders.

Essential/ recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1. Dowling, P.J., Festing, M. & Engle Sr, A.D. (2013). International Human Resource
Management. Wiley
2. Nilanjan, S. & Bhattacharya, M. (2010). International Human Resource Management.
Excel Books.
3. Briscoe, D., Briscoe, D.R., Schuler, R.S., & Claus, L. (2008). International Human
Resource Management: Policies and practices for multinational enterprises.
Routledge.
4. Tayeb, M. (2005). International human resource management: A multinational company
perspective. Oxford University Press.

Suggestive Readings
1. Dowling, P.J. and Welch, D.E. (2017). International Human Resource Management.
Cengage Learning
2. Bhattacharyya, D. K. (2010). Cross-cultural management. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Edwards, T., & Rees, C. (2006). International human resource management:
Globalization, national systems and multinational companies. Pearson Education.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-10)

DSE 10: CORPORATE TAXATION AND GLOBAL COMPANIES

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria requisite of
Practice the course
(if any)
Corporate Taxation 4 3 1 0 2nd Year Basics of
and Global Undergradu Finance
Companies (DSE 10) ate and
Accounting

Learning Objective

225
● The objective of this course is to acquaint learners with the international corporate taxation
structure and its implications on companies.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Explain the concepts of International taxation.
● Describe the treaties and conventions governing the international taxation.
● Apply the knowledge, improve their understanding of international taxation and identify
and evaluate the impact of different tax planning scenarios.
● Prepare for work within an international tax environment in a multinational firm

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 10

Unit 1: Introduction to Corporate Taxation (12 Hours)
Definition of corporate, types of companies: domestic company and foreign company, tax rate and
additional benefits, corporation not seeking any incentives / exemption; corporation seeking
incentives / exemptions and new manufacturing companies.
Sources of Income of a company: Profits earned from the business, Capital gains, Income from
renting property, Income from other sources like dividend, interest etc.
Corporate tax rate for domestic companies and foreign companies, tax rates, Section 115BA,
115BAA, 115 BAB. Surcharge, cess, MAT.
Overview of Transfer Pricing; specified domestic transactions; Generally Accepted Cost
Accounting Principles; Arm’s Length Pricing; Advance Pricing Agreement; Safe Harbour Rules.
Jurisdiction for Corporate Taxation in international operations.

Unit 2: International Tax Conventions and Treaties (9 Hours)

Overview of Model Tax Conventions
OECD model tax convention, UN model tax convention, US Model tax convention.
Tax treaties, Application and Interpretation: Features of tax treaties, Overview of tax information
exchange agreements, commentaries and their importance, role of Vienna convention in
application and interpretation of tax treaties.
Overview of tax regimes. Overview of tax harmonization.

Unit 3: Tax Management and Planning for Corporates (12 Hours)

Double taxation: concept, capital export neutrality, capital import neutrality, method of avoiding
double taxation.
Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement: Meaning, objectives; types of income included under the
DTAA (Services originated and provided within India; Salary from India; income from property
within India; Capital gains from India; FD and Savings Account in India),
Double taxation relief: Concept, types of relief, Double taxation provisions under the Income tax
Act 1961, concept of permanent establishment, taxation of business process outsourcing units in
India.

Unit 4: Taxation Aspects for Global Business (12 Hours)

226
Tax Planning with reference to business restructuring- Amalgamation, Demerger, Slump Sale,
Transfer between holding and subsidiary companies. Taxation aspects of managerial decisions for
international expansion. Tax avoidance, tax havens, tax management strategies for international
companies. Overview of taxation implications for expatriates and repatriated employees. Planning
and Restructuring Foreign Operations. Foreign Currency management for global business
operations.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest edition of readings to be used)

1, Bittker, B. I., & Lokken, L. (2018). Fundamentals of international taxation. Thomson Reuters.
1. Herzfeld, M. (2023). International Taxation in a Nutshell. (13th ed.). West Academic.
2. Peroni, R. J., Gustafson, C. H., & Pugh, R. C. (Eds.). (2022-23). International Income
Taxation: Code and Regulations, Selected Sections. CCH Wolters Kluwer
3. Singhhania, V. K., & Singhania, M. (2019). Corporate Tax Planning Business Tax
Procedures (23rd ed). Taxmann
4. Ahuja, G. & Gupta R. (2023). Simplified Approach to Corporate Tax Planning and
Management. (2023). Bharat Law House private limited.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions of readings to be used)

1. Isenbergh, J., and Wells, B. (2019). International Taxation. Foundation Press
2. Scholes, M. S., Wolfson, M. A., Erickson, M., Maydew, E., & Shevlin, T. (2014). Taxes &
business strategy. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
3. Singhania, V. K., & Singhania, M. (2015). 2016. Students’ guide to income tax. Taxmann
4. Ahuja, G. & Gupta, R. (2020). Direct Tax Laws. (39th ed). CCH Wolters Kluwer
5. OECD on International Taxation (https://www.oecd.org/g20/topics/international-
taxation/)
6. OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax
Administrations 2022 (https://www.oecd.org/tax/transfer-pricing/oecd-transfer-pricing-
guidelines-for-multinational-enterprises-and-tax-administrations-20769717.htm)
7. IMF on Corporate Taxation in the Global Economy
(https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/Policy-Papers/Issues/2019/03/08/Corporate-
Taxation-in-the-Global-Economy-46650)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

227
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-11)

DSE 11: LEGAL AND FINANCIAL ASPECTS OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the Eligibility Pre-requisite
course criteria of the course
Lectur Tutoria Practical/ (if any)
e l Practice
Legal and Financial 4 3 1 0 2nd Year Legal aspects
Aspects of International Undergraduate of Business
Trade (DSE 11)

Learning Objectives
● This course aims at familiarizing learners with the legal framework of International trade.
It covers various aspects such as law on International sale of goods, patent regulations,
trademarks, arbitration and conciliation regulations, FEMA and Cyber Laws.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
● Develop an understanding of various laws impacting the trade at the international level.
● Understand the working of patents and the associated laws.
● Understand the financial aspects of International trade.
● Learn the process of arbitration at the international level and the associated laws

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 11

Unit 1: Laws impacting International Trade (12 Hours)
Uniform Law on International Sale of goods- obligations of the seller – obligations of the buyer,
common provisions- rules concerning damages-provisions of passing of risk in international sale
contracts. Foreign Trade (Development and Regulations) Act 1992- objectives- Powers of Central
Govt. Import/ Export License Application Procedure- Refusal, Suspension of License; Role of
DGFT- Exemptions from FTDRAct. Acquisition and transfer of property in and outside India-
establishment of branch in India; Enforcement/ penalties under the Act; Cyber Laws- need and
significance.

Unit 2: Regulation of International Trade and Patents (12 Hours)

The Patents (Amendment) Act 2005, Patents regulations: Patents- Meaning- varieties- provisions
of patent applications procedure- procedures after filling applications – patenting- patents of plant
and seeds, Drugs- Life of patents and Rights of patentee. Working of patent- Infringement of
patent- surrender and revocation of patent. Provisions related to secrecy direction for patents out
of India- Protection for security of India- patent regime under WTO. Trade and merchandise marks
regulations: registration- procedure opposing registration- effect of registration- prohibition of
registration. Indian Trademarks Act 1999, Foreign Trade Mark- Privileges to nationals and non-

228
nationals- Licensing of trademark- registered user provisions- violation of trade mark rights-
remedies.

Unit 3: Financial Aspects of International Trade (12 Hours)

FEMA Regulations- objectives- Need. Functions of RBI under FEMA, regulations over
transactions in foreign exchange and securities – Restriction on capital account and current account
transactions- control over realization of Foreign Exchange; Regulations of receipts and payments
to resident outside India; Rule of Foreign Exchange possession and retention, realization,
repatriation and surrender; provisions regulating export of goods and services- borrowing and
lending in Foreign Exchange

Unit 4: International Arbitration (9 Hours)

Arbitration and conciliation regulations- purpose of Arbitration- difficulties in India. Domestic
Arbitration- agreement- Tribunal- Arbitral proceedings- Arbitral 83 award- Intervention by Court.
Conciliation-enforcement if foreign awards- International Arbitration.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions should be referred to)

1. Shaw, M. N. (2017). International law. Cambridge university press.
2. Bhala, R. (2019). International trade law: a comprehensive textbook. Carolina Academic
Press.
3. Subedi, S. P. (2012). Textbook International Trade and business law. The People’s Public
Security Publishing House.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions should be referred to)

1. Verkey, E and Isaac, J.S. Intellectual Property. Eastern Book Company
2. Wadhera, B.L. (2016). Law Relating To Intellectual Property. Universal Law Publishing
3. Datey, V. S. Economic laws & practice. Taxmann Allied Services.
4. Bare Acts: Govt. of India
5. USTR 2021 Trade Policy Agenda and 2020 Annual Report
(https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/files/reports/2021/2021%20Trade%20Agenda/Online%
20PDF%202021%20Trade%20Policy%20Agenda%20and%202020%20Annual%20Repo
rt.pdf)

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

229
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (DSE-12)

DSE 12: MULTINATIONAL OPERATIONS

Credit distribution, Eligibility and Pre-requisites of the Course

Course title & Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility criteria Pre-
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical/ requisite
Practice of the
course
(if any)
Multinational 4 3 1 0 2nd Year None
Operations (DSE Undergraduate
12)

Learning Objectives
This course provides learners with a solid foundation in international supply chain, logistics, and
foreign currency exchange. The first half of the course reviews critical roles that supply chain
management, sourcing, logistics, and transportation play in contemporary global business. In the
second half, the focus shifts to foreign currency exchange risks and methods for mitigating those
risks, both financial and non-financial.

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the learner will be able to:
1. Develop the fundamentals of international business and management of global operations.
2. Comprehend the importance of global supply chains, sourcing, and operations management
in the execution of global businesses.
3. Compare and select between logistics intermediaries available to assist with the movement
of goods and services between nations and across borders.
4. Evaluate foreign currency exchange risks in international transactions and identify means
to mitigate those risks.

SYLLABUS FOR DSE 12

Unit 1: Introduction to International Operations (12 Hours)
International Business : Concepts and Organisations, International Business Environment,
Multinational Enterprise: Evolution and Rise of Multinational Corporation The Process of
Overseas Expansion by Multinationals- Exporting, Overseas Production, Licensing, Trade-offs
Between Alternative Modes of Overseas Expansion, Strategic Business Alliances, Managing
Global Operations: The Global Manager, Risk and Crisis Management, Managing Subsidiaries,
Agents and Associates, Multinational Business Strategy- Developing Competitive Strategies for
International Competition, Technology collaborations and Transfer.

Unit 2: Global Supply Chain and Sourcing (9 Hours)

Basics of Supply Chain and Operations Management, Examples of Operations and Supply Chains
in different industries, Global Operation and Supply Chain strategies: Value Added and Costs,
Strategic Fit; Supply Chain Coordination: BullWhip Effect, Vendor Managed Inventory,

230
Collaborative Planning, Forecasting and Replenishment, Supply Chain Contracting, Global
Sourcing : Sourcing Process and Principles, Sourcing Strategies, Supplier Relationship
Management.

Unit 3: Global Logistics and Transportation (12 Hours)

Facility Location Planning and Network Design: Global Supply Chain Design, Regional Facility
Location, Factor-Ranking Analysis; Generic Transport Network Structures, Economies of Scale
in Transportation, Trade-Off-Based Transportation Network Design, Capacity Allocation in a
Many-to-Many Network- The Transportation Problem, Decision Model, Finding the First Feasible
Model Solution, Optimality Check, Solution Improvement, Distribution Network Design- Types
of distribution Network, Transportation Modes.

Unit 4: Forex Markets and Hedging (12 Hours)

Foreign Exchange Market- Organisation, The Spot and Forward Market, Foreign Exchange Risk
and Economic Exposure, The Economic Consequences of Exchange Rate Changes, Identifying
Economic Exposure, An Operational Measure of Exchange Risk, Alternative Measures and
Management of Foreign Exchange Exposure- Translation, Transaction and Operating Exposure,
Designing a Hedging Strategy- Forex hedging techniques. non-financial hedging methods such as
cash flow netting, as well as financial hedging methods including forwards, swaps, futures, and
options.

Essential/recommended Readings (latest editions should be referred to)

1. Shapiro, A. C., & Hanouna, P. (2019). Multinational financial management. (11th ed).
John Wiley & Sons.
2. Ivanov, D., Tsipoulanidis, A., & Schönberger, J. (2021). Global supply chain and
operations management. Springer International Publishing.

Suggestive Readings (latest editions should be referred to)

1. Wolfgang, L. (2017). The global supply chain: How technology and circular thinking
transform our future. Springer
2. Caniato, F., Caridi, M., Crippa, L., & Moretto, A. (2012). Environmental sustainability in
fashion supply chains: An exploratory case based research. International journal of
production economics, 135(2), 659-670.

Note: Examination scheme and mode shall be as prescribed by the Examination Branch,
University of Delhi, from time to time.

POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVE

The Pool of Generic Electives offered in Semester-IV will also be open for Semester-VI.

231
Bachelor of Business Administration (Financial Investment Analysis) -
BBA (FIA)

SEMESTER-IV

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE (DSC) COURSES

DSC 10: BASICS OF ECONOMETRICS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Basics of Econometrics 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic
DSC-10 knowledge
of statistics

Course Objective:
• The primary objective of econometrics is to apply statistical methods to economic data.
• To learn estimation and diagnostic testing of simple, multiple regression models,
panel data models, and dummy variable regression with qualitative response
regression models.
• Students will learn various econometric techniques such as regression analysis, panel
data analysis, and instrumental variable estimation.
• They will also gain basic knowledge in using statistical software packages like Stata,
R, or Python to perform econometric analysis.

Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course, the student will be able to:
• Understanding the fundamental concepts of econometrics:
• Understanding the assumptions and limitations of regression analysis:
• Understand basic econometrics and its assumptions and impact of violations of
classical assumptions. They should be able to assess the violation of these assumptions
and understand the implications for the validity of the results.
• Students should be able to interpret regression results accurately. They should also
understand how to assess model fit, using measures like R-squared and adjusted R-
squared.
• Understand models using dummy variable and qualitative response regression models.

232
Unit 1: (12 hours)
Introduction to Econometrics and an overview of its applications; Simple Regression with
Classical Assumptions; Least Square Estimation and BLUE, Properties of estimators, Multiple
Regression Model and Hypothesis Testing Related to Parameters – Simple and Joint.
Functional forms of regression models.
Unit 2: (12 hours)
Violations of Classical Assumptions: multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation and
model specification errors, their identification, their impact on parameters; tests related to
parameters and impact on the reliability and the validity of inferences in case of violations of
Assumptions; methods to take care of violations of assumptions.
Unit 3: (9 hours)
What is goodness of fit? Test/Statistics used for the goodness of fit. Understanding of R Square,
Adjusted R Square, Standard Error of the model, AIC, BIC and SIC. Calculation and
comparison of AIC, BIC, SIC. Explain the model selection process.
Unit 4: (12 hours)
Dummy variables: Intercept dummy variables, slope dummy variables, Interactive dummy
variables, Use of Dummy Variables to model qualitative/Binary/Structural changes, Other
Functional Forms, Qualitative Response Regression Models

Recommended Computer Package to be Used: Use of software like E Views, R and

STATA solving real life problems and checking assumptions and taking care of
assumptions violations and testing goodness of fit.

Essential Readings:
1. Dougherty, C. (n.d.). Introduction to Econometrics. Oxford University Press.
2. Gujarati, N. D. (n.d.). Basic Econometrics. New Delhi: McGraw Hill.
3. Gujarati, N. D. (n.d.). Econometrics by Examples. New Delhi: McGraw Hill.
Additional Readings:
1. Pindyck, R. S., & Rubinfeld, D. L. (n.d.). Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts.
Singapore: McGraw Hill.
2. Ramanathan, R. (2002). Introductory Econometrics with Applications. Thomson South
Western.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

233
DSC 11: INVESTMENT ANALYSIS & PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Investment Analysis and 4 3 1 0 Class XII Financial
Management
Portfolio Management and Statistics
DSC-11

Course Objectives
• To provide a conceptual framework for analysis from an investor’s perspective of
maximizing return on investment
• To provide a sound theoretical base with examples and references related to the
Indian financial system.
• To emphasize on understanding of the forces that influence the risk and return of
financial assets and related models and theories.

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course a learner shall be competent to:

• Understand the concepts of risk and return, bonds and their valuation, technical and
fundamental analysis, asset pricing and risk return of portfolio.
• Understand the process of calculating risk and return, pricing of bonds along with
duration, valuation of shares along with trading strategies and portfolio risk and
return, pricing research reports and advice of financial firms and brokers.
• Evaluate the best measures of risk and return, bond prices and sensitivity based on
other variables, share valuation models and techniques of arriving at portfolio risk and
return.
• Analyse the outcomes of evaluation to choose the best return risk asset, change in
bond price based on changes in interest rate etc., execute buy and sell transactions
based on fundamentals and trends in the respective asset and compare the risk return
ratios of various assets and portfolios so as to choose the optimal portfolio.
• Create trading and investment strategies for maximising returns in the financial
markets and also create a portfolio of investments to achieve the best risk return trade-
off.
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Risk–Return Analysis, Bond Valuation & Fundamental Analysis (12 hours)
Basics of risk and return: concept of returns, application of standard deviation, coefficient of
variation, beta, alpha. Bonds: present value of a bond, yield to maturity, yield to call, yield to
put, systematic risk, price risk, interest rate risk, default risk. Fundamental analysis: EIC
framework; Economic analysis: Leading lagging & coincident macro-economic indicators,

234
Expected direction of movement of stock prices with macroeconomic variables in the Indian
context; Industry analysis: stages of life cycle, SWOT analysis, Company analysis.
Unit 2: Share Valuation & Technical Analysis (12 hours)
Share valuation: Dividend discount models – no growth, constant growth, and two stage growth
model. Relative valuation models using P/E ratio, other ratios. Technical analysis: meaning,
assumptions, difference between technical and fundamental analysis; Price indicators – Dow
theory, advances and declines, new highs and lows, circuit filters. Volume indicators – Dow
Theory, small investor volumes. Other indicators – institutional activity, Trends: resistance,
support. Technical charts & patterns. Indicators: moving averages.
Unit 3: Portfolio Analysis and Management (12 hours)
Portfolio analysis: portfolio risk and return, Markowitz portfolio model: risk and return for 2
and 3 asset portfolios, concept of efficient frontier & optimum portfolio. Market Model:
concept of beta, systematic and unsystematic risk. Investor risk and return preferences:
Indifference curves and the efficient frontier, Traditional portfolio management for individuals:
Objectives, constraints, time horizon, current wealth, tax considerations, liquidity
requirements, and anticipated inflation. Asset allocation: Asset allocation pyramid, investor
life cycle approach. Portfolio management services: Passive – Index funds, systematic
investment plans. Active – market timing, style investing.
Unit 4: Asset Pricing Models and Mutual Funds (9 hours)
Capital asset pricing model (CAPM): Efficient frontier with a combination of risky and risk-
free assets. Assumptions of single period classical CAPM model. Expected return, required
return, overvalued and undervalued assets as per CAPM. Multiple factor models: Arbitrage
Pricing Theory (APT), APT vs CAPM. Mutual Funds: Introduction, classification of mutual
fund schemes by structure and objective, advantages and disadvantages of investing through
mutual funds. Performance Evaluation of Managed Funds using Sharpe’s, Treynor’s and
Jensen’s measures.
Essential/recommended Readings
1. Reilly, F. K. & Brown, K.C. (2012) Analysis of Investments and Management of
Portfolios, (12th edition), Cengage India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Singh, R (2017): Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, (2nd Edition). Excel
Books.
3. Kane, A., Marcus, A., & Bodie, Z. (2014). Investments Global Edition. Pearson.
Suggestive Readings
1. Fischer, D.E. & Jordan, R.J. (2006) Security Analysis & Portfolio Management, (6th
edition), Pearson Education.
2. Ranganathan, M., & Madhumathi, R. (2006). Investment Analysis and Portfolio
Management. Pearson Education.

Note: Latest edition of the readings may be used.

Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

235
DSC 12: INCOME TAX LAW & PRACTICE
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Income Tax Law & 4 3 0 1 Class XII NA
Practice
DSC-12

Course Contents:
Unit 1: Basic Concepts (12 hours)
Origin of Tax System in India; Taxation – Voluntary practice to involuntary system, Kautilya’s
philosophy of Taxation;
Income, person, assessee, assessment year, previous year, gross total income, total income.
Residential status of individual person and its effect on tax incidence.
Unit 2: Computation of Income (21 hours)
Salaries, Income from house property, Profits and gains of business or profession (Only
theory), Capital gain, Income from other sources.
Unit 3: Clubbing, Setoff and Deductions (6 hours)
Clubbing of income (Only theory), set-off and carry forward of losses (Only theory),
Deductions under Chapter VI-A, rebates and reliefs,
Unit 4: Total Income & Tax Liability (6 hours)
Computation of total income and tax liability of individuals. E filing of income tax by
individuals (Practical).
Essential Readings:
• Singhania V. and Singhania, M., Students Guide to Income Tax, Taxman Publications.
• Ahuja, G. and Gupta, R., Systematic Approach to Income Tax: Bharat Law House.
• Chandra, M. and Shukla, D.C., Income Tax Law and Practice: Pragati Publications.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

236
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE (DSE) COURSES

DSE 1: STRATEGIC CORPORATE FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Strategic Corporate 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic of
Finance Finance
DSE-1

Course Objectives:

• To know the details of corporate finance and the strategies involved in the corporate
decisions.
• To enable the students to steer the corporate strategies issues and challenges in better
manner.
• To provide the key concepts and ideas of decision tree analysis and the Black-Scholes
model in the valuation of real options.
• To assess the considerations and strategies involved in company disposals, including
non-core subsidiary sales, valuation, timing, and tax planning.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course the learners will be able to:
• Understand the role of strategy and planning in financial decisions
• Understand the importance and components of a Value Added Statement.
• Identify different types of strategic costing and their relevance.
• Discuss strategic cost reduction techniques.
• Determine the feasibility of a management buy-out.
• Develop a business plan and financial forecasts for submission to potential funders.
• Define bankruptcy and Identify factors leading to bankruptcy.
• Understand the process of reorganizing distressed firms and liquidation process of
firms
• Gain an overview of company valuation.
• Analyze the substitutability of capital structure.

Course Contents:
Unit 1 (12 hours)
Introduction to strategic corporate finance: Strategy Vs Planning, significance of strategy in
financial decisions, Different types of financial strategy for Shareholders Wealth
Maximization, Economic Value Addition, Value added statement. Strategic Cost Management:

237
Traditional costing Vs Strategic Costing, Relevant costs Vs Irrelevant costs, Different types of
strategic costing and their relevance- Target Costing, Activity based Costing, Life Cycle
Costing, Quality Costing, Zero Based Budgeting, Strategic cost reduction techniques and value
chain analysis.
Unit 2 (12 hours)
Management Buy-outs: Establishing feasibility of the buy-out, Negotiating the main terms of
the transaction with the vendor including price and structure, Developing the business plan and
financial forecasts in conjunction with the buy-out team for submission to potential funders.
Management Buy-ins: Management Buy-in/Buy-outs (“BIMBOs”), Vendor-initiated
buyouts/buy-ins.
Real options: Financial and real options compared, various types of real options, the Black
Scholes model, Decision tree analysis, application of Real options, Drawbacks of Real options.
Unit 3 (12 hours)
Financial Distress and restructuring: Meaning of Bankruptcy, Factors leading to bankruptcy,
symptoms and predictions of bankruptcy, reorganization of distressed firms, liquidation of
firms.
Company disposals: sale of a non-core subsidiary, Exit strategy, valuation, timing of sale and
tax planning opportunities and calculation of the various tax implications.
Fundraising: identification of different sources of development capital, determination of capital
structure and factors affecting the capital structure, cost of capital and cost saving strategy.
Unit 4 (9 hours)
Company Valuation: an overview of valuation, valuation principles and practices, the impact
of “what if” scenarios. Other strategic issues: managing credit ratings, dividend and share
repurchase policy. Strategic risk management, substitutability of capital structure, risk
management choices, financial, physical and operational hedging.
Essential Readings:
1. Pettit, J., Strategic Corporate Finance Applications in Valuation and Capital Structure,
John willey & sons, Inc.
2. Damodaran, A, Corporate finance theory and practice, John willey & sons.

Additional Readings:
1. Jakhotia, Strategic Financial Management, Vikas Publication.
2. Damodaran, A., Applied Corporate Finance, John willey & sons.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

238
DSE 2: CORPORATE ANALYSIS & VALUATION
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Corporate Analysis & 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic of
Valuation accounting
DSE-2

Objective:

• To enable the learners to analyse the health of a company through their annual reports
and will equip them to understand how to determines its value.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course the learner will be able to understand:
• The financial health of a company through qualitative and quantitative analysis.
• The basic of valuation and Cash Flows Forecasting.
• The various valuation techniques for company’s valuation and their application.

Course Contents
Unit 1: Analysis of Corporate Financial Statements (12 hours)
Analysis of Corporate Financial Statements: Income statements and Balance sheets through
ratio analysis and analysing the Chairman’s statement, Directors’ report, management
discussion & analysis, report on corporate governance, auditor’s report to evaluate the financial
soundness of the company. Understanding financial statements of manufacturing and service
organisations. Common size analysis and relevant ratios (Study from the Annual Reports of
the companies).
Unit 2: Introduction to Valuation Techniques & Cash Flows Forecasting (12 hours)
Introduction to Valuation: Value and price, Balance sheet-based methods, Income statement-
based methods. Cash flow discounting-based methods. Deciding the appropriate cash flow for
discounting, The free cash flow to the firm, free cash flow to equity. Forecasting Cash flows:
simple model for forecasting income and cashflows. Earnings, Tax effect, Reinvestment needs,
dividend.
Unit 3. DCF Valuation, Discount Rates & Beta (12 hours)
Discounted Cash flow Valuation: Valuation of a company with no growth, constant growth,
variable growth and infinite life. Estimating Discount Rates – cost of equity, cost of debt, tax
shield, weighted average cost of capital. Calculation of beta, instability of beta, adjusted beta,
levered and unlevered beta.
Unit 4: Relative Valuation & Other Applications (9 hours)

239
Relative Valuation: standard multiples, comparable companies, potential pitfalls; estimating
multiples using regression. Valuation of brands and intellectual capital. Interest rates and
company valuation. Impact of inflation on valuation. Reconciling relative and discounted cash
flow valuation. Case studies in valuation.
Essential Readings:
1. Damodaran, A. (2016). Damodaran on Valuation: Security Analysis for Investment and
Corporate Finance. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Chandra, P. (2019). Corporate Valuation and Value Creation. Tata McGraw-Hill.
Education.
Additional Readings:
1. Foster, G. (1986). Financial Statement Analysis. Prentice Hall.
Latest Editions of the Readings may be used.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

240
DSE 10: ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Entrepreneurial 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic
Finance understanding of
DSE-10 concepts related
Entrepreneurship

Course Objectives:

The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:

• To develop an understanding of the principles of entrepreneurial finance and the role
of finance in the successful venture life cycle.
• To identify and analyze the key elements of a business plan and choose an appropriate
form of business organization for the venture.
• To apply short-term and long-term financial planning techniques to forecast sales,
estimate sustainable growth rates, and determine additional financing needs to support
growth.
• To analyze different valuation methods, including discounted cash flow and venture
capital valuation, and apply them to value early-stage ventures and venture capital
investments.
• To evaluate different financing alternatives, including professional venture capital,
business incubators, seed accelerators, and foreign investor funding sources, and
design appropriate security structures for growing ventures, such as common stock,
preferred stock, convertible debt, and warrants/options.
Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course the learner will be competent to:
• Apply the principles of entrepreneurial finance and understand the role it plays in the
successful venture life cycle, including the key elements of a business plan and forms
of business organizations.
• Develop short-term and long-term financial plans using systematic forecasting
techniques and estimate sustainable sales growth rates and additional financing
needed to support growth.
• Evaluate early-stage ventures using different valuation methods, including present
value, discounted cash flow, and venture capital valuation techniques.
• Compare and analyze different financing alternatives, including professional venture
capital, business incubators, seed accelerators, and foreign investor funding sources,
and design appropriate security structures for growing ventures.

241
Adopt a life cycle approach for entrepreneurial finance and understand financial
bootstrapping and business angel funding as alternative financing options for the different
stages of the venture life cycle.

Course Contents
Unit I: Introduction to Finance for Entrepreneurs (9 hours)
Principles of Entrepreneurial Finance, Role of Entrepreneurial Finance. The Successful
Venture Life Cycle. Key Elements of a Business Plan. Forms of Business Organisations and
Choosing the Appropriated Organization. Financing through the Venture Life Cycle, Financial
Bootstrapping and Business Angel Funding. Life Cycle Approach for Entrepreneurial Finance.
Unit 2: Financial Planning for Enterprises (12 hours)
Short Term Financial Planning: Short Term Cash Planning Tools, Cash Planning from a
Projected Monthly Balance Sheet. Long Term Financial Planning: Systematic Forecasting –
Forecasting Sales for Seasoned Firms, Forecasting Sales for Early-Stage Ventures. Estimating
Sustainable Sales Growth Rates. Estimating Additional Financing needed to support Growth.
Unit 3: Valuing Ventures (12 hours)
Valuing Early-Stage Ventures: Concept, Basic Mechanics of Valuation – Present Value
Concept, Estimates and Discounted Cash Flow. Just in Time Equity Valuation. Venture Capital
Valuation Methods: Review of Basic Cash Flow Based Equity Valuations, Basic Venture
Capital Valuation – Using Present Values and Future Values. Earning Multipliers and
Discounted Dividends.

Unit 4: Structuring Financing for Growing Venture (12 hours)

Professional Venture Capital – History and Overview, Professional Venture Investing Cycle.
Other Financing Alternatives – Business Incubators and Seed Accelerators; Intermediaries,
Facilitators and Consultants; Business Crowdsourcing and Crowdfunding; Commercial and
Venture Bank Lending, Foreign Investor Funding Sources. Designing Security Structures –
Common Stock, Preferred Stock, Convertible Debt, Warrants and Options, Other Concerns.
Essential Readings
1. Leach, C. J., Melicher, R. W. (2017). Entrepreneurial finance. Cengage Learning.
2. Stancill, J. M. (2016). Entrepreneurial finance: A casebook. Thomson.
3. Shepherd, D. A., & Zacharakis, A. (2014). Entrepreneurial finance: Strategy, valuation,
and deal structure. Academic Press.

Additional Readings:
1. Hornsby, J. S., Kuratko, D. F., & Zahra, S. A. (2002). Middle managers' perception of
the internal environment for corporate entrepreneurship: assessing a measurement scale.
Journal of business venturing, 17(3), 253-273.
2. Sahlman, W. A. (1990). The structure and governance of venture-capital organizations.
Journal of financial economics, 27(2), 473-521.

242
3. Hsu, D. H. (2004). What do entrepreneurs pay for venture capital affiliation? Journal of
finance, 59(4), 1805-1844.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

243
DSE 12: WEALTH MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Wealth Management 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
DSE-12

Course Objectives:

• To equip students with the knowledge and practical understanding of important

dimensions of wealth management.
• To understand and do planning for their tax liabilities, investments, insurance coverage,
retirement and estate needs.
Learning Outcomes:
After the completion of this course the student will be able:
 To provide an overview of various aspects related to wealth management.
 To acquaint the learners with issues related to taxation in wealth management.
 To study the relevance and importance of insurance in wealth management.
 To understand the importance and process of choosing right investments.
 To understand various components of retirement and estate planning.

Course Contents
Unit I: Basics of Wealth Management and Tax Planning (12 hours)
Introduction to Wealth Management, Need for Wealth Management, Components of Wealth
Management, Process of Wealth Management, Code of Ethics for Wealth Managers, Wealth
Management in India. Tax Planning – Tax Avoidance versus Tax Evasion, Fundamental
Objectives of Tax Planning, Tax Structure in India for Individuals, Common Tax Planning
Strategies – Maximizing Deductions, Income Shifting, Tax-Free and Tax-Deferred Income.
Unit 2: Managing Insurance Needs (12 hours)
Basics Concepts – Risks, Risk Management and Underwriting. Insuring Life – Benefits of Life
Insurance, evaluating need for Life Insurance, Determining the Right Amount of Life
Insurance. Choosing the Right Life Insurance Policy – Term Life Insurance, Whole Life
Insurance, Universal Life Insurance, Variable Life Insurance, Group Life Insurance, Other
Special Purpose Life Policies. Buying Life Insurance – Compare Costs and Features, Select an
Insurance Company, and Choose an Agent. Life Insurance Contract Features. Insuring Health
– Importance of Health Insurance Coverage. Making Health Insurance Decision – Evaluate
Your Health Care Cost Risk, Determine Available Coverage and Resources, Choose a Health
Insurance Plan. Types of Medical Expense Coverage. Policy Provisions of Medical Expense

244
Plans. Property Insurance – Basic Principles, Types of Exposure, Principle of Indemnity, and
Coinsurance.
Unit 3: Managing Investments (12 hours)
Role of Investing in Personal Financial Planning, Identifying the Investment Objectives,
Different Investment Choices. The Risks of Investing, The Returns from Investing, The Risk-
Return Trade-off. Managing Your Investment Holdings – Building a Portfolio of Securities,
Asset Allocation and Portfolio Management, Keeping Track of Investments. Investing in
Equity – Common Considerations, Key Measures of Performance, Types of Equity Stocks,
Market Globalization and Foreign Stock, Making the Investment Decision. Investing in Bonds
– Benefits of Investing in Bonds, Bonds Versus Stocks, Basic Issue Characteristics, The Bond
Market, Bond Ratings. Investing in Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) –
Concept of Mutual Funds and ETFs, Benefits of Investing in Mutual Funds or ETFs, Some
Important Cost Considerations, Services Offered by Mutual Funds, Selecting appropriate
Mutual Fund and ETF investments, Evaluating the performance of Mutual Funds and ETF.

Unit 4: Retirement Planning and Estate Planning (9 hours)

Retirement Planning – Role of Retirement Planning in Personal Financial Planning, Pitfalls to
Sound Retirement Planning, Estimating Income Needs, Sources of Retirement Income.
Estate Planning – Fundamentals of Estate Planning, Impact of Property Ownership and
Beneficiary Designations, Estate Planning Documents, and Executing Basic Estate Planning.
Essential Readings:
1. Randall S. Billingsley, Lawrence J. Gitman, and Michael D. Joehnk (2017): Personal
Financial Planning. Cengage Learning.
2. Susan M. Tillery, and Thomas N. Tillery: Essentials of Personal Financial Planning.
Association of International Certified Professional Accountants.
Additional Readings:
1. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance. (2017). Introduction to Financial Planning (4th
Edition).
2. Sinha, M. Financial Planning: A Ready Reckoner. July 2017. Mc Graw Hill.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

245
GENERIC ELECTIVE (GE) COURSES

GE 2: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF FAMILY BUSINESS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Financial Management 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
of Family Business
GE-2

Course Objectives:

• To familiarize students with various financial and quantitative techniques of analysis

required at different stages for management of family business.

• To acquaint the students with qualitative aspects related to starting a new venture and
various options for financing.
Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of his course, the learner will be able to:

• Understand the process of screening of ideas and carrying out appraisal of new venture
• Learn various quantitative methods for demand forecasting and financial projections
• Evaluate projects using capital budgeting techniques
• Evaluate risk for business projects and identify alternative sources of financing

Course Contents
Unit 1: Capital Investments & Starting a Venture (9 hours)
Capital investments importance and difficulties, types of capital investments, phases of capital
budgeting, levels of decision making, facets of project analysis, key issues in major investment
decisions. Generation of ideas, monitoring the environment, corporate appraisal, tools for
identifying investment opportunities, scouting for project ideas, preliminary screening, project
rating index, sources of positive net present value.

Unit 2: Demand Forecasting & Financial Projections (12 hours)

Methods of demand forecasting: qualitative methods – jury of executive and Delphi method.
Time series projection methods: trend projection, exponential smoothing and moving average
method. Causal methods: chain ratio, consumption level, end use, bass diffusion, leading
indicator and econometric method. Uncertainties in demand forecasting, improving forecasts,
coping with uncertainties.

246
Financial estimates and projections: cost of project, estimates of sales and production, cost of
production, working capital requirement and its financing, profitability projections, projected
cash flow statement, projected balance sheet and multi-year projections.

Unit 3: Capital Budgeting & Project Selection (12 hours)

Project appraisal: market appraisal, technical appraisal, financial appraisal, economic
appraisal, and managerial appraisal. Project cash flows: components of cash flow, basic
principles of cash flow estimation, cash flows for a replacement project. Biases in cash flow
estimation: overestimation and underestimation of profitability. Time value of money: concept,
present and future value of a single amount, present and future value of an annuity. Investment
evaluation criteria: payback period, accounting rate of return, net present value, profitability
index, internal rate of return (IRR), modified internal rate of return (MIRR). Assessment of
various methods, investment evaluation in practice.

Unit 4: Risk Analysis and Financing (12 hours)

Risk Analysis: sources and measures of risk. methods of assessing risk: sensitivity analysis,
scenario analysis, break-even analysis, simulation analysis, decision tree analysis. Managing
risk. Project selection under risk – judgmental evaluation, payback period requirement, risk
adjusted discount rate method, certainty equivalent method. Risk analysis in practice.
Financing: capital structure, choices of financing, internal accruals, equity capital, preference
capital, debentures (or bonds), term loans, raising capital in international markets, venture
capital, private equity, venture capital vs private equity. Credit rating and appraisal by financial
institutions – what information they want and how they appraise.

Essential Readings:
1. Chandra, P, Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation, and
Review. 2019 Edition. McGraw Hill Education.
2. Agrawal, R., & Mehra, Y. S. (2017). Project Appraisal and Management. Taxmann
Publications.

Essential Readings:
1. Chandra, P. (2019). Projects: planning, analysis, selection, financing, implementation,
and review. Mcgraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited.
2. Agarwal, R, & Mehra, Y. (2021). Project Appraisal and Management. Taxmann
Publications.

Additional Readings:
1. Goodpasture, C. J (2004): Quantitative Methods in Project Management. J. Ross
Publishing.
2. Chandra, P. (2019). Financial management : theory and practice. Tata Mcgraw-Hill Pub.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

247
GE4: FUNDAMENTALS OF ECONOMETRICS
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Fundamentals of 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basics of
Econometrics statistics
GE-4

Course Objectives:
• Understanding the role of econometrics: Students should grasp the link between
economic theory, data, and econometric methods.
• Understanding and addressing regression assumptions.
• Introduction to econometric modelling.
• Students would be introduced to use of statistical software packages like Stata, R, or
Python to perform econometric analysis.

Learning Outcomes:
The course will help the student to:
• Students should be able to demonstrate a clear understanding of key concepts in
econometrics, such as causality, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, and
multicollinearity.
• Students should be able to assess the violation of these assumptions and understand the
implications for the validity of the results.
• Students should be able to interpret regression results accurately. They should also
understand how to assess model fit, using measures like R-squared and adjusted R-
squared.
• Analysing and interpreting dummy variables and interaction terms: Students should be
able to incorporate categorical variables, including binary variables (dummy variables)
and interaction terms, into regression models.

Unit 1 (9 Hours)
Introduction to Econometrics and an overview of its applications; Simple Regression with
Classical Assumptions; Least Square Estimation and BLUE, Properties of estimators, Multiple
Regression Model and Hypothesis Testing Related to Parameters – Simple and Joint.
Functional forms of regression models.
Unit 2 (12 Hours)
Violations of Classical Assumptions: multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, and
model specification errors, their identification, their impact on parameters; tests related to
parameters and impact on the reliability and the validity of inferences in case of violations of
Assumptions; methods to take care of violations of assumptions.

248
Unit 3 (12 Hours)
Understanding the impact of change in scale of variables on output. Understanding and
calculation of information criteria for model selection: AIC, BIC, and HQC. Understanding
and calculation of R Square and adjusted R Square. Understanding of outliers and their impact
on the model’s output.
Unit 4 (12 Hours)
Dummy variables: Intercept dummy variables, slope dummy variables, Interactive dummy
variables, Use of Dummy Variables to model qualitative/Binary/Structural changes, Other
Functional Forms, Qualitative Response Regression Models.
Recommendation Computer Package to be Used: Use of softwares like E-Views, R, and STATA
to solve real-life problems and check assumptions, taking care of assumption violations, and
test goodness of fit.
Essential Readings:
1. Dougherty, C. (n.d.). Introduction to Econometrics. Oxford University Press.
2. Gujarati, N. D. (n.d.). Basic Econometrics. New Delhi: McGraw Hill.
3. Gujarati, N. D. (n.d.). Econometrics by Examples. New Delhi: McGraw Hill.
Additional Reading

1. Pindyck, R. S., & Rubinfeld, D. L. (n.d.). Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts.
Singapore: McGraw Hill.
2. Ramanathan, R. (2002). Introductory Econometrics with Applications. Thomson South
Western.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

249
GE 6: PERSONAL FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Personal Finance 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
GE-6

Course Objectives:
• To equip students with the knowledge and practical understanding of important
dimensions of managing one’s personal finance.
• To understand and plan for their tax liabilities, investments, insurance coverage, and
retirement.

Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the fundamentals of Personal Financial Planning
• Learn the basics of managing personal tax liabilities
• Learn the basic concepts and underlying principles for Retirement Planning.
• Ascertain and choose appropriate insurance policies for managing personal risks.
• Evaluate various asset classes on the basis of risk-return and personal investment goals
• Create, maintain and grow personal investment portfolio

Course Contents
Unit 1: Basics of Personal Finance and Tax Planning (12 Hours)
Understanding Personal Finance. Rewards of Sound Financial Planning. Personal Financial
Planning Process. Personal Financial Planning Life Cycle. Making Plans to Achieve Your
Financial Goals. Common Misconceptions about Financial Planning. Financial Planning as a
career choice. The Financial Planning Environment. Personal Tax Planning – Tax Avoidance
versus Tax Evasion, Fundamental Objectives of Tax Planning, Tax Structure in India for
Individuals, Common Tax Planning Strategies – Maximizing Deductions, Income Shifting,
Tax-Free and Tax-Deferred Income.

250
Unit 2: Managing Insurance Needs (12 Hours)
Basics Concepts – Risks, Risk Management and Underwriting. Insuring Life – Benefits of Life
Insurance, evaluating need for Life Insurance, Determining the Right Amount of Life
Insurance. Choosing the Right Life Insurance Policy – Term Life Insurance, Whole Life
Insurance, Universal Life Insurance, Variable Life Insurance, Group Life Insurance, Other
Special Purpose Life Policies. Buying Life Insurance – Compare Costs and Features, Select an
Insurance Company, and Choose an Agent. Life Insurance Contract Features. Insuring Health
– Importance of Health Insurance Coverage. Making Health Insurance Decision – Evaluate
Your Health Care Cost Risk, Determine Available Coverage and Resources, Choose a Health
Insurance Plan. Types of Medical Expense Coverage. Policy Provisions of Medical Expense
Plans. Property Insurance – Basic Principles, Types of Exposure, Principle of Indemnity, and
Coinsurance.

Unit 3: Managing Investments (12 Hours)

Role of Investing in Personal Financial Planning, Identifying the Investment Objectives,
Different Investment Choices. The Risks of Investing, The Returns from Investing, The Risk-
Return Trade-off. Managing Your Investment Holdings – Building a Portfolio of Securities,
Asset Allocation and Portfolio Management, Keeping Track of Investments. Investing in
Equity – Common Considerations, Key Measures of Performance, Types of Equity Stocks,
Market Globalization and Foreign Stock, Making the Investment Decision. Investing in Bonds
– Benefits of Investing in Bonds, Bonds Versus Stocks, Basic Issue Characteristics, The Bond
Market, Bond Ratings. Investing in Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) –
Concept of Mutual Funds and ETFs, Benefits of Investing in Mutual Funds or ETFs, Some
Important Cost Considerations, Services Offered by Mutual Funds, Selecting appropriate
Mutual Fund and ETF investments, Evaluating the performance of Mutual Funds and ETF.

Unit 4: Investing in Real Estate and Retirement Planning (9 Hours)

Investing in Real Estate – Some Basic Considerations. Modes of Real Estate Investment – Raw
Land, Commercial Properties, Residential Properties, Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs).
Planning for Retirement – Role of Retirement Planning in Personal Financial Planning, Pitfalls
to Sound Retirement Planning, Estimating Income Needs, Sources of Retirement Income.

251
Essential Readings:
1. Billingsley R., Gitman L., & Joehnk M. (2017). Personal Financial Planning. Cengage
Learning.
2. Tillery S., & Thomas N. Tillery. (2017). Essentials of Personal Financial Planning.
Association of International Certified Professional Accountants.
Additional Readings:
1. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance. (2017). Introduction to Financial Planning (4th ed.).
2. Sinha, M. (2017). Financial Planning: A Ready Reckoner. Mc Graw Hill.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

252
GE 8: WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Working Capital 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
Management
GE-8

Course Objective(s):

● To provide understanding of the concept and importance of sound working capital

strategies of a firm.
● To have an understanding of the impact of working capital policies relating to Cash
management, inventory and receivables management on firm’s profitability.
Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:

● understand the concept and scope of working capital, assess and compute the working
capital requirement, and evaluate the techniques for effective management of working
capital.
● analyze the importance of cash management, evaluate the motives for holding cash and
marketable securities, and apply the strategies and techniques of cash management.
● develop and apply effective receivables management policies to optimize credit policy,
analyze creditworthiness, and minimize costs associated with managing accounts
receivable.
● analyze and apply different techniques of inventory management, including EOQ,
minimum order quantity, ABC analysis, and JIT, to minimize inventory costs while
ensuring adequate stock levels.
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Working Capital Management – Introduction (15 Hours)
Concept and Scope of Working Capital, Types of working Capital, Determinants of working
capital, Working Capital Cycle, Assessment and Computation of Working Capital
Requirement, Profitability–Liquidity trade-off, Working Capital Policies. Brief about working
capital financing.
Unit 2: Management of Cash & Marketable Securities (12 Hours)
Meaning of Cash, Motives for holding cash, objectives of cash management, factors
determining cash needs, Cash Management: basic strategies, techniques, Lock Box system and

253
concentration banking. Marketable Securities: Concept, types, reasons for holding marketable
securities.
Unit 3: Management of Receivables (9 Hours)
Concept & cost of maintaining receivables, objectives of receivables management, factors
affecting size of receivables, policies for managing accounts receivables, analysis for optimum
credit policy including credit analysis, credit standards, credit period, credit terms, etc.

Unit 4: Inventory Management (9 Hours)

Inventory: Need for monitoring & control of inventories, objectives of inventory management,
Benefits of holding inventory, risks and costs associated with inventories, Techniques of
Inventory Management – EOQ, Minimum order quantity, ABC Analysis, JIT etc.
Essential Readings:
1. Bhattacharya, H. (2016). Working Capital Management: Strategies and Techniques
(4th ed.). PHI.
2. Rustagi, R.P. (2021). Working Capital Management (Reprint ed.). Taxmann..
3. Bhalla, V.K. (2011). Working Capital Management: Text And Cases. (13th ed.). Anmol
Publishing.
4. Periasamy, P. (2012). Working Capital Management: Theory & Practice. 2nd Edition.
Himalaya Publishing House.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

254
SEMESTER-V
BBA (FIA)

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE (DSC) COURSES

DSC 13: FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Financial Derivatives 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic
DSC-13 understanding of
financial market

Course Objectives:

The course will help the learner to:

• Understand the basics of spot, forwards, and futures markets, including their history and
participants, and learn about the different types of margins and valuation methods.
• Gain knowledge of currency markets and learn how to calculate bid and ask in cross-
currency pairs, and how to hedge with futures and forwards.
• Develop an understanding of options trading strategies, including spreads and
combinations, and learn how to calculate P/L in option trades.
• Learn about the factors that affect option prices and how to calculate upper and lower
bounds of call and put options with and without dividends, as well as the put-call parity
theorem.
• Study option valuation models such as the Binomial and Black-Scholes models for stocks
and currencies with and without dividends.

Learning Outcomes:
The course will help the learner to:
• Analyze the different types of derivatives and their features, including margins,
valuations, and convergence of spot and futures.

255
• Evaluate the currency market and the strategies involved in hedging using futures and
forwards.
• Synthesize the knowledge of options and their trading strategies, including spreads and
combinations.
• Apply the binomial and Black-Scholes models to value options with and without
dividends.
• Understand the factors affecting option prices and the put-call parity theorem.

Unit 1: Spot, Forwards and Futures (12 hours)

Introduction of Spot Market. History of derivatives and origin of derivatives in India. Margins:
VaR Margin, ELM, Maintenance margin, Delivery Margin, SPAN Margin. Convergence of
Spot and Futures. Participants of Derivatives Markets. Valuation of Forwards and Futures.
Contango and Backwardation. Hedging: Long security-sell futures, Speculation: With and
Without derivative market, Arbitrage: Buy spot-sell futures & Sell Spot-Buy futures.
Unit 2: Currency Market (12 hours)
Currency futures: understand and valuation, Quotations- direct, indirect. Calculation of Bid &
Ask in cross currency Pair. Hedging with futures: Concept of Basis & impact of change in basis
on Payment/receivables. Hedging with Forwards: Early Delivery, Early Cancelation, Early
Extension, Maturity Cancelation and Maturity Extension.
https://www.bseindia.com/downloads/Training/file/NISM-Series-
I%20Currency%20Derivatives%20(new%20workbook%20effective%2021-Feb-2012).pdf
Unit 3: Options and Trading Strategies (9 hours)
Options: Type – Call and Put &American and European, Payoffs. Calculation of P/L in Option
Trade. Factors affecting option Prices. Upper Bound and Lower Bound of Call and Put option
with and without dividend. Put - call parity theorem. Spreads (Bull, Bear, Box, Butterfly and
Calendar Spread), combinations (Straddle, Strangle, Strip, Straps).
Unit 4: Option Valuation (12 hours)
Binomial model: One Period, Two Period and multiple Period. Black-Scholes option model
(For stock and currency both) with and without dividend.
Essential Readings:
• NISM. (2012). Currency Derivatives (New Workbook Effective 21-Feb-2012). BSE
Institute Limited. https://www.bseindia.com/downloads/Training/file/NISM-Series-
I%20Currency%20Derivatives%20(new%20workbook%20effective%2021-Feb-
2012).pdf
• Hull, J. C. (2018). Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives (10th ed.). Pearson.
• Tuckman, B., & Serrat, A. (2011). Fixed Income Securities: Tools for Today's Markets (3rd
ed.). John Wiley & Sons.

256
• McDonald, R. L. (2014). Derivatives Markets (3rd ed.). Pearson.
Additional Readings:
• Bhalla, V. K., & Singh, N. (2015). Currency derivatives: A beginner's module. National
Stock Exchange of India Limited.
https://www.nseindia.com/content/ncfm/ncfm_modules.htm
• Lipton, A. (2015). Mathematical methods for foreign exchange: A financial engineer's
approach. World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

257
DSC 14: CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Corporate Restructuring 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
DSC-14

Course Objective(s):
To provide an understanding of the corporate restructuring, mergers and acquisitions with the
basic methods of valuation in methods of payment and financing options at global level.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course, the student will be able to:
• Understand the concept and importance of corporate restructuring for growth.
• Recognise opportunities for creating value through Mergers and Acquisitions.
• Illustrate and apply leading methods used in the valuation of a firm for M&A analysis.
• Learn the legal and regulatory framework of Mergers and Acquisitions.

Unit 1: Corporate Restructuring – An Overview (12 hours)

Concept and importance of corporate restructuring, various forms of restructuring: joint
ventures (types), Strategic alliance (types), Merger(types), Acquisition(types), Consolidation,
Divestiture, Demerger (Spin-off, Split-up, Split-off), Equity carve-out, Management buyout,
Leveraged buyout, Buyback of securities, ESOP.
Unit 2: Merger & Acquisition (12 hours)
Motives behind M&A, theories of M&A, process of M&A. Fast track merger. Cross border
M&A – concept, benefits & difficulties. Due diligence process.Methods of payment and
financing options in M&A.Takeover defence tactics. Reasons for failure of M&A.
Unit 3: Deal Valuation and Evaluation (15 hours)
Methods of valuation; cash flow approaches, economic value added (EVA) (with numerical),
sensitivity analysis (with numerical), Valuation for slump sale, valuation of synergy (with
numerical), cost-benefit analysis and swap ratio determination (with numerical).
Unit 4: Legal and Regulatory Framework of M&A (6 hours)
Provisions of Companies Act 2013, SEBI Takeover Code 2011, Provisions of Competition Act
2002.

258
Essential Readings:
1. Weston, F., Chung, K. S., & Siu, J. A. (n.d.). Takeovers, Restructuring, and Corporate
Governance. Pearson Education.
2. Gupta, M. (2010). Contemporary Issues in Mergers and Acquisitions. Himalaya Publishing.
3. Sundarsanam (2006). Creating Value from Mergers and Acquisitions (1st ed.). Pearson
Education.

Additional Readings:
1. Ramanujan, S. (1999). Mergers: The New Dimensions for Corporate Restructuring. McGraw
Hill.
2. Narayankar, R. (2013). Merger and Acquisitions: Corporate Restructuring, Strategy, and
Practices (2nd ed.). International Book House Pvt. Ltd.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

259
DSC 15: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND POLICY
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Business Environment 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
and Policy
DSC-15

Course Objective(s):
• To evolve a clear understanding of impact of various macroeconomic variables (both internal
and external) on business.
• To discuss the various government policies and its impact on the business outcomes.
• To focus on the importance of economic environment and policy in decision making.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying the course the student will be able to
• Become aware and sensitive towards the overall Business environment within country
and at global level. Students will be able to:
• Understand and critically evaluate the factors affecting business environment.
• Identify business opportunities both in the country and abroad.
• Understand Economic Survey and its implications for Indian Business Environment.
• Critically evaluate the government policies related to business environment.

Unit 1 Introduction & Macroeconomic Indicators of Indian Economy:

Learning Outcomes:
• Recall the key concepts and definitions related to business environment,
macroeconomic indicators, and Sustainable Development Goals.
• Describe the types of business environment, interaction between internal and external
environments, nature and structure of the economy.
• Analyze macroeconomic indicators and assess their impact on business operations.
• Evaluate the effectiveness of government policies in addressing economic challenges.
• Evaluate the impact of technology transfers on business operations.
• Develop strategies for businesses to operate in different types of business environments.

(12 hours)

Content:

260
Introduction: Concept, Significance and Nature of Business Environment, Types of
environment, Interaction between Internal and External environments, Nature and Structure of
Economy, Techniques for Environment Analysis, Approaches and Significance of
Environment Forecasting. Social Responsibility of Business. Technological environment –
nature of technology, interface between technology and business, Management of technology
transfers. Availability of natural resources and demographic conditions in India.
Macroeconomic Indicators of Indian Economy: Inflation, interest rates, Yield on 91 days
Treasury Bills and 10 years Government Securities, changes in exchange rates, Fiscal Deficit,
Current account balance (deficit/Surplus) of India’s Balance of Payments. India’s
achievements vis-a vis Sustainable Development Goals (SDG).
Unit 2 Government Policies related to Businesses
Learning Outcomes:
• Recall the key policies related to industrial development, trade, and finance.
• Describe the benefits of digitization and unification of payment systems.
• Apply the concept of ease of doing business to identify strategies to improve business
environment in India.
• Analyze the impact of "Make in India" and "Atmanirbhar Bharat" policies on various
sectors of the Indian economy.
• Evaluate the impact of digitization and unification of payment systems on the Indian
economy.
• Develop strategies to address the challenges faced by businesses in doing business in
India.

Content: (12 hours)

Industrial Policies; EXIM Policies; Monetary Transmission- Bank’s credit to Non- Agriculture
sectors; Digitization and Unification of Payment system – UPI; Ease of Doing Business –
Concept, Parameters and their measurement, issues and challenges in ‘Doing Business’;
Disinvestment in Public Sector Units; Understanding of “Make in India” and “Atmanirbhar
Bharat” and its impact on Indian Economy.
Unit 3 Relationship between Business and Government
Learning Outcomes:
• Recall the relationship between business and government.
• Understand recent changes in fiscal and monetary policies and their implications for
businesses.
• Apply knowledge of government policies to identify opportunities and challenges for
businesses.
• Analyze the impact of government policies on the Indian business environment.
• Evaluate the performance of the Indian economy based on the latest Economic Survey.
• Create proposals for new policies to improve the Indian business environment.

(12 hours)

261
Content:
Relationship between Business and Government; Union Budget as an instrument of growth
and its Impact on Business; Recent Changes in Fiscal and Monetary Policies; Impact of
Government Policies on Indian Business Environment; Analysis of latest Indian Economic
Survey with respect to the performance Indicators and changes from the previous year.
Unit 4 Global Business Environment
Learning Outcomes:
• Understand foreign direct investment (FDI), foreign institutional investment (FII), and
their impact on the global business environment
• Understand the role of WTO in regulating international trade and its implications for
India.
• Apply knowledge of economic indicators to compare and contrast the performance of
India and China.
• Analyze the relative performance of India as a member of BRICS and BIMSTEC.
• Evaluate the attractiveness of specific markets for FDI and FII.
• Develop strategies for attracting FDI and FII to specific markets.
• Create proposals for improving India's comparative performance with China on key
economic indicators.

Content: (9 hours)
Global Business Environment: Foreign Direct Investment, Foreign Institutional Investment,
WTO and India: an overview, Regulation of Foreign Trade; Relative performance of India as
a member of BRICS and BIMSTEC; Comparative analysis of India Vs China on major
economic indicators.
Essential Reading:
1. Latest Economic Survey of India
2. Latest Union Budget
3. Business Environment by A. C. Fernando, Pearson India, ISBN: 9788131731581.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

262
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE (DSE) COURSES

DSE 3: PROJECT APPRAISAL AND FINANCING

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Project Appraisal and 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
Financing
DSE-3

Course Objectives:

• To provide an understanding to the students about identification of a project, feasibility

analysis, alternative project appraisal techniques, Project financing.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• Apply various methods of project Appraisal.
• Use Capital Budgeting techniques for financial evaluation and selection of Projects.
• Understand the concept and application of Social Cost and Benefit Analysis.
• Carry out Risk Analysis for business projects and identify alternative sources of financing.
• Apply appraisal techniques for evaluating live projects.

Course Contents

Unit 1: Introduction to Projects and their Appraisal (9 hours)

Project Definition, Project Identification, Project Life Cycle, Project Stakeholder Analysis,
Feasibility study. Types of Project Appraisal (Brief Overview): Market and Demand Analysis,
Technical Appraisal, Financial Appraisal, Economic Appraisal, Managerial Appraisal, and
Social Appraisal.
Unit 2: Financial and Social Appraisal (15 hours)
Project Cost and its components, Investment Evaluation Methods (Non-Discounting and
Discounting Methods): Payback Period, Accounting Rate of Return, Discounted Payback
Period, Net Present Value, Profitability Index, Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Modified Internal
Rate of Return (MIRR). Suitability of Methods to different Projects, Investment Evaluation in
Practice. Social Appraisal: Rationale for Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Approaches of SCBA
(UNIDO and Little-Mirrlees Approach), Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Social
Impact Assessment (SIA) of Projects. Relevant Case Studies.

263
Unit 3: Project Risk Analysis (12 hours)
Risk Analysis and Management: Sources and Measures of Risk. Methods of Assessing Risk –
Sensitivity Analysis, Scenario Analysis, Break-Even Analysis, Simulation Analysis, Decision
Tree Analysis, Project Selection under Risk – Judgmental Evaluation, Payback Period, Risk
Adjusted Discount Rate Method, Certainty Equivalent Method, Strategies for Risk
Management.
Unit 4: Project Financing (9 hours)
Capital Structure; Choices of Financing; Sources of Financing – Internal Accruals, Equity
Capital, Preference Capital, Debentures (or Bonds), Term Loans, Venture Capital, Private
Equity, Venture Capital Vs Private Equity, Loan Syndication, Consortium Financing, Public
Private Partnership (PPP), Securitization, Crowd Funding; Raising Capital from International
Markets: Foreign Issue, Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), External Commercial Borrowings
(ECB).
Essential Readings:
1. Chandra, P: Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation, and
Review. 2019 Edition. McGraw Hill Education.
2. Agrawal, R., & Mehra, Y. S. (2017). Project Appraisal and Management. Taxman
Publications.
Additional Readings:
1. Goodpasture, C.J Quantitative Methods in Project Management. J. Ross Publishing.
2. Chandra, P, Financial Management: Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Publishing.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

264
DSE 5: DIGITAL FINANCE
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Digital Finance 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
DSE-5

Course Objective(s):

• To get the students acquainted with the dramatic changes in the financial sector
generated by the digital revolution.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course the student will get the:
• Understanding of the nature of digital revolution in finance.
• Knowledge of key digital technologies and products, and state reaction to the digital
revolution.
• Knowledge of FinTech, big data analytics and new financial business models.

Course Contents:
Unit 1: Digital Transformation of Finance (8 Hours)
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recall the major milestones in the history of financial innovation.
• Understand the process of digitization in financial services and its impact on the
industry.
• Apply the concepts of FinTech to assess their potential for transforming the financial
industry.
• Analyze the different types of FinTech and their specific applications in the financial
industry.
• Critically evaluate the impact of different types of FinTech on traditional financial
services.
• Propose innovative ideas for further advancing the digitization of financial services.

Content:
A Brief History of Financial Innovation, Digitization of Financial Services, Introduction to
FinTech & Funds, FinTech Transformation, FinTech Typology, Collaboration between
Financial Institutions and Start-ups. Introduction to Regulation and future of RegTech.

265
Crowdfunding- Role of finance in economy, the role of financial intermediaries, Types and
functioning of crowdfunding markets, Differences between traditional funding models and
crowdfunding markets, Informational problems in the crowdfunding model.

Unit 2: Payment Systems (12 Hours)

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recall the process of digitalization in the payment system.
• Understand the attributes that contribute to a well-functioning payment system.
• Apply understanding of electronic payment systems to assess their suitability for
different transaction types.
• Assess the risks and benefits associated with new entrants and payment models for the
banking system.
• Evaluate the impact of the growth of digital payments in India on financial inclusion
and economic development.
• Develop comprehensive guidelines and policies for digital payments that align with the
evolving financial landscape and regulatory requirements.

Content:
Digitalization of the payment system. The historical evolution of the payment system.,
Attributes of a well-functioning payment system., Banks as guarantors of the payment system,
new entrants, and new payment models: risks for the banking system. FinTech applications in
Banking & Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs); Insurance; payments; Lending;
Audit; and Compliance. Electronic Clearing Service (ECS), Real Time Gross Settlement
(RTGS), National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT), Immediate Payment Service (IMPS),
Unified Payments Interface (UPI), Growth of Digital Payments in India, RBI guidelines on
Digital Payments.

Unit 3: Crypto Assets and Blockchains (20 Hours)

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Define crypto assets, cryptocurrencies, and blockchain.
• Summarize the future prospects of cryptocurrencies as a form of currency.
• Apply knowledge of Proptech to evaluate its applications in the real estate industry.
• Evaluate the regulatory debate surrounding cryptocurrencies and blockchain.
• Compare and contrast different blockchain systems and their functioning.
• Propose innovative use cases of Internet of Things (IoT) and Augmented/Virtual
Reality (AR/VR) in the financial industry to enhance customer experience and
efficiency.

Content:
Introduction: Crypto an asset for trade and Crypto-currency, Problems with issuers credibility,
Fin Tech & Securities Trading; Cryptocurrencies and its future as currency, blockchain as a

266
registration mechanism, Functioning of the block chain system. The integration of digital
currency and blockchain and issuers incentive problems; Proptech: FinTech of Real Estate;
Possible alternative uses of blockchain technology in the economy and difficulties in its
implementation. Use of bitcoin in money laundering., The regulatory debate. Introduction of
Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC). Other Emerging Financial Technologies: Internet of
things (IOT) & AR/VR applications.

Unit 4: FinTech, Big Data Analytics, and new Financial Business Models (20 Hours)
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recognize the characteristics and features of smart accounts and customized financial
products.
• Comprehend the relationship between big data, machine learning, and improved
financing decisions.
• Utilize big data and machine learning techniques to improve financing decisions.
• Analyze the risks associated with high-frequency trading and propose mitigation
strategies.
• Critically evaluate the role of digital securities as a new systemic risk in the economy.
• Design innovative approaches to leverage big data and machine learning for financing
decisions.
Content:
The use of data in traditional credit decisions, the combination of big data and machine learning
to improve financing decisions., Smart accounts, customized financial products, risk
management and fraud prevention., High frequency trading: opportunities and risks.
Digital security, Challenge of confidentiality, integrity and availability, Digital securities as a
new systemic risk in the economy. Regulations on cybersecurity. Latest development in the
field of Digital Finance.

Essential Readings:
1. Lynn, T., Mooney, J. G., Rosati, P., & Cummins, M. (2019). Disrupting finance:
FinTech and strategy in the 21st century. Springer Nature.
2. Beaumont, P. H. (2019). Digital Finance: Big Data, Start-ups, and the Future of
Financial Services. Routledge.
Additional Readings:
1. Phadke, S. (2020). FinTech Future: The Digital DNA of Finance. Sage Publications.
2. Maese, V. A., Avery, A. W., Naftalis, B. A., Wink, S. P., & Valdez, Y. D. (2016).
Cryptocurrency: A primer. Banking LJ, 133, 468.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi..

267
DSE 6: MICROFINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Microfinance 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
DSE-6

Course Objective: The course is aimed at evolving clear understanding of role of

Microfinance and Insurance in addressing the problem of poverty and income generating
activities to the poor people. The participants will be equipped with Microfinance concepts,
functions, products and strategies that will help in pertinent policy making in their respective
departments/organizations. Participants should concentrate more on the latest publications on
various online sites and concerned reports.
Learning Outcomes:
Students after reading this course will become aware and sensitive towards the people at the
bottom of the pyramid. They will be able to understand:
• Facts and figures regarding Poverty in India.
• The need and relevance of Microfinance.
• The role of Micro Finance Institutions for financial Inclusions.
• The Role of NGOs in implementing the Governments welfare policies.

Course Contents
Unit 1: Introduction to Microfinance (9 hours)
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Identify the emerging trends in microfinance.
• Understand the Human Development Index and the Hunger Index.
• Apply the knowledge of the Human Development Index and the Hunger Index to
evaluate and compare countries.
• Critically evaluate India's position on the poverty index.
• Evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of different poverty indices.
• Propose strategies for improving India's position on the poverty index.

Content:
Background, evolution, and Overview; Emerging trends in Micro finance; Poverty: Sources
and Consequences of Poverty, Understanding the construct of Poverty Indices - The Human
Poverty Index (HPI) developed by UN and Global Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI),

268
critical evaluation of India’s position on the Poverty Index; Understanding of Human
Development Index and Hunger Index.
Unit 2: Microfinance Models (12 hours)
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Identify and describe different models in microfinance.
• Understand the objectives and operations of the different models in microfinance.
• Apply the principles and practices of the models to design and implement microfinance
initiatives.
• Analyze the strengths and weaknesses of the models and their impact on rural
development.
• Evaluate the success and limitations of the various models in meeting the financial
needs of micro-entrepreneurs and assess their scalability.
• Propose innovative microfinance initiatives based on the lessons learned from case
studies, considering local context and challenges.

Content:
NABARD model, SIDBI model, SGSY model, Grameen Banking model, NMDFC model,
Associations model, Community Banking Model, Credit unions etc. Strategic Issues in
Microfinance: Significance of NGOs: their role and responsibilities; case studies.
Unit 3: Microfinance Institutions (12 hours)
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recall the different types of MFIs.
• Understand the issues and challenges involved in pricing micro-loans.
• Apply risk management techniques and tools in the context of microfinance operations.
• Assess the commercial viability of MFIs based on financial and operational indicators.
• Evaluate the strengths and limitations of different MFI models and their suitability for
different target populations.
• Design innovative MFI models that combine commercial viability with social impact
to maximize financial inclusion.

Content:
Eligibility, Regulations, types, Commercial Microfinance: Investing in Microfinance, Viability
of MFIs, Risk management in Micro finance; Pricing of Micro-loans: issues and challenges;
Strategic Issues in Microfinance, Role of RBI in Financial Inclusion.
Unit 4: Social Rating, Credit Rating of MFIs (12 hours)
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recall the concepts of social rating, credit rating and their importance in evaluating the
performance of MFIs.

269
• Understand the significance of impact assessment in evaluating the effectiveness and
outcomes of microfinance initiatives.
• Apply the principles and guidelines of the MUDRA Yojana to facilitate access to
finance for microenterprises.
• Analyze the challenges and opportunities in implementing microinsurance in the
context of microfinance.
• Evaluate the impact and outcomes of different Government welfare schemes in
achieving financial inclusion.
• Generate new case studies highlighting successful approaches and lessons learned from
government welfare schemes for financial and social inclusion.

Content:
Social Rating, Credit Rating of MFIs and Impact assessment in Micro finance; Micro
insurance: issues and challenges; MUDRA Yojana; PMJDY. Government’s welfare schemes
for financial and social inclusions like Deendayal antyodaya yojana, Pradhan Mantri Garib
Kalyan Yojana (PMGKY) (Case Studies).
Essential Readings:
1. Panda, D. K. (2009). Understanding Microfinance. Wiley
2. Indian Institutes of Banking and Finance. (2008). Micro-finance Perspectives and
Operations. MacMillan India Ltd.
3. Armendariz, B., & Morduch, J. (2005). The Economics of Microfinance. Prentice-Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd. Delhi.

Additional Readings:
1. Ledgerwood, J. (1998). Microfinance Handbook: An Institutional and Financial
Perspective. The World Bank, Washington, D.C.
2. Harper, M. (2003). Practical Microfinance: Training Guide for South Asia. Vistaar
Publication, New Delhi.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

270
DSE 7: MANAGEMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Management of 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
Financial Institutions
DSE-7

Course Objective(s):

• This course aims at enabling the students to understand and to contribute to the strategic
operational policies and risk management practices of financial institutions in a
competitive environment.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course the student will be able:
• Understand the functioning of a financial institution.
• Understand the entire process of operating a bank and other financial institutions with
respects to the rules and regulations prescribed by the regulators.
• Understand the problems faced by the banks like that of NPA or of liquidity challenge etc.
and tools and techniques to manage them.
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Foundation and Key Concepts (9 hours)
Financial Intermediation: Types of Financial Services-Depository Institutions, Finance
Companies, Security Firms and Investment Banks, Mutual Funds and Hedge Fund Companies,
Insurance Companies. An Overview of the Indian Financial System; Regulation of Banks,
NBFCs & FIs, Capital Adequacy: Capital adequacy norms; Basel agreement-II&III, CRR &
SLR management.
Unit 2: Financial Statement Analysis of Banks (12 hours)
Statement of Financial Sector: Statements of Financial Institutions: Analysing Bank’s
Financial Statement: The balance sheet; income statement; Cash Flow Statement; profitability,
liquidity and solvency analysis; Sources and Uses of Banks Funds, Performance Analysis of
banks: CAMELS Risk system; Key Performance Indicators; Data Envelopment Analysis,
Asset Liability Management: RBI guidelines on asset liability management.

Unit 3: Measuring and Managing Risk Part 1 (12 hours)

271
Institutional Risk Management: Interest Rate Risk: Level and Movement of Interest Rates,
Term Structure of Interest Rates, Interest Rate Risk Management: Measurement of Interest
Rate Risk; Duration and its kinds; Convexity. Managing Interest Rate Risk: Repricing Gap
Model, Duration Gap Model, Cash Flow Matching Model; Convexity Adjustments. Credit
Risk: Individual Loan Risk, Return on Loans , Measurement of Credit Risk- Models of Credit
Risk Measurement and Pricing, Qualitative and Quantitative Models, Loan Portfolio and
Concentration Risk, Moody’s Analytics Portfolio Manager Model, Loan Volume–Based
Models, Loan Loss Ratio–Based Models, Regulatory Models. NPA & its types, Management
of NPA Market Risk; Liquidity Risk, Operational Risk.
Unit 4: Measuring and Managing Risk Part 2 (12 hours)
Liquidity Risk Management: Measurement of Liquidity Risk; Measures of Liquidity Exposure;
Causes of Liquidity risk: Asset-Side and Liability-Side; Managing Liquidity Risk: Purchased
Liquidity management and Stored Liquidity management; Liquidity Planning; Deposit
Insurance; Discount Window. Market risk; Banking Book and Trading Book, The Riskmetrics
Model, The Historic (Back Simulation) Model, The Monte Carlo Simulation Approach,
Regulatory Models: The Bis Standardized Framework, Off- Balance Sheet Risk: Off-Balance-
Sheet Activities, Returns and Risk of Off-Balance-Sheet Activities; Technology and Other
Operational Risk, Securitization.
Essential Readings:
1. Saunders & Cornett – “Financial Institutions Management – A risk management approach”
Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Paul, J & Suresh, P -“ Management of Banking and Financial Services” Pearson.
Additional Readings:
1. Resti & Sironi – “Risk management and shareholders‟ value in banking”. John Wiley.
2. RBI Master Circulars and other Regulatory documents applicable at the time of teaching the
course.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

272
DSE 9: INSURANCE MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Insurance Management 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
DSE-9

Course Contents
Unit 1: Insurance and Risk (12 hours)
Risk – Definitions of Risk, Chance of Loss, Peril and Hazard, Classification of Risk, Major
Personal Risks and Commercial Risks, Burden of Risk on Economy and Society. Insurance –
Definition of Insurance, Basic Characteristics of Insurance, Law of Large Numbers,
Characteristics of an Ideally Insurable Risk, Benefits and Costs of Insurance to Society. Life
and General Insurance: Types, Difference between Life and General insurance.

Unit 2: Insurance Principles & Risk Management (12 hours)

273
Studies on Management of different Personal and Business Risk to be discussed. Fundamental
Legal Principles – Principle of Indemnity, Principle of Insurable Interest, Principle of
Subrogation, Principle of Utmost Good Faith. Requirements of an Insurance Contract.

Unit 3: Insurance Company Operations (12 hours)

Requirements of an Insurance Contract, Distinct Legal Characteristics of Insurance Contracts.
Components of Insurance Contracts – Declarations, Definitions, Insuring agreement,
Exclusions, Conditions, and Miscellaneous provisions. Underwriting – Underwriting Policy,
Underwriting Principles, Sources of Underwriting Information. Sales and Marketing activities
of Insurers. Claims Settlement – Basic Objective, Parties Involved & Steps in Settlement
Process. Endorsements and Riders. Deductibles – Concepts and Purpose of Deductibles.
Regulatory Framework of Insurance in India (briefly) – Insurance Legislation and IRDA.

Unit 4: Important Aspects of Insurance Business Management (9 hours)

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

274
DSE 11: INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ARCHITECTURE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
International Financial 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
Architecture
DSE-11

Course Objective:

• To acquaint students with the latest developments in the international business relationships
and agencies funding for country’s development.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this paper:

Course Contents:

Unit 1 (12 hours)

Unit 2 (12 hours)

International economic & trading environment: Regional integration and trade blocks, regionalism v/s.
multilateralism, European Union. Integration of developing countries – BRICS, ASEAN, SAARC,
SAFTA, NAFTA, G-20. World trade in goods and services – Major trends and developments; World
trade and protectionism – Tariff and non-tariff barriers; Counter trade, UNCTAD, WTO, GATT, GATS,
TRIM, TRIPS; India’s role in facilitating trade relations under BRICS, SAARC, SAFTA, ASEAN and
to WTO.

Unit 3 (9 hours)

275
International investment: Types and significance of foreign investments, factors affecting international
investment, growth and dispersion of FDI, Cross border mergers and acquisition, foreign investment in
India-Impact of reforms on competitiveness of the Indian Firms, EURO/ADR issues, ECBs; current
economic crises in US/Europe/Asia and its impact on economic growth in India.

Unit 4 (12 hours)

Additional Readings:
1. Bennet, R. (1999). International Business. Financial Times. London: Pitman Publishing.

2. Vyuptakesh, S. (2003). International Business (2nd ed). India: Pearson Education.

3. Krueger, A. O. (2002). Economic Policy Reforms and the Indian Economy. OUP.

4. Velasquez, M. G. (2012). Business Ethics Concepts and Cases (7th ed.). New Delhi: PHI.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

276
GENERIC ELECTIVE (GE) COURSES

GE 1: FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite of
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria the course
Practice (if any)
Fundamentals of 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic knowledge
Financial Management of financial
GE-1 accounting, cost
and
management
accounting and
corporate
accounting

Learning Outcome:

Upon completion of the course a learner shall be competent to:

277
• Create a portfolio of investments at the best possible financing and dividend mix with
the most appropriate working capital composition that will create maximum wealth
under the given constraints.

Course Contents:

Unit 1 (9 hours)
Nature of Financial Management: Finance and related disciplines; Scope of Financial
Management; Functions of finance – Finance Decision, Investment Decision, Dividend
Decision; Objectives of Financial Management; Organisation of finance function; Concept of
Time Value of Money – present value, future value, annuity.

Unit 2 (15 hours)

Strategic Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting -; Nature and meaning of capital budgeting;
Principles and Process; Estimation of relevant cash flows and terminal value; Evaluation
techniques– Payback period, Accounting Rate of Return, Net Present Value, Internal Rate of
Return, Net Terminal Value, Profitability Index Method.
Cost of Capital: Meaning and concept, Measurement of cost of capital – Cost of debt, Cost of
Equity Share; Cost of Preference Share; Cost of Retained Earning; Computation of over-all
cost of capital based on Historical and Market weights (WACC).

Unit 3 (12 hours)

Strategic Financing Decisions - Capital Structure, Theories and Value of the firm – Net Income
approach, Net Operating Income approach, Traditional approach, Modigliani Miller (MM)
model. Leverage analysis and EBIT-EPS Analysis: Concept of leverage, Types of leverage:
Operating leverage, Financial leverage, Combined leverage; EBIT-EPS Analysis. Guidelines
for capital structure planning, Link between capital structure and capital budgeting. Dividend
Decisions: Factors determining dividend policy, Theories of dividend- Gordon model, Walter
model, MM Hypothesis. Dividend policies in practice.

Unit 4 (9 hours)
Working Capital Management: Determination of Working Capital. Determining financing mix
of working capital. Receivables Management – Objectives; Credit Policy, Cash Discount,
Debtors Outstanding and Ageing Analysis; Costs – Collection Cost, Capital Cost, Default Cost,
Delinquency Cost. Management of Cash (Theory only) – Need for Cash, Cash Management
Techniques (Lock box, Concentration Banking). Inventory Management (Theory only) – ABC
Analysis; Minimum Level; Maximum Level; Reorder Level; Safety Stock; EOQ (Basic
Model).

278
Additional Readings:
1. Khan, M. Y., & Jain, P. K. (n.d.). Financial Management Text, Problems, and Cases. Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
2. Brealey, R. R., Myers, S., Allen, F., & Mohanty, P. (n.d.). Principles of Corporate Finance.
New Delhi: Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

279
GE 3: FUNDAMENTALS OF STOCK TRADING

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Fundamentals of Stock 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic
Trading understanding
GE-3
of financial
concepts and
terminology

280
• Analyze the Indian securities market, differentiate between capital and money markets,
primary and secondary markets, and comprehend the role of market participants such as
issuers, investors, and intermediaries.
• Explain the trading mechanism on exchanges, online trading mechanisms, and the types of
orders and conditions associated with it.
• Evaluate mutual fund schemes, their structures, advantages, and limitations, and
comprehend the factors affecting the choice of mutual funds.
• Analyze the performance evaluation of mutual funds and comprehend the ranking
methodology used by CRISIL for mutual funds.

Course Contents
Unit 1: Basics of Investment & Investment Environment (9 Hours)
Fundamentals of Investment, Features of Investment, Investment Environment. Principles of
sound Investment. The Investment Decision Process. Modes of Investment – Direct Investing
and Indirect Investing, Approaches to Investing – Active Investing and Passive Investing. Risk
Return Trade Off. Types of Securities – Equity Shares, Bonds and Debentures, and
Government Securities. Alternative Investments (Briefly) – Mutual Funds, Derivatives, Unit
Linked Insurance Policy (ULIP), Exchange-traded funds (ETFs), Collective Investment
Schemes (CIS), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs). Criteria for Evaluation of Investment
Alternatives.

Unit 2: Indian Securities Market (12 Hours)

Securities Market – Capital Market and Money Market, Difference between Capital and Money
Market, Primary and Secondary Market, Difference between Primary and Secondary Market.
Over the Counter (OTC) and Exchange Traded market. Modes of offering Equity Shares –
Initial Public Offering (IPO), Follow-on Public Offering (FPO), Difference between IPO and
FPO, Difference between Offer for sale (OFS) and Public offer (IPO/FPO). Methods of IPO
Pricing – Fixed Price Method and Book Building Method, The Book Building Process, Fixed
Price method v/s Book building Method. Market Participants – Issuer of Securities, Investors,
and Intermediaries. Role of Stock Exchange. Stock Exchanges in India. Securities (Stock)
Indices – Broad Market Indices, Sectoral Indices and Thematic Indices.

Unit 3: Online Security Trading (12 Hours)

281
Circuit, Lower Circuit, NSE rules regarding Circuit Breaks. Price Bands, Rules regarding Price
Bands on NSE. Electronic Order Book. Types of Orders – Market Order, Limit Order, Stop
Loss Order, Stop Loss (Limit) Order, Stop Loss (Market) Order, After Market Order (AMO).
Order Conditions – Price related conditions, Time related conditions, Quantity related
conditions. Placing an Order, View/Modify/Cancel an Order.

Unit 4: Investing in Mutual Funds (12 Hours)

Concept of Mutual Funds, Mutual Funds are an Indirect Mode of Investment, Evolution of
Mutual Funds in India, Structure of Mutual Funds (Sponsor, Board of Trustees, AMC and
Custodian). Advantages of Investing in Mutual Funds, Limitations of Investing in Mutual
Funds. Types of Mutual Fund Schemes – Open ended, Close ended, and Interval funds;
Domestic Funds and Off-Shore funds; Growth funds, Income funds and Balanced funds; Equity
Fund schemes, Debt fund schemes, Gilt Funds, Money Market Funds, Tax Saving or Equity
Linked Savings Scheme (ELSS), Index schemes, Sectoral Funds, Ethical Funds, Load and No-
Load Fund, Fund of Funds, Systematic Investment Plans (SIP), Systematic Withdrawal Plans
(SWP), Systematic Transfer Plans (STP), and Exchange Traded Funds. Net Asset Value, Cost
incurred and Return from Mutual funds, Types of Loads. Performance Evaluation of Mutual
Funds. Factors affecting choice of Mutual funds. Mutual funds in India. CRISIL and their
Rankings for mutual funds – Ranking Methodology and Usage of Mutual Fund Rankings.

282
GE 5: ESSENTIALS OF FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Essentials of Financial 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
Investments
GE-5

Course Objectives:
• To familiarize students with the essential concepts and fundamentals of financial
investments.
• To enable students to understand and make informed choice about the various available
financial investment alternatives.

Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:

• Understand the fundamentals of financial investments and the investment decision
process.
• Able to compute various measures of risk and return, and understand their role for
evaluating investments.
• Understand and carry out security analysis using different approaches.
• Understand basic approaches to valuation of securities and carry out portfolio analysis.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Investments – An Overview (9 Hours)
Concept of Investment, Financial Investment Vs. Real Investment, Investment Vs Speculation,
Objectives or Features of Investment, Risk Return Trade Off, Investment Environment –
Overview of Securities Market and Different Types of Financial Investment. Investment
Decision Process, Direct Investing Vs Indirect Investing, Approaches to Investing – Active Vs
Passive. Diversification, Hedging and Arbitrage.
Unit 2: Risk – Return Analysis (12 Hours)
Concepts of Return and Risk, Types of Return - their Calculation & Utility: Absolute Return,
Average Return, Expected Return, Portfolio Return, Holding Period Return, Effective
Annualized Return, Risk-Adjusted Return. Causes (or Sources) and Types of Risk – Systematic
and Unsystematic Risk, Components of Systematic and Unsystematic Risk, Calculation of
Total, Systematic and Unsystematic Risk. Impact of Taxes and Inflation on Investment –
Computation of Post Tax and Real Returns.
Unit 3: Security Analysis (12 Hours)

283
Approaches to Security Analysis – Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis, and Efficient
Market Hypothesis (EMH). Fundamental Analysis – EIC Framework, Economic Analysis,
Industry Analysis, and Company Analysis. Technical Analysis – Basic Tenets of Technical
Analysis, Tool of Technical Analysis – Charts, and Technical Indicators, Limitations of
Technical Analysis. Difference between Fundamental Analysis and Technical Analysis.
Efficient Market Theory (EMH) – Concept, Forms of Market Efficiency, Weak Form
Hypothesis, Semi Strong Form, and Strong Form of Market Efficiency. Implications of EMH.
Unit 4: Fundamentals of Valuation and Portfolio Analysis (12 Hours)
Valuation of Equity Shares – Peculiar features of Equity Shares, Dividend Discount Model,
Earning Multiplier or Price-Earnings (P/E) Model, and Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM).
Valuation of Fixed Income Securities – Bond Fundamentals, Types of Bonds, Bond Valuation.
Portfolio Analysis – Portfolio Management Process, Portfolio Analysis – Markowitz Model,
Portfolio Risk, Portfolio Return.

Essential Readings:

1. Tripathi, V. (n.d.). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Taxmann Publications.

2. Chandra, P. (n.d.). Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. McGraw Hill

Education.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

284
GE 7: EMERGING BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Emerging Banking and 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
Financial Services
GE-7

Course Objective:

On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:

• Understand the Indian banking system and latest developments in this sector.
• Analyse the implications of non-performing assets in the banking sector on the
economy.
• Evaluate the implications of mergers and acquisitions in the banking system and
appreciate the need for the same.
• Understanding various financial services and using the same in personal banking and
non-banking activities.

Course Contents:
Unit 1 (12 Hours)
An overview of the Indian Banking system; Major Banking Reforms in the last decade:
Payment banks, Monetary Policy Committee, MCLR Based Lending, Innovative Remittance
Services; Issues in financial reforms and restructuring; Future agenda of reforms: Assessing
Non- Performing Assets in Indian Banking, Previous methodologies for recovery, Impact of
Gross NPAs on a bank’s bottom line – burning need for bad banks, Functioning of Bad Banks,
Government backingfor bad banks - National Asset Reconstruction Company Ltd. (NARCL).

Unit 2 (12 Hours)

285
out ofmergers, Regulatory mechanisms surrounding M&A in banking, Case-studies of recent
banking mergers and related outcomes.

Unit 3 (12 Hours)

Leasing and Hire Purchase: Concepts of leasing, types of leasing – financial & operating lease,
direct lease and sales & lease back, advantages and limitations of leasing, Lease rental
determination; Finance lease evaluation problems Lessee’s angle (PV and IRR methods) and
Lessor’s perspective, Hire Purchase interest &Instalment, difference between Hire Purchase &
Leasing, Choice criteria between Leasing and Hire Purchase, mathematics of HP.

Unit 4 (9 Hours)
Venture Capital: Concept, history and evolution of VC, the venture investment process, various
steps in venture financing, incubation financing. Credit Ratings: Introduction, types of credit
rating, advantages and disadvantages of credit ratings, Credit rating agencies and their
methodology, International credit rating practices. Securitization: Concept and Process, Credit
Enhancement parties to a Securitization Transaction, Instruments of Securitization, Types of
Securities, Securitization in India.

Essential Readings:
1. Pathak, B. (2018). Indian Financial System. Pearson Publication. (5th ed).
2. Khan, M. Y. (2017). Financial services. McGraw Hill Education. (6th ed).
3. Machiraju, H. R. (2002). Indian Financial System. Vikas Publication House. (5th ed).

Additional Readings:
1. Verma, J. (1996). Bharat’s manual of merchant banking: Concept, practices and
procedures with SEBI clarifications, guidelines, rules and regulations. Bharat Law House.
2. Sriram K. Hand Book of Leasing, Hire Purchase & Factoring. Institute of Chartered
Financial Analysts of India.
3. Wright M., Watkins T. & Ennew C. (2016). Marketing of Financial Services. Routledge

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

286
GE 9: ECONOMIC LEGISLATION

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Economic Legislation 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
GE-9

Course Objective(s):

• To familiarise students with various legislations in the areas of foreign trade,

competition, bankruptcy and economic offences.
• To provide an overview of detailed provisions of various economic legislation.
• To enable students to understand the legal implications of unlawful practices and legal
recourse available.
Learning Outcomes:
On successful completion of his course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the legal framework relating to foreign exchange, competition, insolvency
and fugitive economic offenders.
• Recognise the legal issues in any business transaction and understand lawful way of
conduct of economic activities.
• Analyse the legal implications of any economic decision.
• Evaluate legal remedies available in case of bankruptcy or any wrongdoing.

287
for individuals and partnership firms, Regulation of Insolvency professionals, agencies and
information utilities.
Unit 3: The Prevention of Money Laundering Act (12 Hours)
The prevention of money laundering Act, 2002: Introduction and definitions, Punishment for
the offence of Money Laundering, Attachment, Adjudication and Confiscation, Obligation of
Banking Companies, Financial Institutions and Intermediaries, Summons, Searches And
Seizures, Appellate Tribunal and Special Courts, Recovery of fine or penalty.
Unit 4: The Foreign Exchange Management Act (9 Hours)
The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999: Introduction of FEMA, Difference between
FERA and FEMA, Application and Commencement of FEMA, Regulation and Management
of Foreign Exchange, Authorised Person, Contraventions and Penalties, Compounding of
Offences, Adjudication and Appeal, Directorate of Enforcement.
Essential Readings:
1. Maheshwari & Maheshwari. Principle of Business Law. Himalaya Publishing House
2. Aggarwal R. (2014). Mercantile & Commercial Law. Taxmann Publications
3. Kucchal M. & Kuchhal V. (2018). Mercantile Law. Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.
4. Kapoor N. D. (2018). Elements of Mercantile Law. Sultan Chand Publications
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

288
Semester-VI
BBA(FIA)

DSC 16: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course Objective(s):

• To equip the students with the techniques that can help them in managing the financial
issues in international environment.
• To help them to manage MNCs in more effective manner.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to
• Understand foreign exchange market.
• Understand country’s position in International trade through Balance of Payments.
• Identify risk relating to exchange rate fluctuations and develop strategies to deal with
them.
• Understand the various types of exposures and will develop the strategy to handle them.
• Express well considered opinion on issues relating to international financial management.

Course Contents:
Unit 1: International Trade and International Financial Systems (6 hours)
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recall the major theories of international trade.
• Understand the components and structure of the Balance of Payments (BoP) and its role
in measuring a country's economic relationships with the rest of the world.
• Analyze the strengths and weaknesses of different exchange rate mechanisms and their
impact on international trade and financial stability.
• Analyze the components of the Balance of Payments (BoP) and assess their
implications for a country's economic performance and external position.
• Assess the effectiveness and limitations of the Balance of Payments (BoP) as a tool for
monitoring and managing a country's external transactions.
• Propose strategies to improve the Balance of Payments (BoP) position of a country,
considering its economic objectives and external challenges.

289
Content:
Concept of International Trade, Theories of International Trade. Balance of Payments (BoP)
of India. International Monetary System: Different types of Exchange Rate Mechanisms – the
Classical Gold Standard, the Gold Exchange Standard, The Bretton Woods System, Current
Monetary System.

Unit 2: Forex Market and Forecasting Exchange Rate (15 hours)

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recall the concepts of forward rates, swaps, discounts, and premiums in the forward
market.
• Understand the concept of currency arbitrage and how it can be utilized in spot markets.
• Apply the models of exchange rate forecasting to predict future exchange rate
movements based on relevant economic indicators.
• Analyze the various factors affecting exchange rates and their relative importance in
determining currency values.
• Assess the impact of economic, political, and market factors on exchange rates and their
potential implications for financial decision-making.
• Develop innovative approaches to minimize the costs and risks associated with forward
rates, swaps, discounts, and premiums in the forward market.

Content:
Foreign Exchange Management: Forex Market – Spot and Forward market, Quotations –
Direct, Indirect and Cross currency; Types of Transactions and their Settlement Dates. Forward
rates, Swaps. Discounts and Premiums in Forward Market. Currency Arbitrage in Spot
Markets. Exchange Rate Determination and Forecasting: Models of Exchange Rate
Forecasting, Purchasing Power Parity, The Fisher Effect, The International Fisher Effect,
Interest Rate Parity Theory, Forward Rate as an Unbiased Predictor. Factors affecting
Exchange Rates.

Unit 3: Managing Foreign Exchange Exposures (12 hours)

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recall three types of foreign exchange exposures: translation exposure, economic
exposure, and transaction exposure.
• Understand the methods for measuring foreign exchange exposures.
• Apply knowledge of different hedging techniques to select and implement the most
suitable hedge strategy.
• Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of different hedging techniques.
• Assess the potential economic exposures faced by multinational companies and
evaluate strategies to manage and mitigate those exposures.
• Create a hedging strategy that effectively manages transaction exposure in a
multinational company.

290
Content:
Foreign Exchange Exposures – Translation Exposure, Economic Exposure, and Transaction
Exposure. Management of Translation Exposure – Alternative Currency Translation Methods.
Management of Economic Exposure – Measuring Economic Exposure, Managing Operating
Exposure. Management of Transaction Exposure – Forward Market Hedge, Money Market
Hedge, and Options Market Hedge.

Unit 4: Multinational Financial Management (12 hours)

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recall the concept of international project appraisal and the use of the Adjusted Present
Value (APV) method.
• Explain the concept of multinational working capital management and the significance
of cash management through bilateral and multilateral netting.
• Apply risk measurement and management techniques to mitigate political risk in
international financial management.
• Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of different methods of raising funds from
abroad and evaluate their suitability for multinational companies.
• Assess the effectiveness of multinational working capital management strategies in
optimizing cash flows and reducing financial risks.
• Create an optimal international portfolio investment strategy that balances risks and
returns based on specific investment objectives and market conditions.

Content:
International Project Appraisal – APV method. Multinational Working Capital Management:
Multinational Cash Management (Bilateral and Multilateral Netting). Measuring and
Managing Political Risk. International Investment Management: International Portfolio
Investment – The Risks and Benefits of International Equity Investing, International
Diversification, International Bond Investing, Optimal International Asset Allocation,
Measuring Returns from Foreign Portfolio Investment. Raising Funds from abroad – GDR,
ADR, Euro bonds, and Global bonds.

Essential Readings:
1. Apte, P. G. (2020). International Financial Management. Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Shapiro, A. C. (2019). Multinational Financial Management. Prentice Hall.

Additional Readings:
1. Eun, C. S., & Resnick, B. G. (2021). International Financial Management. McGraw Hill.
2. Levi, M. D. (2009). International Finance. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.
Latest editions of references may be used.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

291
DSC 17: CORPORATE ETHICS
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Corporate Ethics 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
DSC-17

Course Objective:

• To provide a detailed insight into issues and practices of corporate ethics, corporate
governance and CSR to encourage moral practices and sensitivity towards the ethical
dimension of managerial problems.
• To highlight the role of business in sustainable development and current regulation in
this field.
• To enable students to handle ethical dilemmas in decision making
Learning Outcomes:
After studying the course the student will be able to:
• Understand the role of ethics, governance and CSR as an organization practice.
• Understand various aspects of corporate governance and apply the same in their role
as future managers and directors of various business enterprises.
• Understand the corporate sustainability and its reporting requirements.
• Evaluate ethical aspects of any decision
• Create ethically and socially responsible businesses

Course Contents:
Unit 1: Corporate Ethics (9 hours)
Meaning, role and importance, theories of ethics: utilitarianism: weighing social cost and
benefits, virtue ethics, teleological theories, egoism, rights and duties, justice and fairness,
ethics of care. Worker’s and employee’s rights and responsibilities. Ethics in compliance,
Ethics in finance, Ethics in human resources: gender ethics, sexual harassment and
discrimination, ethics in marketing. Ethical dilemma.
Unit 2: Corporate Governance (12 hours)
Need and Importance, Role of Board of Directors, Code of Ethics, Code of Conduct, Model
Code of Business Conduct & Ethics and Corporate Governance Committees: International and
Indian Experience, Whistle Blower Policy and Whistle Mechanism. Anti-Corruption Policy
and integrity training.
Unit 3: Sustainable Development (12 hours)
Role of business in sustainable development, corporate sustainability. Sustainability reporting:
government role in improving sustainability reporting, triple bottom line (TBL). Global
Reporting Initiative (GRI), UN global compact, sustainability indices, sustainability reporting
framework in India, challenges in sustainability reporting. Contemporary developments:

292
integrated reporting, integrated reporting by listed entities in India. Relation between integrated
reporting and sustainability reporting.
Unit 4: Corporate Social Responsibility (12 hours)
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR): Meaning and definitions of C S R , C S R a n d
philanthropy, factors influencing CSR, CSR in India. Corporate Social Responsibility
Voluntary Guidelines, 2009. C S R under the Companies Act, 2013.Corporate citizenship –
beyond the mandate of law, C S R audit, profit maximization vs. social responsibility.

References:
 Fernando A. C.: Business Ethics–An Indian Perspective. (Chapter 9)
 Ghosh B N: Business Ethics & Corporate Governance, Mc Graw Hill (Chapter 17)
 Andrew & Matten Dirk: Business Ethics, Oxford. (Chapter1, 2, 7)
 Crane Andrew & Matten Dirk: Business Ethics, Oxford. (Chapter11)
 Sharma J P: Corporate Governance, Business Ethics & CSR, Ane Books.(Chapter12)

Essential Readings:
1. Velasquez, M. G. Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases. Pearson Education
2. Fernando A.C. Business Ethics. Pearson Education.
3. Luthans F., Hodgetts R., & Thompson K. Social issues in Business, Macmillan Publishers
4. Gibson K., Ethics and Business: An Introduction (Cambridge Applied Ethics). Cambridge
University Press.
Additional Readings:
1. Fernando A.C. Corporate Governance: Principles, Policies, and Practices. Pearson
Education.
2. Adrian D. Strategic Approach to Corporate Governance. Gower Publishing Ltd.
3. Gopalswamy N. Corporate governance: A new paradigm. A H Wheeler Publishing Co Ltd.
4. Marianne J. Cases in Business Ethics. Indian South Western College Publishing.
5. Bhanumurthy K. Ethics and Social Responsibility of Business. Pearson Education India.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

293
DSC 18: FINANCIAL SERVICES
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Financial Services 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
DSC-18

Course Objective:

• To arm students with the key concepts, evaluative tools and techniques necessitated by
today’s dynamic banking environment to work cross-functionally within retail and
institutional clients across an extensive range of financial services.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying the course the student will be able to:
• Understand the various financial services available in financial markets particularly in
India along with the latest innovations and technological integration in the field of
finance.

Course Contents:

Unit 1: Introduction to Financial Services (9 hours)

Introduction to Financial Services: Constituents of the Financial Sector – Institutional Structure
(Banking, Insurance, Mutual Funds, Pension Funds, Foreign Institutional Investors) – Financial
Markets (Money, Equity, Debt, G-Sec, Forex & Commodities)) – Financial Sector and the
Pandemic, Basel Accords and Banking Regulation, Emergence of Digital Finance and AI
Based Asset Managers, Discount Broking v/s Full-service Broking.

Unit 2: Merchant Banking (12 hours)

Merchant Banking –meaning, nature and function; merchant banking in India, role in issue
management; Book building process, green shoe option. Mutual Fund: types of Mutual Funds
and different types of schemes, concept of NAV, Credit Rating Agencies: Role and mechanism.
Depository services- meaning, role of depository and their services, Depository in India- NSDL
& CDSL.

Unit 3: Leasing and Hire Purchase (15 hours)

Leasing and Hire Purchase :Concepts of leasing, types of leasing – financial & operating lease,
direct lease and sales & lease back, advantages and limitations of leasing, Lease rental
determination; Finance lease evaluation problems, Hire Purchase interest & Installment,
difference between Hire Purchase & Leasing, Choice criteria between Leasing and Hire

294
Purchase mathematics of HP, Factoring, forfaiting and its arrangement, Housing Finance :
Meaning and rise of housing finance in India, Fixing the amount of loan, repricing of a loan,
floating vs. fixed rate, Practical problems on housing finance.

Unit 4: Venture Capital (9 hours)

Alternative Investments: Venture Capital: Concept, history and evolution of VC, the venture
investment process, various steps in venture financing, incubation financing, buy-outs. Real
Estate, Private Equities, Commodities: Concepts, Classification, history Insurance: concept,
classification, principles of insurance, IRDA and different regulatory norms, operation of
General Insurance, Health Insurance, Life Insurance. Securitization: concept, securitization as
a funding mechanism, Traditional and non-traditional mortgages, Graduated-payment
mortgages (GPMs), Pledged-Account Mortgages (PAMs), Centralized Mortgage obligations
(CMOs), Securitization of non-mortgage assets, Securitization in India. US 2008 sub-prime
mortgage crisis. Cases of Bear Stearn, Lehman Brothers.

Essential Readings:
1. Khan, M. Y., Financial Services, Tata McGraw –Hill.
2. Machiraju, Indian Financial System, Vikas Publishing House.
Additional Readings:
1. Verma, J. C., A Manual of Merchant Banking, Bharath Publishing House.
2. Sriram, K, Hand Book of Leasing, Hire Purchase & Factoring, ICFAI, Hyderabad.
3. Ennew. C., Watkins, T & Wright, M. Marketing of Financial Services, Heinemann
Professional.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

295
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE (DSE) COURSES

DSE 1: STRATEGIC CORPORATE FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course Objectives:

• To know the details of corporate finance and the strategies involved in the corporate
decisions.
• To enable the students to steer the corporate strategies issues and challenges in better
manner.
• To provide the key concepts and ideas of decision tree analysis and the Black-Scholes
model in the valuation of real options.
• To assess the considerations and strategies involved in company disposals, including
non-core subsidiary sales, valuation, timing, and tax planning.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course the learners will be able:
• Understand the role of strategy and planning in financial decisions
• Understand the importance and components of a Value Added Statement.
• Identify different types of strategic costing and their relevance.
• Discuss strategic cost reduction techniques.
• Determine the feasibility of a management buy-out.
• Develop a business plan and financial forecasts for submission to potential funders.
• Define bankruptcy and Identify factors leading to bankruptcy.
• Understand the process of reorganizing distressed firms and liquidation process of
firms
• Gain an overview of company valuation.
• Analyze the substitutability of capital structure.

296
Traditional costing Vs Strategic Costing, Relevant costs Vs Irrelevant costs, Different types of
strategic costing and their relevance- Target Costing, Activity based Costing, Life Cycle
Costing, Quality Costing, Zero Based Budgeting, Strategic cost reduction techniques and value
chain analysis.
Unit 2 (12 hours)
Management Buy-outs: Establishing feasibility of the buy-out, Negotiating the main terms of
the transaction with the vendor including price and structure, Developing the business plan and
financial forecasts in conjunction with the buy-out team for submission to potential funders.
Management Buy-ins: Management Buy-in/Buy-outs (“BIMBOs”), Vendor-initiated
buyouts/buy-ins.
Real options: Financial and real options compared, various types of real options, the Black
Scholes model, Decision tree analysis, application of Real options, Drawbacks of Real options.
Unit 3 (12 hours)
Financial Distress and restructuring: Meaning of Bankruptcy, Factors leading to bankruptcy,
symptoms and predictions of bankruptcy, reorganization of distressed firms, liquidation of
firms.
Company disposals: sale of a non-core subsidiary, Exit strategy, valuation, timing of sale and
tax planning opportunities and calculation of the various tax implications.
Fundraising: identification of different sources of development capital, determination of capital
structure and factors affecting the capital structure, cost of capital and cost saving strategy.
Unit 4
(9 hours)
Company Valuation: an overview of valuation, valuation principles and practices, the impact
of “what if” scenarios. Other strategic issues: managing credit ratings, dividend and share
repurchase policy. Strategic risk management, substitutability of capital structure, risk
management choices, financial, physical and operational hedging.
Essential Readings:
1. Pettit, J., Strategic Corporate Finance Applications in Valuation and Capital Structure,
John willey & sons, Inc.
2. Damodaran, A., Corporate finance theory and practice; John willey & sons.

Additional Readings:
3. Jakhotia, Strategic Financial Management, Vikas Publication.
4. Damodaran, A., Applied Corporate Finance, John willey & Sons.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

297
DSE 2: CORPORATE ANALYSIS & VALUATION
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Objective:

Unit 3. DCF Valuation, Discount Rates & Beta (12 hours)

Discounted Cash flow Valuation: Valuation of a company with no growth, constant growth,
variable growth and infinite life. Estimating Discount Rates – cost of equity, cost of debt, tax

298
shield, weighted average cost of capital. Calculation of beta, instability of beta, adjusted beta,
levered and unlevered beta.
Unit 4: Relative Valuation & Other Applications (9 hours)
Relative Valuation: standard multiples, comparable companies, potential pitfalls; estimating
multiples using regression. Valuation of brands and intellectual capital. Interest rates and
company valuation. Impact of inflation on valuation. Reconciling relative and discounted cash
flow valuation. Case studies in valuation.
Essential Readings:
1. Damodaran, A. (2016). Damodaran on Valuation: Security Analysis for Investment and
Corporate Finance. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Chandra, P. (2019). Corporate Valuation and Value Creation. Tata McGraw-Hill.
Education.
Additional Readings:
1. Foster, G. (1986). Financial Statement Analysis. Prentice Hall.
Latest Editions of the Readings may be used.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

299
PROJECT
DSE 3:DSE 4: FINANCIAL
APPRAISAL
ECONOMETRICS
AND FINANCING
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Financial Econometrics 4 3 1 0 Class XII Basic
DSE-4 understanding
of statistics
and time
series analysis
Learning Objectives
The course will help the learner to:
• Understand the statistical properties of financial returns, including their distribution, time
dependency, and linear dependency across asset returns.
• Develop knowledge of univariate time series analysis, including the Lag operator, ARMA
processes, and the Box-Jenkins approach.
• Gain proficiency in modeling volatility using conditional heteroscedastic models, such as
ARCH and GARCH models, and forecasting with GARCH models.
• Learn multivariate GARCH models, including the VECH model, diagonal VECH model,
and BEKK model, and estimation of a multivariate model.
• Acquire knowledge of vector autoregressive models, Granger causality tests, and Johansen
cointegration tests and their hypothesis testing methods.
Learning Outcomes:
The course will help the learner to:

• Analyze the statistical properties of financial returns and evaluate their distribution, time
dependency, and linear dependency across assets using knowledge and comprehension
skills.
• Create and apply univariate time series models, including AR, MA, and ARMA processes,
using synthesis and evaluation skills to forecast financial returns.
• Develop and estimate conditional heteroscedastic models, such as ARCH and GARCH
models, using analysis and evaluation skills to model and forecast volatility.

300
• Construct and evaluate multivariate GARCH models, including VECH, Diagonal VECH,
and BEKK models, using synthesis and evaluation skills to model volatility and
correlations.
• Evaluate and apply advanced econometric techniques, including VAR, GCT, and JCT,
using analysis and evaluation skills to test hypotheses and model complex relationships in
financial time series data.

Course Contents:
Unit 1: Statistical Properties of Financial Returns & Univariate Time Series and
Applications to Finance (15 hours)
Introduction Asset Returns, Calculation of Asset Returns (Continuous and discreate both),
Compare Continuous return with non-Continuous return and explain its benefits. Facts about
Financial Returns, Distribution of Asset Returns, Time Dependency, Linear Dependency
across Asset Returns.
Introduction to Univariate Time Series, The Lag Operator, Properties of AR Processes,
Properties of Moving Average Processes, Autoregressive Moving Average (ARMA)
Processes, The Box-Jenkins Approach.
Unit 2: Modelling Volatility – Conditional Heteroscedastic Models (9 hours)
Introduction to Modelling Volatility, ARCH Models, GARCH Models, Estimation of GARCH
Models, Forecasting with GARCH Model, Asymmetric GARCH Models, The GARCH-in-
Mean Model
Unit 3: Modelling Volatility and Correlations – Multivariate GARCH Models (9 hours)
Introduction to Modelling Volatility and Correlations, Multivariate GARCH Models, The
VECH Model, The Diagonal VECH Model, The BEKK Model, The Constant Correlation
Model, The Dynamic Correlation Model, Estimation of a Multivariate Model

Unit 4: Vector Autoregressive Models (VAR), Granger Causality Test (GCT) and
Johansen Cointegration Test (JCT) (12 hours)
Introduction to VAR, Deep understanding of VAR, Issues in VAR, Hypothesis Testing in VAR.
Introduction to GCT, Deep understanding of GCT, Issues in GCT, Hypothesis Testing in GCT
Introduction to JCT, Deep understanding of JCT, Issues in JCT, Hypothesis Testing in JCT.
Essential Essential/ recommended Readings
• Brooks, C. (2014). Introductory econometrics for finance (3rd ed.). Cambridge University
Press.
• Tsay, R. S. (2010). Analysis of financial time series (3rd ed.). Wiley.

301
• Bollerslev, T. (2008). Glossary to ARCH (GARCH). Journal of Economic Perspectives,
15(4), 171-174. doi: 10.1257/jep.15.4.171
• Engle, R. F., & Kroner, K. F. (1995). Multivariate simultaneous generalized ARCH.
Econometric Theory, 11(1), 122-150. doi: 10.1017/S0266466600009063

Suggestive Readings
• Brooks, C (2019). Introductory Econometrics for Finance. Cambridge University Press.
• Pindyck, R.S. and Rubinfeld, D.L, Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts.
Singapore: McGraw Hill.
• Ramu, R (2002). Introductory Econometrics with Applications (5th ed.). Thomson South-
Western:

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

302
DSE 8: MARKETING OF FINANCIAL SERVICES

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course title & Code Credits Credit distribution of the course Eligibility Pre-requisite
Lecture Tutorial Practical/ criteria of the course
Practice (if any)
Marketing of Financial 4 3 1 0 Class XII NA
Services
DSE-8

Course Objective:

• To introduce students to the marketing of financial services. All financial institutions,

including consumer banks and corporate finance services, practice some form of marketing.
Some firms market themselves better than others, as evidenced in the competitive value of
their brands. This course also operationalizes several marketing concepts such as
segmentation, targeting, and positioning.
Learning Outcomes:
After studying this course the student will be able to:
• Explain and illustrate some of the frameworks and approaches that are helpful in marketing
financial services.
• Outline how to efficiently manage multiple product or brand portfolios across multiple
customer segments, and how to develop an effective marketing strategy in modern financial
service organizations.
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Introduction to Marketing of Services (12 hours)
Growth of the Service Sector – The Concept of Service – Characteristics of Services,
Classification of Services, Service Marketing Mix (Additional Dimensions in Services
Marketing – People, Physical Evidence and Process). Internal Marketing of a Service - External
versus Internal Orientation of Service Strategy, Service Encounter, Service Failure and Service
Recovery, learning from customer feedback.
Unit 2: Marketing Strategy (12 hours)
Planning, organizing and implementing marketing operations; marketing as a management
function. Market Research – Establishing a marketing information system; the marketing
research process. Market segmentation – Target marketing; Market segmentation, targeting and
positioning the financial services organization in the market place.
Unit 3: Banking and Insurance Services (12 hours)
Retail Financial Services: Retail banking, meaning of banking business, introduction to various
bank products, selling bank products. Concept of cross selling, Impact of technology on bank
marketing (Internet banking, mobile banking and UPI). Insurance – Meaning, advantages

303
various types of insurance, financial planning process. Risk Management – Strategy to cover
risk, introduction to IRDAI, selling of insurance plans. Bancassurance – Bank as a distribution
channel for insurance services.
Unit 4: Regulations Governing Financial Services Marketing (9 hours)
Ethical issue in the marketing of financial services, Ethics in relation to the individual and
society as a whole. Mutual Fund Structure, sales and distribution channels. Distribution
channels; the impact of technology; online marketing, The dimension of customer care;
services quality and services recovery; global marketing.
Essential Readings:
1. Zeithaml, V. A., Bitner, M. J., Gremler, D. D., & Pandit, A. (n.d.). Services Marketing.
McGraw Hill.
2. Avdhani, V. A. (n.d.). Marketing of Financial Services. HPH.
3. Gupta, P. K. (n.d.). Insurance and Risk Management. HPH.
4. Estelami, H. (n.d.). Marketing Financial Services.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

304
DSE 10: ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course Objectives:
The Learning Objectives of this course are as follows:
• To develop an understanding of the principles of entrepreneurial finance and the role
of finance in the successful venture life cycle.
• To identify and analyze the key elements of a business plan and choose an appropriate
form of business organization for the venture.
• To apply short-term and long-term financial planning techniques to forecast sales,
estimate sustainable growth rates, and determine additional financing needs to support
growth.
• To analyze different valuation methods, including discounted cash flow and venture
capital valuation, and apply them to value early-stage ventures and venture capital
investments.
• To evaluate different financing alternatives, including professional venture capital,
business incubators, seed accelerators, and foreign investor funding sources, and design
appropriate security structures for growing ventures, such as common stock, preferred
stock, convertible debt, and warrants/options.

Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course the learner will be competent to:
• Apply the principles of entrepreneurial finance and understand the role it plays in the
successful venture life cycle, including the key elements of a business plan and forms
of business organizations.
• Develop short-term and long-term financial plans using systematic forecasting
techniques and estimate sustainable sales growth rates and additional financing needed
to support growth.
• Evaluate early-stage ventures using different valuation methods, including present
value, discounted cash flow, and venture capital valuation techniques.

305
• Compare and analyze different financing alternatives, including professional venture
capital, business incubators, seed accelerators, and foreign investor funding sources,
and design appropriate security structures for growing ventures.
• Adopt a life cycle approach for entrepreneurial finance and understand financial
bootstrapping and business angel funding as alternative financing options for the
different stages of the venture life cycle.

Essential Readings
4. Leach, C. J., Melicher, R. W. (2017). Entrepreneurial finance. Cengage Learning.
5. Stancill, J. M. (2016). Entrepreneurial finance: A casebook. Thomson.
6. Shepherd, D. A., & Zacharakis, A. (2014). Entrepreneurial finance: Strategy, valuation,
and deal structure. Academic Press.

306
Additional Readings:
4. Hornsby, J. S., Kuratko, D. F., & Zahra, S. A. (2002). Middle managers' perception of
the internal environment for corporate entrepreneurship: assessing a measurement scale.
Journal of business venturing, 17(3), 253-273.
5. Sahlman, W. A. (1990). The structure and governance of venture-capital organizations.
Journal of financial economics, 27(2), 473-521.
6. Hsu, D. H. (2004). What do entrepreneurs pay for venture capital affiliation? Journal of
finance, 59(4), 1805-1844.

Examination scheme and mode:

Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

307
DSE 12: WEALTH MANAGEMENT

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION, ELIGIBILITY AND PRE-REQUISITES OF THE COURSE

Course Objectives:

• To equip students with the knowledge and practical understanding of important

308
Unit 3: Managing Investments (12 hours)
Role of Investing in Personal Financial Planning, Identifying the Investment Objectives,
Different Investment Choices. The Risks of Investing, The Returns from Investing, The Risk-
Return Trade-off. Managing Your Investment Holdings – Building a Portfolio of Securities,
Asset Allocation and Portfolio Management, Keeping Track of Investments. Investing in
Equity – Common Considerations, Key Measures of Performance, Types of Equity Stocks,
Market Globalization and Foreign Stock, Making the Investment Decision. Investing in Bonds
– Benefits of Investing in Bonds, Bonds Versus Stocks, Basic Issue Characteristics, The Bond
Market, Bond Ratings. Investing in Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) –
Concept of Mutual Funds and ETFs, Benefits of Investing in Mutual Funds or ETFs, Some
Important Cost Considerations, Services Offered by Mutual Funds, Selecting appropriate
Mutual Fund and ETF investments, Evaluating the performance of Mutual Funds and ETF.

Unit 4: Retirement Planning and Estate Planning (9 hours)

Retirement Planning – Role of Retirement Planning in Personal Financial Planning, Pitfalls to
Sound Retirement Planning, Estimating Income Needs, Sources of Retirement Income.
Estate Planning – Fundamentals of Estate Planning, Impact of Property Ownership and
Beneficiary Designations, Estate Planning Documents, and Executing Basic Estate Planning.
Essential Readings:
1. Billingsley, R. S., Gitman, L. J., & Joehnk, M. D. (2017). Personal Financial Planning.
Cengage Learning.
2. Tillery, S. M., & Tillery, T. N. (n.d.). Essentials of Personal Financial Planning.
Association of International Certified Professional Accountants.

Additional Readings:
1. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance. (2017). Introduction to Financial Planning (4th
Edition).
2. Sinha, M. (2017). Financial Planning: A Ready Reckoner. Mc Graw Hill.
Examination scheme and mode:
Evaluation scheme and mode will be as per the guidelines notified by the University of Delhi.

POOL OF GENERIC ELECTIVE

The Pool of Generic Electives offered in Semester-IV will also be open for Semester-VI

REGISTRAR

309

Managing Projects With PMBOK 7: Connecting New Principles With Old Standards
From Everand
Managing Projects With PMBOK 7: Connecting New Principles With Old Standards
James Marion
5/5 (1)
BMS Syllabus
No ratings yet
BMS Syllabus
35 pages
BMS Ist Sem Final
No ratings yet
BMS Ist Sem Final
12 pages
Fassh
No ratings yet
Fassh
57 pages
BBE BMS Syllabus
No ratings yet
BBE BMS Syllabus
189 pages
BMS Ist DSC PDF
No ratings yet
BMS Ist DSC PDF
7 pages
Bms Whole Syllabus
No ratings yet
Bms Whole Syllabus
220 pages
BMS Sem 1 DSC Ge Sec Vac (Edit)
No ratings yet
BMS Sem 1 DSC Ge Sec Vac (Edit)
27 pages
BMS FOM, Stats, Accounts SYLLABUS (Semester-1)
No ratings yet
BMS FOM, Stats, Accounts SYLLABUS (Semester-1)
23 pages
Statistics For Business Decisions DSC 1
No ratings yet
Statistics For Business Decisions DSC 1
3 pages
108 Appendix-CVIII
No ratings yet
108 Appendix-CVIII
23 pages
Syllabus IMS 2019-20 Executive MBA
No ratings yet
Syllabus IMS 2019-20 Executive MBA
15 pages
FT Sem 1 New Syllabus 12
No ratings yet
FT Sem 1 New Syllabus 12
21 pages
Syllabus Bba Analytics 2024
No ratings yet
Syllabus Bba Analytics 2024
126 pages
PGDM 2010 12 Batch Semester I 804300343
No ratings yet
PGDM 2010 12 Batch Semester I 804300343
19 pages
FULL MARKS CLASSES - 02012025-Nep-Comm-syllabus - Revised On 02.01.25!2!35 PDF
No ratings yet
FULL MARKS CLASSES - 02012025-Nep-Comm-syllabus - Revised On 02.01.25!2!35 PDF
32 pages
Syllabus 3rd Sem
No ratings yet
Syllabus 3rd Sem
13 pages
1st Semester MBA
No ratings yet
1st Semester MBA
15 pages
Sem 3 Syllabus
No ratings yet
Sem 3 Syllabus
11 pages
Programme
No ratings yet
Programme
69 pages
Semester 3 Syllabus
No ratings yet
Semester 3 Syllabus
9 pages
Course Contents: INSTITUTE of MANAGEMENT STUDIES, Devi Ahilya University, INDORE
No ratings yet
Course Contents: INSTITUTE of MANAGEMENT STUDIES, Devi Ahilya University, INDORE
16 pages
Syllabus
No ratings yet
Syllabus
73 pages
Bcom P 3rd Sem Syllabus 2023
No ratings yet
Bcom P 3rd Sem Syllabus 2023
10 pages
BBA SEM 1 - Revised
No ratings yet
BBA SEM 1 - Revised
11 pages
Appendix-20
No ratings yet
Appendix-20
73 pages
Mba Fa Sem 1 Syllabus 23 25
No ratings yet
Mba Fa Sem 1 Syllabus 23 25
17 pages
MAS1209 - Statistic For Managers - Dr. Ashok Kumar Pal
No ratings yet
MAS1209 - Statistic For Managers - Dr. Ashok Kumar Pal
6 pages
Wa0007.
No ratings yet
Wa0007.
61 pages
Bba Ist Sem DSC
No ratings yet
Bba Ist Sem DSC
5 pages
Business Statistics Syllabus NEP
No ratings yet
Business Statistics Syllabus NEP
3 pages
Semester I No Table
No ratings yet
Semester I No Table
19 pages
MGKVP Syllabus
No ratings yet
MGKVP Syllabus
51 pages
HONS
No ratings yet
HONS
113 pages
MBA DSDA Semester 1 (Core)
No ratings yet
MBA DSDA Semester 1 (Core)
20 pages
BBA Semester 3
No ratings yet
BBA Semester 3
8 pages
Bba 1ST Sem Syllabus 2024-25
No ratings yet
Bba 1ST Sem Syllabus 2024-25
12 pages
Thiruvalluvar University: Cbcs Pattern
No ratings yet
Thiruvalluvar University: Cbcs Pattern
27 pages
Screenshot 2024-10-13 at 12.42.58 PM
No ratings yet
Screenshot 2024-10-13 at 12.42.58 PM
21 pages
BMS - DSC - Statistics For Business Decision
No ratings yet
BMS - DSC - Statistics For Business Decision
2 pages
Business Statistics
No ratings yet
Business Statistics
3 pages
ICFAI Foundation For Higher Education, Hyderabad: MGTS 224 3 0 3
No ratings yet
ICFAI Foundation For Higher Education, Hyderabad: MGTS 224 3 0 3
3 pages
Syllabus
No ratings yet
Syllabus
14 pages
Bfia Sem 1 Syllabus
No ratings yet
Bfia Sem 1 Syllabus
7 pages
FOM Syllabus
No ratings yet
FOM Syllabus
2 pages
FT Syllabus
No ratings yet
FT Syllabus
23 pages
Adobe Scan 5 Aug 2024
No ratings yet
Adobe Scan 5 Aug 2024
4 pages
(H) DSC Sem-4
No ratings yet
(H) DSC Sem-4
9 pages
Sem4 Syllabus, Bcom Hons, NEP, 2024-25-Commerce
No ratings yet
Sem4 Syllabus, Bcom Hons, NEP, 2024-25-Commerce
21 pages
Semester IV BCom Hons
No ratings yet
Semester IV BCom Hons
34 pages
Course Handout MA2117 Introducation To Business Statistics
No ratings yet
Course Handout MA2117 Introducation To Business Statistics
8 pages
Mcom Syllabus
No ratings yet
Mcom Syllabus
54 pages
Management Concepts and Applications Paper Code: 2101
No ratings yet
Management Concepts and Applications Paper Code: 2101
9 pages
Mms Syllubes 2011
No ratings yet
Mms Syllubes 2011
109 pages
Bussines Stats CHO
No ratings yet
Bussines Stats CHO
23 pages
Mba FC 240715
No ratings yet
Mba FC 240715
16 pages
Sem Iv Bcom (H) Syllabi Nep
No ratings yet
Sem Iv Bcom (H) Syllabi Nep
10 pages
Fundamentals of Performance Improvement: Optimizing Results through People, Process, and Organizations
From Everand
Fundamentals of Performance Improvement: Optimizing Results through People, Process, and Organizations
Darlene Van Tiem
No ratings yet
Research Evaluation Baseline
From Everand
Research Evaluation Baseline
IPMA
No ratings yet
Planning Competences: ICB4 Reference Guide
From Everand
Planning Competences: ICB4 Reference Guide
Agnes Roux-Kiener
No ratings yet
Iso 25539-4-2021
100% (1)
Iso 25539-4-2021
18 pages
National Curriculum in England - Mathematics Programmes of Study - GOV - UK
No ratings yet
National Curriculum in England - Mathematics Programmes of Study - GOV - UK
45 pages
Ed4 Unit2foundationsandcharacteristics
No ratings yet
Ed4 Unit2foundationsandcharacteristics
13 pages
MB 22 - DATA SHEET Lock Nuts and Locking Devices - SKF
No ratings yet
MB 22 - DATA SHEET Lock Nuts and Locking Devices - SKF
6 pages
1 World Cup Russia 2018 Stickers
No ratings yet
1 World Cup Russia 2018 Stickers
9 pages
Oct2023
No ratings yet
Oct2023
7 pages
Byproducts of Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF) Use in The Electric Power Industry
No ratings yet
Byproducts of Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF) Use in The Electric Power Industry
11 pages
sm2 033 PDF
No ratings yet
sm2 033 PDF
3 pages
NG Âm Bu I 1
No ratings yet
NG Âm Bu I 1
6 pages
Question 2 CSEC EngJan 2024 Markscheme
100% (1)
Question 2 CSEC EngJan 2024 Markscheme
5 pages
Adidas Ultraboost 1.0 Shoes - Orange Adidas UK
No ratings yet
Adidas Ultraboost 1.0 Shoes - Orange Adidas UK
1 page
Sicr Process Supplier Manual
No ratings yet
Sicr Process Supplier Manual
12 pages
Rele Datasheet Songle Sru
0% (1)
Rele Datasheet Songle Sru
2 pages
1 Error Analysis For Solving IVP: Lecture 25: Numerical Solution of Differential Equations - Error Analysis
No ratings yet
1 Error Analysis For Solving IVP: Lecture 25: Numerical Solution of Differential Equations - Error Analysis
5 pages
E2030 Conceptual Framework Key Competencies For 2030
No ratings yet
E2030 Conceptual Framework Key Competencies For 2030
24 pages
01 ZXUR 9000 Introduction - 69P
100% (1)
01 ZXUR 9000 Introduction - 69P
69 pages
6005 Completo
No ratings yet
6005 Completo
196 pages
NutcrackerMarch WW
No ratings yet
NutcrackerMarch WW
20 pages
Smarto Life C
No ratings yet
Smarto Life C
16 pages
Abandoned Mine Management in Australia
No ratings yet
Abandoned Mine Management in Australia
8 pages
(Answers) 20200915172413prl3 - v1 - 0 - Exercise - Year - End - Federal - 2017 - 0120
100% (1)
(Answers) 20200915172413prl3 - v1 - 0 - Exercise - Year - End - Federal - 2017 - 0120
13 pages
DEEO
50% (2)
DEEO
8 pages
Seminar Report On Bio-Diesel: (In Partial Fulfilment To B.Tech Degree From MMEC, Mullana.)
No ratings yet
Seminar Report On Bio-Diesel: (In Partial Fulfilment To B.Tech Degree From MMEC, Mullana.)
9 pages
Lte SSV Report Checking Guideline-V1-20161213
80% (5)
Lte SSV Report Checking Guideline-V1-20161213
244 pages
Ir 4426
No ratings yet
Ir 4426
12 pages
Research 7 Q3 W4
No ratings yet
Research 7 Q3 W4
9 pages
Question 02
No ratings yet
Question 02
3 pages
Chapter 6-Well Completion
100% (4)
Chapter 6-Well Completion
49 pages
High Elf Wizard
No ratings yet
High Elf Wizard
4 pages
Freeze Concentration of Coffe and Tea
No ratings yet
Freeze Concentration of Coffe and Tea
1 page

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.